This content was uploaded by our users and we assume good faith they have the permission to share this book. If you own the copyright to this book and it is wrongfully on our website, we offer a simple DMCA procedure to remove your content from our site. Start by pressing the button below!
ElcV^a; £ C »
i6 according to the following rules. If (p and ip are predicative formulas in 4>i6 and 0 < i, j < 15, then (2.330) (2.331) (2.332) (2.333) (2.334) (2.335) (2.336) (2.337) (2.338) (2.339)
M(vi = VJ) = {Ri n Rj)|V n W, M(vi e VJ) = (Ri|E n Rj)|v n w, M(-.
€ Fm + (£), and any i £ V , (4.7)
F = ->(vo=vi => v o =vi),
(4.8)
T
(4.9)
ip V i)
= -up => 1JJ,
(4.10)
(pAi/i
= ->(tp =
(4.11)
ip € X}.
(ii) ^Fm + (£), ) «s an algebra of Boolean type that is absolutely freely generated by St. PROOF. Prove (i) by induction. Let S be the set appearing in the right-hand side of (4.14). Now Fm + (£) contains St and is closed under => and -i, but £ is the intersection of all such sets, so £ is included in all such sets, including Fm + (£). This shows S C Fm + (£). For the opposite inclusion, note first that AtFm + (£) C St C £, next, that S is closed under => and -i, and, finally, if ip € £ and x €V, then \/xip e St C £. Since Fm + (£) is the intersection of all sets that contain AtFm + (£) and are closed under => , -i, and Va, for all x 6 V, and S is such a set, it follows that Fm + (£) C S. Since Fm + (£) is closed under =^, we will use "=>" to denote not only the connective => but also the binary operation /3 on Fm + (£) defined by /3(ip,i/>) = (
ip) = , (
, -i) is an algebra of Boolean type because Fm + (£) is closed under -i and => . Prom part (i) we know that S generates (Fm + (£), =>,-i). Furthermore, from the form of the definitions of formulas in Fm + (£) and the assumption that £ is nice it follows that ip => ip f. St and ->ip ^ St for all
{T, F} there is a unique function (4.15)
v : Fm+(£) -» {T, F}, +
such that, for all ip, ip £ Fm (£), (4.16)
v(tp) = v(
iP) = v(
v(iP),
(4.18)
v(~"P) = ~v(
Sb (V), uniquely determined by the following rules. The only difference between the functions var(-) and free(-) is that the universal quantifier adds a variable, but subtracts a free variable. free(p) = var(^)
if
ip £ AtFm+(£),
free(^? => ip) = free(ip) Ufree(^), )) = iree(ip), ) = free(y) ~{x}.
For every formula
) is the set of variables of
) C V n }, Fm+ (m) (£) := { v =
£ Fm (£), £ £ Tm(£), and x £V. We say that £ is free for x in
and ->, — is closed under Vj, whenever y £ var(t). The statement "t is free for x in t/j" is short for "i is free to be substituted for x in ip", that is, the computation of Subfi'ip) requires the rule (4.33) only when x £ var(t) or x £ free(tp). Substitution of a term for a variable when that term is not free to be substituted for that variable can have undesirable consequences. For example, a formula making an assertion about x may not make the same assertion about y if y is substituted for x when y is not free for x. For example, the variable y is not free to be substituted for x in MyRxy. The result of making such a substitution anyway is the formula Suby(VyRxy) = VyRyy. The formula VyRxy asserts that x is R to everything, but Sub*(VyRxy) does not say y is R to everything, but instead that something is R to itself. For a more commonplace mathematical example, suppose we define a function / : w —> ui by setting 4
(4.34)
/(«)== X)(i + n)
for every n £ UJ. We may use this formula to calculate values for /. For example, 4
(4.35)
/ (5) = J^ii + 5) = (1 + 5) + (2 + 5) + (3 + 5) + (4 + 5) = 30.
We cannot correctly evaluate f(i) by straightforward substitution in (4.34), because replacing "n" with "i" produces 4
(4.36)
f(i) := ^(i
+ i) = (1 + 1) + (2 + 2) + (3 + 3) + (4 + 4) = 20,
i=i
which, in particular, implies /(5) = 20, contradicting the calculation in (4.35). For every nice language C, every ip 6 Fm + (£), and all i,j € w let Sijtp be the result of interchanging VJ and VJ, that is, simultaneously replacing every occurrence of Vj with Vj and every occurrence of Vj with Vj. For example, if R € H and R is ternary, then Soi(Vvl3vo-RvoviV2) = Vvo3vl-RvivoV2. Suppose i, j , k £ ui, c £ C, 0 < r £ w, R e H U II, the rank of R is r, / G J-', the rank of / is r, and ti,... ,tr G Tm(£). The rules governing the operation Sij are:
4. LOGIC WITH EQUALITY
Sy(Vfc)=Vfc
lfkytij,
Sy (c) = c, ti---* r ) = /(Sy(*i)...Sy(* r )),
fo> => tf) = Syfo>) => Sy (>), Sy
) = --Sy (ip),
Sy (Vvj, v) = Vvj, Sy v?
iik^ij.
Notice that one form of substitution uses variables (as well as terms) as inputs, while the other uses indices of variables rather than the variables themselves; for the ways these notions are most frequently used later, this tends to produce notationally simpler expressions. The notion of interchanging (or transposing) two variables was introduced in Maddux [139, p. 188]. Another type of substitution was introduced by Monk [182] and a variation on it was used by Tarski-Givant [240]. All of these variant substitutions are designed to avoid various difficulties that arise when the usual notion of substitution is applied to languages with finitely many variables. For a discussion of these difficulties, see Tarski-Givant [240, pp. 66-71]. These variant notions of substitution are examples of good substitutions, which we now define. Classical substitution may produce undesirable results, and is therefore restricted in various axiom schemata to instances which produce only desirable results. Good substitutions may always be applied, since they simply "respell bound variables as they go along", and therefore always avoid undesirable results. Let £ be a nice language and n < to. A good substitution for n-variable logic is an operation Sub^(-) that associates a formula Sub'9'(<^) 6 Fm^(jC) with every formula
T m n ( £ ) , and which satisfies the following conditions whenever x,y E Vn, c E C, R € TZ, f E T, rank(/) = rank(i?) = r, h,... ,tr E T m n ( £ ) , A,B E U, and
ip) = Sub^itp)
(4.44)
Sub [ 9 l (V^) = Vh(x)Sub[h](
0, terms t i , . . . , tr £ Tm(£), formulas
C Fm + (£) and any loose interpretation M, we say that M is a model of $, and write M \= $, iff .M |= y; for every ip E $. We say that a formula 7J 6 Fm + (£) is logically valid iff 0 |= ip, that is, iff M \=
ip, then M\= ip. (iii) M\=
180
4. LOGIC WITH EQUALITY
(iv) If M\= A = B then M\=A + C = B + C,M\=C + A = C + B, M \= A = B, M \= A;C = B;C, M \= C;A = C;B, and M \= A = B. (v) IfM\=A = BandM\=A = C then M\= B = C. PROOF. For part (i), suppose
{T, F} by fT if M\=
t/>[s'].
Assume that y>,^> G P . If s,s' G ^ M agree on free(-xp) = free(y), then the following statements are equivalent by (4.56).
M \= -n/3 Is']-
Assume that s,s' €. ^M agree on free(VVkip). The following statements are equivalent by (4.57). M\=(f
[s(k/d)] for every d G M,
M \=
Vvhip)[s] for every loose interpretation M and every sequence s GUM, i.e., either M \/= y vji {tp => tj)) [a] or M \fc
il>)[a]t
(4.60)
M | = tfi[s].
Let de M. Erom (4.59) and (4.57) we get (4.61)
M\=
i/> [a(k/d)].
Prom (4.61) and (4.55) we conclude that (4.62)
either M £
fry,,/,) : v,rj> £ Fm+(£)},
and generalization is defined by (4.72)
Gen : = {{V,Vm
(" [VaVj,^
/J ' r J'
=> 0)1.
4. FORMALISMS OP "Barskl-QIvant
(AV)
[V,(
tf) => (V,
V.tf)],
(AVI)
[V.
j,)] where
tf) => ((V => & => 0 ) => (V => C)),
(HII)
y) =* (^ =* V ) ,
(HIII)
(^^ => ^ ) => (^ => ^ ) ,
(HIV)
V^C^ =^
(HV) (HVI) (HVII)
VJB^ => Suti^ip, where y is free for x in ip, x=x, %=V => (
0 ) ,
(FIII)
(
(v> => 0) => (V> => (f => 0),
(FIV)
(
V) =>" (-> =>
(FV)
-.-.p => p,
(FVI)
p => -.-.p.
,
It will be shown below that the axiom schemata (HI) and (HII) are enough to prove the Deduction Theorem for propositional calculus. They can, in turn, be derived from it, so they are, in this sense, equivalent to the Deduction Theorem. In the proof, (FI) can be used in place of (HI), hence (FI) and (HII) are also enough to prove the Deduction Theorem. Since (FI) can be derived via the Deduction Theorem, provability using (HI), (HII), and MP is the same as provability using (FI), (HII) and MP. Lukasiewicz proved that (FIII) is redundant (see (4.85) below) and (FIV)(FVI), can be replaced by (HIII). Axiom schema (HIII) is a law of contraposition, and is one of many axiom schemata that can be used here, such as this variation on (HIII): (HIII')
(-.p => -.V) => ((-"P => ip) =>
For languages that include constants or function symbols (C ^ 0 or T ^ 0), the appropriate extensions of (HV)-(HVII) are (HV')
\/x
Subt
¥>], where x £ hee(ip).
(AVI*)
However, Monk [178] proved that (AVI) cannot be eliminated entirely. On the other hand, by Tarski [235, Th.3] and the ensuing remark, (AVI) may be deleted entirely if the provision "where x ^ y" is omitted from (AVIII), but this change is not desirable for languages with only a finite number of variables; see TarskiGivant [240, p. 8]. The rules of inference in Tarski's second system S2 are MP and Gen, and its axiom schemata are Lukasiewicz's (LI)-(LIII) together with five others:
(civ)
vx(
v) => WX
v^v),
(CV)
V ^ => V,
(CVI)
(fi => V^v?, where x £ var(ip),
(CVII)
3x(x=y),
where x ^ y,
194
(CVIII)
4. LOGIC WITH EQUALITY
x=y => {
V), where (p is atomic, x € var(<^), and rp is obtained from (p by replacing a single occurrence of the variable x by the variable y,
Kalish-Montague [121] proved that schema (CV) can be omitted, and that the remaining schemata are independent. 5. Soundness Every instance of every schema in the previous section is logically valid. The theorem expressing this is called the "Soundness Theorem", for it says that if we define a notion of provability using any set of axioms that consists entirely of instances of any of the schemata in the previous section, and any of the rules MP, Gen, Rp, and Tr, then our deductions are "sound" in the sense that we cannot derive something false. Theorem 141 (Soundness). Assume that C is a nice language, n < ui, H C Fm+(£), and that every formula in E is an instance of one of the axiom schemata (AI)-(AIX), (AVI'), (AVI*), (AIX'), (AIX"), (AIX*), (AX), (AX'), (BI)-(BX), (BIV), (CIV)-(CVIII), (DI)-(DV), (FI), (FIII)-(FVI), (HI)-(HVII), (HIII'), (HV'), (HVI'), (HVII'), (LI)-(LIII). Then every formula in S is logically valid. Let h be provability in Fm^(yC) using axioms H and any combination of the rules MP, Gen, Rp, and Tr. / / * C Fm+(£) and ip € Fm+(£), then $ h tp implies $ \= ip. PROOF. Every instance of schemata (HI)-(HIII), (HIII'), (LI)-(LIII), (FI), and (FIII)-(FVI) is logically valid by Th. 130(i). Every instance of (AI)-(AIII) is logically valid by Th. 130(i)(iii). Every instance of (CV), (HV), and (HV') is logically valid by Th. 137. Every instance of (HIV) is logically valid by Th. 134. Direct proofs suffice for the remaining schemata. These involve little more than careful inspection of the relevant definitions and various elementary results. For example, the logical validity of every instance of (BI) follows from (4.48), (4.53), and (2.35), while the logical validity of instances of (DI) will also involve (4.54)(4.57). The logical validity of instances of (BIV), (AX), and (AX') rests ultimately on (2.116), the associativity of relative multiplication. Assume $ C Fm^(jC),
ip}. We prove by induction that if <&,tp \-d ip then ^ e ! l . We have & \-d ip => v5 by (4.76), so ip G fi. If V1 G $ U Ed then (^> => (^ => ip),ip,
ip from $ using H<j and MP, so $ h d tp => ip and f e d . So far we have shown $ U H d U {^} C Q. To show O, is closed under MP, suppose ip,tp => f £ O, i.e., $ h d y> => ^/) and $ h d 95 =>(?/;=> f). Hence there is a proof (<TI, . . . , o>) of 7J => ^ from $ using H^ and MP, and there is a proof (TI, . . . , TS) of ip => (ip => f) from <1> using H^ and MP. Let Xi := (tp => ip) => ((
£)) => (
(^ => 0) =^ (V =^ 0 . X3 := V => £ an
Then xi is instance of (HI), (xi:°"r,X2) G MP, and {X2,TS,XZ) G MP, so the following sequence of formulas is a proof of tp => £ from $ using H^ and MP: (4.79)
(<7i,...,0y,Ti,...,Ts,xi,X2,X3>-
Th. 142 still holds if we replace (HI) with (FI) and alter the proof at this point by setting Xi := (
(V1 => 0) => ((
VO => (
0 ) , X2 : = (tp => ip) => (tp => | ) ,
X3 := V => C.
196
4. LOGIC WITH
EQUALITY
and noting that %i is an instance of (FI), (xi, T S , X2) £ MP, and (x2, 0>, X3) £ MP, so (4.79) is again a proof of ip => £ from $ using H<j and MP. Since $ U 5 j U {<^} C 0 and Q is closed under MP, we have shown that if <&, tp \-d ip then Q \-d tp => T/J, as desired. Proof of (4.78): Now suppose ip E Sent+(£). In one direction the proof of (4.78) is the same as in (4.77). For the other direction, we again let Q = {ip : ip E Fm+(£), $ h9 tp => ip}. Then $ U Sg U {ip} C 0 and fi is closed under MP, as shown by the proof of (4.77). We need only show 0 is also closed under Gen. Assume ip E il, i.e., $ h 9 ip => ip, so there is a proof (CTI, . . . , ar) of tp => ip from <& using Sg and MP and Gen. Let ti:=Vx(
ip) C2 :=Va;(y> =^ V") =^ (V3 =^ Vj;V)
T h e n (o>,Ci) £ Gen, £ 2 is a n instance of (HIV) since x £ free(y) = 0, a n d (C2,Ci:Cs) ^ M P , so (CTI, . . . , OV,CI>C2J &} ls a proof of ip => ^txtp from $ using H s , MP, a n d Gen. D
7. Implicational fragment Through this section we assume £ = C(C,J-,1Z, rank) is a nice language, n < UJ, and \-d is provability in FmJ(£) using axioms (HI), (HII), and rule MP. T h e o r e m 143. Let tp, $,£ e Fm+(£). Then (4.80)
\-d ip => y>,
(4.81)
h d v? ^> (V> => tp),
(4.82)
h d 95 ^> ((y> =} ip) =} V;),
(4.83)
h ((95 => tp) => ip) => ip,
(4.84)
h
(4.85)
h
(7J => ( ^ => £)) =^ ((^j => ^ ) => ( ^ => ^ ) ) , (ip => (ip => £))
(ip
(ip => ^ ) ) ,
d
(4.86)
h (v? ^> V) => ((V => (^ => £)) => (V =^ 0 ) ,
(4.87)
h
ip => ( ( y =^ ^1) => ((95 => (ip => 0)
=^ f ) ) ;
d
(4.88)
h (v? => V) => ( W => £) => (V => C))>
(4.89)
\-d (ip =>£)=>
(4.90)
\~ ip => ((tp => (ip => £)) => (ip => (,)).
(('P => tp) => (>p => V1)))
Every part of this theorem is very easy to prove with the help of the Deduction Th. 142 and the properties of the provability relation \-d, without any reference to the axioms (HI) and (HII). For example, although (4.80) is a repetition of Th. 142, we now can put forward the following alternative proof. We have tp \-d tp by (4.67). By the Deduction Theorem, treated as an additional postulated property of the provability relation \-d, we conclude that \-d tp => tp. Similarly, (4.82) may be
7. IMPLIOATIONAL FRAGMENT
197
proved by noting first that (ip => ip, tp, ip) is a proof of ip from {ip, tp => ip} using no axioms and rule MP, hence tp,tp => ip \-d ip. We therefore conclude by two applications of the Deduction Theorem that \-d tp => ((tp => ip) => ip). For a similar proof of (4.83), first note that (tp => tp) => ip, tp => p Hd ^ since ((y> => y>) => $, y> => tp, ip) is a proof of ip from {(y> =J> tp) => $, y> =s> tp} using no axioms and rule MP. By the Deduction Theorem we obtain tp => tp \-d ((ip =>
?/>) => ^. From this and (4.80) we then obtain (4.83) by (4.68). All parts of Th. 143 may be proved in this way, including (4.81) and (4.86), hence every instance of (HI) and (HII) has such a proof. Thus, by defining \-d in terms of the axioms (HI) and (HII) and the rule M P we have obtained a provability relation that satisfies (4.67)-(4.70) and the Deduction Theorem. Conversely, if a provability relation satisfies (4.67)-(4.70) and the Deduction Theorem, then all instances of (HI) and (HII) are provable from the empty set. It is in this sense that we may say that the Deduction Theorem is equivalent to provability using (HI), (HII), and MP. All these remarks remain true if we refer to (FI) instead of (HI). Let us say that a formula is an arrow tautology if it is a tautology that belongs to the closure of St under => alone. Then Th. 143 contains a selection of arrow tautologies. By the way, Th. 143 asserts the provability of many formulas that are not arrow tautologies according to this definition, but which nonetheless can be seen to be tautologies on the basis of what might be called their "arrow structure", the way they are obtained from simpler formulas using only =>-. In view of Th. 143 we might reasonably ask whether \-d tp for every arrow tautology tp. A short survey reveals that the answer is "no". Suppose we have distinct formulas tp, tp £ St and {£i, £2, £3} C {tp, ip}. Among all of the formulas - (
£0 => (£2 => £a)» - ((*> => £1) => £2) => £s, - tp => (£1 => (£2 => £3)), - (
(£1 => £2)) => £3, - V => ((£1 => £2) => £3), there are 20 tautologies, and all but one of them can be proved using only the Deduction Theorem and properties of provability. The one that cannot be proved in this way is ((ip => ip) => tp) => tp, which is known as Peirce's tautology. Theorem 144. It is not the case that \-d ((ip => ip) => tp) => tp for every tpeSt. PROOF. Use an alternative definition of —> as an operation on a set with more than two elements. Let M be third object distinct from T and F. Define —* as in Table 3. Let C be the => -closure of St. Then, as in Th. 125, every valuation v : St —> {T, M, F} has a unique extension to a map v : C —> {T, M, F}. A formula ip 6 C is an arrow tautology with respect to this new definition of —> if v(tp) = T for every valuation v. It may be checked that every instance of (HI) and (HII) in C is a tautology with respect to this new —>, and the property of being a tautology with respect to this new definition is preserved by MP. But Peirce's tautology is
4. LOGIC WITH EQUALITY
—>
T M F
T T T T
M M T T
F F F T
TABLE 3. Unique 3-element table for independence of Peirce's tautology
not a tautology in this new sense, for if v(tp) = M and v(ip) = F then v(((
ip) =>
F ) - > M ) - > M
= M.
On the 3-element set {T, M, F}, with T as designated element, there is, up to isomorphism, only one definition of —> that can be used in this way to show that Peirce's tautology is not hd-provable. If we wish to define —> instead on the 4-element set {1,2,3,4} and use 1 as designated element (so that ip £ C is a tautology iff v{
{1,2,3,4}), then there are (counting isomorphic copies) exactly 78 definitions of —> that work, but only 17 isomorphism types. They are shown in Table 4, with the first one presented in two forms, and the other sixteen in abbreviated Since Peirce's tautology is an arrow tautology that is not provable using (HI), (HII), and MP, we may ask whether we will obtain a complete axiomatization of the arrow tautologies if we add all instances of Peirce's tautology to our axiom set. It follows from some results of Tarski and Bernays that this is the case. First we define some additional schemata (consisting entirely of arrow tautologies in the more general sense described briefly above). (Pe) (Ta)
0
Tarski proved that ip is an arrow tautology iff it has a proof using axioms (HII), (LI), (Ta) and the rule MP. To express this more briefly we will say that (HII), (LI), (Ta) are complete for arrow tautologies. . Bernays pointed out that (Ta) may be replaced by Peirce's tautologies (Pe) in Tarski's theorem, so (HII), (LI), (Pe) are also complete for arrow tautologies. Independence of both systems was proved by Lukasiewicz. See Tarski [237, Th. 29 and subsequent remarks]. Furthermore, Lukasiewicz [242, 244] (see also Tarski [237, Th. 30, fn. f]) proved that the shortest single axiom schema that axiomatizies the implicational propositional calculus is (LIV)
f) => (X
7. IMPLICATIONAL FRAGMENT
1 1 1 1 1
—>
1 2 3 4
2 2 1 1 1
4 3 3 1 1
3 3 3 1 1
1 1 1 1
2 3 3' 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 1 1 1
4 3 1 1
3 3 1 1
1 1 1 1
2 1 1 1
3 3 1 1
4 3 1 1
1 1 1 1
2 1 1 1
4 3 1 1
4 3 1 1
1 1 1 1
2 1 1 1
4 4 1 1
3" 3 1 1_
1
2 1 1 1
3 4 1 1
4" 3 1 1_
1
2 1 1 1
3 3 1 1
3" 4 1 1_
1 1 1 1
2 1 1 1
3 3 1 1
4" 4 1
1 1 1
2 1 1 1
2 1 1 1
4" 4 4
1 1 1
3 1 1 1
2 1 1 1
4" 4 4
1 1 1 1
2 1 1 1
3 3 1 1
4" 4 4 1
2 1 2 1
3 3 1 1
4" 4 4 1
2 1 2 2
3 1 1 1
4" 4 4 1
1 1 1
1 1
1—i
M
1 1
1 1 1
1—i
1 1 1 1
TABLE 4. All 4-element tables for independence of
1 1 1 1 1 1
2 3 3' 1 4 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 4 3' 1 3 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 4' 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 2 3 4' 1 1 3 4 1 4 1 1 Peirce's tautology
For an outline of the proof of Lukasiewicz's theorem, see Church [50, 18.4]. Church [50, 18.3] also has suggestions for proving the theorems of Tarski and TarskiBernays. By (4.88), every instance of (LI) is provable using (HI), (HII), and MP, so the theorems of Tarski and Bernays still hold if we replace (LI) by (HI). Consequently (HII), (HI), (Ta) are complete for arrow tautologies, and so are (HII), (HI), (Pe). So far, we have found four sets of schemata that are complete for arrow tautologies. Each of them consists of three schemata among (HII), (HI), (Pe), (LI), (Ta), and each of them includes (HII). The inclusion of (HII) is essential in the sense that the remaining four schemata are not complete for arrow tautologies. Table 5 shows an alternative definition of —> on {1, 2, 3, 4} with respect to which, with 1 as the distinguished element, the property of being a tautology is preserved by MP and all instances of (HI), (Pe), (LI), (Ta) are tautologies, but some instances of (HII) are not tautologies, since 2—> (3 —> 2) = 2 —» 4 = 4 ^ 1. There are two other choices of three schemata among (HII), (HI), (Pe), (LI), (Ta) that may produce sets of axioms that are complete for arrow tautologies, namely (HII), (HI), (LI), and (HII), (LI), (Ta). In view of (4.88) and Th. 144, we see that the first of these possibilities is not complete for arrow tautologies. To show that (HII), (LI), (Ta) are also not complete, use the definition of —> in Table 6, with
4. LOGIC WITH EQUALITY
—>•
1 2 3 4
1 1 1 4 1
2 2 1 4 2
3 2 1 1 2
4 4 4 4 1
TABLE 5. A table for the independence of (HII)
-
>
•
2 3 4 2 2 4 1 1 1 4 3 3 1 i—l i—l
1 2 3 4
1 1 1 1 1
TABLE 6. A table for the incompleteness of (HII), (LI), (Ta)
(HII) (HI) (Pe) (LI) (Ta) || + - - + - 1 + - + - - 1 + - + - 1 + + - - 1 + - - + 1 - + - + 1
1234 1222 1222 1222 1234 1224 1224
2 2 2 2 2 2
1234 1112 1111 1111 1114 1114 1114
3 3 3 3 3 3
1234 1112 1114 1111 4114 2224 1144
4 4 4 4 4 4
1234 1111 1131 1221 1221 1221 1221
TABLE 7. Incompleteness of some axiom schemata for implication
which instances of (HI) fail since (3 -> (2 -> 4)) -> ((3 -> 2) -> (3 -> 4)) = 4. Table 7 proves that no set of axioms formed by choosing two schemata from (HII), (HI), (Pe), (LI), (Ta) is complete for arrow tautologies. This includes independence for the axiom sets in the theorems of Tarski and Bernays. In the table, "+" indicates that all instances are tautologies with respect to the table given to the right and "—" indicates otherwise. 8. Completeness of (HI), (HII), (HIII') In this section, assume C = C(C, T, 1Z, rank) is a nice language, n < u>, and \-p is provability in Fm+(£) using axioms (HI), (HII), (HIII') and rule MP. By the Soundness Th. 141, whatever can be proved is a tautology. For completeness we must show the converse, that every tautology in Fm^(C) can be proved from 0 using axiom schemata (HI), (HII), (HIII') and rule MP. Theorem 145. For all ip,ip 6 Fm^(£), (4.91)
-«p,
4. -.p => i 5.
V) => V>
4, T h . 142
6. 99,-1^,-1-1(99 =^ -J/I) h p -it/i
(4.67)
p
7. 99,1V) h -.-.(99 => ip) => -up
6, T h . 142 p
8. -1-1(99 => tp) => -np,-i-i(
tp) => tp \- -1(99 =3- tp)
(4.93)
p
9.
V)
5, 7, 8, (4.68)
(4.99): \~p p
1. 99 => tp,^p
( 4 . 9 4 ) , (4.70)
p
2. 99 => V , - ' - ' ¥ ' l" 99 ^> V>
(4.67)
P
3 . 99, 99 = ^ V !~ V> 4. p ^
(p ^
p
tp, -.-.99 h V
1, 2, 3, (4.68)
5. 99 => tp hp -.-.99 => tp 6. -*p,ip
4, T h . 142
=> ip hp -.-.99 => tp
7. -.V>, 99 => tp h
p
tp,
° and stv (i>) h" tpv, but r _ i => V, p) and fi(tp,ip,p), i.e., there is some r 6 Fm^"(£) such that PROOF. (-.95 =3- ip), fi( ,P, MP(fi( ip,(ip => p) => ( p),a), fi( (if => {a => p))), f4(a,tp,p,ip =3- (a =3- p))), f6(ip,ip,p,a):= p,a)), p^ip, {tp^ p) =>a,(ip=>p) =>a,T),f6( ((ip => ->P, i>, , -»p)), 1p,1p=>p,lfi=> p),f!te,1p,p)), ,(ip =^ p) => a,(i/> => p) => cr), fe( , p,cr)), ^) ,P,) ,p,a) = (((ip =J- p) = (y> =J- p)) =^ or) = ((y> => ^») => CT)» f&{ p)) =}- ((o- =4- ^ ) => (93 =4- (o- =4- /?))), fe(ip,ip,p,cr) = ( ff) => ((^ = p) = or)), /r(^, p)^ ii) => p) => {(p => p), fia(tp,i>) = {{ip => ) = (i>=> ((->*> =^ v) => v)) ^ ((-"v =* v) ^ ,p,T) = ((r =}- ( ( ^ =4- 93) => p)) =4- p) => ((-.9? =4- ^ ) => p), fis{tp,i)) = {~>tp =^ip)^ ) ^ V)» fis{tp,i)) = & => { i>), flf>{ 1/>) ^ p) =4- {ip =4- p), hi{tp,i),p) p ) => (00 => p) => a)), / 2 6 (¥>, ip, p) = (Op = V>) = p) => ( ( p <£>) => ((V => P) =* P ) , V) ^ P) => ((o- => P) ^ p)), (V>=> (y) fe{ ~^ip,^ip => ip^ ip. n, and [ ip] = v V i 0 (£ => V))]- V)]( Subl i/>) => C^xf => Vxil>)\ V)] iji,ip,ij>) € MP then {Sij(ifi => %p),Sijtp,Sijip) E MP since S y ( p => ip) = Sy Sijip. Third, Gen is similarly preserved by Sy. The next two results require only instances of (HI), (HII), (HIII'), (HIV), and (CV) (special cases of (HV')). T h e o r e m 157. hhn PROOF. %tp ^ MyMxip 4. First we show that if Y\ ip then h j [ip]- The proof is by induction. Let y?) => (^ => yx(p) by (HIV) since x <£ free(?), hence \-hn ip => Vxip by MP. Finally, \-^ [ip => Vx hh ip and <3> hh -up. The theory $ is inconsistent if there is some sentence cp G Sent + (£) such that <3> hh cp and $ hh -up. Note that consistency is preserved "going down", while inconsistency is preserved "going up", in the following sense. Assume $ C $' C Sent + (£). If $' is consistent, so is <3>. If $ is inconsistent, so is $'. Theorem 162. Let * C Sent+(£). (i) $ is consistent iff there is some ip E Sent+(£) such that $ l/h ip. (ii) $ is inconsistent iff $ hh ip for every tp 6 Sent + (£). PROOF. The two parts are clearly equivalent. We prove only part (ii). First, if $ proves every sentence, it surely proves some sentence and its negation and hence is inconsistent. On the other hand, if $ is inconsistent, then by definition there is some ip G Sent + (£) such that $ hh ip and $ hh -199. Let tp G Sent + (£). We have hh ip => (-.99 => ip) by Th. 147, so ip, -«p hh ip. Therefore * hh ip by (4.68). ((-iy; => ip) => ip) by Th. 147, so $ h h ^/). But V was arbitrary, so $ is inconsistent, contrary to assumption. Part (ii): If $ h h -K^, then $ U {ip} is inconsistent because $, ip h h y> and $,^3 h h -up by (4.67) and (4.70). Conversely, if $ U {ip} is inconsistent, then $, 95 h h - A} is consistent, then -up = ip\ G TA+I C T a , so assume TxU^n,} is inconsistent. Then } is also inconsistent. Thus T a U {tp} and T a U {~>y>} are inconsistent. By Ta U Th. 162, Ta is therefore inconsistent, contrary to (4.150). Thus Ta is complete. There is a variation on the proof. Alter the definition of T«+i to FK U {^>»} if TK U {^»} is consistent FK U {-iipK} otherwise for every ordinal K < a. In this variation, the completeness of Ta is obvious, while Th. 162 is used in the inductive proof that Ta is consistent. In the proof of Th. 165 above, the consistency of Ta is obvious, and Th. 162 is used instead for completeness. 15. . This proof has only finitely many formulas in it, so there are most finitely many variables occurring free or bound in any formula of the proof. Let y be a variable that does not occur in any formula of the proof. In every formula of this proof, replace every occurrence of c with y, resulting in ^SubJ(^i),..., SubJ(^>m)). Then we claim that (Suby(ipi),... ,Suby(ipm)} is a proof from $, and we prove it by induction on i £ { 1 , . . . , n } . liipi is an instance of (HI), (HII), or (Hill'), then so is S\My{ipi). For instance, if tpi is an instance of (HII), say £ => (r => £), then Sub^(^) is SubJ(£) => (Sub^(r) => Sub°(£)), which is also an instance of (HII). Suppose ipi is an instance of (HIV), say Vz(£ => T) => (£ => Wzr), where z £ free(^). Then Suby(ipi) is Vz(Sub^(^) => SubJ(r)) => (Sub^(^) => V z Sub^(r)). To see this is an instance of (HIV), we need to know that z ^ free(Sub5)(^)). But free(Sub^(£)) C free(^) U {y}, and z y since y does not occur in ipi. Suppose ipi is an instance of (HV'), say Vz£ => Subf(^), where t is a term that is free for z in £. Then
wE
wE 11 and a is a nontrivial isomorphism of{U,S,{e}), i.e., cr is a permutation ofU, ae = e, and S\a = a\S. Then there are at least \{n — 2)(n — 3) diversity cycles [x,y,z] that are moved by a, i.e., [x,y,z] ^ [ax,ay,az\. PROOF. Suppose [x,y, z] is a diversity cycle that is fixed by a, that is, [ax,try, az] = [x,y,z\. Then a maps {a;, y, z, Sx, Sy, Sz} onto itself. So to know that a cycle [x, y, z] is moved by cr, it suffices to know that {a;, y, z, Sx, Sy, Sz} is not closed under a. Since a is nontrivial, there is some x E U ~{e} such that ax ft x. Assume Sx ^ x. Note that if u, v, y, z g U ~{e, a;, Sx}, then [a;, u, v] = [x, y, z] iff u = y and v = z. Suppose ax ^ Sx. If u, v € U ~{e, x, Sx, txx, txSx}, then we also have ax ^ {x,u, v, Sx, Su, Sv}, so the diversity cycle [«,«.,«] is moved by cr. Hence there are at least (n — 5)(n — 5) diversity cycles that are moved by a, since \U~{e,x,Sx,(Tx,oSx}\ = n —5. However, (n — 5)(n — 5) > | ( n — 2)(n — 3) since n > 11.
so, by (4.70), st"(p => ^ ) >-P ¥>" and stv(f => ^ ) I"P ^"- We have 97",^" K (99 => V)™ ^ (4-103), so st B (^ => V) h P (^ =5- VO™ by (4.68). Thus tp => ^ 6 X. To see that X is closed under -i, assume p G X, i.e., st"(ip) h p
9, COMPLETENESS OP (LI)-(LIII)
20S
Consider an arbitrary valuation v : St —> {T, F} and let w : St —¥ {T, F} be the same as v except that v(ipi-i) =/= w(ipi-i). By the inductive hypothesis we have
By the Deduction Th. 142, plus, in case i < n, the observations that ipf = ipf, ..., tpZ = ipn , we conclude that
(4.105) (4.106)
th — M^tf-i =>
or simply h p ^*_i => ^? and h p ^ L i =* ¥> in case t = n + 1. It follows from the choice of w that {ipl-\,ipt-i\ — {ipi-i,~^j>i-i}, and (4.107)
ipi-i =s- p,-.^i-i =4- p P V
by (4.100), so, by (4.105), (4.106), (4.107), and (4.68), we obtain %j}J,...,ijjl\-p(p if i < n and ^ * , . . . , ^ h p ^? if « = n + 1. This completes the proof by induction. Applying the result with i = n +1 yields Hp ip for every valuation v : St —> {T, F}, so h p (p. D 9. Completeness of (LI)-(LIII) In this section we show that Lukasiewicz's axiom schemata (LI)-(LIII) axe complete by deriving (HI), (HII), (Mil') from them. The axiom schemata (HI), (MI), (Mil') are complete, hence (LI)-(LIII) are derivable from (HI), (HII), (Mil'). Theorem 148. Assume C = £(C, IF, TZ, rank) is a nice language, n < u, and \-L is provability in Fm^(C) using axioms (LI), (LII), and (LIU) o-nd rule MP. Let f 6 FmJ(£). ip is a tautology iff\~L (p. (Lukasiewicz [243]) We will show that hL ip whenever p is an instance of (HI), (HII), or (Mil'). Recall that MP is a set of triples. It is a functional relation, in that if {ip, ip, p) and {tp, ip, a) are in M P then p = a. We will treat MP in this proof as a partial function. This means that MP(ip,i/>) is defined to be p if ip = ip p and undefined otherwise. Below we define 36 functions on formulas and draw 33 conclusions listed after the definitions. Our claim, which needs to be confirmed as part of the computations carried out in this proof, is that each of these functions is defined on all inputs and produces the indicated output. For example, our claim concerning fi is that for aH(p,ip,p,a G Fm£(£) the partial (tp p),a) operation MP is defined on the pair of inputs fi(
and, furthermore, the output r of M P on those two inputs is f4(p,ip,p,a)
=T= (((ip => p) => {tp => p)) => or) ^ {{ip => ip) => a).
206
4. LOGIC WITH EQUALITY
The range of /i is the set of instances of (LI). Therefore, hL fite,ip,p) for all tp,ip,p 6 Fm+(£). From our claim concerning / 4 we know that / 4 (^J, >,p,
MP(/ 4 (v?,V,/0,((v=>p)=^)=> (W => P) =^ <*)), fi(ip => p,
fw{f,ip) := MP(fg(
/6(-.^,v,v,v)), fu(>p,ip)
MP(MP(/io(Hp => f) =>
fi4(
ip) : = MP(/ 9 (v?, V, W> =3- v>) => V), / i 5 ( v , ^ ) ) ,
fa{
f2Ote,^)
:
=
2lte,1P,P) 22te,1p,p)
MP(f5(ip,1p ^ P,P,
te, VS P, a)
MP(/i(v? ^(ip^p),ip^(v^-
fiite,
fate,
p), a), f21 (ip, tp, p)),
V>) := MP(MP(/ 23 (v?, "«^, tp, (te => */>) =>
fste,i>)),
9, COMPLETENESS OP (LI)-(LIII)
2
2i(
fso(
=> p),f
:
= M P ( / ( /
(
)
ip,ip =$>i/),p,ij} => p),
fM((p,i/>,p)),
v?=J- {if)^tp),tp^ip,!p^ Then, for all ip,ip,p,a,r
p),f$*,{,if),pj).
£ Fm+(£),
fi{
, p, or,r ) = (r => ((¥? =* p) => ff)) => ((¥? =* V>) ^ (r ^ ( ( ^ => p)
ft,{
((tp =>iP)=> ((p => ff) ^ (p ^ «r))),
M
hi{
f),
fi2{tp,r) = T => ((-iy> =>*?)=> y), fi3{p,ip,T)
= (-.p ^ ^>) => (T =4- ( ( ^ =S- v) =* ¥>))
fii{
{{i> ^P)^
fie(
= {(p =* (^ => p)) => (^ =>(¥>=> p)),
/22(V» V>,/») = (^ =* P) => ((¥> ^1p)^(V^ hi{v^,P,a)
p)),
= ( ( ^ =* (9? ^ p)) ^ er) ^ ((9? =^ (^ => p)) ^ er),
8
4. LOGIC WITH EQUALITY
f25(
,
1
1
/27(v, V ) = (OP => V ) => VO => (00 =>
/ 3 o(«p, V>) = ( ^ =^ ( ^ =^ V1)) => (¥> => V1), f3i(ip,ip,p,(7) = (v^a)^
(((
h2{tp,1p,p,(T) = (('fi^ip) =>p)=> (0?=>ff)=> ((o-=^p)=>p)), fa{
((
f34(
((if => {if) => p)) => (y>=^p)).
What remains is to deduce the instances of (HIII'). Let (p,i/j £ FmJ(>C). First, notice that
From (LIII) we know that ip, -rtp h L ip. Therefore (4.108)
-up, -up => -itp,-up
=4> ip h L ip.
We have shown that hL x whenever \ IS a n instance of (HI) or (HII). Therefore the Deduction Theorem holds for h L . By the Deduction Theorem and (4.108), we get -up => -iip, -up => ip h L -up => ip.
From (LII) we know that -up => ip hL ip, so (4.109)
-.
By applying the Deduction Theorem to (4.109) we get (4.110)
hL (-.p = -.t/;) => ((-.yi = t/;) => y>).
From Th. 147 we know that every tautology is provable using (HI), (HII), (HIII'), and MP. We have also just shown that hL \ whenever \ S Fm+(£) is an instance of (HI), (HII), or (HIII'). Therefore, every tautology is provable using (LI)-(LIII) and MP.
10. Quantifier axioms In this section we present consequences of axiom schemata (AI)-(AIII) (the closures of Lukasiewicz's axioms schemata (LI)-(LIII)) together with the quantifier axioms (AIV)-(AVII). The next theorem, due to Quine, may be described as a kind of modus ponens for closures of formulas.
10. QUANTIFIER AXIOMS
209
Theorem 149 (Quine [202, '111], [204, "111]). Assume C = C{C,F,1l, rank) is a nice language and n < u. Let h j be provability in SentJ(£) using axioms (AV)-(AVII) and ruleMP, Suppose ^ , ^ 6 Fm+(£). (4.111)
J/H+ [v => 4] and h+ [
PROOF. The proof proceeds by induction on the number of free variables in ip => ip. Base case: If |free(^? => ip)\ = 0 then [tp => ip] = tp => tp and [tp] = ip, so (4.111) asserts that if h+ ip ^ ^ and h+ tp then h+ ^ . This holds by Th. 140. Inductive case: Now we assume that (4.111) holds for k (our inductive hypothesis) and show that it holds for k + 1. Assume \free(tp => iji)\ = k + 1 and (4.112)
H+[p=>^].
(4.H3)
h+M-
Let x € free(^? =^ ^) such that [^? => i/i] = [Vx((p => i>)]- Then (4.112) implies
(4.114)
KMV.te^)]-
Note that IfreefV^f^ => i>) => (VK^ =^ V a ^))| = k and we have (4.115)
h+ [V.(yi => V) => (V.v =* V,V)]
by (AV), so it follows from this and (4.114) by the inductive hypothesis that (4.116)
h+ [V.10 => V , ^ ] .
If a; € free(^) then [^?] = [ V ^ ] , so (4.113) implies (4.117)
H+ [%
On the other hand, if x $ free(tp) then \free(tp => Va,^?)| < k, and we have (4.118)
H+Iy.^V.p]
by (AVII), so once again (4.117) holds, this time by (4.113), (4.118), and the inductive hypothesis. Note that |free(Va.^ => Vs^OI = k, so by (4.116), (4.117), and the inductive hypothesis we have (4.119)
H+ [V,tf ].
If x 6 free(^) then [tji] = [Va,^] and so we get (4.120)
H+ [tf]
by (4.119) alone. On the other hand, if x £ free(^) then IfreefVaj^ =^ tf>)\ < fc, and (4.121)
h+ [ V ^ => V]
by (AVI), so we again obtain (4.120), this time via (4.121), (4.119), and the inductive hypothesis. As a corollary we get the propositional completeness theorem for closures of tautologies.
210
4. LOGIC WITH EQUALITY
Theorem 150. Assume C = C(C,J-,1Z, rank) is a nice language and n
If\-+ [if = V ] and h + [t/> =* £ ] *>>en ^ n [ v = £ ]
(4.123)
If
Fm + ( £ ) «s a tautology,
then h + [ p ] .
PROOF. (4.122) can also be deduced directly from just (AI) and (4.111). Thus the proof of (4.122) actually requires only (AI) and (AV)-(AVII). From Lukasiewicz's Completeness Th. 148 and Quine's theorem (4.111) it follows that (AI)-(AIII), (AV)-(AVII) suffice to deduce the closure of every tautology, so (4.123) holds.
Quantifier prefixes arising from closures distribute over implication. Theorem 151 (Tarski [235, Lem. 20]). Assume C = C(C, T, 11, rank) is a nice language and n < UJ. Let h+ be provability in Sent+(£) using axioms (AI)(AIII), (AV)-(AVII) and rule MP. If
Vifc_1(v
=> ip),
then (4.124)
h + [ ^ => V] => ( V v v - V v ^ ^ = V v ^ - ' - V v ^ ^ ) .
PROOF. The proof is by induction on k. If k = 0 then the desired result is a special case of (4.123). We will assume as inductive hypothesis that the theorem holds for k and prove it for k + 1. Accordingly, let us suppose that
(4.125)
[
This hypothesis tells us that free(? => ip) = {v; 0 ,..., VjJt_1, v,fc} and io < 4_i < ifc. It follows that (4.126)
[ V V i > => V) => (Vvifcv => Vvife^)]
(4.127)
[V Vife ^ => V v i ^ ] = V v i 0 - - - V v i f c _ 1 ( V V i ^ => V Vifc ^).
From (4.125), (4.126), (4.127), and our inductive hypothesis we conclude that h+ [V Vifc (^ =* V) => (VVifc¥3 = VVifcV)]
(4.128)
= ([¥> => V] => [VVifcV= = V vlfc V])By (AV) we have (4.129)
h+ [VVifc(v5 = il>) = (VVifc¥3 => V Vifc V)],
so by (4.128) and (4.129) we get (4.130)
h+ [ p = V] = [Vvifc¥> => VVifcV]
by (140). From (4.127) and the inductive hypothesis we obtain (4.131)
h + [ V v . v? = Vv. V] =
<
10. QUANTIFIER AXIOMS
By (4.130), (4.131), and (4.122) we finally obtain (4.132)
h + [ ^ => V] => ( V v ^ - ' - V v ^ ^ V v , ^ => V VJ0 ---Vv iik _ 1 Vv jfc V),
as desired. By adding (AIV) we can show that quantifier prefixes may be permuted. T h e o r e m 152 (Tarski [235, Lem. 21]). Assume C = C(C,F, 11, rank) is a nice language and n < LV. Let h j be provability in Sent^(C) using axioms (AI)(AVII) and rule MP. If ip E Fm^(£), a is a bijection between k < n and free(ip), and TT is a permutation of k, then (4.133)
h+ y a o
ak_1
ya^0---yawk_lV.
PROOF. We only prove the theorem whenever -K is a transposition. The general result follows by induction using (4.122) and the fact that every permutation of a finite set is a product of transpositions. We proceed by induction on k. If k = 0,1 the result holds by (4.123) (closures of tautologies are provable). Assume k > 2 and, as inductive hypothesis, that the theorem holds for every permutation of every m < k. Suppose TT interchanges m and m + 1, where 0 < m < k — 1. Let Va = yao
afe_1,
vv = Vc0
Qm1
,
V™ = v Q m + 1 v a m v a r o + 2
yak_t
We wish to prove that for all tp and a, (4.134)
H+Va¥> = V,ra¥>.
From the injectivity of a and {ao, {a 0 ,
,«fc-i} = free(?) we conclude that
,am_i} =
There is some permutation A : m —> m such that VxtXvV = [Vv*p], Since Va = VMVV and V^ai^ = VMV,r,,?, the following deduction shows (4.134). 1. h + V v ( V ^ ^ Vnv
(AIV)
2.
h+ V A M V ^
1, (4.124), MP (Th. 140)
3.
h+ V M V ^
=> V\v>l™v ^
VAMV^
Ind.
Hyp.
212
4. LOGIC WITH EQUALITY
4. h+ Vx^vf
=> V^v
5. h + V M V ^ => V M V ^
Ind. Hyp. 3, 2, 4, (4.122)
The next result may be described as a kind of generalization rule for closures. T h e o r e m 153 (Quine [202, * 112], [204, *115]). Assume C = C{£,F, U, rank) is a nice language and n < u>. Let h^ be provability in Sent^(£) using axioms (AI)-(AVII) and rule MP. Suppose ip £ Fm+(£) and x £ Vn. (4.135)
If\-+[V],ihen\-+[Vx
PROOF. If x £ free(^) then the result follows by (AVII) and (4.111). If x E free(^) then the result is a special case of (4.133). The proof of Quine [204, "115] is not suitable for n-variable logic because it requires variables beyond those free in (p. Such variables may not exist in a language containing only a fixed finite number of variables. On the other hand, the switch from Quine closure in Quine [202] to Berry closure in Quine [204] made it possible to avoid the axiom schema (AIV). 11. Equality axioms Now we add the equality axiom schemata (AVIII) and (AIX). In the following theorem and its proof we use aR(,£ 6 F m + ( £ ) . (4.136) (4.137)
Ifx i free(?) then h+ [VX(V => V) => (P => V ^ ) ] . Ifn>2then\-+[x=x].
(4.138) Ifn>2
then h+ [x=y => y=x].
(4.139) If\-+ [x=y => (ip => V)] thenV-l [y=x => (-.^ => -,
=> (ip => rj))\
(4.141) If\-+[x=y
=> (if => tl>)\ thenVt\x=y
(4.142) Ifz^x,y,
\-t[x=y
(4.143) IfR(
\-+[x=y
tiienY-+[y=x
=> ((f =>
=> (? => V)] then^+[x=y => (Vzip => \f^)].
then h+ [x=y => (
(4.145) Ifx + y then h+ [ V ^ => Subxyip]. (4.146)
=> ((«/> => 0 => (ip => ?))]
h + [Vxtp => Subxycp].
11, EQUALITY AXIOMS
213
PROOF. (4.136): Assume zc ^ free(
(AV)
2. h + [ ^ = V.p]
(AVII) v
3. l-« [V a (^ => V) => (¥> => ®^)]
!. 2> (4-111), (4.123)
Proof of (4.137): Let y be a variable distinct from x. This is possible since we assume n > 2. h+ [j/=a =}- (y=a; =s- T = T ) ]
(AIX)
h+ [-.x=a! => - v = x ]
(4.111), (4.123)
h+ [^x=x
=> V,(-.y=3!)]
(4.111), (4.136)
h V , ( - . y = i ) => i=3!]
(4.111), (4.123)
^
\-+[x=x\
(AVIII), (4.111)
Proof of (4.138): ^t [x=y => (x=x => y=x)\
(AIX)
h+ [s!=3! => (x=y => y = i ) ]
(4.111), (4.123)
h+ [x=y => y=x]
(4.111), (4.137)
Proof of (4.139) and (4.140): By (4.111), (4.123) and (4.138). Proof of (4.141): By (4.111), (4.123). Proof of (4.142): If z j= x, y then h+ [V,(x=» =
Hyp., (4.135)
h+ [a;=y =^- V»(v? => V)]
(4-111), (4.136)
H+ [a;=y ^ ( V ^ =4- V,^)]
(AV), (4.122)
Proof of (4.143): Let P be the set of all tp g Fm+(£) such that for all i> 6 Fm+(£) . Let 8j. be set of and all x,y G VB, if R(ip,tp,x,y) then 1- a:=j/ => (tp => (p 6 FmJ(£) with exactly fe occurrences of =>, -i, or V. Using (AIX) and (4.139)(4.142), one can prove by induction on k G w that 8*. C P. Then Fm+(£) = Proof of (4.144); If ^5 = Sub|^? the result follows by (4.123). If tp ^ Subfyi there is a sequence (£o, ,^i) of formulas where tp — £0, Sub|^J = £j, and ii(^j,^j+i,a;,j/) for i = 0, , I. We obtain (4.147)
h+ x=y => (tp => fj)
for all t < I by induction on i, using (4.111), (4.123), and (4.143). The desired result is the case « = I.
214
4. LOGIC WITH EQUALITY
Proof of (4.145): Assume x / y and let tp = Sub^ tp. Note that x £ free(ip). I—^~ [x=j/ =>(?=> ip)]
(4.144)
^t [v => h4> => ^x=y)]
(4.111), (4.123),
h+ [Wxtp => Vx(-itp =4> -*x=y)]
(4.135), (AV), (4.111)
h+ [ixtp => (-.^ => Vx^x=y)]
(4.122), (4.136)
l"n [-Nx^x=y
(4.111), (4.123)
=> ( V ^ => t/>)]
h+ [ V ^ => ip]
(4.111), (AVIII)
Proof of (4.146): From (4.145) and (AVI). 12. Axioms for a binary relational language We say that £ is a binary relational language if £ is a nice language such that £ = £(0, 0,1Z, rank) and rank*(7?.) C {2}. It will become apparent that for such languages it is convenient to restrict n so that 3 < n < w. Assume that £ is a binary relational language and adopt the definitions in Tables 1 and 2. In particular, h+ (if n > 4, h+ in case n = 3) is provability in Sent+(£) using axioms (AI)-(AVIII), (AIX'), (DI)-(DV), and rule MP. Thus h+ is the notion of provability for the formalism £+ if \U\ = 1 and M(nk)+ if k = \TZ\ > 1. The presence of (AI)-(AVII) in the axiom set for £ j implies that the following results apply to h+: (4.111), (4.122), (4.123), (4.124), (4.133), (4.135). To know that (4.136)-(4.146) also apply to h+, we need to show that h+ tp whenever tp is an instance of schema (AVIII) or (AIX). Now all instances of (AVIII) are included in the axiom set for h j , and we show next that every instance of (AIX) is provable in £+, as noted by Tarski-Givant [240, p. 68, p. 70, fn. 13*]. Consequently (4.136)(4.146) hold for h+. T h e o r e m 155. Assume £ is a binary relational language and 3 < n < u>. Let h+ be provability in Sent+(£) using axioms (AI)-(AVIII), (AIX'), and rule MP. Then h j tp whenever tp is an instance of (AIX). PROOF. (Givant) Consider an instance of (AIX), say where tp is atomic, x £ var(tp), and tp is obtained from tp by replacing a single occurrence of the variable x by the variable y. Since every relation symbol is binary, we have tp = Ruv for some u, v € Vn with x = u or x = v. If u / v then £ is actually an instance of (AIX'), hence h^~ £. Suppose u = v = x and tp = Rxx. Then either ip = Rxy or ip = Ryx, say ip = Rxy. Then 1. h [t/=a; => (-iRxy => ->Rxy[y/x])]
(AIX')
2. I- [y=x =^ (-
1, def. of [-/-]
3. \-[y=x = (Rxx => Rxy)]
2, (4.111), (4.123)
4. \-[x=y => y=x]
(4.138)
5. I- [x=y =^ (Rxx => i?a;y)]
3, 4, (4.122)
12, AXIOMS FOR A BINARY RELATIONAL LANGUAGE
218
For an arbitrary nice language we let h* be probability in FmJ(£) using axioms (HI), (HII), (HIII'), (HIV), (HV'), (HVI'), (GVII), (GVIII), (AIX*), (DI)(DV), and the rules MP and Gen. For a binary relational language, with no constants or function symbols, every instance of axiom schemata (HV') or (HVI') is an instance of (HV) or (HVI), respectively. For ordinary logic with infinitely many variables this axiomatization is redundant but has the advantage of being a satisfactory axiomatization even if n < u). The axioms we have chosen for H^ are based on the axioms used by Henkin, together with simplifications taken from Quine [202, 204] and Tarski [235]. As Tarski-Givant [240, p. 8] point out, avoiding the notion of substitution and the rule of generalization helps to simplify their proof of the Main Mapping Theorem for £x and £+. But they found that simply restricting Tarski's axioms (AI)(AIX) to a fixed finite number of variables does not produce an adequate axiom set, so they explicitly included axiom schema (AIX'). The axioms chosen here for h£. incorporate the suggestion of Tarski-Givant [240, p. 70] regarding the axiomatization of finite-variable logic, that schema (AIX") should replace schema (AIX'). Since we prove the Main Mapping Theorem by means of Tarski's QRA theorem, there is no advantage in avoiding Gen, and for some proofs it is actually more convenient to use formulas instead of restricting provability to their closures, as illustrated by the following theorem which, along with Th. 157 and Th. 158 below, applies to an arbitrary nice language £ and any n
i. y-n V , V B V = vv
(cv)
2. hi Vylfi => if
(CV)
3. V4. h
h n
h n
Vmyv(p => tp
V a (V x V s 9? =>
5. Y\ VxVv
> Vxv)
1, 2, prop. cal. Gen
(HIV), Th. 140 Gen
4. LOGIC WITH EQUALITY
7. hhn VxVv
6, (HIV), Th. 140.
T h e o r e m 158. \~n Vz(<^> =£* ip) =£* (Vx^? =^ ^x^P) PROOF.
1. hj^ Va,(v? => ^> ) = > ( < £ = >
^>)
(CV)
2. h ^ Va;^ => y>
(CV)
3. \~n Va,(v? => ip) => (Vxip => ip) 7
1, 2, prop. cal. 7
4. \~n Va;(Vx(<^ =^ V ) ^* (yx^p =** V )) h
Gen
5. h n Mx{ip => V) => V ^ V ^ ^> V)
(HIV), T h . 140
6. hj; V^^v? =^> ip) => (Wxip => \/xip)
(HIV)
7. h n Va;(i^ => ip) => (Va;^ =^ Vj;?/')
5, 6, prop. cal.
D Theorem 159. Assume that C is a binary relational language, 3 < n < to, and ip E Fm+(£). Then r-!j ip iff\-f [ip] and, for n>A,\-hnip iff\-+ [
(4.148) J2:={p:peFm+(A K First we observe that fl closed under MP and Gen according to (4.111) and (4.135), respectively. What remains is to show that O contains every formula ip £ Fm^(jC) that is an instance of one of the axiom schemata. If
13. QUOTIENTS OF INTERPRETATIONS
217
whenever ip is an instance of one of the axiom schemata (AI)-(AVIII) or (AIX'). Every instance of (AI)-(AIII) is the closure of some tautology ip, but we have h^ (p by Th. 147, so its closure is also provable by Gen. Every instance of (AIV) is provable by Th. 157 and Gen. Every instance of (AV) is provable by Th. 158 and Gen. Every instance of (AVI) is an instance of (HV') because every variable is free for itself in every formula, so every instance of (AVI) is provable. To see that every instance of (AVII) is provable, suppose ip G Fm + (£), x G Vn, and x £ free(^). We have \-hn tp => ip by (4.76), so \-hn Vx(
Y-lip
iff h + ^ iff \=
PROOF. Indeed, if h^ ip then h+
13. Quotients of interpretations In the next few sections we prove Godel's Completeness Theorem under the assumptions that - £ = C(C, T, H, rank) is a nice language, - V-1 is provability in Fm + (£) using axioms (HI), (HII), (HIII'), (HIV), (HV), (HVI'), (CVII), (CVIII), (AIX*), (DI)-(DV), and the rules MP and Gen. Since we are restricted to the assumption that there are infinitely many variables, we will simplify our notation and write hh in place of h^. Most of the proof involves only the axiom schemata (HI), (HII), (HIII'), (HIV), (HV), (CVII), and (DI)-(DV). It results in the construction of a loose interpretation with various properties. The remaining axiom schemata are (HVI'), (CVIII), and (AIX*). When they are satisfied by a loose interpretation, it is possible to create an interpretation as a quotient. Suppose M is a loose interpretation for £ with domain M, and M is a model of (HVI'), (CVIII), and (AIX*). Let E = (=)M = VM. Then E is reflexive over M because M is a model of (HVI'), transitive because M is a model of this instance of (CVIII): Vl=V 2
=> (vo=Vl
=> V 0 =V 2 ),
218
4. LOGIC WITH EQUALITY
and symmetric because M is a model of this instance of (AIX*): Vo=Vl => (vo=Vl => Vl=Vo).
Thus E is an equivalence relation on M. Furthermore, since M is a model of various other instances of (CVIII), we can show that E is a congruence relation with respect to the interpretations of all other function and relation symbols. In more detail, this means that if / £ J , fi £ K, rank(/) = rank(ii) = r, a i , . . . ,ar 6 M, 6i,... ,br E M, and (ai,foi),..., {ar,br) 6 E, then (fM(a1,...,ar),fM(b1,...,br))eE, (ai,...,ar)eRM
(b1,...,br)ERM.
iff
This can be proved by induction on r using particular instances of (CVIII). Suppose xi,... ,xr,yi, ,yr are distinct variables. Then, since M is a model of instances of (CVIII), we have M
\= Xl=yi
=> (Rx 1X2X3
-Xr-lXr
M \= xi=yi
=> (Ryix2x3---Xr-iXr
M \= xr=yr
=> (Ryiy2y3-
=> RyiX2X3
-Xr-lXr),
=
-yr-iXr
=> Ryiy2y3
-yr-iyr),
hence r
M \= f\ Xi=yi => (Rxix2x3
xr => Ryiy2y3
Let s £ " M be a sequence that assigns xi, ..., xr, yi, . . . ,for,respectively, i.e., if x% = VJ then SJ = aj, eic. Then
yr)yr to 01, . . . , ar, 61,
r M
\= f \ Xi=yt i=i
=> ( i ? a ; i x 2 x 3
xr => Ryiy2y3
[s],
but, by the hypothesis that (ai, foi),..., (ar,br) 6 i?, we have r
-M |= ^ i = » i W , i=i
so M
\= Rx\x2X3
xr
Ryiy2y3
-yr[s],
M
which tells us that if (a\,..., ar) 6 R then (foi,..., br) 6 RM. Using an instance of (HVI') as well as more instances of (CVIII), we have M
\= fxiX2X3
M
\= Xl=yi
Xr=fxiX2X3 => (fxiX2X3 => JX\X2X3
M\=X2=y2
=>
Xr, r-lXr=fx\X2X3
Xr-lXr=fyiX2X3
Xr-lXr Xr-\Xr)i
(fx1X2X3---Xr-1Xr=fy1X2X3---Xr-1Xr xr-1xr=fy1y2X3
xr-ixT),
14. CONSISTENT AND COMPLETE THEORIES M \= xr=yr
=> (fxix2x3
r-ixr=fyiy2y3
=> fxix2x3
219 -yr-ixr
xr-1xr=fyiy-2y3
yT-iyr),
hence T
M\=
f \ Xi=yi i =l
=> fxix2x3
xr=fyiy-2y3
yr-
It follows that if (au fei),.. ., (ar, br) 6 E then (fM(au ..., ar), fM(bu ..., br)) 6 E. This congruence property of E makes it possible to define another loose interpretation M/E, whose domain is the set M/E of ^-equivalence classes of elements of M, as follows: CM/E
RM/E
._
CM/E
for
— {(ai/E,...,
fM/E(ai/E,...,
e y e r y
c e
C ;
RM},
aT/E) :(a1,...,aT)e
aT/E) := fM(au
..
.,ar)/E.
The congruence property of E is required to show that the last formula is unambiguous. It can then be proved by induction that for any formula ip and any sequence s E"M, M \=ip[s]iff M/E \= tp[s/E], where s/E 6 "(M/E) is defined by (s/E)i = Si/E for every i G w. Hence the same sentences are true in M and M/E. Furthermore, the interpretation of = in M/E is the identity relation on M/E, since =M/E = {(a/E,b/E) : (a,b) G E} and a/E = b/E iff (a,b) G E. Thus M/E is an interpretation. We gather these observations into a theorem that will be applied in the proof of Th. 169. Theorem 161. Suppose M is a loose interpretation for C, M is a model of (HVI'), (CVIII), (AIX*), and E = (=)M. Then E is a congruence relation on M, the quotient M/E is an interpretation, and M \=
220
4. LOGIC WITH EQUALITY
Theorem 163. 0 is consistent. PROOF. For a given nice language C = C(C, J-, 1Z, rank), define M as follows. Let M = {0}, let cM = 0 for every constant c G C, let RM = M r a n k ( f l ) for every relation symbol R € 11 with rank(iZ) > 2 and RM = M if rank(i?) = 1, and let fM(0,...,0) = 0 for every function symbol / € T. Also, let (=)M = VM = M1, so that M is an interpretation. Let s = (0, 0, 0, 0,...). Assume 0 is not consistent. Then h h tp and h h -up for some sentence ip. By the Soundness Th. 141, |= ip and |= -iv?) so M \= tp [s] and M \= -up [s], a contradiction. T h e o r e m 164. Assume $ is consistent and ip € Sent + (£). Then (i) either $ U {y} is consistent, or else $ U {~"^} is consistent, (ii) $ U {ip} is inconsistent iff $ h h -iy>, (iii) $ U {-«p} is inconsistent iff & h h ip. PROOF. Part (i): Assume $ U {ip} and $ U {"'y'} are both inconsistent. Let V> € Sent+(£). Then *, tp h h V and $, - i ^ h h ^ . The Deduction Th. 142(ii) may be applied since ip is a sentence, so $ h h ip =h ip and $ h h -195 => t/;. We have h h (
f TK U {VvJ ^T«
S
if TK U {ipK} is consistent otherwise
For every limit ordinal A < a, let T\ := UK
TK is consistent for every K < a.
The proof is by (possibly transfmite) induction on K. TO is consistent by hypothesis. If TK is consistent, so is T K +i, by definition. Let A < a be a limit ordinal, and assume TM is consistent for every pi < X. If 7 \ is inconsistent, then by (4.69) there are sentences ipi,..., ipm G T\ and tp G Sent + (£) such that ipi,..., ipm h h tp and ipi,..., tpm l~h ""£ For each i = 1 , . . . , m, we have xpi £ T\ = U«
IB. WITNESSES
221
there is some KJ < A such that ipi € TKi. Let fi = max(Ki,..., Km). Then /* < A and ipi,..., ipm £ Tp since TKi C TM for « = 1 , . . . , m. Hence TM is inconsistent, a contradiction. Thus (4.150) holds, so Ta is consistent. Next we show Ta is complete. Let
Witnesses
If C C C is a set of constants of a nice language £, and # C Sent+(jC) is any theory, we say C is a set of witnesses for # if for every formula tp with one free variable x £V, there is some constant ce C such that # Hh Sub;?((p) => ¥3:93. Theorem 166 (Witness Interpretation Theorem). Assume that C is a nice language, C = C(C, T\ 7Z, rank), # C Sent + (£), # is consistent, # is complete, C C C is a set of constants of C, and C is a set of witnesses for # . Lei (4.151)
M :={t:t
e Tm(£), var(<) = 0}.
For every constant cfzC, every function symbol f € J-, and every relation symbol , let Re (4.152)
cM := c,
(4.153)
fM(h,...,tT):=fti---tr
(4.154)
RM :={{tu...,tT)
ifh,...,tT :tu...,tr
eM
and r = r a n k ( / ) ,
£ M, r = rank(ii), # hh Eti
-tT}.
Then M is a loose interpretation for C and M \= # . PROOF. First we show, for every * € W M and every t € M, that (4.155)
sM(t)=t.
For a fixed sequence s G " M we will prove sM(t) = t by induction on the complexity of terms. If t is a constant, then sM(t) = tM = t by (4.152), so we may assume t = fti---tT and sM(ti) =ti, ..., $M(U) = U, Then sM{ft1---tr)=fM{sM{t1),...,sM{tr))
222
4. LOGIC WITH EQUALITY
fM(U,...,tr)
= = ft1---tr
(4.153)
Next we show that if we have a relation symbol R E 72.UII with rank r = rank(i?), terms t\,...,tT E M, and a sequence s E wM, then M\=Rh---tr[s]
(4.156)
iff
$h
h
Rh
T.
u
We do this by induction on predicates for a fixed s E ' M. The base case is that R € 72.U {=}. In this case the following statements are equivalent: 1. M
\=Rti---tr[s] sM{tr))
M
2. (s (h),...,
E RM
definition of |=
3. ( t i , . . . , i , . ) e B M h
4. * h RU
(4.155)
tr
(4.154)
Next we assume that (4.156) holds for A, B E II and show that it also holds for A + B, A;B, A, and ~A. We deal only with A + B and A;B. The following statements are equivalent. 1. M \= tiA + Bt2 [s] 2. ( s M ( ( i ) , sM(t2)) M
+ B)M
e(A
M
M
definition of |=
M
definition of {-)M
3. {s {t1), s (t2)) EA UB 4. (sM(ti),8M(Jt2))
€ AM or (sM(ti),sM(t2))
€ BM
5. ^W |= tiAt2 [s] or M \= tiBti [s] h
definition of |=
h
6. * h txAU or * h txBU
(4.156) for A, B
h
note (a) below
h
note (b) below
7. $ h tiAt2 V hBt2 8. * h tiA + Bt2
Note (a): Clearly statement 6 implies statement 7 by propositional calculus. For the converse, suppose statement 7 holds. If $ hh t\At2 then statement 6 holds. If not, i.e., $ l/1 t\At2 then, since t\At2 is a sentence and $ is complete, we have $ hh -itiAt2. But then we conclude by propositional calculus from this and statement 7 that $ hh t\Bt2, and again statement 6 holds. What this shows is that for any sentences £ and \ , $ hh £ V \ iff $ hh £ or $ hh \Note (b): We have an instance of (DI): o l
(
Bvi « (v0Avi
Since the terms t\ and t2 have no variables by (4.151) and therefore are free for every variable in every formula, we also have these instances of (HV'): l"h VVOVV1 (v 0 A + flvi «
(v o -4vi V
hh (tiAt2VtiBt2)).
15. WITNESSES
We conclude by propositional calculus that hh to A + Bti <^> (toAti V Consequently statements 7 and 8 are equivalent. Next we consider A;B. First we prove (4.156) in one direction. 1. M \=tiA;Bt2[s]
Hyp.
2. {ti,t2) £ (A;B)M
definition of \=, (4.155)
3. (tut2)
M
eA \B M
4.
M
definition of (-)
and (t3,t2) £ B
M
for some t3 £ M
5. M\= tiAt3 [s] and M \= t3Bt2 [s] h
(4.155), definition of |=
h
6. * h tiAt3 and $ h t 3 Bt 2
(4.156) for A,B
h
7. * h tiAt3 A <3-Bt2
prop. cal.
8. $ h 3V2(ii^4v2 A v2Bt2)
(HV'), prop. cal.
h
9. h V V 0 V v l (v 0 A;Bvi <^ 3v 2 (vo4v 2 A v 2 Bvi)) h
10. h tiA;Bt2
-» 3V2(i]
A v 2 Bt 2 )
(Dili)
(HV'), prop. cal. 8, 10, prop. cal.
Now we proceed in the opposite direction. 1.
$\-htiA;Bt2
Hyp.
h
(Dili), (HV'), prop. cal.
h
3. $ h -.(
for some c £ C
4. * h h
prop. cal.
5. * h h
2, 4, Th. 140
6. * hh tiAc and $ hh cBt2
prop. cal.
7. M\= hAc[s] and M \= cBt2 [s]
(4.156) for A,B
8. {sM(t1),sM(c))eAM
definition of |=
2. * h 3V2(ti^4v2 A v2B<2)
and{sM(c),sM(t2))£BM
definition of
AM\B
9.
definition of (-)
10. 11.
definition of |=
\=tiA;Bt2[s]
This completes the proof of (4.156). Next we show that for every tp £ Sent + (£) and every s £ " M, (4.157)
iff
We prove (4.157) by induction on the number of connectives and quantifiers in sentences
4. LOGIC WITH EQUALITY
prove (4.157) for A = B, where A, B G II. There is a witness Co G C such that
(4.158)
and a witness ci £ C such that hh
(4.159)
c0Bci) => V vl (c 0 Avi <^> c 0 Bvi).
By (DV), hh A = B <£> VvoVvl(voylvi <£> v 0 Bvi),
(4.160)
so by propositional calculus we obtain $ hh (coAci « coBci) = A = B. We also get * hh A = B = (coAci & c0Bci)
(4.161)
without the use of witnesses, appealing instead to (4.160), instances of (HV'), and propositional calculus. Consequently $ hh (coAci « c0Bci) « A = B.
(4.162)
Now we show that M \= A = B [s] implies $ hh A = B. M \= A = B [s] M
A
= B
Hyp. definition of \=
M
((co,ci) £ A
and (co,ci) £ B
)
M
or ((co,ci) 0 i and (co,ci) 0 B M ) (.M |= coAci [s] and 7\4 |= coBci [s]) or (A4 ^= CQACI [S] and A4 ^= coBci [s]) h
(4.155), definition of |=
h
(* h coAci and * h c0Bci) or ($ t/h coAci and $ t/h CoBci)
(4.156)
($ hh coAci and $ hh coBci) or ($ h -ico^4ci and $ h h
$ r
CQACI <^> CQBCI h
*r
$ is complete prop. cal. prop, cal., (4.162)
A= B
For the opposite implication, proceed as follows. M^A AM
= B[s] j M
({tut2)<EAM
Hyp. definition of |=
and ( t i , t 2 ) £ B M )
or «ti,*2> ^ AM and <*i,*2> € BM) (M \= hAt2 [s] and M ^ t\Bt2 [s])
for some ti,t2 € M
16. WITNESSES
225
or (M ft hAt2 [s] and M \= hBt2 [s]) h
h
($ h tiAt2 and $ \f
(4.155), definition of |=
tiBt2)
or ($ l/h tiAi 2 and $ hh tiBt2) h
(4.156)
h
($ h t\At2 and $ h -ifiBt 2 ) or (<3> hh —iti>lt2 and $ hh t\Bt2) h
t\Bt2)
h
<=> tiBt-2
$ h -i(ti7lt 2 $ l/ t\At2
$ is complete prop. cal. $ is consistent
h
$ l/ A = B
(4.162), prop. cal.
This completes the proof that (4.157) holds for all atomic formulas. Assume (4.157) holds for tp e Sent+(£). We prove it for -up E Sent+(£), first in one direction, M\=^tp
[s]
M. \/= tp [s]
Hyp. definition of |=
h
$ l/ ip
(4.157) for tp
$ h -itp
$ is complete
and then the other: $ h —up
Hyp.
$!/(/?
$ is consistent
M^tp[s]
(4.157) for 99 definition of |=
M\=^
Assume (4.157) holds for tp,ip G Sent+(£). Sent + (£), first in one direction,
We prove it for if
M ^ tp => tp [s]
Hyp.
M \=
definition of |=
$ hh tp and $ \/" tp
(4.157) holds for tp and «/
h
h
$ h tp and $ h -.V $ h Q
h
\f
$ is complete
-.{tp => >4,)
prop. cal.
ip
$ is consistent
tp
and then the other: $ l/ h
Hyp.
$ h ^ ( ^= ^)
$ is complete
$ h 99 a n d $ h -i«/>
prop. cal.
$ h 99 a n d <& \/ ib
$ is consistent
ip £
226
4. LOGIC WITH EQUALITY
M \= ip [s] and M \/= ip[s]
(4.157) holds for ip and ip
M y= ip => ip [s]
definition of |=
+
k
Suppose VVkip G Sent (£). Notice that SubJ (ip) has fewer occurrences of the universal quantifier than WVhip. Also, since free(VVktp) = 0, we have free(y>) C {vj;}. Every term t in M contains no variables, and the only free variable in ip is v/t, so SubJk (ip) is a sentence by Th. 129(iii). This means that the inductive hypothesis applies to SubJ'*' (ip), hence (4.157) holds for SubJ'*' (ip) whenever t € M. We will prove (4.157) for Vvhif- There are two cases. In the first case we suppose that free(y>) = 0. Then Sub*k (ip) = ip whenever t € M, so (4.157) holds for ip. M \=s^vklp[s]
Hyp.
M \= ip [s(k/t)] for alH € M
definition of |=
M. \= ip [s]
when t = Sk
h
$ h ip
(4.157) for ip
$ h Vvh
Hyp.
h
$ h ip
(HV'), Th. 140
.M |= y[s]
(4.157) for y>
M\=
M \= VVfc v [s]
s and s(fc/t) agree on free(
The other case is that free(ip) = {vj,}. Since C is a set of witnesses for $, there is some c G C such that $ h h SubZk(ip) = VVfcv5-
(4.163)
We proceed to show (4.157) in this case, first in one direction: M\=VVh
Hyp.
M. \= ip [s(k/t)\ for every t G M
definition of |=
M\=
(4.155)
for every t G M
fc
Al |= SubJ ((^) [s] for every t £ M !
$ h SubJ'* (y) for every t G M
Th. 136, note (c) below inductive hypothesis
fe
$ h Subc (ip)
when i = c € C C C C M
$h h V Vfe ¥3
(4.163), Th. 140
Note (c): For every t € M, t contains no free variables, hence t is free for vj, in if. For the other direction, we have: 1. J\/[ ^ VVfc if \s\
Hyp.
2. M.y= ip [s(k/t)]
for some t G M, by the definition of |=
15. WITNESSES
fi
3. M
(4.155)
4. M Y= S u b ^ (ip) [s]
Th. 136, note (c) above
5. <& \f SubJ'*'(y).
inductive hypothesis
6. $ hh —iSub^fc (y3)
* is complete, Sub^(y) £ Sent + (£)
7. \- yxip => SubJrfe(i^)
(HV'), note (c) above
h
h
8. h -iSubl (
h
227
=> -HVk
(4.99)
-WVk
6, 8, Th. 140
h
* is complete, VVk
10. * ^ Vvfc^
Thus (4.157) holds for VVfev?- The proof of (4.157) is now complete, and with it, the proof of the entire theorem, since a consequence of (4.157) is that M \= $. T h e o r e m 167 (Witness Consistency Theorem). Let £ = £(C,J~, 7?., rank) be a nice language. Suppose $ C Sent + (£) is a consistent theory, c £ C is a constant, tp £ Fm + (£), {x} = free(ip), and c does not occur in ip or in any sentence in $. Then <& U {Sub;? (y>) => Wxf} is consistent. PROOF. Assume $ U {Subc(i^) => Va;i^} is inconsistent. Then, by Th. 164,
so by propositional calculus we get (4.164)
$ h h Subc(y)
(4.165)
$ h h -WxV>.
By (4.164), there is a proof (ipi,..., ipm) of Sub^(
228
4. LOGIC WITH EQUALITY
This last formula will be an instance of (HV') if Suby(t) is free for z in By the selection of y we know y does not occur in ipi, so y ^ z. Therefore, no new free occurrences of z axe introduced in SubJ(£). Thus Sub|ubc(-t) will put Sub^(i) into the same locations in Sub^(^) that Subf puts t in f. Note that Sub^(i) may contain y, so we need to know that no free occurrence of z in Sub^(£) is in the scope of a quantified y. But this is true because y does not occur in ipi. Thus Sub° (ipi) is an instance of (HV'). If ipi is an instance of (DI)-(DV), (HVI'), or (CVII), then c does not occur in ipi, hence Sub^(^) = ipi. Suppose ipi is an instance of (AIX*), say v;t=Vj => (£ => SkjS,)- Since y does not occur in ipi, we have Vjt ^ y ^ v,- and SubS(SwO = SwSubS(O, hence SubJ(^) is v , = v , => (Sub^K) => S y S u b ^ ) ) . Thus Sub^(^i) is also an instance of (AIX*). Similarly, if ipi is an instance of (CVIII), say v=w =>(£=> x), where x a n d f are atomic and x is obtained from £ by replacing an occurrence of v by w, then v ^ y ^ w since y does not occur in ipi, and again it is easy to see that Sub^(^) is an instance of (CVIII). So far we have shown that if ipi is an axiom, so is Suby(ipi). If ipi £ $, then SubJ(^i) = ipi since c does not occur in any formula in $, so Sub^(^) 6 $. 1£ipi is o b t a i n e d by MP, say j,k < i a n d ip^ = (ipj => ipi), t h e n Suby(tpk)
= (Suby(ipj)
=>
Suby(ipi)), so Suby(ipi) is also obtained by MP. If ipi is obtained by Gen, say j < i and ipi = Vzipj, then Suby(ipi) = VzSuby(ipj), so Sub^(^i) is also obtained by Gen. Thus (Suby(ipi),..., Suby(ipm)} is a proof from $. Now c does not occur in
Then, by MP, $ hh ip, whence, by Gen, $ hh V^^, contradicting (4.165). Theorem 168 (Witness Extension Theorem). Suppose C is a nice language, C = C{C,T, TZ, rank), $ C Sent + (£), and $ is consistent. Then there are a set C £ V, a nice language C' = C(C, T, 1Z, rank), and a theory $' C Sent + (£') such that (4.166)
$ C $',
(4.167)
$' is consistent,
(4.168)
C is a set of witnesses for $',
(4.169)
\C\ = |Sent+(£)| = |Sent+(£')|,
(4.170)
C' = C U C, 0 = C n C.
PROOF. Choose a set C such that \C\ = |Sent + (£)|. The elements of C are called "new constants". Let C! = C'(C', T, 1Z, rank) be the language whose relation and function symbols are the same as those of C with the same ranks they have in
15. WITNESSES
229
£, and whose constants C' are all the constants of £, together with all the elements of C, i.e., C = CUC. C can be chosen so that £' is nice. This requires C to be disjoint from the variables, connectives, quantifier, symbols, terms, and formulas of £. £ and £' have the same number of sentences: |Sent + (£')| = |Sent + (£)|. £' has more axioms than £, namely, all instances of the axiom schemata that contain new constants. With respect to this larger language with more axioms, $ is still consistent—any proof of a contradictory sentence using formulas from $ and axioms from £' can be converted to a proof in £ by replacing the finitely many new constants that appear in the proof with variables that do not appear in the proof—see the proof of Th. 167 for details. Thus (4.169) and (4.170) hold. Let a = |Sent + (£')| = |Sent + (£)|. Note that a is also the number of formulas of £' that have exactly one free variable. Let {ipK : K < a) be a well-ordering of all the formulas of £' that have exactly one free variable. For every K < a, let CK = {c : c G C, c occurs in tp\ for some A < K}. There are at most finitely many constants from C occurring in each ip\, so \CK\ < ui whenever K < w, and \CK\ = K whenever to < K < a (although no such case arises when a = UJ). Since \C\ = a, it follows that | C ~ C K | = a whenever K < a. Choose a well-ordering of C. For each K < a, let cK be the least element of C~(CK U {c\ : A < K}), which is not empty since |C~(C K U {c\ : A < K})\ = a whenever K < a. It follows that if K < a, then (4.171)
for every A < K, CK does not occur in tp\, and cK ^ c\ if A < K.
For every K < a let $ K = $ U { S u b ^ ( ^ ) => V.VA : A < K, {x}= and let $' = $„. Clearly (4.166) and (4.168) hold. Next we show that * K is consistent for every K < a. This includes, as a special case, that (4.167) holds. We use induction on n < a. First we prove consistency for n = 0. Note that $0 = <£ We know $ is consistent in C, but we must show $ is also consistent in C'. To do this, note first that any proof in £' of a formula in Fm + (£) from $ can be converted to a proof in £ by replacing the finitely many constants in C that occur in the proof by variables that do not occur anywhere in the proof, as shown in the proof of Th. 167. Now suppose $ is inconsistent in £'. Then <1> proves all sentences, so choose a contradictory sentence tp £ Sent + (£). By replacing constants in C by new variables in a proof in £' of %p from $, we get a proof in £ of %p from $, contradicting the consistency of <1> in £. It follows that <1> is consistent in £'. Assuming $K is consistent, the consistency of <&K+i follows by Th. 167. To see this, note that $ K + i = $ K U {Sub^(V«) => V,V4 where {x} = free(ipK), and, by (4.171), cK does not occur in any formula in $ K , and does not occur in tpK. The consistency of $A for limit ordinals X < a follows immediately from the consistency of $ K for all K < A, as in the proof of (4.150) in the proof of Lindenbaum's Lemma, Th. 165.
230
4. LOGIC WITH EQUALITY
Now we can show that every consistent theory has a model no larger than the language. Theorem 169. / / $ C Sent + (£) and $ is consistent, then there is an interpretation M for £ such that M \= $ and \M\ < |Sent + (£)|. PROOF. By Th. 168, there are £', $', and C such that (4.166)-(4.170) hold. By Lindenbaum's Lemma, Th. 165, there is a complete consistent theory $" D $'. Note that C is a set of witnesses for $" as well as $'. By Th. 166, there is a loose interpretation Mo for £ such that Mo \= $" and \MQ\ = |Sent + (£)| = |Sent+(£')|- We also have Mo \= $ since $ C $". Let E = (=)M°. By Th. 161, E is congruence relation on Mo, Mo/E is an interpretation, and Mo/E \= $, so we let M = Mo/E. Then we have M \= * and \M\ = \M0/E\ < \M0\ = |Sent+(£)|. D
16. Completeness and compactness The Completeness Theorem was first proved by Godel [81]; see van Heijenoort[247] or Godel [82]. Many other proofs of this theorem have appeared in the literature. The one in given in the preceding sections has followed Henkin [89], as presented in Mendelson [169], with appropriate modifications for the presence of predicate operators and predicate equality. Recall (from p. 217), that £ = C(C,T, 1Z, rank) is a nice language, and hh is provability in Fm + (£) using axioms (HI), (HII), (HIII'), (HIV), (HV), (HVI'), (CVII), (CVIII), (AIX*), (DI)-(DV), and rules MP and Gen. Theorem 170 (Completeness Theorem). For every ip £ Sent + (£),
If $ hh ip, then $ \= tp by the Soundness Th. 141. For the converse, assume $ l/ ip. Since >p £ Sent + (£), it follows that <3> U {~"y?} is consistent by Th. 164. By Th. 169, there is an interpretation M such that M \= $ U {^ip}. Thus M \= $ and M \= -«/?. Since ip is a sentence, it follows that M \/= f> by Th. 133. Thus M is a model of $ that is not a model of ip, hence $ ^= (p. PROOF.
h
A consequence of the Completeness Theorem (Th. 160, p. 217), is that for every ip 6 Fm + (£), hh ip iff h+ ip iff |= ip. Theorem 171 (Compactness). If every finite subset of $ C Sent + (£) has a model, then $ has a model. PROOF. Since every finite subset of $ has a model, every finite subset of $ is consistent, since having a model implies consistency. If $ itself were inconsistent then there would be a proof of a contradiction from $, but by (4.69) there would then be a finite inconsistent subset of <3>, a contradiction. Consequently <3> is consistent and has a model by Th. 169.
16. COMPLETENESS AND COMPACTNESS
231
A theorem first proved by Lowenheim [131], with different and improved proofs by Skolem [218, 219, 220] and further improvements by Tarski (see [221, Bemerkung der Radaktion, p. 161], Tarski [238, p. 568], Tarski-Vaught [241, Th. 2.1], Vaught [249, p. 870]) and Mal'cev [159], became the Lowenheim-SkolemTarski theorem. We present here only a weak version, followed by J6nsson's statement of Lowenheim's original theorem. Theorem 172 (Lowenheim-Skolem Theorem). If a theory # C Sent + (£) has a model then it has a model M with \M\ < |Sent + (£)|. PROOF.
A theory with a model is consistent, so the conclusion follows from
Th. 169. The original theorem of Lowenheim [131] states that if an equation of the calculus of relations fails in some infinite domain, then it already fails in a countable domain. What follows is a contemporary algebraic statement of this fact. Theorem 173 (Jonsson [113, 8.1]). If K and A are infinite cardinals, then HSP{«e(«)} = HSP{«e(A)}. PROOF. By BirkhofFs Th. 95, it suffices to show the same equations hold in both ZRZ(K) and Ote(A). We will show that if an equation fails in £fte(A) then it also fails in 9le(K). Let C = £(0,0,7?., rank) be a binary relational language such that \7Z\ = K. Since n > w we also have |Sent + (£)| = K. Let A, B 6 II and suppose A = B fails in Dte(A). This means that there is some assignment / : 11 —> Sb (A2) of the relation symbols in 72. to relations on A such that if h is the extension of / to a homomorphism from the predicate algebra *$ of £ into 9te (A), then h(A) / h(B). We must show A = B also fails in JJte (K). By Th. 82 there are only finitely many relation symbols in 72. that actually appear in A or B. Let Hi be all the others. Since \TZ\ = K > w, we conclude that \R'\=K as well. Let
$ = {-,(A = B)} U {1 = 1;R;1 :RETl'} U{R;0';R
u{^(R-S)
:ReH'}
:R,sen',R?s}.
Next we show # is consistent, for which it is enough to show every finite subset of $ is consistent. Consider any finite subset A C $. Construct an interpretation M' for C with domain M' = X as follows. For every R 6 ft ~ 71' let RM' = f(R) = h{R), From this alone we know that AM' ^ BM', hence M' \= ->{A = B), regardless of how the remaining binary relation symbols are assigned by M! to relations on A. If R 6 7Z' and R does not occur in a sentence in A, then we may let RM be any relation on A, say RM = A2. To complete the construction of M!, let {Ri, ,Rn} C It' be the finite set of relation symbols in H' that occur in some sentence in A, choose distinct fix,... ,/x» 6 A, and let (Ri)M = {(A«i,/ii)}, . . . , (Rn)M = {{ftn, fin}}- Then M' [= tp for every tp £ A, so A is consistent.
232
4. LOGIC WITH EQUALITY
Since $ is consistent, by Th. 169 there is an interpretation M. for C such that M \= $ and \M\ < |Sent+(£)| = K. If R € 11' then M \= 1 = l;fl;l and M \= R;0';R
< V, so there is some fin G A such that RM
= {(^R,fin)}-
For
distinct R,S £ K' we have .M |= -^(R=S), hence p fl ^ ps. Since |7?.'| = K, it follows that K < \M\. Thus we have |M| = K and 7\4 ^ -i(A = B), so the equation A = B fails in 9\e (K).
CHAPTER 5
Boolean algebras 1. Axioms R1-R3 23 is a Boolean algebra iff 03 is an algebra of Boolean type satisfying the three identities R1-R3 below. In more detail, this means that there exist sets B, +, and ~ such that 23 = {B, +,~), + : B2 -> B, and ~ : B -> B, and, for all x,y,z
£ B,
Ri R2 R3
x + y = y + x, x + (y + z) = (x + y) + z, x + y + x + y = x.
(axiom of commutativity) (axiom of associativity) (Huntington's axiom)
Let BA be the class of Boolean algebras. It follows from the Class Existence Theorem that BA exists. Axioms R1-R3 are due to Edward V. Huntington [105, 104]. The axiom set in Huntington's first paper [105] included the law of idempotence, namely x + x = x. The idempotence law was even "proved" in Huntington [105] to be independent of the other three axioms. However, the law of idempotence was subsequently (and correctly) shown in Huntington [104] to be redundant. There is an interesting problem connected with this axiomatization, which originated with Herbert Robbins. The Boolean dual of Huntington's axiom R3 is i o. J. i
Ju ~\ y ~\ Ju ~\ y — Ju.
The problem Henkin-Monk-Tarski [93, Problem 1.1] was to determine whether R3 can be deduced from the commutativity, associativity, and the dual Huntington axioms. It is easy to see that if a finite algebra satisfies the dual Huntington axiom, then it also satisfies the Huntington axiom. Suppose a finite algebra satisfies the dual axiom. From the form of this axiom it is clear that the operation ~~ is onto. Since the algebra is finite, the operation ~~ must also be injective. Substitute x for x in (5.1) to get x = x + y + x + y. Since ~~ is injective, this entails x = x + y+x + y. Using specialized theorem-proving software, W. McCune [164] proved that there is an equational derivation of Huntington's R3 from Ri, R2, and (5.1). Axioms Ri and R2 say that (B, +) is a commutative groupoid. The first two interesting consequences of R1-R3 are Theorem 174. (R1-R3) (5.2)
x + x = y +y
5. BOOLEAN ALGEBRAS
(5.3)
X =
X.
PROOF. X+ X
-y- \-x + y) + (x + y-\- x + y)
R3
-x- \-y + x) + {y + x-hy + x)
Ri,R2 R3
IIIH
HII
= y +y -x + x + x
R3
= x 4 -x + x + x
R2
= x 4 -x + x + x
(5.2) Rs
X
If an algebra 58 = {B,+,~} satisfies R1-R3, then by (5.2) the sets {x + x : x £ B} and {x + x : x £ B} both have exactly one element in them. In relation algebras we have a distinguished element 1' from which we define 1 := 1' + 1 ' . For Boolean algebras in general, we may instead agree to let 1 be the unique element in {x + x : x £ B}, and let 0 be the unique element in {x + x : x £ B}. Of course, 0 and 1 could be added to the signatures of both relation and Boolean algebras, as is often done. If we consider Boolean algebras as algebraic structures of the form {B, +,~, 0,1), we get a sufficient axiom set by adding the following two identities to R1-R3: (5.4) l = x + x, (5.5)
0 = x + x.
Note the redundancy thus introduced: the identity x + x = y + y follows from (5.5) as well as from Huntington's three axioms. Define eight additional binary operations on B. Three of them get their own names and notation: the centered dot denotes the binary operation called meet or intersection, while the minus sign — denotes the binary operation called difference. fooo{x,y) := x + y,
fm(x,y)
fon(x,y)
fioo(x,y) := x + y,
:= x + y,
foio (x, y) := x + y,
:=x +
y=:x-
/101 (x,y) := x+ y =: y - x,
fooi(x,y) := x + y, fuo(x,y) := x + y =: x - y. The symmetric difference is more complicated: (5.6) x G y := (x - y) + (y - x) = /no + /101 =x + y + x + y. The asymmetry of choosing + as primitive and as denned is reflected in the convention that binds more strongly than +, so that, for example, x
y + x
y = {x y) + (x
y)
1. AXIOMS R1-R3
= x + y + x + y. There are many other ways to define Boolean algebras, and there is an extensive literature concerning alternative choices of fundamental operations and axioms; see Sikorski [216, p. 3]. Here is a highly redundant axiom set that exhibits duality. Theorem 175. 03 is a Boolean algebra iff 23 is an algebra of Boolean type satisfying the identities below. (5.7)
(x + y) + z = x + (y + z) x+y=y+x
(5.8) (5.9)
(x -y)
X+ X = X
(5.10) (5.11)
x + (x y) = x
z =
x
(y
x
y =
y
x
X
X =
X
z)
x (x + y) = x
x + y z = (x + y) (x + z)
x (y + z) = (x y) + (x
(5.12)
x + y = x-y
x -y = x + y
(5.13)
0+ x = x
1 x = x
(5.14)
1+^ = 1
0 -x = 0
(5.15)
X + X = 1
x
(5.16)
0= 1
(5.17)
W= x
z)
x = 0
T= 0
The identities in Th. 175 may be proved from axioms R1-R3, but in doing so, one cannot assume the identities 1 = x + x and 0 = x + x. Instead, each identity involving 0 or 1 should be proved in the form obtained by replacing occurrences of 0 and 1 with terms of the form x + x and x + x, respectively, without using the same variable for different occurrences. For example, the identities 1 + x = 1 and 0 x = 0 should be proved in the form y + y + x = z + ~z and y + y x = z + ~z; for such proofs see Maddux [155, Th. 3,5]. The next theorem has some more identities that hold in every Boolean algebra.
Theorem 176. (R1-R3) (5.18) (5.19)
x - \-y =
x-y,
(5.20)
x -= (x-y)
(5.21)
x -= (x + y)- (x + y),
(5.22)
x -\-y = x +
(5.23)
X
y = x- (x + y),
(5.24)
X
y + x z = (x + y) (x + z),
(5.25)
(v
7
af ~y = x + y, +
w + v x)
(x-y),
x-y,
v
y + v
z = v
y+ v
x
z.
Theorem 177. / / an algebra of the form 25 = (B, +, -,~, 0,1) satisfies both commutative laws (5.8), both distributive laws (5.11), as well as (5.13) and (5.15), then (B,+,~) is a Boolean algebra.
236
6, BOOLEAN ALGEBRAS
2. Partial orderings, completeness, atoms, density For every algebra 2$ = (B, +,~) of Boolean tjpe, define a binary relation < » on B by x <m V iff x + V = V, for all x, y E B. Define another binaxy relation >m y iS x + y = x. We often delete subscripts, and, in accordance with standard mathematical notational practices, write, for example, x < y instead of {x,y) E <58, and x < y instead of (x,y) E Di fl
a; + 2 = a;+(gj + 2) = (2; + gj)+2 = gj + 2 = 2) hence a; < 2. (ii); If x
0 < x < x < 1. a; = y iff x
x ^ y
y^ x
x+y =y
^>f
f<«
x-y = y
"x + y = "x xy
=x
aT + j / = l x-y = 0
(v) If x
€ BA. Then
(i) < is a Boolean lattice ordering in which the join of {x, y} Q B is x + y and the meet of {x,y\ is x y, (ii) > is the converse of <, (iii) > is a Boolean lattice ordering for which the join of {x,y} C B is x y and the meet of {x,y} is x + y. Theorem 181. If < is Boolean lattice ordering, then there is a Boolean algebra {B,+,~) in which B is the field of <, the binary operation + is defined by x + y := 5^{a;, y}, and x is the complement of x. A Boolean algebra 93 = {B, +,~) E BA is said to be complete if the partial ordering < of 93 is complete. The set of nonzero elements of a Boolean algebra
3. MEETS AND JOINS OF SUBSETS
55 is the set {x : 0 ^ x £ B}. Other orderings of importance are the restrictions of < and > to the nonzero elements, namely,
>' = (>) H (B ~{0}) 2 = f]({x : 0 ^ x E B} x {x : 0 ^ x E B}). An element x of 03 is an atom of 03 just in case x is not zero and no nonzero element of 03 is below x. Let At*& be the set of atoms of 03. Again, (5.26)
x is an atom of 03 <=> 0 ^ x £ B AVv(y £ B => x y = 0V x
(5.27)
At
: = { x : 0 =/= x e B / \ V y { y e B => x - y = 0 V x <
y)}.
The atoms of 03 are the minimal nonzero elements with respect to <, while the atoms of 03 are the minimal elements with respect to < ' . A subset I C B o f a Boolean algebra 23 = (B, +, ~) € BA is said to be dense in 03, or simply dense, if every nonzero element of B has a nonzero element of X below it, that is, X is <'-dense below 1. Note that X is dense iff X U {0} is dense. We say that a Boolean algebra 03 is atomic if the set of atoms of 03 is dense. Theorem 182. X is dense in 23 £ BA iff every element is the join of the set of elements of X lying below it, i.e., for all y E B, y>xex PROOF. Let y E B. Certainly y is above every element of {x : y > x E X}. If y is not also the least upper bound, then there is some z that is an upper bound of {x : y > x £ X} such that y — z^0. By the density of X, there is some x such that 0 / i 6 l and x < y — z. Then x < y but z is an upper bound, so x < z. We also have x < y — z <~z, so x < z -~z = 0, hence x = 0, a contradiction.
3. Meets and joins of subsets Collected here are some facts about (possibly infinite) joins and meets in Boolean algebras. Throughout this section we assume that 03 = (B,+,~) £ BA, x,y E B, and X, Y E Sb (B). In applying '-notation to the Boolean algebra 03, we use infix notation for * and +*: (5.28) (5.29) (5.30)
X* ={x:xE
X},
X+*Y = {x + y : x E X,y EY}, X-*Y =
(5.31)
^ * W
(5.32)
Y[\X)
{xy:xEX,yEY},
(5.33)
<*(X) = {y:3x(xEXAx
(5.34)
>*(X) =
{y:3x(x£XAy<x)}.
Theorem 183. Let 23 = (B,+,~)
E BA. Then ^ $ = 0 and T7 0 = 1-
5. BOOLEAN ALGEBRAS
PROOF. Every element is an upper bound of the empty set (every element is above every element in the empty set), and every element is also a lower bound for the empty set. So the least upper bound of the empty set is the least element, namely 0, and the greatest lower bound of the empty set is the greatest element, namely 1.
Joins and meets of certain (possibly infinite) sets exist: Theorem 184. Let 03 = (B,+,~) € BA, andy e B. Then both ~[{{x : x > y} and E { x : x < y} exist, and y =
Next, a rather obvious but useful fact. Theorem 185. Let 03 = (B,+,~) € BA, and y€B. exists then ^2f*{x : f(x) < y}
IfJ2f*{x
:
fix) < v}
The next theorem includes infinitary versions of "De Morgan's Laws", and infinitary versions of commutativity and associativity. Theorem 186. Let 55 = (B,+,~) € BA, and X,Y € Sb (B). (i) If$2X exists then U(X*) als° exlsts and E x = Hi*') (ii) IfUx exists then E ( ^ * ) also exists and]JX = (iii) Assume ^2 X and ^2 Y exist. Then ^2(X +* Y) also exists, and if orX = % = Y, then J2(X +* Y) = J2 X + J2Y. (iv) Assume [ ] X and [ ] y exist. Then Yl(X Y) also exists, and if X ^ 0 ^ y 0TX = $ = Y, then ^\{X Y) = \[X \[Y. The hypotheses in the third and fourth parts of the previous theorem cannot be omitted because
^(X+*0) = ^ 0 = O, but YX
+ Y® = YX
+ O=
YX'
For the next theorem, note that => y x ( x £ X => 3y(x
Y)).
1
In other words, E^ f(<|E) is the binary relation consisting of ordered pairs of sets (X, Y) such that everything in X is smaller than something in Y. This is true, for example, whenever X QY, because < is reflexive. Theorem 187. Let 55 = (B,+,~) £ BA, X,Y £ Sb (B), and X C Sb (B). (i) Suppose that (X,Y) € 'E zrT t(
thenJ2X <J2Y-
(ii) Suppose that {X,Y) € E r T f(>|E), e.g., X D 7 . IfU^
and RY exist,
(iii) // £ X and J2 Y exist then £(XUY) exists and £ ( X U Y) = £ X + Y.Y. (iv) If[\X and l\Y exist then U(XUY)
exists and U(XUY) =
3. MEETS AND JOINS OF SUBSETS
We prove the first equation of the last part. Note that E * % = e X}. We claim that every element of this set is below E ( U ^ 0 - Let X E X. Then X
xG\€X} = {x 3x(x£X
AX £ X)}
C {x
Al£
X)}
= {x
-X
ex}}
= {x
C {x : x < y j ( T j X)} and conclude that £ ( ( J # ) < J2{x : x < £(£*(*))} = £(£*(*)) The next theorem says that every element of a set is above the meet of that set, that being below the meet of a set is equivalent to being below every element of that set, and that being above the meet of a set is equivalent to being above everything that is below every element of the set. Similar statements can be made for meets. Theorem 188. Let 03 = (B,+,~) E BA, and X 6 5*6 (B). (i) IfY\X exists, then
yx(xex => Y{x<x), < z)). If E -^ exists, then
~^2,X
Vy(V*(x EX^x
y)).
Finally, we have some distributive laws. Theorem 189. Let 03 = (B, +,~) G BA, x G B, and X,Y G Sb (B). \O.OO I
(5.36)
Jb ' /
1
— /
I 1 Jb r '
1 1.
x + \[Y
(5.37)
nx+ny:
(5.38)
VX
V y = V(X
* Y).
240
5. BOOLEAN ALGEBRAS
PROOF. TO prove the third statement, assume z £ X +* Y. This means that z = x + y for some x E X and y E Y. We have \\X < x and \\Y < y, so l\X + Y[Y < x + y = z. Thus ]JX + ]JY is a lower bound of X +* Y, so Y[X + ]JY < ]J(X +* Y). For the opposite inclusion, we assume z is a lower bound of X +* Y and prove z < fJX + fj Y. Each of the following statements implies the next one.
Va!Vy(a; £ X Ay eY
=> z <x + y)),
Vy(y € Y => Vx(x € X => z < x + y)), Vy(yEY
=> Wx(xEX
=>
Vy(y£Y
=> z
Vy(yEY
=> z-y-T\X
z-y<x)),
y<]JX), = O)),
Vy(yEY => z-\[X
z
Vx(x£X
=> Vy(y€Y
=>
x-y
Alternatively, we may prove the last part by duality:
4. IDEALS, FILTERS, AND ULTRAFILTERS
4. Ideals, niters, and ultrafilters Let 03 = (B, +,~) G BA. We say that I is an ideal of 23 if I is a subset of B that is "closed going down" and closed under +, i.e., I CB x € I Ax>y € B ^ y € I, x,yel => x + yel, An ideal / of 93 is proper if / ^ B. We say that F is a filter of 93 if if F is a subset of B that is "closed going up" and closed under , i.e., 0^FCB x e F A x < y e B x,y
E I => x
=> y E F,
y E F.
A filter F of 23 is proper if F ^ B and is called an ultrafilter of 23 if it is a maximal proper filter, that is, a proper filter that is not a proper subset of any other proper filter. We will use the set of ultrafilters of a Boolean algebra on many occasions, and introduce a notation for it. For every 23 6 BA, let [7/23 := {U : U C B A U is an ultrafilter of 23}. For any x,y £ B, let [x, y]<s,
{z
z € B, x < z <
y).
[x, l],g is called the principal filter of a;, and [0, x]^ is called the principal ideal of x. For every S C B, the set {x : 3X(X C S, X is finite, ]JX < x € B} is called the filter generated by 5", and the set {x :3X(XCS, X is finite, Y. x < x 6 B} is called the ideal generated by S. Various elementary facts are collected in the next theorem, including justification for some of the terminology just introduced. Theorem 190. Let 23 E BA. (i) B is an ideal of 23 and a filter of 23. (ii) 0 is an ideal of 23 and a filter of 23. (iii) I is an ideal of 23 iff >*(/) Q I and I+* I
242
5. BOOLEAN ALGEBRAS
(ix) / / / is an ideal of 93 and x £ B, then the ideal generated by I U {x} is {y : y <x + z, z £ I}. (x) If F is a filter of 23 and x £ B, then the filter generated by F U {x} is {y:y>x-z,z£F}. (xi) A filter F of 21 is an ultrafilter of 23 iff for every x £ B, either x £ U orx£U. A Boolean algebra may not be complete, in that some of its subsets may not have greatest lower bounds. However, no such set is an ultrafilter, according to the following theorem. or
Theorem 191. Let U be a proper ultrafilter o/93 £ BA. Then either FJ U = 0 II U is an atom of 23.
PROOF. Clearly 0 is a lower bound of U. If 0 is the only lower bound, then it certainly is the greatest lower bound, hence 0 = FJ U. Suppose, on the other hand, that £ is a nonzero lower bound U. For every nonzero y £ B, either y £ U (hence x < y) or else y £ U (hence x < y). Since x is below or disjoint from every nonzero element, it is an atom of 23. Furthermore, we cannot have ~x £ U, since that would imply x < x, hence x = 0, contrary to the hypothesis that U is proper. Thus x £ U. From this and the assumption that a; is a lower bound of U, it follows that U is the principal filter generated by x. Finally, x is the greatest lower bound of U, for if y is some other lower bound of U, then y < x since x £ U. We have, therefore, demonstrated that the only lower bounds of U are 0 and x. The filter generated by S will contain 0 iff some finite meet of elements in S is 0. Sets for which this never happens are said to have the the finite intersection property (FIP), i.e., the meet of any finite subset of a set with the finite intersection property is nonzero. Next is the of the Ultrafilter Theorem, on the existence of ultrafilters. It may be proved using the Axiom of Choice. It is an abstract Boolean algebraic version of Th. 86. Theorem 192 (Ultrafilter Theorem). Let 23 £ BA. / / a subset of 23 has the finite intersection property, then it is a subset of a proper ultrafilter.
5. Functions between Boolean algebras Suppose we have two Boolean algebras, 23 = (B,+,~) £ BA and 23' = {B', +', ~ ) £ BA. To distinguish between the defined notions for 23 and 23', we add a prime. (In this section the notation <' means the partial ordering of the Boolean algebra 23', rather than the restriction of the partial ordering of 23 to nonzero elements.) Assume a : B —I B', that is, a is a unary function mapping B into B'. Recall that this means a C B x B', a\V = B x V, and a H a\D\ = 0. We say that a is - constant if cr^Vlcr = a^1 \a, - normal if a (0) = 0 ' , - dual-normal if a (1) = 1', - m o n o t o n i c if x < y =^ a (x) <' a (y) f o r a l l x , y £ B ,
5. FUNCTIONS BETWEEN BOOLEAN ALGEBRAS
-
243
order-reversing if x < y => a (x) >' a (y) for all x,y £ B, self-dual if a (x) = a (x) for all x £ B, a d d i t i v e i f a (x + y ) = a (x) +' a (y) f o r a l l x , y 6 B , s u b t r a c t i v e if a (x — y) = a (x) —' a (y) f o r a l l x , y 6 B , m u l t i p l i c a t i v e if a (x y ) = a (x) a (y) f o r a l l x , y £ B , a homomorphism if a is additive and self-dual, an embedding if a is both a homomorphism and also injective, an isomorphism if a is both an embedding and is onto.
These definitions illustrate the need to use separate notation for separate algebras, but we will often conform the custom of using the same symbols for corresponding operations in different algebras. Notice that this definition of homomorphism, specific to algebras of Boolean type, agrees with the general definition of homomorphism given earlier. The properties defined above can be expressed equationally. For example, a is monotonic iff (<) C crK^Ker" 1 ). Other characterizations of monotonicity are given in the next theorem. Theorem 193 (Tarski-Givant [225]). Assume 55 = (B,+,~) {B , +', "') € BA, anda-.B^B'.
€ BA, 55' =
1
(i) The following statements are equivalent: (a) a is monotonic, (b)
y) = a {x - (1 -
=
= a(x) = a(x)-a
y))
a(x)-a(l)-a(y)
- o - ( l ) +a(x) (y).
-a(y)
5. BOOLEAN ALGEBRAS
Finally, a is additive since
= a(l)
a(l) + a(l)
a(x) +a(l)
a(y)
= a(x) + a(y).
D 6. Congruence relations, ideals, filters, and homomorphisms The next theorem states the links between congruence relations, ideals, and filters in Boolean algebras. Recall from (5.6), in the context of Boolean algebras, x © y = x y + x -y a n d x © y = x y + x -y.
Theorem 194. Let 03 E BA. (i) If R is a congruence relation on 03, then (a) (i?oE)(0) is an ideal, (b) (i?oE)(l) is a filter, (c) R={{x,y):xey£(RoE)(0)}, (d) R={{x,y):xeye(RoE)(l)}. (ii) / / / is an ideal o/93 and R = {{x, y) : xOy £ I}, then R is a congruence relation and I = (Ro E)(0). (iii) If F is a filter of 03, and R = {{x, y) : x Q y E F}, then R is a congruence relation and F = (Ro E)(l). The next theorem gives a convenient way of checking whether a function between Boolean algebras is a homomorphism. Theorem 195. Assume 03 = (B,+,~) € BA, 03' = (B', +',"'} € BA, a : B —> B'. Then a is a homomorphism iff^x^yix < y <=> a (x) <' a (y)) iff (<) = ff|(<')k"1A subset X of w is cofinite if \w ~ X | < w. The set of cofinite subsets of w is a subset of 0S((o;) that has the finite intersection property. By the Ultrafilter Theorem, it is contained in an ultrafilter U € {7/031 (to). Any lower bound of U in 0S((o;) must be a subset of every cofinite subset of w, but the only such set is 0. Therefore U is a nonprincipal ultrafilter. Conversely, every nonprincipal ultrafilter of 031 (LJ) must contain every cofinite subset of to. 7. Complete additivity and multiplicativity The following definitions introduce strengthenings of additivity and multiplicativity. Assume 03 = (B, +,~) £ BA, 03' = (B', +', ~'> e BA, and a : B -4- B'. We say that a is completely additive if, for every X C B such that X is not empty and ~^X exists, J2
7. COMPLETE ADDITIVITY AND MULTIPLICATIVITY
245
a is universally additive if a is completely additive and normal. By excluding the case x = 0 from the definition of complete additivity we prevent complete additivity from implying normality. Note that the function a is universally additive if the condition a (%2X) = ^2 a*{X) holds without any restriction on the cardinality of X. The next few definitions use a positive integer m as parameter. Assume 0 ^ m £ LJ. For every I C B , let us write M C m X when we mean \M\ < m and M C X. Following Henkin [91, 2.1] and Jonsson [116, 2.1], we say that a is madditive if, for every nonempty finite subset X C B, o"(J^X) = J^ {a (£) M) : M C m X}. Define a to be completely m-additive if, for every nonempty (and possibly infinite) X C B such that ^ X exists, E { ° " ( E * 0 M Cm X} also exists and a (£) X) = J^ {a (£) M) : M C m X}. Now we relativize the previous two concepts to an element of 23. Let z £ B. We say that a is m-additive under z if the following condition holds for every X C B: if X is nonempty, finite, and xi-z
= x2-zfoi
all xi, £ 2 <E X, thenaC£X)
= T,'W (Y. M)
M
<^m X}.
Say
that a is completely m-additive under z if the following condition holds for every X C B: if X is nonempty, J^ X exists, and xo ~z = x\ ~z for all xo, x\ £ X, then a (£) X) = J^ {a ( ^ M) : M C m X}. Note that cr is completely m-additive under 1 iff a is completely m-additive, and a is m-additive under 1 iff a is madditive. Say that a is oi-additive if a is m-additive for some m, and completely cj-additive if a is completely m-additive for some in. Next are some dual notions. We say that a is completely multiplicative if, for every X C B such that FJ X exists and X is not empty, FJ cr* (X) exists and
// // // // If //
a a a a a a
is completely additive then a is additive. is additive then a is monotonic. is completely multiplicative then a is multiplicative. is multiplicative then a is monotonic. is completely m-additive then a is m-additive. is m-additive then a is monotonic.
5. BOOLEAN ALGEBRAS
(vii) (viii) (ix) (x)
Every m-additive function is (m + l)-additive. a is 1-additive iff a is additive. a is completely 1-additive iff a is completely additive. a is 2-additive iff for all x,y,z £ B, a (x + y + z) = a (x + y) +' a (x + z) +' a (y + z).
(xi) a is completely 2-additive iff for every X C B such that ^2X exists, ^2 W (xi + X2) : x\,X2 G X} also exists and = ^
{a (xi
(xii) a is 3-additive iff for all w,x,y,z
+ £2)
: £i,£2 £
X}.
6 B,
a (w + x + y + z) = a (w + x + y) +' a (w + x + z) +' a (w + y + z). (xiii) a is completely 3-additive iff for every X C B such that ^X ^2 {a (xi + X2 + Xi) : xi, X2,xz 6 X} also exists and
exists,
^2 W (xi + ^2 + X3) : xi,X2,X3 G X}. (xiv) a is m-additive a (a 1 +
iff for all a i , O 2 ,
+ a m + i ) = a (ai +
,am+i G B + am-2
+ am-i
+
»m)
+' a (01 +
+ om_2 + o m _i + a m +i)
+ a (01 +
+ om_2 + o m + a m +i)
+' a (02 +
+ o m +i).
PROOF. We only show that 2-additivity implies monotonicity. Suppose x < y. Then s + a; + j/ = j/, socr(a; + a; + j/) = cr (3/), but, by the 2-additivity of a and x + y = y, we have a (x + x + y) = a (x + x) + a (x + y)+a (x + y) = a (x)+a (y), so a (x) < a (y).
Theorem 197 (Jonsson-Tarski [118, 1.2]). For every Boolean algebra 23 and every x 6 B, the functions ) and £ are universally additive and completely multiplicative, and the functions x + (-) and (-) + x are universally multiplicative and completely additive. Every constant function is completely additive and completely multiplicative. If 93 has more than one element then the function x (-) is not universally multiplicative and x + (-) is not universally additive since 0
8. COMPLETENESS AND ATOMS
247
8. Completeness and atoms Compare the following theorem to Sikorski [216, p. 64]. Theorem 198 (Hirsch-Hodkinson [99, 2.16]). Assume 03 = (B,+,~) £ BA, 55' = (fl', +', ~ ) £ BA, and a : B —> B'. Assume 03' is atomic, a is an embedding, and a is completely multiplicative. Then 03 is atomic. PROOF. Pick any nonzero element 6 ^ 0 of 03. Then a (6) ^ 0' since a is injective and normal. Choose any atom a of 03' such that a <' a(b). Such an atom exists because 03' is atomic and a (6) ^ 0'. Consider the subset of B consisting of those elements whose images under a contain a, namely Ua = {x : x £ B A a (x) >' a}. This set forms a filter in 03 because a is (monotonic and) multiplicative. The hypothesis that a is an atom of 03' implies that for every element x of B, either x £ Ua or x £ Ua, since, by the dual-normality and additivity of a, a <' 1' = a (1) = a (x + x) = a (x) +' a (x). Therefore, Ua is an ultrafilter, and by Th. 191 there are two cases: either Y\Ua = 0 or else Y\Ua is an atom of 03. This first alternative cannot occur because we would then have, by normality and complete multiplicativity,
0 = a (0) = a (j[Ua) =n
For the converse, assume a (x) = Y^ x>a^Atm a ( a ) f° r e v e r v x € A. Let X C A. Assume 5^X exists. Then, since 03 is atomic,
248
6, BOOLEAN ALGEBRAS
SO
= J 3 {CT (a) : J ^ X > a e J]
, x e X}
= ^2 {a (x) : x G X}
zxl358
Step (*) uses the law £ ' (|J X) = E ' (E""<*0-
D
The composition of two monotonic functions is always monotonic. The next theorem includes two important special cases: the composition of two (unary) additive functions is always additive, and the composition of two (unary) w-additive functions is always w-additive. Theorem 200 (Henkin [91], Jonsson [116, 2.5]). Assume ©o,93i,932 G BA, a : Bo -¥ Bi, r : Bi -¥ B2, and 0 < k,m € w. (i) If (r is m-additive and T is k-additive, then er|r is km-additive. (ii) If (r is completely m-additive and T is completely k-additive, then a\r is completely km-additive. PROOF. The essential part of the proof is the following calculation, which shows that VChmX
The notations E°> £*> ^ d 5 J 2 re fe r to Q3o,93i, and ©2, respectively.
a is m-additive >
\ uchmx
r
T[a [ / ]
T (a (VJ X) j
)
Z
U}}
T is «-additive
BA, a-mon, r-mon ff-mon,
T-mon.
D The direct product of two Boolean algebras, or a system of Boolean algebras, is a Boolean algebra:
a, !8 e BA => a x » e BA,
8. COMPLETENESS AND ATOMS
249
l £ V , i : I ^ B A => Y[% € BAIt follows that if 93 = {B, ) £ BA and a is a binary operation on B, then <x is a unary function between Boolean algebras because it is a function from (the Boolean algebra) 9} x 9} to 93. As such, it may or may not be monotonic. Similarly, every n-ary operation on B is a function between Boolean algebras. T h e o r e m 201. Suppose 2$ = (B, ) € BA, Fi is a set of unary operations on B, F% is a set of binary operations on B, and C is the clone generated by F\ U F 2 . (i) If every operation in Fi U F% is monotonic, then every operation in C is monotonic. (ii) If every operation in F\ U Fi is additive, then every operation in C is additive. PROOF. Assume a,r,(3 : Bn -+ B, x,y € -B", and let p = (CTIP
Assume a, T, j3 are monotonic. If x < y, then er (as) < a (y) and T (X) < r (y) since a and r are monotonic, so (a (%), r (a;)} < (a (y), r (y)}, hence p (as) = /J(ff (as), r (x)) < /J(ff (»), r (y)) = p (y) since /3 is monotonic. If er, T, /3 are additive then so is p, since = f}{a (x) +a(y),T(x)+T
(y))
= P(a (x), T (x)) + P(
cr, r are additive $ is additive
= P 0«0 + P (v) D
Next we will see that this theorem holds for w-additivity as well as monotonicity and additivity. Suppose OS = (B, BA and ; is a binary operation on B. We use infix notation x\y instead of \({x,y)). Suppose that ; is additive in each variable, that is, it satisfies the identities of left and right distributivity, namely, x;(y + z) = x;y + x;z and (a; + y);z = x;z + y;z. Notice that ; is left and right distributive iff ; is additive under (0,1) and (1,0), respectively. The additivity of ; as a unary map from B x B to B is expressed by the identity {v + x);(w + y) = v;w + x;y. Prom left and right distributivity we only know that (v + x);(w + y) = v\w + v\y + x;w + x\y, and it is easy to arrange examples in which ; fails to be additive. On the other hand ; is 2-additive as a unary map because
+ w + y); (v + x + z) = M;W + U;X + U;Z + W;V + W;X + w;z + y;v + y;x + y;z = (u;v + u;x + w;v + w;x) + (u;v + u;z + y;v + y;z) + (w;x + w;z + y;x + y\z)
— (u + w); (v + x) + (u + y); (v + z) + (w + y); (x + z). These observations are generalized in the next theorem.
5. BOOLEAN ALGEBRAS
Theorem 202. Assume *B0, 55i, 5*2 £ BA, / ? : B o x B i - > B 2 , ^ is kunder (1, 0), and /? is m-additive under (0,1). TTien /3 is (k + m)-additive. PROOF. For every R (Z Bo x B i , we have
0(£) fl) = /3((^ Do (fl), £ Ra (R)))
=E since /3 is fc-additive under (1,0)
= E (E KCkDo(R)
MCmRa(R)
since /? is wi-additive under (0,1)
= E( E K'CkR
< E
M'CmR
PC£M)
MCk+mR
since if K'
T h e o r e m 203. Assume Q30,Q3i,Q32 £ BA, a : B o -> B i , r : B o -> B2, B 3 = -Bi x B2, p = a]?'1 n rlCT 1 , and p : Bo -> B 3 .
(i) / / p is k-additive and T is m-additive, then p is max(fc,ra)-additive. (ii) / / p is completely k-additive and T is completely m-additive, then p is completely max(fc, m)-additive. PROOF.
Note that p (x) = {a (x), T (X)) for all x 6 B o . Let X C B o .
KCkX, MC m X
8. COMPLETENESS AND ATOMS
251
From Th. 200 and Th. 202 we get the following key result, which is needed to show that w-additive operations generate an w-additive clone. It encompasses both Th. 202 and Th. 203, and it is the essential part of an inductive proof of Th. 205. Theorem 204. Assume 23o, 23i, 23 2 , 233 G BA, a : Bo -> Bi, T : Bo -> B2, j3 : Bi x Bi -¥ B3, a is k-additive, T is m-additive, j3 is j-additive under (1,0), and ft is l-additive under (0,1). Let 7 = (cr|P—1 fl -rlQ" 1 )|/3. Then 7 : Bo —> B3 and 7 is (jl + km)-additive. PROOF. Note that 7(0;) = (3(a (x), T (a;)) for all x € Bo. Let X C Bo.
( 4 K KCkX
MCmX
3
( E
3
K):KChX} iC,{r(S° M):MCroX}
WQjk + Im-
- E" D Theorem 205. Suppose 23 = (B, ) £ BA, Fi is a set of unary operations on B, i*2 is a set of binary operations on B, and C is the clone generated by F\ U i*2- -(f ewen/ operation in F\ U F2 *s ui-additive, then every operation in C is co-additive. Even if ; is a left and right distributive binary operation on a Boolean algebra, the function a defined by a (x) := x;x is not necessarily additive, since a (x + y ) = (x + y ) ; ( x + y ) = x ; x + x ; y + y ; x + y ; y , a(x) + a ( y ) =x ; x +y ; y . It is possible t h a t x ; y +y ; x isn o n z e r o a n d n o t i n c l u d e d i n x ; x +y ; y . For e x a m p l e , w e m a y t a k e ; t o b e relative m u l t i p l i c a t i o n i n 231(3 x 3), t h a t is,x ; y = x \ y , a n d
252
5. BOOLEAN ALGEBRAS
let x = {(0,1}} and y = {(1, 2}}. On the other hand, a is 2-additive since a (x + y + z) = (x + y + z);(x + y + z) = x;x + x;y + x;z + y;x + y;y + y;z + z;x + z;y + z;z = (x + y); (x + y) + (x + z); (x + z) + (y + z); (y + z) = a (x + y) + a (x + z) + a (y + z) . The 2-additivity of a also follows from the fact that a = (PIP" 1 n P|Q~ 1 )|(;)In general, an n-ary function that is m-additive in each variable (that is, it is wi-additive under each (0, , 0,1, 0, , 0}) gives rise to an win-additive unary function if all its variables are set to the same value.
9. Duals and conjugates Now we consider a relationship that may hold between two functions that both map one Boolean algebra into another. Assume © = (B,+,~) £ BA, 03' = (B1,+',-') <E BA, a: B -> B'', and T : B -> B''.
We say that T is the Boolean dual of a if, for every x £ B, T (X) = a (x) . Note that T is the Boolean dual of a iff r = ~~ | a | ~'. Theorem 206. Duality is a symmetric relationship: i/93,© £ BA, a : B —> B', and T : B —> B', then r is the dual of a iff a is the dual of T. Furthermore, if T is the dual of a, then (i) a is monotonic iff T is monotonic, (ii) a is additive iff r multiplicative, (iii) a is completely additive iff T is completely multiplicative, (iv) a is universally additive iff T is universally multiplicative. PROOF.
If r is the Boolean dual of a, then
T
= ~\ a \~', so
1
r
| -' = -1 ~ | a | - | -' = a,
hence a is the Boolean dual of r. a is monotonic $$VxVy(x < y => a (x) < a («/)) => a{x) y => a(x) >a(y)) 'y(x>y => r(x)>r(y)) is monotonic. If a is additive then T is multiplicative, since T(X
y) = a (x
y)
= a{(x + y)) = a (x) + a (y) = a(x) -a (y)
9. DUALS AND CONJUGATES = T{X)-T
253
(y) ,
and conversely, by a similar proof. Again consider a pair of functions between Boolean algebras, but this time one of the functions maps one algebra to another, while the other function maps the other algebra to the one, say a : B —> B' and r : B' —» B are unary functions between Boolean algebras 03 and 93': 23 —?—> 23' — T - ^ 23 We say that a is a conjugate of r iff a (x)
y = 0' O x
T
(y) = 0
for all x 6 B and all y E B'. In case 03 = 58', we say a is self-conjugate if a is a conjugate of itself. We begin with the simple observation that the relation "is a conjugate of" is both symmetric and functional. T h e o r e m 207. Assume OS, OS' G BA, a : B -> B', and r,p: B' -> B. (i) T is a conjugate of a iff a is a conjugate ofr. (ii) If T and p are conjugates of a, then T = p. Theorem 208 (Jonsson-Tarski [118, 1.13, 1.14]). Let 23, 23' £ BA, a : B -> B', and T : B' -> B. (i) If T is a conjugate of a on 23, then T (y) = ]J{x :y
= J2&
V}
for every y 6 B. (ii) The function a has a conjugate iff the following conditions are satisfied: (a) a is universally additive, (b) ^2{x : a (x) < y} exists for every y 6 B. Perhaps it is worth noting, before we proceed to the proof, that
] > > :a (x) < y} = ^ ( a " 1 ) * ^ : x < y} = X ) ^ " 1 ) ' ( > ' ({»})). PROOF. For the first part, assume r is a conjugate of a. Then T(V)
= Y{{x x > T (y)} = T~\{x : y a (af) = 0}
= ]\{x
:a(x)<
:a{x) <
y}
a and r are conjugates
5. BOOLEAN ALGEBRAS
For the second part, first assume a has a conjugate, say T. From 0 = 0 T (1) it follows that 0 = a (0) 1 = a (0), so a is normal. Assume X C B and J^ X exists. Then a (^2X) is included in all the upper bounds of a*(X) because < X
T
a and r are conjugates
(y) = 0
<=> £ < r (y) for all x 6 X <=> x
T
(y) = 0 for all x £ X cr and r are conjugates
<=> cr (x) y = 0 for all x £ X <=> c 0») < 2/ for all x € X > j / is an upper bound of a* (X)
The first statement is true when y = a (J^ X ) , so
This shows that a is completely additive. Since a is also normal, a is universally additive. Finally, J\{x V < a (x)} exists for every y £ B by the first part. For the converse, assume that a is universally additive (hence also monotonic) and that \[{x : y < cr (x)} exists for every y £ B. Define a function r by setting r (y) := Yl{x : y < a (x)} for every y E B. Then (5.39)
r(y)
so T (y) contains every x such that y < a (x). Consequently, if a (x) y = 0, then y < a (x), hence x < T (y), which implies x T (y) = 0. Conversely, if x T (y) = 0, then x < T (y), hence a (x) < a (T (y) J
a is monotonic ^
c (x) : y <
)
(5-39) a is universally additive
9. DUALS AND CONJUGATES
Theorem 209 (Jonsson-Tarski [118, 1.15]). Let a and T be functions on a Boolean algebra 03. The following statements are equivalent: (i) a and r are conjugates of each other, (ii) for all x,y £ B, (a) a[x-T (y)j < a (x) y, (b)
T
[y a O)J <
T (y)
x.
(iii) a (0) = 0 , r ( 0 ) = 0 , and, for all y , z e B , (a) (j(y)-z
(x) ' V ^ V, s o °~ (x) ' y = 0. Conversely, if a (x) y = 0, then y = y a (x), so
T (y) = T (y a (x)J < x, hence x T (y) = 0. Thus a and T are conjugates of each other. Suppose a and r are conjugates of each other. Then a and r are normal by Th. 208(ii), i.e., a (0) = 0 = r ( 0 ) . To show that Th. 209(iii)a holds we first observe that a is additive by Th. 208(ii) and that Th. 209(ii)a holds by the first part of the proof. Then
= (a (y T (z)) + a [ y T (Z) I ) z
a is additive
< (a (y T (z)) +a(y)-z)-z
Th. 209(ii)a
The proof of Th. 209(iii)b is similar. Thus Th. 209(i) implies Th. 209(iii). For the converse, assume Th. 209(iii). If a (y) z = 0, then, since r is normal and Th. 209(iii)b holds, r (z) y < r (z a (y)) = r (0) = 0. Conversely, if r (z) y = 0 then a (y) z = 0 by the normality of r and Th. 209(iii)a. Thus a and r are conjugates of each other. The function ) is self-conjugate because, for all x, y, z, we have (x-(y))-z = 0 iff y- (x (z)) = 0. Self-conjugate functions are completely additive, the function x (-) is therefore completely additive, and it is also obviously normal, so it is universally additive, as was observed earlier.
256
5. BOOLEAN ALGEBRAS
10. Regular-open BA of a closure operator Suppose we have only one Boolean algebra: 23 = (B,+,~) £ BA, and a : B —) B, that is, a is a unary function mapping B into B. All the previous definitions apply, but we gain some others, due to the possibility of considering interactions between elements that belong to the domain and the range of the operator. We say that a is -
expanding if x < a (x) for every x £ B, contracting if x > a (x) for every x £ B, idempotent if a (a (x)) = a (x) for every x £ B, involutive if a (a (x)) = x for every x £ B, a closure operator on 03 if a is normal, monotonic, expanding, and idempotent, - a topological closure operator if a is normal, additive (not just monotonic), expanding, and idempotent. In this section we show that from a topological closure operator on a Boolean algebra we obtain a new and rather special Boolean algebra, called the regularopen algebra. We use alternative notation and topological terminology that is applicable in the general case, although it is most appropriate in applications that come later. Throughout this section we suppose that * is a unary function on the Boolean algebra 93 = (B,+,~), that is, * : B —> B, and that ° be the Boolean dual of ', i.e., ° is defined by (5.40)
x° :=W
for every x £ B. We say that an element x £ B is *- closed if x' = x, 'open if x° = x, *- regular if x = x'°, *- regular-open if x = x° = x'°, *nowhere dense if x'° = 0, *- dense iff x* = 1, and simplify the terminology to "closed", "open", "regular", "regular-open", "dense", and "nowhere-dense" within the context of the fixed function *. Define C, O, R C B by (5.41)
C := {x : x' = x £ B},
(5.42)
O:={x:x° = x £ B},
(5.43)
R:={x:x'°=x£B}.
C is the set of closed elements, O is the set of open elements, and R is the set of regular elements. The boundary of an element x £ B is x' x' = x' x°. Using the alternative notation, recall that * is a closure operator on 23 if, for all x,y £ B, 0* = 0 , x < y =^ x' < y', x < x ,
or, simply, x < y => Q < x < x < y = y
,
11. REGULAR-OPEN BA OP A TOPOLOQICAL CLOSURE OPERATOR
257
and that * is a topologieal closure operator on !8 if, for all x,y £ B, 0* = 0 , {x + y)' = x* +y", x < x*, x"=x"J or, simply, 0* <x + y<(x
+ y)m = (x + y)".
Every topologieal closure operator is also a closure operator, since additive functions are monotonic. In both concepts, idempotence [x" = as*) can be weakened from an equality to the inclusion x" < x', since the opposite inclusion is deducible from the assumption that * is expanding. To illustrate these notions, consider, for example, a finite set U and a number n e w with 1 < n < |Z7|. Say that a subset X C U is "small" if \X\ < n and "big" if |X| > n. The condition imposed on n and U insures that there are both small and big elements. Let a be the function on the Boolean algebra of subsets of U that sends every "small" subset of U to 0, and every "big" subset to itself. Then
{#,©,') e BA, where, for all x,y 6 B, x®y:=
(x + y)*°,
For a topologieal closure operator, all regular sets are open, so R is also the set of regular-open elements. For this reason we refer to this Boolean algebra as the regular-open Boolean algebra associated with *. The proof is broken down into parts to show what can be deduced from various combinations of the properties defining a topologieal closure operator.
2B8
B. BOOLEAN
ALGEBRAS
Theorem 210. Assume 23 = (B,+,~) £ BA, * : B -> fl, ° : B -> B, and that (5.40), (5.41), (5.42), and (5.43) hold. (i) © is commutative. (ii) If x E R then x' e R and x" = x. (iii) (a) i G O e i e C . (b) leCftfeO. (c) * is expanding iff ° is contracting. (d) * is contracting iff ° is expanding. (e) * is idempotent iff ° is idempotent. (iv) Assume ' is monotonic and expanding. (a) For every X CC, if\[X exists then \[X £ C. (b) If x,y € C then x y € C. (c) For every I C O , if^X exists then J ] I e O . (d) Ifx,y£Othenx + y£O. (v) Assume ' is idempotent. (a) x' £ C and x° £ O for every x 6 B. (b) i?C O. (vi) Suppose ' is additive. (a) If x,y € C then x + y € C. (b) If x,y £O then x -y £O. (vii) / / * is expanding, then x x' = 0 /or ewery s. (viii) / / * is monotonic, expanding, and normal then x ® x' = 1 /or every x £ R. (ix) Suppose ' is monotonic, expanding, and idempotent. Then, for every x€B, x°'°' = x°' and x'°'° = x'°, hence x'° €R and x ® y € R. (x) Suppose ' is additive, expanding, and idempotent. Then ffi is associative on open elements. (xi) Suppose ' is additive and idempotent. (a) IfyGO then (x y)'° = x'° y'°. (b) (x-y°)'°=x'°-y°'°(c) If y £ C then {x + y)om = xom + y°m. (d) (x + y')°' = x" + y'°'. (e) If x,y e R then x y 6 R. (xii) Suppose ' is additive, expanding, idempotent, and normal (a topological closure operator). Then Huntington's axiom R3 is satisfied by regular elements: (x' (By1)' ffi (x' © y)' = x if x,y 6 R. PROOF. Proof of (i): x © y = (x + y)'° = (y + x)'° =y®x. Proof of (ii): If x £ R then x'° = x, so x" = x°° = x'° = x, and x' £ R since x' = x° = ^ ° =x°'° =x"°. Proof of (iii): For the first part,
and the second part is a corollary of the first. is expanding -&yx(x < x')
11. REGULAR-OPEN BA OF A TOPOLOGICAL CLOSURE OPERATOR
> ° is contracting If * is idempotent, then x°° =x" =x' = x°, and, similarly, if ° is idempotent, then so is *. Proof of (iv): Suppose X C C and n ^ exists. If x E X, then x = x' and x > Y\X, so x = x' > (X\.x)' by monotonicity. This shows (II-'0* is a lower bound of X, so JTX > (fl-^)*- Since * is expanding, we also have so < (Ux)', Ux = (Hx)'Suppose X C O and £ X e x i s t s - T h e n Ux {x : x £ X)
x = x - a F ° = x - a ; * = 0 since * is
x ffi x = {x + x°)'°
defs.
= (x'+x)° ^
/
xER
. —\ O
O
> (x + x)
-mon,
-exp
= i° = 0*" = 0
'-normal
= 1. Proof of (ix): Since * is expanding, we have (5.44)
x < x'
for all x. In particular, (5.45)
x°<x°'.
The Boolean dual function ° is monotonic since * is monotonic, so, applying the monotonicity of ° to (5.44), we get also X
o ^ o < X .
Into this last law substitute x° for x, and, noting that ° is idempotent since * is idempotent, deduce (5.46)
5. BOOLEAN ALGEBRAS
This law can also be deduced from (5.45) by applying the monotonicity and idempotence of °. Now apply (5.46) with x' in place of x, and also apply the monotonicity of *, to get
Each of the laws obtained so far has a dual form, obtained from the given law by applying it to x in place of x, and taking the complement of both sides. Starting from x < x*, this produces first x < x*, and then x > x°. The dual forms of the laws above (which can also be deduced from x° < x by dual reasoning) are (5.47) (5.48) (5.49) (5.50) (5.51) (5.52)
x° < x, X
_i
< X
X
o*
X
x°'°' X
x
< X < X
o*o
< X
As a consequence, we obtain x°'°' = x°' and x'°'° = x'°. Proof of (x): We need only observe that * is monotonic and expanding to conclude that if x, y £ O then x + y £ O and (x + y)° = x + y. Hence (x + y)'°' = (x + y)°'°' = (x + y)°' = (x + y)' = x* + y'. U s i n g t h i s w e r e d u c e o n e s i d e of t h e a s s o c i a t i v e l a w for ffi w i t h x,y,z
6 O to a
special form:
One can show similarly that x®{y®z) = (x* +y' + z')°. Proof of (xi): Because * is additive, both ° and * are monotonic. Consequently, (5.53)
{x y)'° < x*° y'°.
This is half of the first part. Using only the additivity of *, we get o
x
y
/
= (x
.
—\
y + x
y)
= {x-y)
-y
o
-y
+{x-y)
< {x y)' +y'
y°
= {x y)' +y°
y°
= {x
y)'
so, for all x, y, we have (5.54)
x'-y°
<{x- y ) ' .
-y
11. REGULAR-OPEN BA OF A TOPOLOGICAL CLOSURE OPERATOR
If y £ O then oo
x'° = (x
o \
<(x = (x
o
is idempotent
\o )
is multiplicative
O
(5.54), ° is monotonic y is open
) \
< (x
\
— \x (r —
O
(5.54), *° is monotonic
0
is idempotent,
hence, combining this with (5.53), we have /
\ o
o
o
(x y) = x -y . This completes the proof of the first item. The next four are easily obtained consequences. For example, for the fifth item, assume x,y £ R. Then x'° y'° = x y a n d y £ O, so (x-y) = x -y = x y,
which shows x y £ R. The hypothesis that y (or x) is open cannot be removed. For an example, consider the topological space consisting of the unit line segment [0,1]. Let x be the rational numbers in [0,1], and let y the irrationals. Then (x y)'° = 0*° = 0 but x' = [0,1] = y' so x'° y'° = [0,1]. Proof of (xii): Suppose x,y E R. Then x ffi y = (x /
+ y ) O
defs
O
\ O
1
= (x + y ) = (x*° +y'°)°
1
j_
is additive
= (x + y)°
x,y £ R
= (x y)'
def.
We have (x y)" = x y since x y £ R by Th. 210(xi), so (5.55)
(x © y')' = (x y)" = x y
and y £ R since y"° = y°'° = y^° =y° = y', so (x © y) = (x ®y ) = x y . Since y£R,we
have (y + y')'° = 1 by Th. 210(viii). Hence
{x © y')' © {x © y)' = {x-y)®{x= (x
y + x
y) y')'°
zxl482 def. of ffi
= (x [y + y )) = x'°
(y + y')'°
Th. 210(xi), x £O
= x (y + y')'°
x e R
= x 1
zx!482
5. BOOLEAN ALGEBRAS
so Huntington's axiom holds for regular x, y. Theorem 211 (regular-open algebra). If * is a topological closure operator on 23 = <£,+,-) eBA, and x° = x' for every x E B, then the set R : = {x : x'° = x,x E B} of regular elements of 03 is the universe of a Boolean algebra
«R = (fl,e,')eBA, under the operations © and ', defined by
For every XCR,if^2
X exists then ^
X also exists and
£** = (£"*>". and ifYl
X exists then J\
X also exists and
lfx = c[fxr. /f *B is complete, then $R is also complete. PROOF. R is closed under ' by Th. 210(ii), and R is closed under © by Th. 210(ix). © is commutative everywhere by Th. 210(i), associative on open elements by Th. (x), and Huntington's Third Axiom holds on regular elements by Th. (xii)(xii). For idempotent operators, regular elements are open. Therefore the regular elements satisfy Huntington's three axioms and *H = (R, ©,') € BA. For the rest, we only do part. Suppose X C R and ^X exists in 23. Then we claim that (%2X)mo is the least upper bound of X in SR. Note first that the partial ordering < of *H is the same as the partial ordering < of 03 restricted to the regular elements in R, since 53 and $R have the same meet operator by Th. (xii)5.55. Any regular u € R that is above every x G X will also be above Y, X, hence u>^2X, so u = u'° > {^2X)'° since *° is monotonic. Thus {^2X)'° E R is a lower bound of all upper bounds of X in R. To show (52X)'° is above every element in X, we use the assumption that X C R. So if x G X, then x <^X and x'° = x, hence x = x'° < {^2X)'°. Thus {^2X)'° is a regular element that is above every element of X, and also below every regular element that is above every x £ X, i.e., (Y,X)'° is the least upper bound of X i n K .
We have seen that a topological closure operator * gives a Boolean algebra of regular elements. The map *° sends elements of 03 to regular-open elements of 53. This map is a homomorphism iff the following two identities hold: (x + y)
=x X
®y
= (X
= (x +y ) , ) = X'°
.
12, TOPOLOQICAL SPACES AND CLOSURE OPERATORS
263
The second identity may fail. For example, it fails if x is the set of rational numbers in the space of real numbers. Both x and its complement have the same regularization (interior of the closure), namely R, the set of real numbers. On the other hand, the first identity holds since *° is completely additive on R by the proof of Th. 211. For a more direct proof, taking x* for x in Th. 210(xi)(iv), we get /
.
\um
(x +y ) By additivity of ", this gives
mam
=x
,
+y
.
Take ° of both sides, and get (x"+y")ma.
(x + y)"" = But the left-hand-side simplifies, leaving {x + yj
= {x
+y
} .
12. Topological spaces and closure operators Any subset of a complete Boolean algebra can be used to create a closure operator. Theorem 212. Assume 93 is a complete Boolean algebra, and let S C B, Define " : B -> B by
(5.56)
x ' := ]J{b
:x
for every x £ B. Then ' is a closure operator (monotonic, expanding, idernpotent, and normal), and ' is a topological (additive) closure operator whenever S is closed under +. Finally, all elements of S are closed: S C C := {6 : b* = b £ B}. PROOF.
First, * is monotonic because if x < y, then {& : x < b e S} 2 {& : y < b £ S},
hence x* = ]J{b :x
]J{b :y
=y*.
Also, a; is a lower bound of {& : x < b G S}, so x < II{^ x < b £ S} = x*. Thus " is expanding. If x < b g S, then b g {b : x < b € S}, hence b* = f[{b ; x < b g S} < b. Thus {b : x < b g S} C {b : x' < b g S} which gives us x* = ]J{b :x
]J{b : x* < 6 g S} = x".
It follows that * is idempotent because it is also expanding and monotonic. Thus " is a closure operator. Assume S is closed under +. To show " is additive, and hence is a topological closure operator, first use closure under + to first show {c : x +y < c £ S} = {a + b : x < a £ SAy
264
5. BOOLEAN ALGEBRAS
and then compute as follows. (x + y)' = Y\{c
:x +
y
-b:x
{a : x < a E 5} +* {6 : y < b E 5}) : x < a £ S} + JJ{& : y < b £ S} = x~ +y'. If x £ 5 then x < x £ 5, so x* = ]J{b hence x = x' and x EC.
x < b £ S} < x, but x < x' in general,
T is a topological space (or topology) iff T is closed under arbitrary unions and finite intersections:
X CT => [jx £T, X,Y ET ^ XHY ET. The previous theorem is an abstract version of the progression from topological space to topological closure operator. A corollary is obtained by applying it to the complete Boolean algebras of subsets of a set. Every topology on a set U gives rise to a topological closure operator on Q3I({7). Theorem 213. Let U £ V and let T be a topology on U. If',°:Sb 56 (U) where X' = p | { [ / ~ y :XCU~YAY X° = \J{Y
(U) ->
ET},
:XCYAYeT},
for every X E Sb (U), then ' is a topological closure operator, ° and ' are dual, and T is the set of '-open elements: T = {x : x = x°}. Let T be the usual topology on R, the set of real numbers. In more detail, define open intervals as usual, namely (a, 6) := {c : c £ R, a < c < b} whenever a, 6 E R and a < b. Then for every X C R, the interior of X is the union of the open intervals that X contains: X° = \J{(a,b)
: a,b £ R, (o,6) C X}.
If x = (0,1/2) £ T and y = (1/2,1) £ T, then x and y are regular-open and their union is not, since (x U y)'° = (0,1)
(0,1/2) U (1/2, l) = i U y ,
so x® y ^ xUy. The need for (-)*° in the last equation of Th. 211 is illustrated by choosing Xn = (—1/n, 1/n) for n E co and X = {Xn : n E co}, for then X is a set of regular-open elements whose intersection is not regular open, since f] X = {0} and
13, COMPLEX ALGEBRA OP A BINARY RELATION
268
13. Complex algebra of a binary relation This section introduces a general method that starts with a relation on a set and produces a completely additive operator on the Boolean algebra of subsets of that set. We begin with the case of a single binary relation on a set. In this case the relation induces a unary operator. Later we will use this method to produce operations of higher rank from relations of higher rank. Let U be a set, let 95 = 95[(C/), and let R be a relation on U: R C U x U. We may often read (x, y) € R as "a: is below y" or ay is above a;". Let * be the restriction of R* to subsets of U: ' := R* n {Sb (U)f = ((E-^R) o E) n {Sb (U)f. Thus R determines an operator on 33, that is, a map from subsets of U to subsets oft/: * : Sb (U) -* Sb (U). If R is empty then * = 5*6 ([/) x {0} since $*(X) = 0. Note that if X £ Sb (E7) then X' = R*(X) = {y : 3x(x £ X A (x,y) £ R)}. As before, we use ° to denote the Boolean dual of *. Let Then X° =U~R"'(U~X) = {y:yeUAVx((x,y)eR
4-i
for every I 6 Si (U). A set X G Sb (U) is '-closed iff X* = X iff everything above something in X is in X, and X is "-open iff X° = X iff everything below something in X is in X: X = X' « XeSb(U)A\/x%((x,y)eRAa:eX X = X° » X £ Sb (U) AVxVv({x,y) £Rhy£X
=* y 6 X), 4i£l).
It follows that X is "-open iff it contains the iZ-cones of all its elements. We say that X is R- dense below y iff¥x({z,y) £ R =^ 3s(z G X A{z,x) £ R)). Hence X is i?-dense below y iff everything below y has something in X below it. Next we record the meaning of the regularization operator " °. X*° = U~R*(U~R*(X)) = {y-^4{x,y)£R => 3s({z,x)£RAzeX))} = {y : X is iZ-dense below y}
We say two sets x,y £ U are incompatible iff their ii-cones are not disjoint, hence x,y are ij-compatible
> Bz((z,x) 6 RA (s,y) € R) «
{z^jeR'^R.
5. BOOLEAN ALGEBRAS
The regularization of the cone of q £ U is
=
{P
^V{{VTP) £ R => Va n d Q a
r e
incompatible)}
= {p : p is hereditarily compatible with q}
Here are some further computations along the same lines, but without reference to q.
T C ((E- 1 ^) o EJIUE"1 fS) o E) = ((E-'IR) fiZ) o E, ( i T 1 o E)|* C ( B - 1 o E)|((E-1|JR) o E) = (RT^R) o E, (B" 1 o E)|-| C (R-1 o E)|((E"1|JR) o E)|((E"1 f f l ) o E) = (( J R- 1 | J R)oE)|((E- 1 tii)oE) The following theorem illustrates how properties of R can be expressed as properties of the associated operator *. This theorem is the starting point of correspondence theory; see van Benthem [245]. T h e o r e m 214 (Jonsson-Tarski [119, 3.5]). Assume U £ V, 23 = 93l([/), R C U x U, and ' = R* H (56 (t/)) 2 . Then * :Sb(U)^Sb(U). * is normal and completely additive. f/1 C i£ iff * is expanding. .R is transitive iff X" C X* /or e^er?/ X € 56 ([/). iZ is symmetric iff * is self-conjugate. iZ" 1 is functional iff * is multiplicative. iZ is symmetric and functional iff X" = X C\U' for all X E Sb (U). R is functional and its domain is U iff X" = X for all X E Sb ([/). ( * is an involution). (ix) U1 U (-R|.R) C R iff * is a topological closure operator on 5H({7).
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) (vii) (viii)
PROOF. Normality of * follows from i?*(0) = 0. Complete additivity of * follows from complete additivity of R*. Indeed, for any X e V we have
since (J \R* = (R*)*\ [J, which can be proved as follows:
U \R* = ((E^IE- 1 ) o E)|((E-1|i2) o E)
defs.
14. COMPLETE BA OF A PARTIAL ORDERING
E
267
(2.429)
o E)) o EJIUE-^E"1) o E) E
defs. (2.429) (2.432).
14. Complete BA of a partial ordering If R is a preorder then R\R C R^IR since
R\R = (Id n R)\R\R
CR
R is reflexive
\R
R is transitive
(and R C (J? 1|JR) f ^ 1 ) by (2.164). Relations sathence R C W^^R-^R) isfying the opposite inclusion are given a special name. In general, we say that a binary relation R is separative (Koppelberg [123], Jech [107, p.48]), or fine (Takeuti-Zaring [224]), or satisfies condition (a), (Sikorski [216, p. 38, Ex. B)], Biichi [47]) if BrTt(-R"1|-R) C R. R is separative iff VxVy(Vz((z,x) £ R => 3w({w,z) £RA{w,y)
€ R)) => (x,y) € R).
If R is a preorder, then the algebra 91 that appears in the next theorem is called the complete Boolean algebra of R.
Theorem 215. Let R £ V, U = Fd(R), 55 = *B(([/), ' = R* C\ (Sb (U))2, and ° = ((E"1 ffl) o E) n (56 (U))2. (i) Suppose that R is a preorder, that is, R is a reflexive and transitive relation. Then ' is a topological closure operator on Q3l([/), and the set of '-regular sets, namely
n-.= {x -.x'° = x esb(u)}, is the universe of a complete Boolean algebra $R := (72., ©,'), where X®Y
=
(XUY)'°
and X' = (U~X)° for all X, Y £ 1Z, and for every X C 72., the least upper bound of X in $R exists, the greatest lower bound of X in 9i exists, and
268
5. BOOLEAN ALGEBRAS
(ii) If R is a separative preorder then -R"1 o E maps U into the family 1Z of '-regular subsets ofU and sends the relation R to the inclusion relation (iii) If R is a separative partial order, then R-1 o E is injective. (iv) // R is separative and Do (R) = Fd (R) then
for every X E Sb (U). (v) Assume R is transitive and R has the property that for every z E U there exists some u G U such that z is not below u and u is an upper bound of the set of elements of U that are not compatible with z. Then (R^lR^iX) C X'° for every open X E Sb (U). (vi) Suppose 03 = (B, +,~) G BA, 0 ^ U = B ~{0}, and R is the restriction of the partial ordering < z E X. Since X is dense below y, we have y G X'°. But X'° = X since X G X C U, so y G X. Since this is true for every X E X, it follows that y E [~\ X, so we have proved P) X'° C f] X. Note that *° is expanding on open sets, for if X = X° then X C X' since * is expanding, so X = X° C X'° since ° is monotonic. Assume it is not the case that D % C (P) X)'°. Then X cannot be open, so there are z and y with z < y E P| X and z ^ p| X. Hence there exists some X E X such that z £ X. But y E X since y G P| X, so X is not open, contradicting the assumption that X
so R^1 o E, the map that takes each p E U to its iZ-cone (R^1 o E)(p) = (R^1) ({p}), maps U into the family of '-regular subsets of U. The cone map i?" 1 o E sends the relation R to the inclusion relation E"1 f E by (2.220). Proof of (iii): The cone map R^1 o E is injective whenever R is extensional. For reflexive transitive relations, antisymmetry is equivalent to extensionality by Th. 80, so if R is a separative partial order, then the cone map is injective. Proof of (iv): Assume y E X'°, i.e., X is .R-dense below y. We will show, using the hypothesis that -R is separative, that y is below every upper .R-bound of X. Let u be an upper .R-bound of X. Assume z is below y. Since X is dense in y, there is some x E X that is below z. Since x E X and u is an upper .R-bound of X, x is below u. Thus everything below y is iZ-compatible with u. Since R is separative, this implies that y is below u, as desired. Since y is below every upper -R-bound of X, we have y G R^(K1'(X)), but y was an arbitrary element of X'°,
14. COMPLETE BA OF A PARTIAL ORDERING
so Ril'(R'!t(X)) D X'°. For a more computational proof, first note that C (Sb (U)f\(Sb (U))2 = (Sb (U))2 U R'1) f I C V|(i? U i?"1) f E, so, taking converses, we have 0-1
c EF
What we wish to show is equivalent to To show this, begin as follows. These computations parallel the proof given above.
ii|E|T~ W l ^ " 1 C R\E\(E~X o (RrfftR'
By one of the equation-solving laws and the separability of R, this gives us
EIT'WlE"1 C W^^R-^R) C R so, shifting the rightmost E"1 to the other side, we get
Then multiply on the right by R^, and get E'
C(iJfE)|^
C EUfljV. We also have E
.,o-l|
= R\V
270
6, BOOLEAN ALGEBRAS
since Do(R) = Fd(R). Combine the previous two equations, move E from one side to the other, and get
Proof of (v): Suppose y is below every upper bound of the open set X. Suppose z is below y. We want to find something in X below z. Let I be the set of elements of U that are not compatible with z. By hypothesis, there exists some u € U such that z is not below 11 and ti is an upper bound of I. Assume, for the sake of getting a contradiction, that X C I. Then u is an upper bound of X, hence y is below u. Since R is transitive and z is below y, we conclude that z is below «, a contradiction. Therefore, X is not a subset of /. Choose any v £ X such that v $ I. Since v is not incompatible with z, there is some x that is below both z and v. Since X is open and x is below v € X, it follows that x £ X, This complete the proof that every z below y has something below it in X. In short, X is ii-dense below y1 hence y € X'°. Proof of (vi): It suffices to show that R is separative and has the property that for every z £ U there exists some u G U such that z is not below u and w is an upper bound of the set of elements of U that are not compatible with z. To show R is separative, assume x,y G U and everything below x is compatible with y. Note that x y is below x. It follows that if x y ^ 0, then x y £ U and x y is compatible with y, hence there is some w € U such that w < x y and w < y. But this implies w / 0 and w <x-yy = 0, a contradiction. Therefore x-y = 0, hence x < y. For the other property, suppose z £ll. Then z / 0. If a = 1 then every element of [/ is compatible with z, so the set of elements incompatible with z is 0, and every element of U is an upper bound of 0, hence we may simply take w = z. Suppose z :/ 1. Then 0 /: a, so z G E7. Let u = a. Then z is not below it, since otherwise we would have z < « = z, hence 2 = 0. If a; is not compatible with z, then a; z = 0, hence x < 2 = w. Thus -B is an upper bound of the set of elements incompatible with z. 15. Completion of a BA Let © and € be Boolean algebras. We say that € is a completion of 05 iff 58 is a dense subalgebra of £ and £ is complete. (See Sikorski [216, p. 154], Koppelberg [123, 4.19].) Suppose £ is a completion of 03, X C B, and the join Y^ X exists in 2$. Since £ is complete, the join J ] 4 " ^a^so exists in €. Density implies that these joins are the same. First, J^m X is an upper bound of X in <£, so S nonzero b 6 B that S X >^2 ^2 X. li these joins are distinct, then there isCsome x B lies below the difference: 0 / b < J2™ X and 0 = 6 E - u* then b > ^ c X, so & J^ X is a strictly smaller upper bound of X that lies in 58, a contradiction. Hence £ * X = £ e X whenever I C B a n d ^ X exists. Furthermore, OS is a complete subalgebra of €, in the sense that 23 completely generates €, i.e., every element of £ is the join of a subset of B, The next two theorems show that completions are unique and exist.
16. PERFECT EXTENSION OF A BA
271
Theorem 216. Completions are unique. Suppose that 03, €, €-' £ BA and that
:0<x
Note that R e V and B ~{0} = Fd (R). Let
2
,
1
° = ((E- ffl)oE)n(56(B~{0})) 2 , TZ = {X :X'° =X eSb(B ~{0})}. Then * is a topological closure operator on 031 {B ~{0}) by Th. 214. By Th. 215, TZ is the universe of a complete Boolean algebra D\ := (72.,©,'), where X ffi Y = (XUY)'° and X' = (5~{0}~X)° for all X,Y e TZ. By Th.81, we have a : B —> H, a is injective, and a sends R into the inclusion relation, that is, if x,y e B, then a(x) C a(y). Every element of TZ is '-open, so by Th. 215, (R^\R^)(X) = X'° for every X £ TZ. Using this together with either Th.81 or Th. 215, we conclude that a preserves all least upper iZ-bounds and greatest lower iZ-bounds, in the sense that for all X C B ~{0}, if Y,RX e x i s t s t h en
and if n ^ X exists then
Note that F*(B ~{0}) is a dense subset of SH, because every X £ TZ is open, so if X / 0, then X contains the cone F(x) of each of its elements x €. X. Therefore a*(B) is the universe of a dense subalgebra of D\, and a is an embedding of 03 into SH. From this it is possible to construct a completion of 23 by putting a copy around 03 of the part of 9t that is disjoint from the image of 03 under the cone map a. 16. Perfect extension of a BA A representation of a Boolean algebra 03 is a Boolean homomorphism a : B -» 56 (X) from 03 = (B,+,~) € BA to the Boolean algebra 031 (X) of all subsets of a nonempty set X € V. In the construction of a completion, we encountered such a function, mapping B to subsets of B~{0}, but it was not a homomorphism into 03t(B~{0}). Note that a relates each element of B to a subset of X. We'll consider a relation that goes the other way around, and
272
5. BOOLEAN ALGEBRAS
relates each element of X to a subset of B. Consider a as an arbitrary relation aCBxSb (X), and let r = ((EICT"1) O E) n (X x 56 (B)). Then r is a function that maps each element i £ l t o the set of elements of B that are cr-related to a subset of X that contains x. The next theorem shows that when IT is a Boolean homomorphism, r maps each element of X to an ultrafilter of 03, hence r = ((Elcr^1) o E) fl (X x {7/03). Therefore a homomorphism from a Boolean algebra to a Boolean algebra of sets can be obtained by using the ultrafilters of 03 as elements of those sets. This is done in the second part of the theorem. For every 03 £ BA, define 03+ to be the Boolean algebra of subsets of the set of ultrafilters of 03. Thus 03+ := ®I(E7f 93) = (56 (17/35) ,Uuf
23 is a complete and atomic Boolean algebra. Theorem 218. Assume 03 = (B,+,~) £ BA. (i) Suppose a : B —> 56 (X) is a homomorphism from 03 into 031 (X), X ^ 0 , andr = ((E^" 1 ) o E) n (X x 56 (B)). Then T : X -> £7/03. For each x £ X, T (X) = {6 : 6 6 B, x £ o (6)} is an ultrafilter of 03. (ii) Let a = (E o E) l~l (B x 56 (E//55)). Then a : B -> 56 (E//55), a is an embedding of 03 into 23+ and, for every b € B, a (b) := {U : b € U € PROOF, (i): Let x e X. If a, 6 £ T(X), then x < a (a) and x < f(6), so x < a (a) a (b) = a (a b) since a is multiplicative, hence a b £ r (x), and if a > b E T (x), then a; £
a {x + y) = {U : x + y € U € £7/03} = {U:(x€UVy€U)AU€
Uf
= {U -.(xeu e tz/03) v (y e u e t//03)} = {U : x G U € 17/55} U {[7 : j / £ U € f7/O3} = (T (x) U
A Boolean algebra £ 6 BA is a perfect extension of a Boolean algebra 03 £ BA iff (5.57) (5.58)
03 is a subalgebra of £, £ is complete and atomic,
(5.59)
i f l C B and Y^
(5.60)
if a, a £ At€, a ^ a', then a
x
= 1, t h e n Y^
Condition (5.59) says that 1 is compact in <£.
Y = 1 for s o m e finite Y
- X>
17, SUMMARY OP CONSTRUCTIONS
273
Theorem 219. Perfect extensions are unique, for if 58, £, C' £ BA, and £ and <£ are perfect extensions of 95, then there is an isomorphism a : C —¥ C between Boolean algebras C and €' leaving 95 fixed, i.e., such that a (%) = % for all x £ B. Theorem 220. Every Boolean algebra has a perfect extension. Use Theorem 218 to show that 95+ is a perfect extension of a subalgebra isomorphic to 95. PROOF.
17. Summary of constructions For ease of reference and comparison, several major constructions are summarized here. 17.1. Dedekind-MacNeille completion. The Dedekind-MacNeille completion of the partial ordering R is a function F that sends elements of the range of R to subsets of £, where F:=(R~1oE)r\R~1\V, C :={X :$^X
= (R^lR^iX)
C Fd(R)}.
F embeds R into the inclusion relation ( E r T t E) n £ 2 . See Th. 81. 17.2. Regular-open Boolean algebra. See §5.10. The Boolean algebra of regular-open elements of the topological closure operator " on the Boolean algebra 58 = (B, +,~) is 9t = (R, ® , ' } , where i ° := xm, R:={x:x = xmo x®y:= (x + y)*°,
£B},
17.3. Complete Boolean algebra of a partial ordering. See §5.14. The complete Boolean algebra of a partial ordering R is Dt := {"R,,ffi,'},where U := {X : X*° = X 6 Sb (Fd(R))},
' :=R*n(Sb(Fd(R))f,
X' := and RT1 o E is a map that sends the relation R to the inclusion relation E"1 f E.
5. BOOLEAN ALGEBRAS
17.4. Completion of a Boolean algebra. See §5.15. The completion of a Boolean algebra 23 = (B,+,~) is (any Boolean algebra containing 03 that is isomorphic to) the complete Boolean algebra 91 := {1Z, ©,'), where
K:={X:X'°=Xe X®Y :=(XUY)'°,
Sb (B ~{0})},
.— yJD ^{vJ j ^ -A ) , 1
1
and a := ((R^ o E) n i?" ^) U {(0, 0)} is an embedding of 03 into *R. 17.5. Perfect extension. See §5.16. The perfect extension of a Boolean algebra 03 = (B,+,~) is (any Boolean algebra containing 03 that is isomorphic to) the complete atomic Boolean algebra 23 + , where (5.61) 03+ := 031 (£7/23) = (Sb (C7f«8) ,Uuf*ruf*), and a := (E o E) n (B x S6 (C//53)) is an embedding of 03 into 03+ such that, for every 6 G B, a (6) := {U : 6 G £/ G C//Q3}. 18. Extending Boolean operators Assume Q3o = (B 0 ,---),93i = (Bi,---) G BA, So C Bo, a : So -> Bi. We will also assume 03i is complete, for if it were not, then, for the purposes of this section, it would suffice to replace 031 with a completion of 531. Note that a and T are only partial functions on 23o whenever So ^ Bo- Extend the notions of monotonicity and complete additivity from functions to partial functions as follows. We say a is monotonic on So if x < y implies a (x) < a (y) for all x, y £ So. Similarly, a is completely additive on So if X^1 a*(X) = f (X^° ^ 0 whenever 0 ^ X C So, ^2° X exists, and ^2° X £ So- Define functions a and a on all of Bo as follows. For every x £ Bo let i
a (x) := JT a (a) , x
2^
CT a
( )-
x>a£S0
If 23o = 231 and a is the identity map on So, then a is the identity on meets of subsets of So and a is the identity on joins of subsets of So, but neither a nor a is necessarily the identity on all elements of Bo. For example, in the fourelement Boolean algebra 03o whose universe is {0, a, 6,1}, if a is the identity map on So = {0,1}, then a (a) = a (6) = 1 and a (a) = a (b) = 0. We say that a extends a (upward) if a D a, and a extends a (downward) if a D a. It may happen that a and a do not extend a. For example, if 23o and 03i are nontrivial Boolean algebras (in which 0 / 1), So = {0,1}, a (1) = 0, and a (0) = 1, then 0
18. EXTENDING BOOLEAN OPERATORS
276
l>aeS0
In this example, we chose a specific non-monotonie function, but the first few parts of following theorem show that any non-monotonic function would do. If 0 < m € w, we say that an element a of a Boolean algebra 58o is of height ra if it satisfies the following condition for every subset I C B j : if J^°' X exists and a < Yf X € Bo then there is a subset M C I o f cardinality m = \M\ such that a < J^° M. An element has height m iff it cannot be partitioned into more than m nonempty parts. Atoms are the elements of height 1, joins of pairs of atoms have height 2, and an element has height m iff it is the join of a set of m atoms. Height measured relative to some subset So C Bo is called So-height. An element x has So-height m if x is below the join of a, m-subset of every set of elements whose join contains x. We say that So is meet-compact if, whenever X is a subset of So whose meet JJ X is below an element b € So, X has a finite subset F whose meet is below 6, more formally, V&¥jf ((6 G So A X C So A J J ° X < &) = 3i?(F C X A F is finite A J}° F < 6)). We say that So is join-compact if, whenever X is a subset of So whose join ^2° X is above an element b g So, then X has a finite subset F whose join is above b, that is, G So A X C So A ^2°
x
>b C X A F is finite A ^ ° F > 6)).
Theorem 221. Assume !8o,58i g BA, 0 j4 So C B o , S i M complete, a : So —> S i , anrf CT a
o" W = I I
( ). * (*) = X ) °" (°) >
/or all a; G Bo- 2%en (i) CT and & are monotonic. (ii) For every x £ So, (E) <
(iii) (iv) (v) (vi)
If (T is monotonic and a; € So ffeenCT(a;) = a (x) = a {x). a is monotonic iff
276
5. BOOLEAN ALGEBRAS
(x) 7/0 < m G u; and every element of So is of height m then a is completely m-additive. PROOF. Proof of (i): Let x,y E Bo and assume x < y. By the transitivity of <, we have {a : y < a 6 So} C {a : s < a 6 So}. Applying a*, which preserves inclusions, yields <J*{a y < a G So} C a* {a : x < a G So}Applying Y[ changes C into >, so
d{x)= n 1 ff(o)< n x
1
y
Similarly, from x < y we get {a (a) : x > a G So} C {a (a) : y > a G So} so
( ) = Yl a (a) - Yl a(a) = ° (y)
& x
x>a£So
i/>aGSo
Proof of (ii): From i 6 So we get a (x) 6 {a (a) : x < a 6 So} and a (x) £ {a (a) : x > a E So}. It follows that a(x) = Y\
cr{a)
a (a) = a (x) .
x>aES0
x
Proof of (iii): Suppose a is monotonic and a: £ So. Then a (x) is a lower bound of {a (a) : x < a G So}, for if x < a G So then a (x) < a (a). Similarly, a (x) is an upper bound of {a (a) : x > a G So}. This gives us
a(x)= Y^ v(a)
£
Proof of (iv): This part follows immediately from parts (i) and (ii). Proof of (v): Additivity is the case m = 1, but we give proofs for both that differ only slightly. Note that, since So is closed under +, (5.62)
{a + b : x < a e S o , y < b e S o }
= { c : x+y < c e
So}.
To prove this for C, given a,b E So, let c = a + b; for D, given c e So, let a = b = c. Consequently, a (x + y) =
II
a (c)
definition of a
x+y
Yl TT
x
(
b)
a (a) + a (6)
V
(5.62) a is additive
18. EXTENDING BOOLEAN OPERATORS
= a (x) + a (y)
definition of a
Proof of (vi): a is m-additive because S(X! -\
\~ Xm+1)
n xi
1 a
^
..., xm + i
because So is closed under +
Y]
+am)-\
(
\-a(a2-\
\-am+i)
n
cr(a'm+i)
because a is m-additive
because So is closed under +
=
Yl x\-\
" («i) H
1"
\-xm
x2-t
h^ m + l
by Th. 189 =<7 ( x i +
Proof Y?d*{X) a(^°X), directions,
+ Xm) +
+a (X2 +
+ Xm + l)
of (vii): Suppose I C B 0 and Yl° X exists. We wish to show that = d{Y? X). For every x £ X we have x < £ ° X , hence a (x) < so ~Y^1 XIEX ® E) — ' ' ' ( l ^ 0 ^ ) - For a calculation that handles both let y = J^ X. Then y>a£So
y>a£So
- E1
a I V^ ( V^
u) I
5*o is dense in Q3o
j/>oes 0
(y ((
/ ,
i/>aGSo xEX a-x>u£So
^ ( u )))
" i s completely additive
5. BOOLEAN ALGEBRAS
°"(w))
( \J
see
note (a) below
Note (a): If x £ X then y > x, so the condition i > u 6 5o is equivalent to the existence of some a such that y > a £ So and a x > M £ SoProof of (viii): The key calculation, suitably altered:
since So is dense in 23 o 2J
a(ui +
\-um)))
since a is completely m-additive
=
E
(
E
ff{ui-\
h«m))
= E 1 ( E 1 "(«)) Ei,...,i m £X a;iH
h^m>wG5o
since So is closed under + =
^2
O-(Xl ~\
him)-
Proof of (ix): This part follows from Th. 199, but we also repeat the proof of that theorem in current notation. Since So = At^&o, we have
°(x)=
E
a a
()
for every x £ Bo. Assume X C Bo and Yl° X exists. Then
E 1 -(«)
19. COMPOSING EXTENDED BOOLEAN OPERATORS
y xeX
y
a (a)
see note (b) below
x>a£At
xdX
Note (b): Use the law E ^ U * ) = E 1 ( E 1 **) Proof of (x): This part generalizes the previous one, and its proof is essentially the same. Assume 0 < m £ w, every element of So is of height m, X C _B0, and E ° X exists. Then
a
(°)
a (a) v 7
the height of elements of So is m see note (b) above v7
D The hypothesis that So is dense cannot be omitted from part (viii). Suppose ©o is the 4-element Boolean algebra with universe Bo = {0,a,6,1}, 23i = 23o, So = {1}, and a is the identity on So- Then a is additive but a is not additive (and not completely additive) since
° (°) = y,
a (x) = V 0 = o = a- (6),
a (a) + a (6) = 0 ^ 1 = a (1) = a (a + b) . Part (iv) is no longer provable if complete additivity is replaced by additivity. It is possible that So is dense and a is additive, but a is not additive. Suppose ©i = ©o = 931 (w) = the Boolean algebra of all subsets of u, and So is the set of finite and cofinite subsets of a;. Suppose a maps the finite sets to 0 and the cofinite sets to OJ. Then a is additive but not completely additive. Partition w into two infinite sets x and y. Then the only elements of So included in x are finite sets, which are all mapped to 0 by a and join only to 0, hence a (x) = 0 = a (y), but the join of x and y is w, which contains all elements of So, so a (x + y) = a (UJ) = u. 19. Composing extended Boolean operators We now consider a sequence of maps among different algebras. The dependence of a and a on the underlying algebras and sets will have to be deduced from context. For example, the symbol ^ is used in the next theorem in three different ways.
5. BOOLEAN ALGEBRAS
Theorem 222. Assume Q30,Q3i,*B2 £ BA, So C Bo, Si C Bi, <8i and Q32 are complete, a : So —> Si, and r : Si —> B2:
_ B2
^ B2
Then (i) f(a (x)) < (alr^x) and f (a (x)) > (O-\T)~(X), for every x £ Bo(ii) Assume (a) So is closed under , (b) Si is meet-compact, (c) cr and T are monotonic. Then, for every x 6 Bo, (O"|T)~(:E) = f (a(x)). (iii) Assume (a) So is closed under + , (b) Si is join-compact, (c) a and T are monotonic. Then, for every x 6 Bo, (
:x
since this inclusion implies
r (?(«))=
If
r
S(x)
W ^ IT T(ff(a)) = H r » ) . x
Assume x < a 6 So. Then a (x) < a (a) < a (a) by Th. 221(i)(ii), and a (a) e Si, so a (a) £ {6 : o (x) < b € Si}, hence T (cr (o)) £ {T (6) : a (x) < b £ Si}. Similarly, for the other inclusion it suffices to show that (5.63)
{r (cr (o)) : x > a £ So} C {r (6) : a (x) > b £ Si}.
To see this, consider T(a(a)), where x > a 6 So- Then
f(a(x))=
Y?
r
(6)^E
2
r{a{a)) = {a\r)-{x).
19. COMPOSING EXTENDED BOOLEAN OPERATORS
281
Proof of (ii): It suffices to show that, for every x € A, every member of {r(b) :a{x) < b £ Si} is greater than or equal to a member of {T (
: x < a € So},
since this implies
r(a(x))=
^
T b
( ^ I T r(a(a)) = (a\rr(x).
S(x)
z
Accordingly, consider an arbitrary element of the first set, say T (fo), where a{x)= Y^
cr{a)
x
Note that {a (a) : x < a E So} is a subset of Si. By compactness of Si, there is a finite subset of {a (a) : x < a £ So} whose meet is included in b. So there is a finite subset F of {a : x < a € So} such that n 1 <**(F)
a(c) = a (H° F) KH1 a*(F)
(a (a;)) = r
since f is completely m-additive ^2
r(
h«r(am))
;>ai,...,a m G5o
since f and r agree on Si, Si is closed under +
since a and r are monotonic, Si is closed under + D
The next theorem is simply a binary version of the previous one, and has essentially the same proof.
282
5. BOOLEAN ALGEBRAS
Theorem 223. Assume 23o, 93i, 232, 233 £ BA, So C Bo, Si C Bi, S2 C B2, a : So -> Si, T : So -> S2, /3 : Si x S2 -> B3, Let 7 = H P " 1 n T I Q " 1 ) ^ .
(i) Then P(a (x),?(x)) <j(x) and f3(a (x) ,f (x)) >j(x) for all x € Bo. (ii) Assume (a) So is closed under , (b) Si and S2 are meet-compact, (c) P, a, and T are monotonic. Then, for every x € Bo, /3( (x), f(x)) = *){x). (iii) Assume (a) So is closed under + , (b) Si and Si are join-compact, (c) P, a, and T are monotonic. Then, for every x £ Bo, P(p (x) , f (a;)) = j(x). (iv) Monk [181, Th. 1.8], Givant-Venema [79, Lem. 16] Assume (a) Si and S2 are closed under +, (b) Si is dense in Q3i and S2 is dense in 232, (c) P is completely m-additive, (d) a and T are monotonic. Then, for every x £ Bo, P{cr {x) , f (x)) = j(x). PROOF. Proof of (i): It suffices to prove that
{P(a(a),r(a))
: x < a € So} C {/3(6) : {5(x),?(x))
< b £ Si x S2}
since this inclusion implies
p(B(x),?(x))=
^
/W)^ II 3 P(*(a),T(a))=j(x).
(9(x),?(x))
x
Assume x < a € So- Then a (x) < a (a) < a (a) and f(x) < f(o) < r (o) by Th. 221, so ( O - ( O ) , T ( O ) } € {b: {a(x),?{x))
< b € Si x S 2 } ,
hence P(a (a), r (a)) € {P(b) : < 6 £ Si x S 2 }. Proof of (ii): It suffices to show that, for every x £ Bo, every member of {P(b) : {a (x) ,T (x)} < b £ Si x S2} is greater than or equal to a member of {P(cr (a) , T (a)) : x < a € So} since this implies
P(a(x),f(x)) =
f]3 (9(x),T(x))
M)^ IT3 /3(«r(a),r(a))=7(x). x
Consider an arbitrary element of the first set, say /3(6i, 62), where
{a(x),?{x)) = / n ' ff(°)> I I 1 r(a)\ < (61,62) £ Si xS 2 . Note that {cr (a) : x < a G So} and {T (a) : x < a € So} are subsets of Si. By compactness of Si, there is a finite subset of {a (a) : x < a £ So} whose meet is included in 61, so there is a finite subset Fi of {a : x < a £ So} such that
20. EXTENDING OPERATORS WITHIN A BA
n 1 cr*(Fi) < 61. Let a = H° Fi. Then x < a since Fi C {o : x < a G So}, and, since So is closed under , we also have ci 6 So- Since a is monotonic, it follows that a (ci) = a (Y[ Fi) < Y[ °"*(-Fi) < &i- Similarly, there is some C2 G So such that T (c2) < b2, so (a (a), T (C2)> < {bi,b2), hence /3(
x>aES0
^(( C T ( a i) i r ( a i ) ) H
E
\- {cr{am) ,T(am)))
x>ai ,...,am £5o
since J3 is completely m-additive
since fi and /5 agree on S\ x 52, 5i x 52 is closed under + x>a£S0
since fi, a, and r are monotonic, Si x S2 is closed under + = 7(x). D 20. Extending operators writhin a BA Let 23O G BA. Assume that Q3o is complete. Assume 0 ^ So C Bo. Let (5.64)
C := {[[X : X C So} = H* Sb (So)
be the set of closed elements. All elements of So are closed (for if x € So then x = \[{x} and {x} C So). Let (5.65)
O:
be the set of open elements. All elements of So are open. Since they are also closed, they are clopen. Note that meets (in ©0 x Q3o) of subsets of So x So are elements of C x C, for if X C So x So, then Do (X), Ra (X) C So, hence n ° x ° X = ( n Do (X), n Ra (X)) e C x C, where n° X ° denotes meet in 23O x 23O. Therefore C xC = {[[0X0 X : X C So x So},
284
5. BOOLEAN ALGEBRAS
and, for similar reasons, OxO
= { ^ 0 X 0 X : X C So x So}.
Suppose that we have a binary operator on So, namely ft : So x So —> So, and a unary one, namely a : So —> So, and thus an algebra of Boolean type, namely {So, ft,0"). Extend a and /3 to open and closed elements (only, and not to all of Bo) as follows. For all closed x, y € C, let
(5.66)
a[x):=
\[ a (a),
ft{x,y)
:=
x
\[
0(o),
{z,y)
and, for all o p e n x,y 6 O, let (5.67)
a (x) := y^ a (a),
ft(x,y)
:=
^^
/?(a)-
Another way to say this is that
Y[
a(a) :x € C ) ,
x
ft:=(
f]
ft(a,b):{x,y)€CxC),
\{x,y)<{a,b)eSoxSo
x>aeS0
E
ft(a,b):{x,y)eOxo\.
So is closed under a, so the cr-image of a subset of So is a subset of So, hence the meet of the cr-image of a subset of So is closed. This shows that C is closed under a. Similarly, C is closed under ft, and O is closed under both a and ft. Therefore d-.C^C,
/3:CxC^C,
a-.O^-O,
ft.OxO^fO.
In this situation there are three algebras of Boolean type, namely (So,ft,(r), (C,ft,a} and (O,ft,a'). Thus ft and a generate a clone on So, ft and a generate a clone on C, and ft and a generate a clone on O. The next theorem is stated for Boolean algebras with a single binary and a single unary operation (with a distinguished element of So thrown in), but it holds for any number of operations of any (finite) rank. The first two parts follow from the earlier theorem that the operators and their extensions agree on SoTheorem 224. Assume Q30 G BA, «B0 is complete, 0 ^ So C Bo, ft : So x So —> So, ft is monotonic, a : So —> So, a is monotonic, and i E So- Define O, C, a, ft, a, and ft as m (5.64), (5.65), (5.66), and (5.67). (i) {So,ft,
21. PRESERVATION THEOREMS FOR COMPLETE EXTENSIONS
285
(ii) (So,/?,
vf = Pi n An+1
vf = P2 n An+1
(«(«i)) a = (Pi n An+1)\a
= Pi n cn+1
vi = P 2 n cn+1
(u(v!)f = (Pi n cn+1)\d
vf
so, by Th. 222 and Th. 223,
= = = =
((((Pi n A n+1 )|a)|p- 1 n (p2 n ^ n+1 )|Q (((Pi n A n + I )i5)|p- 1 n (P2 n An+1)iQ-1)|/3 (((Pi n cn+1)\a)\p-1 n (P2 n c n+1 )|Q- 1 )|/3 (b(u(v1),v2)f
Suppose an equation (to,*i) is valid in 21, where to,ti £ Fn, i.e., a t a = tf- Then (io,ii) is valid in C, since D
21. Preservation theorems for complete extensions Regarding the next two theorems see Monk [181, 1.9, 1.10], Givant-Venema [79, Cor. 31], Henkin-Monk-Tarski [93, Rem. 2.7.22]. Theorem 225. Assume 21, 25 € BA, 25 is a completion of 21, 0 : A2 -> A, a : A —> A, and I £ J 4 . Define O, a, and $ as in (5.65) and (5.67) with So = A. Then O = B and
286
5. BOOLEAN ALGEBRAS
(i) if (3 and a are monotonic, then (A,/3,a,t.) is a subalgebra of (B,(3,(T,L), (ii) if /3 and a are completely LJ- additive, then any equation which is valid in (A, (3, a, L) is also valid in (B, j3, a, t). Suppose that (^4, + ,~) is a Boolean algebra and 21 = {A, +,~,/3, a, ) is an We call such an algebra algebra of some type, where (3 : A2 —> A, a : A —> A, a Boolean algebra with operators (3, a, Note that we put no requirements on the operators. In particular, they need not be additive. Much of the literature differs in this respect from the convention adopted here. The algebra 231(21) := (A, +,~) is called the Boolean part or Boolean reduct of 21. Some terminology that applies to Boolean algebras will be extended to Boolean algebras with operators with the understanding that the terms apply to the Boolean part. Examples include atom, atomic, complete, and dense subset. Examples of notions for which we do not follow this custom are completion and perfect extension. The latter concepts apply to Boolean algebra with operators, but in those cases their meanings are supplemented with conditions that must be satisfied by the operators. Suppose that 23 = {B,+,~,j,T, ) is a Boolean algebra with operators and that 93 is similar to 21. We say that 23 is a completion of 21 if the Boolean algebra 231(23) is a (Boolean) completion of 931(21) and the operators of 23 are the upward extensions (taking So = A C B) of the corresponding operators of 21: 7 = /?,
T
= a,
Theorem 226 (Monk [181, 1.9], Givant-Venema [79, 31(i)]). 7/21 <= BA is a Boolean algebra with completely u-additive operators then 21 has a completion 21. Every equation that is valid in 21 and involves completely u-additive operators is valid in 21. For examples of non-preservation, see Givant-Venema [79, §4]. Theorem 227. Assume 21, 23 £ BA, 23 is a perfect extension of 21, /3 : A2 — A, a : A —> A, and i, £ A. Define C, a, and (3 as in (5.64) and (5.66) with So = A. Then At*B C C, and (i) if j3 and a are monotonic, then (A,/3,cr,i) is a subalgebra of (C,J3,a,LJ, (ii) if ft and a are monotonic, then any equation which is valid in {A,/3, a, i) is also valid in (C,t3,a,bj. Define O, j3 and a as in (5.65) and (5.67) with So = C, replacing j3 and a with (3 and a. Then B = O and (iii) (C,J3,(r,i) is a subalgebra of (B,j3,ct,i), (iv) (Jonsson-Tarski [118, Lem. 2.4], Henkin [91, Lem. 2.14], Jonsson [116, Lem. 2.2]) if 0 < m £ u, a is m-additive, Hm is the set of elements of height m, and x £ C, then
(v) if P and a are co-additive, then fi and a are completely co-additive,
21, PRESERVATION THEOREMS FOR COMPLETE EXTENSIONS
287
(vi) if (3 and a are completely u -additive, then any equation which is valid in (A, /3, a, i) is also valid in (B, J3,CT,I) . P R O O F . TWO key properties of 58 as a perfect extension of St are that (vii) if X C A and £ B X = 1, then Yf Y = 1 for some finite subset Y CX, (viii) if 0 ^ b, b' G At%$ then there is some a £ i such that b < a and b' a = 0.
It follows from (viii) implies that the atoms of 58 are closed, that is, At*8 C C = {JJX : X C A}, and (vii), the compactness of 1, implies both the joincompactness and meet-compactness of A. Indeed, if Yf6 X > a € A far some X C A and a G A, then ^ B (JfU{S}) > a + a = 1, so by (vii) we have jf* Y = 1 for some finite subset Y C XU{5}, hence 53 (^ ""{<*}) ^ & a n ( i ^ ~{5} is a finite subset of X. If the operators j3,a are monotonic, then by Th. 224(i), {A,fl, a, t) is a subalgebra of (C,f3,a,i), and, by Th. 224(iii), every equation that valid in (A, /3, a, i) is also valid in {C, /3, a, i). Every element of OS is the join of atoms of 58, all of which are in C, so B = O. By Th. 221(i), /3 and ff are monotonic, so (C,0,ff,i) is a subalgebra of (B,P,&,i) by Th.224(ii). Assume 0 < m 6 w, a is ro-additive, Hm is the set of elements of height m, and x G C. We show next that
Prom just the monotonicity of a we get one inclusion, namely
Since ?8 is atomic it suffices to show that every atom of © below cr (x) is also below the join on right hand side. So assume p € At%$ and p < <x (a;). Let 0" = {a ; a: < a 6 A} and F = {a : o e A, p < f f (a)}. Note that U CV C.A and E7 is a filter, although V need not be closed under . Choose a filter W C A that is maximal with respect to the property that U CW CV, and let w = ]J W. We will show that x > w g i? ra and p < a (w). Since a; is closed, x = ]J U, so from U C W, we get z = Y[U ">JJW = w. For every a e A such that tw = f[W < a there is, by the meet-compactness of A, a finite subset E C W such that [ J E < o , so that if e = Y\E then e < a, and e € W since W is closed under , hence also a (e) < a (a) by the monotonicity of a. Therefore,
What remains is to show that w has height m. Suppose w contains m + 1 distinct atoms of 35. Then it can be shown, using (iv), that there is a set Z of m + 1 pairwise disjoint elements of A with J^ Z = 1 and w z ^ 0 for every z € Z, For every z € Z, we have I £ A, and ~z $ W, for if z € W, then 7 > n W = w, so0 = 2 - 2 > 2 : - w . By the maximality of W, there is some yt G W such that 0 = p a {ys 1). Let y = Ylsez
yB £ W, so that 0 = p a (y). For every z G Z
5. BOOLEAN ALGEBRAS
we have 0 = p a (y ^2{Z ~{z})) since y "^{Z ~{«}) < yz ~z- But then, by the m-additivity of a, we have zez so there is some z €. Z such that p < a (y ^2{Z ~{z})), a contradiction. Thus w G Hm- It follows from (iv) that, for every b G B, b x w
v( )= Yl °( )= Y b>x£C
b>x>w£Hm
${w)= Y °( )' b>weHm
and so a is completely m-additive by Th. 221(x). If j3 and a are w-additive, then J3 and a completely w-additive and agree with /3 and a on C, so, by Th. 224(v), any equation valid in (A, /3, a, i) is also valid in {B, J3, IT, t). D Suppose that (^4,+,~) is a Boolean algebra and 21 = {A, +,~, (3, a, is an algebra of some type, where j3 : A2 —¥ A, a : A —> A, , and 25 = {B, +,~,7,r, ) is another Boolean algebra with operators that is similar to 21. We say that 03 is a perfect extension of 21 if the Boolean algebra 031(03) is a (Boolean) perfect extension of 231(21) (see p. 273 and p. 274) and the operators of 23 are obtained from those of 21 in the manner described in Th. 227, that is, 7 = /3, T = a, etc. Citations for the following theorem are Jonsson-Tarski [118, 2.15, 2.18], Henkin [91, 3.8], Jonsson [116, 3.11] Theorem 228. // 21 is a Boolean algebra with ui-additive operators then 21 has a perfect extension. Every equation that is valid in 21 and involves Lv-additive operators is valid in every perfect extension o/2t. Jonsson [116, Ex.3] mentions that a (x) =x => K = 0 is not preserved in the passage from an algebra to a complete extension of that algebra. A similar example x=0 Vx=l Vx=V. This is true in the from Kramer-Maddux [124] is x;x < x finite-cofinite subuniverse of the complex algebra of a countable Abelian group, but fails in every complete extension. See also Jonsson [116, Ex. 2].
CHAPTER 6
Relation algebras 0.1. Equational axioms Ri Rio. We say that 21 is a relation algebra if 21 is an algebra of relational type, i.e., there are sets + , " , ; , " , ! ' € V such that 21 = {A,+,-,;,",V),
+:A*-->
1' e A ,
; : A
2
A,
: A -> A,
--> A,
" : A —> A,
and for all x, y,z £ A, Ri
R2
R3 R4 Rs Re RT Rg
R9 Rio
x + y = y + x, x + (y + z) = (x + y) + z, x + y + x + y = x, x;(y;z) = {x;y);z, (x + y);z = x;z + y ; z , x;V
=x, X =
X,
(x + yY = x + y, \^',y)
— y\^i
X-gyy + y = y
+- commutativity +-associativity Huntington's axiom ;-associativity ;-distributivity identity law "-involution "-distributivity "-involutive distributivity Tarski/De Morgan axiom
Let RA be the the class of relation algebras. Identities R1-R3, due to Edward V. Huntington [104, 105], assert that the Boolean reduct of 21 is a Boolean algebra, so that 21 is a Boolean algebra with operators. If R1-R3 are valid in 21, then the law of double negation, x = x, is valid in 21. The definition of relative addition and the law of double negation have these three consequences:
Axiom R5 asserts that the operation ; distributes over + from the right, while distributes over + according to Rg. Axioms R4, R6, R7, R9 assert that the relative part of 21 is a monoid with a special unary operation (with no particular name, so far as I know). Axioms R4 and R6 say that {A, ;, 1') is a semigroup in which 1' is a right identity element. With the help of R7 and R9, it can be shown that 1' is also a left identity, so (^4, ;, 1') is actually a monoid. Axiom R6 could be extended to assert that 1' is an identity element. The resulting axiom set would be more symmetrical but also more redundant.
290
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
Axiom Rio is equivalent to x;x;y < y, since < is defined so that x < y <S> x + y = y. Rio is also equivalent to x;xjy y = 0, but proving this requires the help of R1-R3. Rio is the link between the Boolean and relative parts of 21. As we shall see, it follows from R1-R3, R7, Rg, that J is an additive operator on the Boolean part (A,+,~), that " is self-dual (x = x), that " is self-conjugate (x y = 0 iff x y = 0), and that """ is, in fact, an isomorphism of the Boolean part onto itself that preserves all joins and meets. 0.2. Duality. Because relation algebras have Boolean algebras as reducts, the principle of duality for Boolean algebras also applies to relation algebras. If (A, +,~) is a Boolean algebra then (A, -,~) is also a Boolean algebra, called the Boolean dual of (^4, + , ~ ) . Every Boolean algebra is isomorphic to its Boolean dual via the map that takes an element to its complement, ~~ : A —> A. All this is due to R1-R3. Adding R7, Rs, Rg, produces another form of duality, called converse duality, from which it follows that an equation involving ; is satisfied iff the corresponding converse dual equation is satisfied. The converse dual equation is obtained from the given equation by replacing terms of the form x\y by y;x. For example, if R5 holds in 21, we conclude that 21 also satisfies x;(y + z) = x;y + x;z (the converse dual of R5), and if R6 holds in 21, then 21 also satisfies V ;x = x (the converse dual of Re). There are in total four duality principles. The last one is Boolean converse duality, which combines Boolean duality with converse duality; see Th. 319. 0.3. Proper relation algebras satisfy axioms R-i— R,io- For the next theorem, recall some definitions from §3.11. The Boolean algebra of subsets of U is m(U):={Sb(U),Uu,-u), the square relation algebra on U is 9te (U) := (Sb (U2) , U C 7 2 , - c / 2 , \V2, - ^ , U1), and the equivalence relation algebra on E is 6b (E) := (Sb (E), UE,-E,
\E,
~1E, Id n E) .
An algebra 21 of relational type is a proper relation algebra if 21 is a subalgebra of an equivalence relation algebra, and 21 is a representable relation algebra if it is isomorphic to a proper relation algebra. RRA is the class of representable relation algebras. The next theorem shows that these names are appropriate. Theorem 229. Every square relation algebra, every equivalence relation algebra, every proper relation algebra, and every representable relation algebra is a relation algebra, that is, (6.1)
Vf/(t/G V => me(U) G RA),
(6.2)
ME{E\E~l =EE V => 6b (E) 6 RA),
(6.3)
RRA C RA.
1. BOOLEAN RELATION ALGEBRAS
291
1. Boolean relation algebras The next theorem shows how every Boolean algebra can be extended to a relation algebra. Theorem 230. Suppose 03 = (B,+,~) e BA is a Boolean algebra with unit element 1. Define a binary operation ; on B and a unary operation " on B by letting x;y = x + y = x y and x = x for all x,y G B, i.e., ; = and " = B1. Then {B, +,~, ;, ", 1) is a Boolean relation algebra whose Boolean part is 03. PROOF. It is easy to check that the equations Ri-Rio and 1 = 1' are all valid i n ( B , + , - ;B\1).
We refer to the Boolean relation algebra (B, + , ~ , , B1, l) obtained from 03 € BA as the Boolean relation algebra of 03. Th. 230 provides a useful testing ground. For example, no equation can be derived from Ri-Rio unless the equation obtained from it by deleting " and replacing ; with and 1' with 1 is valid in all Boolean algebras. An algebra of relational type is Boolean if 1' = 1 (see also p. 294). Boolean relation algebras satisfy the following three identities: x;y = x y, x = x, and 1' = 1. Note that these identities together assert that the underlying relation algebra to which they refer is obtained from its Boolean part by the construction of the previous theorem. Theorem 231. The Boolean relation algebra obtained from 03t(f7) is isomorphic to &b (U1). PROOF.
The Boolean relation algebra obtained from 03[([7) is 21 := (56 (U), \Ju,~u,nu, (56 (U))\U) ,
and &b (U1) = {Sb (U1) ,Uvi,-ui,\ui,
~lv\Ul).
What remains is the (relatively simple) verification that the function (-)1 := (X 1 : X C U) , which sends X to X1 whenever X € 56 (U), is an isomorphism from 21 onto 6b (U1). D Theorem 232. Every Boolean relation algebra is representable. PROOF. Let 21 = (A, ) G RA be Boolean, so 1' = 1. By Th. 218, we know that 03t(2l) is isomorphic to a subalgebra of 23I([/) for some set U G V. The Boolean relation algebra of 03I(f7) is representable by Th. 231, and (as can be easily checked) it has 21 as a subalgebra, so 21 is also representable. For a more direct proof, one which enfolds the ultrafilter construction of a perfect extension, check that the map V
= ({(F, F):xeFe 1
embeds 21 into 6b (([//03) ).
E//21} : x e A)
282
8, RELATION ALGEBRAS
2. Group relation algebras An algebra 0 = (G, o, ~1, e) of group type is called a group if, for all x, y, z 6 G, (x o y) a z = x o (y a z)
o is associative
e o j = a; = 3;oe
e i s a n identity element for o
x~
OI=JOJ~
= e.
For every group (S there is a corresponding relation algebra whose universe is the set of all subsets of G. A subset of a group is called a complex (see Hall [87, p. 10]), so for every algebra © of group type, we let the complex algebra of (5 be the algebra (6.4)
Cm(e5):={S6(G),U,-,;,V}
where (Sh (G), U, ~} = 2$I (G) is the Boolean algebra of all subsets (or complexes) ofG, and, f o r a l l X , y CG, (6.5)
X;Y:={xoy.xeX,yeY},
(6.6)
X := {a;"1 : x € X},
(6.7)
1' := {e}.
We say that 21 is a group relation algebra if 21 is isomorphic to a subalgebra of a complex algebra of some group ©, that is, if Let GRA be the class of group relation algebras: GRA := IS{£m (&) : G is a group}. Parts of the following theorem originate with McKinsey, Jonsson, and Tarski; see J6nsson-Tkrski [119, 5.10-5.12]. Theorem 233. Let (8 = (G, o, ~1,es} be an algebra of group type. (i) The following statements are equivalent, (a) 0 is a group, (b) Cm (0) e RA, (c) £m(0)£*|C!Ke(G). (ii) Every group relation algebra is representable, GRA C RRA. PROOF. For part (i)(c), assume <& is a group, and let Check that tx is an injective homomorphism that embeds €m (&) into £Fte (G). Note that if x G G then a ({x}) is the permutation {{g, g o x) : g £ G} used in the proof of the Cayley representation theorem for groups, which states that every group is isomorphic to a group of permutations. The Cayley representation has a property not required by the notion of representation commonly used in group theory, but which is required by the relation algebraic setting, namely, that the permutations associated with {a;} and {y} must be disjoint (as sets) whenever i / j / , simply
3, NA, WA, AND SA
293
because {x} n {y} = 0 and this fact must be reflected in any representation. Indeed, if (g, h) € {a;} n {y} t h e n h = go% = goy,
hence x = g~* o h = y,
D
Groups can also be defined as a kind of groupoid, but the axioms are accordingly more complicated. Indeed, one can say that © is a group if (a) 0 = (G,o), (b) o is an associative binary operation on G, and (c) 3eVa;(e a x — x — x o e /\3y(y o x — x o y = e)) for every i £ G , Under this definition, the complex algebra of <3 still has the form and the binary operation ; is defined as above, but the definitions of X and 1' require considerable rewriting, since ~x denotes an operation whose very existence is a nontrivial consequence of (b) and (c). 3. NA, WA, and SA We say that SI is a nonassociative relation algebra if SI is an algebra of relational type in which R1-R3 and R5-R10 hold. Let NA be the class of nonassociative relation algebras. The subclasses WA and SA of NA are obtained by adding special cases of associativity. We say that St is a weakly associative relation algebra if 21 € NA and, for all x 6 A, and that SI is a semiassociative relation algebra if 2t € NA and, for all x 6 A, Let WA be the class of weakly associative relation algebras and let SA be the class of semiassociative relation algebras. Equation (6.8) is the weak associative law, which appeared earlier as equation (0.2). Equation (6.9) is the semiassociative law. It appeared earlier in (0.1) and was formalized in (1.76). The same name was also applied to (the formalization of) one its consequences, namely (BIV'). By Th. 275 below the equation 1;1 = 1 holds in every NA, so we could use simpler equations that are not special cases of associativity to define WA and SA, such as (6.10) (6.11)
((a:-r);l);l = (a:-r);l, (a;;l);l = a;;l.
Furthermore, the equation (a;;l);l > a;;l is valid in NA, so (6.9) could even be replaced by (a;;l);l < x;l. The converse duals of these equations can also be used; see Th. 276. Theorem 234 (Maddux [139, 7(1), 8(1)]). (i) NA, WA, SA, and RA are finitely based equational classes.
(ii) IfK is NA, WA, SA, or RA, then K = \K = SK = HK = PK. (iii) RA C SA C WA C NA.
284
8, RELATION ALGEBRAS
For part (iii), note that (6.8) is a special case of (6.9) and (6.9) is a special case of R4. All the inclusions in part (iii) are proper. McKinsey's algebra (p. 357) is in WA but not in SA. For other algebras in WA~ SA, see Th. 368 and Th. 447. For an algebra in NA that is not in WA see §27. For algebras in SA that are not in RA see Th. 448. We will define some special properties of algebras that, although most meaningful for nonassociative relation algebras, apply whenever SI = {A,+,~,;, w ,l'} is an arbitrary algebra of relational type. We say that the algebra 21 is trivial if |A| = 1, Boolean if V = 1, commutative if x;y = y;x for all x,y € A, and symmetric if x = x for every x G A. An element x G A is a zero-divisor if x ^ 0 there exists some y € A such that y ^ 0 and x;y = 0. The algebra St is integral if it is nontrivial and has no zero-divisors. None of these properties follows from the axioms R1-R10, as shown in the following theorem. Theorem 235. (i) 9te (0) and 9te (1) ore Boolean, symmetric, commutative, and have no zero-divisors. (ii) JRe (0) is trivial and not integral. (iii) 9te (1) is nontrivial and integral. (iv) If U E V is a set with two or more elements, then 9te (U) is nontrivial, not Boolean, not symmetric, not commutative, and not integral, and 9te (17) has zero-divisors. The next theorem summarizes what can be said with equations in !Ee (17) about the cardinality of the underlying set U. Theorem 236. Let U e V be a set.
(i) \U\ = 0 iffme(U) \= 0 = 1 iffme(U) |= 0 = 1'. (ii) jj/j < 1 iff^t{U) |= 0 = 0' iff^t{U) \= V = 1. (iii) |J7| < 2 iff «e(Z7) |= 1' = 0';0\ (iv) \U\ < 3 iffme(U) \= 0 = 0' 0 ! ;0\
4. Special kinds of elements Here we define many different kinds elements in an algebra of relational type. Some of the definitions are simply algebraic translations of standard set-theoretical definitions. For an extensive study of various kinds of elements in relation algebras see Chin-Tarski [49]. Let us consider a fixed but arbitrary algebra of relational type 21 = (A, +,~,",, ", 1!), and an arbitrary element x 6 A. 4.1. Domain, range, ideal, square, rectangular. (6.12)
Dm% := {x : x; 1 = x G A},
(6.13)
RnVL:={x:l;x =
(6.14)
x€A},
l e a := {a; : x;l = l;x = x€A}
= DmSin RnSi.
- x is a domain element or right-ideal element if a; € Dm 21, - x is a range element or left-ideal element if x € i?«2l, - x is an ideal element if % £ leSl,
4. SPECIAL KINDS OP ELEMENTS
298
- x is a square if x = x; 1;ai, - x is a rectangle if a; = x;l]x. The domain and range elements of 3te (U) are the relations of the form X x U and U x X, respectively, where X C U, Domain and range elements in 9te (U) are thus entirely determined by their domains and ranges, and provide two (out of many) algebraic ways to refer to sets via relations. The only ideal elements of 9te(?7) are 0 and f7a. For every equivalence relation E, the ideal elements of &b (E) are the unions of direct squares of equivalence classes of E; l£le&b(E) o I = E\I\E O / =
(6.15)
\J
(x/E)2.
The squares of 9U (U) are relations of the form X x X with X C U, and the rectangles of JRe (U) are relations of the form X x Y with X, Y C U. See Jonsson [114] and Givant [76] for extensive studies of squares and rectangles. 4.2. Reflexive, symmetric, transitive, equivalence. Rf%:={x:x;(V
x) = (V x)\x = x € A},
%Sl := {a; : x < x £ A}, Tr%:= {x : x;x < x € A}, -
m is x is x is a; is x is x is
reflexive if x £ ii/Sl, symmetric if a; € SrSt, antisymmetric if x x < 1', symmetric-reflexive if x £ SrSl, transitive if a; € TVSt, an equivalence element if x £
R is a reflexive, symmetric, transitive, or equivalence element of fUe (U) iff R C V2 and H is a reflexive, symmetric, transitive, or equivalence relation, respectively. In case SI is a relation algebra, we could use an alternative definition of Tarski-Givant [225, p. 110], that x is reflexive iff 1' (x;l + l;x) < x. 4.3. Functional, permutational, difunctional. Fn3l:={x:x-(x}V) Pm% :={x:x-
= x £ A}, 1
(^f ') = x (V }x) = x e A},
- x is functional if a; 6 -FnSt, - x is permutational or bifunctional if a; € Pm%, - x is difunctional if x = x;x;x. R is a functional element of !He (U) iff R : X —¥ U for some X C.U. For nonassociative relation algebras, an alternative definition of functional element is that x £ i*Vi2l iff x;x < 1', and x is permutational if both a; and x are functional. Regarding difunctional elements, see the remarks after Th. 299.
296
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
4.4. Atoms, subidentity. Atoms are defined for an algebra of relational type in the same way as for their Boolean reducts; see (5.27). (6.16) (6.17) (6.18)
Am : = { i : 8 / i e 4 , Vj,(y £ A => x
x-y = 0)},
: V >x £ AM},
Ato,%:={x:O'>x
- x is a subidentity element if x < V, - a; is an atom if a; € At%L, - a; is an identity atom if x < 1' and x £ - x is a diversity atom if a; < 0' and x £ At 21. When the Boolean part of 21 is a Boolean algebra, the domain xA and range a;r of an element (see (3.5)) are examples of subidentity elements, and if 21 is also Boolean, then all its elements are subidentity elements. 4.5. Singletons, points, pairs, twins. Sn%l : = {x : 0 / a ; £ A, a;;l;a; + a;;l;s; < 1'}, Pt2l := {x : 0 / x £ A, x;l;x < 1'}, Pr2l:= { i : 0 / s £ A , i ; 0 ' ; i ; ( l ' ; i ; < r } , TwVL := {x : x £ Pr% x y = 0 for every y £ Pt2l}. - x is a s i n g l e t o n i f O ^ a ; ; l ; a ; + a : ; l ; a ; < 1', - x is a point if 0 7^ a;; 1; x < 1', - x is a pair if 0 / a;; 0'; a;; 0'; x < V, - x is a twin if a; is a pair and x y = 0 for every point y. Some relations contain exactly one ordered pair. Such a relation is a set-theoretical singleton, having the form {(a,b)} for some a, 6 £ V. A relation is a singleton in IHe (U) iff it is a set-theoretical singleton and included in U2. A relation R in D\c (U) is a point iff R = {{a, a)} for some a £ U. A relation R in D\c(U) is a pair iff R = {(a, a), (6,6}} for some a,b £U (possibly with a = b). SHe (U) has no twins, but if we suppose that 21 is a subalgebra of SHe (U) and that R is a relation in 21, then R is a twin of 21 iff R = {{a, a), {b, b)} for distinct a, 6 £ U, and neither {(a, a)} nor {(6,6}} are elements of 21. Thus a and b are "twins" in the sense that they cannot be distinguished by 21. Let E £ V be a nonempty equivalence relation. Recall from (3.102) that PE = {p:PCE = E\p\E, p\E\p C Id}. In case E = U2, we have PE = Pt%. If E has at least two equivalence classes, then PE C Pt2l. 5. Axioms R7, Rs In this and the next several sections we deduce consequences of various combinations of axioms drawn from R1-R3, R5-R10 (the axioms for NA). In each theorem our tacit assumptions are that we are dealing with a fixed but arbitrary algebra 21 of relational type and x, y, and z are arbitrary elements of 21. For each theorem we assume that 21 satisfies one or more of the axioms R1-R10 and list those assumptions in parentheses at the beginning of the theorem. Each section
5. AXIOMS R 7 , R g
297
is devoted to some combination of axioms from R5-R10. First we consider what can be deduced from the chosen axiom or combination alone, and then what can be proved by also assuming R1-R3. In this section we show that an additive involutive function from a Boolean algebra to itself is nionotonic, self-conjugate, normal, dual-normal, self-dual, subtractive, completely and universally additive and multiplicative, and is a complete isomorphism of the Boolean algebra onto itself. We do this by proving consequences of R7, which states that " is involutive, and R8, which states that " is additive. Consequences of R7 alone are that conversion is one-to-one and onto, and the domain and range functions behave properly with respect to conversion. Theorem 237. (R7) x = y iff x = y. PROOF. If x = y then x = y. For the opposite direction, assume x = y. Then x = y, but x = x and y = y by R7, so x = y.
For the next theorem recall definition (3.5). Theorem 238. (R7) xd = xr and x' = xd. PROOF. xd = 1'
x;x = 1'
x;x = x' and x' = V
x;x = V
x;x = xd.
In the next theorem we show (again) that an additive operator is nionotonic. Theorem 239. (R8) (i) If x < y then x < y. (ii) If x € Sy% then x € Sy%. PROOF.
For part (i), x < y <S> x =>
<=> X
«
definition of <
y 5 + 2/)" = y + y =y
Rs
definition of <
(a
X
For part (ii), x 6 SySl <=>
X < X
definition of <
X+ X = X (~.
1 ™
" =
X+ X = X
<=> X
< X
x
R8
definition of <
x e Si1% D Theorem 240 (Chin-Tarski [49, 1.8]). (R7, R8) x < y iff x < y.
38
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
PROOF.
x
=> x
Th. 239
=> I < §
Th. 239
>x
R,7
D Theorem 241. (R7, Rg) x < y iff x
Substitute x for x in Th. 240 and use R7.
The next two theorems show that " is normal and that the Boolean dual of is also normal. Theorem 242 (Chin-Tarski [49, 1.6]). (R1-R3, R7, R8) 0 = 0 G Sy%. PROOF.
0 = 0+ 0
R1-R3
= 6+ 6
R7
= (0 + 0)"
R8
= 6 = 0
R1-R3 R7 D
Theorem 243 (Chin-Tarski [49, 1.7]). (R1-R3, R7, R8) 1 = 1 G Sy2L. PROOF.
1 = 1+ 1 = 1+ 1 = (1 + 1)" = 1
R1-R3 R7 Rs Ri—R3 D
Next is the Boolean dual of the assertion that " is self-conjugate. Theorem 244. (R1-R3, R7, Rg) x + y = 1 iffx + y = l. PROOF.
If x + y = 1, then x + y = x + ij = (x + y)" =1 = 1
R7 R8 x+y=1 Th. 243
5. AXIOMS R 7 , R 8
299
From (5.17), Th. 179, and Th. 244, we get the following corollary. Theorem 245. (R1-R3, R7, Rs) The following statements are equivalent: x
y>x
x+y=y
x+ y=x
x+ y=1
x >y
V< x
x y=y
x-y = x
x y =0
x < 2/
y>x
x+y=y
x+y =x
x+y =1
The previous theorem could include several more statements since, as we see next, complementation and conversion commute. Theorem 246 (Chin-Tarski [49, 1.10]). (R1-R3, R7, Rs) I = t . PROOF.
First note that, for any y, x~
Th. 241 Th. 245
We need only two instances of these equivalences. When y is either x or x, we deduce that x < x and x < x, respectively, hence x = x. It follows from Th. 246 that " is self-dual. The multiplicativity of " is next. Theorem 247 (Chin-Tarski [49, 1.9]). (R1-R3, R7, Rs) (x yY = x y. PROOF.
(3-4)
(x -yY = (x + yY = (x + yY
Th. 246
= §"+1
Rs
= x+y
Th. 246
= x-y
(3.4)
The next theorem shows that conversion is self-conjugate. Theorem 248. (R1-R3, R7, Rs) x y = 0 <£> x y = 0. PROOF.
x y = 0 <^> (x yY = 0
I y=0 > x
y = 0
R7
Th. 242, Th. 247 R7
D By Th. 208(ii), self-conjugate functions on Boolean algebras are completely additive, so " is completely additive when R1-R3, R7, Rs hold. A slightly different proof of this follows.
300
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
T h e o r e m 249 (Chin-Tarski [49, 1.11]). (R1-R3, R7, Rg) The operator " is completely additive. PROOF. Assume X C A and J ^ X exists. We will show that ($^X)" is the least upper bound of {x : x E X } . Since x <^X for every x E X, Th. 239 implies x < ($^X)" for every x G X. Thus (52 X)" is an upper bound. Now let y be any upper bound, i.e., x < y for every x G X. Then Th. 241 implies x < y for every x € X, so y is an upper bound of X, i.e., J ^ X < y. But then (%2X)" < y by Th. 241, so ($^X)" is the feast upper bound. T h e o r e m 250 (Chin-Tarski [49, 1.12]). (R1-R3, R7, Rs) The operator " is completely multiplicative. On the basis of theorems proved so far we can say that is a complete Boolean isomorphism, and that this can be deduced solely from axioms R1-R3, R7, Rg. One consequence of this observation is that " maps atoms to atoms, an observation first made for relation algebras by Jonsson-Tarski [119, 4.3(xii)]. T h e o r e m 251 (Maddux [142, 3.4]). (R1-R3, R7, Rg) If x G AM then x G
AM. PROOF. Let x G AM. Then My(y £ A => y < xV x y = ti) and x ^ 0. Prom the latter we x ^ 0 by Th. 242, while from the former we obtain Vy(y E A => y < x V x y = 0) by Th. 241 and Th. 248. Hence x E AM. D Summarized next axe those properties of symmetric elements that are derivable from R1-R3, R7, and Rg. T h e o r e m 252. (R1-R3, R 7 , Rs) (6.19)
x G Sy%
x = x,
(6.20)
0,lESy%
(6.21)
x + xeSy%
(6.22)
Sy% = Ra({x + x : x £
(6.23)
x E Sy% => x E Sy%
A)),
(6.24)
x € Sy'A- ^ x €
(6.25)
x,y G Sy% ^ x + y G Sy%,
Sy%
(6.26)
x, y E 5j/St => x y E Sty21.
The last four items can be strengthened to the following equations:
(6.27) (6.28)
Sty2l+* Sy%=Sy% Sy**Sy*=Sy%
(6.29)
(Sy*r
(6.30)
5y2l = Sty 21.
= Sy%
6. AXIOM R 5
301
6. Axiom R,5 Axiom R5 says that for every z the function (-); z is additive. It follows that (-); z is also monotonic. The details can be given this way: T h e o r e m 2 5 3 . ( R s ) If x < y then x;z < y;z. PROOF.
x
definition of < R5 definition of <
T h e o r e m 2 5 4 . ( R 5 ) If x,y £ Dm% then x + y € Dm'A. P R O O F . If x = x;l a n d y = y;l t h e n x + y = x;l + y;l = (x + y);l b y R 5 ,
so x + y e Bm%. T h e B o o l e a n d u a l of R 5 a s s e r t s t h a t f is d i s t r i b u t i v e over
from t h e r i g h t .
T h e o r e m 2 5 5 ( C h i n - T a r s k i [ 4 9 , 1.16]). ( R 1 - R 3 , R s ) {x-y)\z
=
{x\z)-
(l/t*)PROOF.
(x
y)]z =x y ; z
definition of f
= (x + y);z
R1-R3
= x;~z-\-y;~z
R5
= 'x;^-y;'z
R1-R3
= (x f z) (y f z)
definition of f
D The next theorem requires, besides the Boolean axioms R1-R3, only R5 for its proof. It therefore leads to a considerable generalization of the modular law for normal subgroups; see Chin-Tarski [49, p. 356,383]. Its corollary, Th. 297 below, requires more axioms for its proof, specifically R7-RioTheorem 256 (Chin-Tarski [49, 2.18]). (R1-R3, R5) If x\z < x andx;z < x then x y;z = (x y);z. PROOF.
(x-y);z < x;z-y;z
Th. 253
<x-y;z
x;z < x, R1-R3
< x- (x-y + x);z
R1-R3, Th. 253
= x (x y ) \ z + x x ; z
R5, R1-R3
= x (x -y);z
~x\z <~x, R 1 - R 3
8, RELATION ALGEBRAS <(x-y);z
Ri^Rs
7. Axioms R7, Kg, R 9 Theorem 257. (R8, Ri0
(i) Ifx e !7Va then x 6 TrVL. (ii) IfxeEgSL then xG Eq%. PROOF.
For part (i), x G Tr% & x; as <x definition of <
=J. x; a; + X = X
=> (x;s
+ xY = x w
= > ( s n ;a;) + x — x
Rs
X + X =X
R9
definition of <
=* as; X < X
Part (ii) follows from the first by Th. 239. Theorem 258. (R7, R8, Rg)
(i) Ifx,y G Sy%. then (x;y G Sy%. O i ; y = y;x). (ii) Every symmetric NA is commutative. PROOF, (i): Suppose x,y e SySi. By (6.19), 1 = x and j / = y. If x;y 6 SySI then, by (6.19) and R9, x;y = (x;y)" = y;a1 = y;x. Conversely, if x\y = y;x, then (*;»)" = »;* = Vix = xWi s o X\V 6 5ySt(ii): If 21 G NA and SI is symmetric, then %2l = A, hence SI is commutative by part (i).
If R7 and Rg hold, then is a complete Boolean automorphism, so the Boolean dual of Rg holds whenever R9 holds. Next is an elementary statement and computational proof of this fact. Theorem 259 (Chin-Tarski [49, 1.18]). (R1-R3, R7-R9) {x^y)" = y^st. PROOF.
(x f yY = (?\y~Y
definition of f
= (x;yY
Th. 246
= y;x
Rg
= f ;i = yfx
Th. 246 definition of f D
Use the previous theorem to show
8. AXIOMS R 5 , R 7 , R 8 , Rg
T h e o r e m 260. (R1-R3, R 7 - R 9 ) I f x , y £
SyVl
303
t h e n ( x ] y £ S y $ i <£> x ] y =
vU)8. Axioms R5, R7, Rg, Rg While axiom R5 says t h a t for every z t h e function (-);z is additive, its converse dual says t h a t z; (-) is additive. The proof of the converse dual of R5 is a specific example of the general method of proving converse duals using of R7-R9. T h e o r e m 261 (Chin-Tarski [49, 1.21]). (R 8 , R7-R9) z;(x + y) = z;x + z;y. PROOF.
z;(x + y) = ((z;(x + y)yy
R7
= {{x + yy-,zy
R9
= ((x + y);Sy
R8
= (x;z + y;zy
R5
= ((z;xy+(z;yyy = ((z;x + z;yyy
Rg R8
= z; x + z; y
R7
Using this we get the monotonicity of z; (-) and the distributivity of f over from the left. Theorem 262 (Chin-Tarski [49, 1.22]). (R8, R7-R9) If
x
< V t h e n z ; x< z ; y .
Theorem 263 (Chin-Tarski [49, 1.16]). (R1-R3, Rs, R7-R9) z\{x-y)
=
(z-\x)-(z-\y).
PROOF.
z\(x
y) = z ; x y
definition of f
= z;(x + y)
R1-R3
= z;x + z;y = ~z;x-~z;y = (z f a;) (z f y)
Th. 261 R1-R3 definition of f
Theorem 264. (RB, R7-R9) (i) / / x,y G i?n21 then x + y £ i?n21.
(ii) PROOF,
Ifx,y ( i ) :I fx = l ; x a n d y = l ; y t h e n x + y = l ; x + l ; y = l ; ( x + y ) b y
Th. 261, so x + y e Rn%.
D
The next two theorems express the monotonicity of ; and f in both variables.
304
8, RELATION ALGEBRAS
Theorem 265. (Ri, Rs, R7-R9) If v < w and x < y, then v;x < w;y. PROOF. Use Th. 253, Th. 262, and the transitivity of <, which follows from Ri alone; see Th. 178. Theorem 266. (Ri-Rs, Rg, R7-R9) If v <w and x < y then v\x < wfy. PROOF. If v < w and x < y then w < v and f < x by Th. 179, so w;y < v;x
by Th. 265, so « ; T < w;f, i.e., v\x <w\y.
D
Prom Th. 265 we get some closure properties of Sy%, Tr% and Theorem 267. (Ri, R s , R T ^ R S )
(i) Ifx e SySl then x;x G SyfU. (ii) //a; e TrSi then x;x € (iii) //a; e BgSt ifeen a;;a; g PROOF, (i): Assume a; < a;. Then a;;a; is symmetric because (x;xY = x;x < x;x by R 9 and Th. 265. (ii): Assume x is transitive. Then x;x is also transitive because from 5c;x < x we get (a;;a;);(a;;a;) < x;x by Th.265. Theorem 268. (Ri^Rs, RB, R T ^ R S )
(i) Ifx,y
(ii) IfXC
e I¥Sl tfeen E y £ TrSL.
Tr%. and ]JX exists then "[{X €
( i i i ) If x,y £ S g S l t f e e n x-y
£ SgSl.
(iv) J / X C Bga and ]JX exists then ]JX £ PROOF, (i): If x;x
< E and j/;y < y then (E j/);(a;
y) < i;a: < x and
(a; y); (a; y) < y ;y < y by Th. 265, so (a; y); (x y) < x y by R1-R3.
D
The meet of two transitive elements is transitive, but the join of two transitive elements may not be transitive. In fact, TV"2l is not in general closed under ~, + , ;, or f- For example, in 9te(3), if x = {(0,0), (1,1)} and y = {{0,0), (0,1), (1, 2), (2,2) , (2,0)} then none of x, x + y, x;y, or x f y is transitive. It is easy to find examples where x,y € Eq% but x + y ^ Eq%. 9. Axioms Re, R7, R.9 Theorem 269 (Ghin-Tarski [49, 1.5]). (Re, RT, Rs)
r = r e Sy% n PROOF.
Note that 1' 6 Tr% by R6. f=f;l'
Re
= f;f'
R7
= f = 1'
Re RT
10. AXIOMS Ra, a 7 , Hg, R 9
308
D The distinguished element 1' is a right identity for ; in any model of Re- The converse dual of Re (that V is a left identity for ;) can be easily derived from Ra itself with the help of RT and Rg. The same is true of many equations. On the other hand, some equations are equivalent to their converse duals. This is true of R4 (the associative law for ;) and Rg. Theorem 270 (Chin-Tarski [49, 1.4]). (Re, R 7 , R9) x = V ;x. PROOF.
V;x = V;x
Th. 269, Rr
= {st;l'T
RQ
= st
Re
= x
Rr
D Theorem 271 (Chin-Tarski [49, 1.17]). (R1-R3, Re, RT, R S )
xfO' = i = 0'fa;P R O O F . Use R i ^ F i s , T h . 2 7 0 , a n d R B t o get asfO' = x;V O'jx= l r - I = i = a;.
= I
= x and D
10. Axioms Re, Rr, Rs, R9 While Re, R7, R9 are enough to show 1' = 1 ! , we need also Rg to do this for Theorem 272. ( Ri^Rs, Rf 5^R9) 0' = 0' e %si. PROOF.
0!
=¥ =f =¥ = 0'
definition of 0! Th. 246 Th. 269 definition of 0'
A further interesting property of the symmetric elements is that they form a subalgebra in any commutative algebra. The proof of this requires Re and Rg as well as Rr and Rg. We need Ra in the proof because any subalgebra of SI must contain V, and Rg is needed to treat closure under relative multiplication. Theorem 273. (R1-R3, Rg-Rg) /f2l is commutative then 5|/2l is the universe of a subalgebra of SI.
306
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
PROOF. Assume 21 is commutative and x, y £ Sy$l. Then x = x and y = y, so Sy% is closed under + because (x + y)" = x + y = x + j / b y R g , under ~~ because x = x by Th. 246, under " because x = x = x by R7, and under ; because (x;y)" = y;x = y;x = x;y by Hg and commutativity. Finally, 1' E Syll because 1' = 1' by Th. 269. 11. A x i o m s R B , R.6, R7, R-9 Next we show 1;(-) is expanding when R5-R7, Rg hold. For (-);1 we also need Rg; see Th. 277 below. T h e o r e m 274. (R1-R3, R B - R T , R9) x < l;x. PROOF. We have 1' < 1 by R1-R3. Then x = V ;x < l;x by Th. 270 and Th. 253. T h e o r e m 275 (Chin-Tarski [49, 2.6]). (R1-R3, R5-R7, R9) 1;1 = 1 6 Tr%. PROOF. Put x = 1 in Th. 274 and note that 1;1 < 1 by R1-R3. Th. 275 has a corollary mentioned earlier, that if 1 = 1; 1 then (6.8) and (6.9) are equivalent to (6.10) and (6.11), respectively. T h e o r e m 276. Let 21 be an algebra of relational type. (i) 21 £ WA iff'21 £ NA and one of the following equations is valid in 21:
(ii) 2t £ SA iff 21 £ NA and one of the following the equations is valid in 21:
12. A x i o m s R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 By adding Rs we can get the converse dual of Th. 274. T h e o r e m 277 (Chin-Tarski [49, 2.5]). (R1-R3, R5-R9) x < x ; l . PROOF,
X = x;V
< x ; l , by R 6 , 1' < 1, and Th. 262.
T h e o r e m 278. (R1-R3, R B - R 9 ) x < ( l ; x ) ; l , x < l ; ( x ; l ) , ( O f x ) t O < x, and Ot(xfO) < x. PROOF.
By Th. 274 and Th. 277.
13, AXIOM H l o WITH OTHERS
307
Prom these theorems we now know that the functions 1; (-), (-); 1, 1; (-); 1, and 1;((-);1) are expanding whenever R1-R3, R5-R9 hold in an algebra of relational type. This is true, in particular, in every NA, although Rio is not needed to prove it. Prom Rg and Th. 261 we know that these operators are also additive (and therefore monotonic). They will be normal if Rio also holds (see (6.31) below) and idempotent whenever the semiassociative law (6.9) also holds; see Th. 276. Thus, in particular, these functions are topological closure operators in every SA. 13. Axiom Rio with others Next consider the as yet unused Rio in combination with other axioms. Theorem 279 (Chin-Tarski [49, 2.12]). (Ri^Ets, Rio) x;(xjO) = x;aiiT = 0. PROOF. Use Rio with y = l.
D
Theorem 280. (R1-R3, Rio) x;(W-\y) < y. PROOF. x;(x^y)
= x;x~fij <:fi = y.
The converse dual of Rio is obtained with the help of R7-R9. Theorem 281 (Chin-Tarski [49, 1.23]). (Ri^R3, RT^RIO) y~\x\£ < y. PROOF.
f]x;x
= y;x;z
R7 x
R9, (246)
Rio,Th. 239
= y
Th. 246, RT
n These last two theorems correspond to (2.148). See (2.149)^(2.153) for more variations that could be proved here from R1-R3, R7-R10. T h e o r e m 282 (Chin-Tarski [49, 2.12]). (Re, Rio)
x;x<0'.
PROOF.
x;x = x;x;V
Ra
Rio
= 0'
D Theorem 283. (Ri^Rs, RB, RIO) f \x < 0'. PROOF. Substitute x for x in Th. 282 and use R1-R3, namely, x = x. Theorem 284. (R6, R7, Rio) x{i < 0!.
D
308
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
PROOF.
Substitute x for x in Th. 282 and use R7.
Theorem 285. (R1-R3, Re-Rs, Rio) x;W < 0' andx;x < 0'. PROOF. We have x = x by Th. 246, so the first equation follows from Th. 284, and the second follows from the first since x = x.
The preceding theorems and the following corollary are abstract algebraic versions of the identity laws (2.192)-(2.195) and the diversity laws (2.196)-(2.199); see also Peirce's Th. 21. V
Theorem 286. (R1-R3, Re-Rs, Rio) 1' < tfa;, 1' < xjx, <x\x.
V < a;ft, and
Next we see that ; is normal in both variables, and its Boolean dual f is dual-normal in both arguments. Theorem 287 (Chin-Tarski [49, 2.4]). (R1-R3, R5, R7-R10) (6.31) (6.32)
x;0 = 0,
(6.33)
oe
x-\l
Tr%nEq% 0;x = 0, ljx = 1
(6.34) (6.35) PROOF.
= 1,
(6.31): x;0 < i ; i TT
Th. 265
= i ; i TT < T
Th. 243 Rio
= 0
R1-R3
(6.34): 0;x == 0;x
Th. 242, R7
=0
Rg
=0
Th.6.31 Th. 242
=0
The last theorem of this section uses all the axioms for NA. T h e o r e m 288. (R1-R3, R5-R10) x = 0 iff x;l = 0 iff \\x = 0. PROOF.
By Th. 274, Th. 277, Th. 6.31,
and Th. 6.34.
14, THEOREM K AND THE CYCLE LAW
309
14. Theorem K and the cycle law De Morgan's Theorem K, the cycle law, and the many variations on these results are characteristic and crucial in the theory of NA. They do not require the identity axiom Re. De Morgan stated his Theorem K as a Rule for Changing Places De Morgan [65]. We gave it earlier in (2.147) as a formula in the calculus of relations. Here we quote De Morgan and use current notation in brackets to explain De Morgan's meaning. In what follows, De Morgan uses "))" to mean the same as " < " or " C " . If a compound relation [ x;y ] be contained in [ < ] another relation [ z ], by the nature of the relations and not by casualty of the predicate [ x; y < z ], the same may be said [ that some compound relation is contained in another ] when either component [ x or y ] ia converted [ into x or y, respectively ], and the contrary of the other component [yorx, respectively ] and of the compound [ z ] change places [ yielding x\~z <1~z or "z;y < x, respectively ]. That is if, be Z whatever it may, every L of M of Z be an N of Z, say
LM))N, then L-1n))m, and sM" 1 ))!. If LM))N, then n))lM'
and nM~1))lM'M-1. But an I of every M of an M~ x of Z must be an I of Z: hence nM~^))l. Again, if LM))N, then n))L/ro, whence L~1n))L~1 Lira. But an L-1 of an L of none but ms of Z must be an m of Z; whence L~1n))m. . . . I shall call this result theorem K, in remembrance of the office of that letter in Baroko and Bokardo; it is the theorem on which the formation of what I called opponent syllogisms is founded. De Morgan [66, p. 224] T h e o r e m 289 (De Morgan's Theorem K). (R1-R3, R 5 , Rr-Rio) If x;y < z then %;~z
De Morgan knew that all three formulas are equivalent (see De Morgan [66, pp. 186-187]), so we restate them that way, as was done earlier in (2.147). Theorem 290 (De Morgan's equivalences). (R1-R3, Rg, R7-R10) x;y < z
> x\z < y O ~z;y < x.
P R O O F . We have just proved x;y < z x\z
310
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
Further substitutions of converses and complements into De Morgan's equivalences, together with transformations of them by Boolean algebraic methods, yield an enormous variety of additional equivalences. Here are three versions of De Morgan's equivalences included by Tarski [225, Th. 11-13] in his course on relation algebras in the early 1970's. The second version occurs already in the 1943 manuscript (see (2.166) and Tarski [227, 8.10]). Theorem 291 (Tarski's equivalences). (R1-R3, R5, R7-R10) (6.36)
x ; y <~z < ^ > x ; z < y
(6.37)
x ; y < z <^> z ; x < y ^
(6.38)
x;y
z = 0 «=> z ; x
<^> z ; y < x
<=$ z ; x < y <=$ y ; z < x < ^ > y ; x < z ,
y;z < x,
y = 0 «=> y ; z
x =0
De Morgan's equivalences do not appear in any of the papers that Peirce published during his lifetime. However, Peirce was well aware of De Morgan's equivalences, for his unpublished papers reveal the following version, taken from Peirce [200, Vol.4, "1879-1884", p. 341]. Theorem 292 (Peirce's equivalences). (R1-R3, R5, R 7 -Ri 0 ) "Hence the rule is that having a formula of the form x;y < z, the three letters may be cyclically advanced one place in the order of writing, those which are carried We from one side of the copula to the other being both negatived and converted. have, then, the following twelve propositions, all equivalent. x\y
y;z~<x~
f;x
~z<x]y
x
y
y;x
~z;y <x
x\~z
~z
x < z]y
y^z^z
There are in all 64 such sets of 12 equivalent
propositions".
Schroder [215, p.242f] presented four of Peirce's 64 sets of equivalent statements. He used the one given above plus the following three others. Theorem 293 (Schroder's equivalences). (R1-R3, R5, R7-R10) (i) The following y;z
statements
are
equivalent:
<x
z;x
x;y <~z
z
y<
z;ij <x
x;z
y;x <~z
z <sfy
y<
(ii) The following
statements
are
y
~z<x\y
y;x~
x^z^y
y<x]z
~z
x;y < z
(iii) The following
x
statements
y < z]~x x
y<~ ~\z
are
~z<x]y ~z
^]y
X <
f; ~z<\y z; X
<\y
Tj<x y;
~Z < X
equivalent: y;x < z
x
X <
equivalent:
^
x
tz ~zt X X
x;y
x; ~z<\y ~z\X
<\y
v<% y; z<x
Schroder went on to point out that each of these sets of 12 can be expanded to a set of 60 equivalent formulas. Each formula in a group of 12 is equivalent to 4 others. For example, the formula x;y < z, the first one in Peirce's list, is also e q u i v a l e n t t o 1 < x ^ y + z , x ; y -~z < 0 , x ; y z = x ; y , a n d x ; y + z = z .
14. THEOREM K AND THE CYCLE LAW
Next is a version of De Morgan's equivalences, called the cycle law, illustrated by an oriented triangle in its six positions. Starting with the formula and its triangle in standard position,
x;y-z
=0
we add to it the other five equivalent formulas along with the corresponding images of the triangle. The six equivalent statements in the cycle law match up with the six positions of the triangle. Theorem 294 (cycle law, Chin-Tarski [49, 2.1]). (R1-R3, Rs, R7-R10) The following
statements
z;x-y
are equivalent:
=0
y;x-z = 0
y;z-x =
Th. 291, Th. 292, Th. 293, and Th. 294 may be proved directly from Th. 290 using R7 and some elementary consequences of R1-R3, such as the law of double negation. We will derive some of their consequences by an alternative route. First we apply Th. 209 to obtain the following result about the functions *;(-), «;(-), {-);%, and (-);T that arise in algebras of relational type. T h e o r e m 295. Let SI be a Boolean algebra with operators of relational type. (i) For every x € A, the following statements are equivalent: (a) The functions x;(-) and %;(-) are conjugates of each other. (b) x;y z = 0 iff x\z y = 0 for ally,z € A. (c) x;(y-x;z)<x;y-z and x;{z-x\y) < x\z -y for all y,z G A. (d) x;0 = 0 and for all y,z € A, x;y z < x;(y x;z), and x;z y < x;(z-x;y). (ii) Furthermore, the following statements are equivalent for every x £ A. (a) The functions (-);x and (-);x are conjugates of each other. (b) y;x z = 0 4*- z;x y = 0 for all y,z € A. (c) (y z;x);x < y;x z and (z -yjx);x < z;x -y for all y,z € A, (d) 0;x = 0 and for all y,z £ A, y;x z < (y z;x);x, and z;x y < (z-y;x);x.
312
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
Since all parts of Th. 295 hold whenever R1-R3, R5, R7-R10 hold, we obtain the following corollary, in which parts (6.44)-(6.48) are called, collectively, "rotation"; see (2.168)-(2.172). Theorem 296 (rotation, Chin-Tarski [49, 2.3, 2.7]). (R1-R3, Rs, R7-R10) (i)
The functions
x;(-)
and x;(-)
are conjugates
of each
other,
(ii) The functions x;(-) and x;(-) are completely additive, (iii) the functions (-);x and (-);x are conjugates of each other, (iv) the functions (-);x and (-);x are completely additive, and the following
identities
(6.39)
x;(y
x;z) <x ; y
(6.40)
x;{z-~xjy)
(6.41)
x;0 = 0 = 0;x,
(6.42)
(y z ; x ) ; x < y ; x - z ,
(6.43)
(z-y\x);x
hold:
<
~z,
x;z-y,
(6.44)
x\y z
(6.45)
x;z-y < x;(z x;y),
(6.46)
y;x z <{y
z;x);x,
(6.47)
z;x-y<
y;x);x,
(6.48)
x ; y z < ( x - z;y);(y
-x;z),
(6.49)
x ; y - z =x;(y-x;z)
z = {x z ; y ) ; y
<x;(y-x;z),
(z
z = (x z ; y ) ; { y
x;z)
z.
PROOF. From R1-R3, R5, R7-R10 we conclude, by Th. 294 (the cycle law), that conditions (i)(b) and (ii)(b) of Th. 295 hold, so all of the conditions listed in Th. 295 hold. This yields proofs for most of the parts of the theorem. For complete additivity, apply Th. 208. The next theorem was suggested by Jonsson in 1949: see Chin-Tarski [49, p. 356], where it is treated as a corollary of Th. 256. T h e o r e m 297 (Chin-Tarski [49, 2.19]). (R1-R3, R5, R7-R10) If x;z < x and
x;z < x then
x
y;z = (x
y);z.
PROOF.
< x; z-y-z
Th. (i)
<x-
x;z
<(y
y\z x\z)\z
<x
(6.46)
<(y
Th. (i)
— (T
R1-R3
15. SPECIAL ELEMENTS IN NA
313
15. Special elements in NA This section is concerned with some of those basic properties of various special kinds and elements that can be proved to hold in all NA's; the proofs require no form of the associative law for relative multiplication. The last two parts of the next theorem occur in Tarski's course notes as results about relation algebras, but they hold for NA. Theorem 298 (Tarski-Givant [225, p. 60]). Let 21 € NA. Then (6.50) (6..51)
X
(6..52)
X
< y < ^ 1' <x]y = 0 <=> x;y < 0' = 0 <=> x ; y < 0'
X
PROOF.
x;y < 0' < => <=> <=> < <
V <^\y V =0
R1-R3 R1-R3 Th. 294
= 0
y
y x =0 X
R6
R1-R3
Here are some general formulas involving repeated products, first proved by Chin-Tarski [49] for relation algebras. Theorem 299 (Chin-Tarski [49, 2.9]). Let a <E NA. Then x < (x;x);x and x < x;(x;x). PROOF.
x = x; 1' x
R6
<x;(V-x;x)
(6.44)
<x;(x;x)
Th. 265
x = V;x-x <(V
-x;x);x
<(x;x);x
Th. 270 (6.46)
Th. 265.
D Because of Th. 299, in any NA an element x that satisfies the opposite inclusions x > (x;x);x and x > x;(x;x) will also satisfy the equations x = (x;x);x and x = x;(x;x). Such an element is called difunctional (see Riguet [208, 209, 210]). The elements x;x and x;x are always symmetric, by R7, R9, and the reflexivity of < . In any RA, if a: = (x;x);x then these elements are also transitive,
because x = ((x;x);x)" = x;(x;x)" = x;(x;x), hence (6.53)
(x;x);(x;x) = x;{x;{x;x)) = x;x,
314
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
(6.54)
(x;x);(x;x)
= (x;(x;x));x
= x;x.
T h u s x;x a n d x;x are equivalence elements. It seems likely t h a t (6.53) a n d (6.54), which use associativity, fail in some SA. T h e o r e m 300 (Chin-Tarski [49, 2.10]). L e i S l e N A . Then x-y-z and x y z < x;(y;z). PROOF. (x;y);z.
B yT h . 2 9 9 a n d T h . 2 6 5 , x
y z < ((x y z);(x
y
<
(x;y);z
z)") ; ( x - y - z ) <
There are 14 versions for each part of the next theorem, depending on how parentheses are added. They all have proofs similar to the proofs of Th. 299 and Th. 300. Theorem 301. Let 2( 6 NA. Then (6.55)
x <
(6.56)
v w x y z <
x;x;x;x;x,
v;w;x;y;z.
15.1. Subidentity elements. Parts of the following theorem appear in Maddux [147, Lem. 5] and many other papers. Theorem 302. Let 21 £ NA and assume u.v
Then
u = «,
v = u;v,
V,
(6.59)
u \x
(6.60)
X ;u
(6.61)
u x = u u;x ;u = u
(6.62)
u ;(u;x) = u;]
(6.63)
X
(6.64)
u \x\v = u; (x ;v),
(6.65)
u ;l;v = u;ff;
(6.66)
V, ;x
(6.67)
X
(6.68)
y = y =
u
x
1 ;u
;v,;v, = 1 ; M -
y = u;x
u;y,
x -y; v, = x;u
y;u,
x
v=
u;
u;(x
;u),
: = u;x, x =- xyu, - u
V,
V < u,
;u-V
V, =
;! y =
x
d U
=
r U .
P R O O F . (6.57): We have
u <<. u;u;u
Th. 299 hyp., Th. 265
u.;«;«
=u <1
Th. 270, R 6 Th. 299 RT
hyp ., Th. 240, Th. 265
15. SPECIAL ELEMENTS IN NA
= u
315
Th. 269, Th. 270, R 6
so ii = ii. ( 6 . 5 8 ) : F o r o n e d i r e c t i o n , u v < (u a n d , f o r t h e o t h e r , u;v < V ;v u;V = u (6.59): G e t (6.69)
v); (u v.
u;x = x
«)";(«
v) < u; (V
l')";w =
u;v
M;1
as follows. u;x
hyp., Th. 265 Th. 270
(6.44)
hyp., Th. 240, Th. 265
= u;x
Th. 269, Th. 270
Applying (6.69) several times gives us u;x
y = x
(u;x)
u;l
y = x
(w;y)= (x
u ; y ,
u ; l ) ( u ; l y) = x
u;l
y .
(6.60) is the converse dual of (6.59). (6.61): By Th. 274, Th. 277, and (6.69) we have u
x = u
and, similarly, u x = u
u ; l x
l ; u= u
u ; x l ; u= u
u ; x ; u
u;(x;u).
(6.62): Part of this is (6.69), which we can use to deduce the rest, as follows. u;x
= u;x
1
= u;x
M;1
(6.69)
(6.69)
= u;(u;x)-l = u](u;x) (6.63) is the converse dual of (6.62). (6.64): u ; x ; v = u ; x l;v
converse dual of (6.69)
= u;l-x-\;v
(6.69)
= w;l x;v
converse dual of (6.69)
= u\{x\v) ( 6 . 6 5 ) : U s i n g ( 6 . 5 8 ) i n t h e l a s t s t e p , w e g e t u\\\v u;V);v
= ( w ; 0 ' + u);v
= u;0'
( 6 . 6 6 ) : B y ( 6 . 5 9 ) , u;x
;v + u;v V = u;x
= u;0' u;V
( 6 . 6 8 ) : B y ( 3 . 5 ) , ( 6 . 5 7 ) , ( 6 . 5 8 ) , a n d u<
= M ; ( 0 ' + V);v
;v + u
< u;V
=
u.
V, u6 = V-u;u
u. T h e o r e m 3 0 3 . Let 21 G N A . ( i ) 2 1 i s B o o l e a n iff x ; y = x
= (M;0'+
v.
Then y f o r allx , y£ A ,
= V-u;u
= V-u-u
= D
316
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
(ii) if 21 is Boolean then 21 is a symmetric commutative relation algebra. P R O O F , (i): If 21 is Boolean, then 1' = 1, so x;y = x y by (6.58). For the converse, just note that 1 = 1; 1' by R6 and 1 1' = 1' by R1-R3, we get 1 = 1' as a special case of the assumption that x;y = x y for all x,y £ A. (ii): Assume 21 is Boolean. Then ; and are the same operation by part (i). Therefore, 21 is commutative and associative. 21 is symmetric by (6.57). 15.2. D o m a i n and range operators. The domain and range of an element in an NA are defined in (3.5). Theorem 304. Let 21 G NA and x G A.
Then
(6.70)
x66 = x6,
(6.71)
x" = x',
(6.72)
x = x6;x = x;x',
(6.73)
x d= V - x ; l = V - l ; x ,
(6.74)
x '= V - l ; x = V
x;l.
PROOF. (6.70) and (6.71) follow from (6.68) and x6 + x' < V. For (6.72), x = V ; x x < (V x ; x ) ; x = x d ; x < V ; x = x , a n d x = x ; V x < x ; ( V x ; x ) = x ; x ' < x ; V = x. For (6.73), use (6.49) to get V - x ; l = V - x ; ( l - x ; V ) = V - x ; x =
x6.
15.3. Domain, range, and ideal elements. Theorem 305. Let 21 € NA. Then (i) If x € Dm% then x e £>m2l. (ii) IfxeRnVL then x G RnVL. (iii) If x G 7e2l then x G 7e2l. PROOF, (i): If x = x; 1 then 0 = x -x = x;l -x = x;l -x, so 0 = aJ; 1 a; by Th. 294, hence x; 1 < x. We have x < x; 1 by Th. 277. Since 7e2t, 7?n2t, and Dm 21 are closed under ~ and +, they are universes of Boolean algebras that are subalgebras of the Boolean part of 21. In fact, the Boolean algebra of all subsets of U is isomorphic to the Boolean algebra of domain elements of Dlt(U), and it is also isomorphic to the Boolean algebra of range elements of 9te(f7). On the other hand, SHe([/) has exactly two ideal elements whenever \U\ > 1. Recall that x € 7e21 iff x is an ideal element of2tiffa; = l;a; = a;;l. A crucial fact about an ideal element x is that the function x (-) is a homomorphism; see Th. 372. Part of this observation is made in the next theorem. Theorem 306 (Chin-Tarski [49, 3.27,4.1]). Let 21 G NA. (i) 7e2lC SyVl. ( i i ) x e 7 e 2 l iff x y ; z = (x y ) ; ( x
z ) f o r all y , z £ A .
15. SPECIAL ELEMENTS IN NA
317
P R O O F , ( i ) : I f x = x ; l = l ; x t h e n x < x ; x ; x < l ; x ; l = x , so x = x . T h u s every ideal element is symmetric. (ii): Assume x € Je2l. For any y, z €. A we have x
y ; z= x y ; ( z y ; x )
(6.49)
<x-y;(z-l;x)
Th. 265
= x y;(z x) = x
(y
x; (z
x €. 7e2l x)");
(z
x)
(6.49)
<(yx;l);(z-x)
Th. 265
= (y x); (z x)
x £ 7e2t
T h . 265
= £-y;«
a; £ / e 21
For t h e converse, a s s u m e x y;z = (x y); (x z) for all y,z £ A . W e a p p l y t h i s w i t h y = x a n d z = 1, a s follows. x;l
x < (x x ; l ) ; 1 = ((a;- s);(a; 1));1
hyp.
= (0;(x-l));l = 0. This gives us x;l < x. But x < x;l, so x = x;l.
Similarly, x = l;x.
D
15.4. Integral algebras. Jonsson-Tarski [119, 4.17] proved conditions in the next theorem are equivalent for relation algebras, are also equivalent to the condition that every nonzero functional atom. The parts of this result that hold for NA are gathered in the For parts that hold in SA see Th. 353 below.
that the three and that they element is an next theorem.
Theorem 307 (Maddux [144, Th. 2]). Let 21 G NA. (i) 21 is integral iff Q ^ I and x / 0 implies x; 1 = 1 for all x e A. (ii) //2t is integral, then V is an atom of Si. P R O O F , (i): Suppose 21 is integral. By definition, this implies 21 is nontrivial, so 0 / 1. We have x;x;l = 0 by Rio, so i = 0 or a;;l = 0 since 21 is integral. But if x / 0 then x / 0, so we must have x;l = 1. (Similarly, we get l;x = 1 whenever x / 0.) For t h e converse, assume 21 is nontrivial and x;l = 1 whenever x / 0. To show t h a t 21 has no zero-divisors, we assume x / 0 / y and show t h a t x;y / 0, We get x # 0 from a; / 0, so x; 1 = 1 by assumption. Hence 0 / J / = 1-J/ = £ ; 1 - J / , so 0 / x; y by t h e cycle law. (ii): To prove t h e contrapositive of (ii), we suppose 1' is not an atom and show t h a t 21 is not integral. If 1' = 0 then l = l ; l ' = l ; 0 = 0, hence 21 is trivial and therefore not integral. We may therefore assume 1' / 0. Then, since 1' is not an atom, there are x,y €. A such t h a t 0 = x -y, 0 ^ x, 0 ^ y, and x + y = V. B u t x;y = x y by (6.58), so x;y = 0. Thus 21 has zero-divisors a n d is therefore not integral.
318
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
McKinsey's algebra (p. 357) is a nontrivial WA with zero-divisors in which 1' is an atom, so the converse of the second part can fail. 15.5. Equivalence elements. The Chin-Tarski characterization of equivalence elements in RA, which generalizes Th. 24, can be further generalized to NA. Theorem 308 (Chin-Tarski [49, 3.2,3.3]). Let 21 E NA. Then the following statements are equivalent: (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) (vii)
xGEqVL, x;x < x < x, x;x = x = x, x;x = x, x;x = x, x ; x < x and x ; x < x , x ; x < x and x ; x < x .
PROOF. For the equivalence of the last two statements, x ; x < x a n dx ; x< x <S>
x ; x x = 0 a n dx ; x x = 0
<S>
x ; x x = 0 a n d x ;x x = 0
<S>
x ; x< x a n dx ; x< x
Others parts can be proved by imitating t h e proof of Th. 24. The following theorem implies t h a t equation 0';0';(0';0') = 0';0' holds in every NA. However, t h e related equation 0';0';0';0' = 0';0' fails in some NA. In fact, it fails in some WA but holds in every SA; see Th. 356. T h e o r e m 309 (Maddux [143, 14(1)]). / / 2 t 6 NA then 0';0' e EqVL. P R O O F . Since (0';0')" = 0';0' = O';O\ we need only show (0';0');(0';0') < 0';0'. (0';0');(0';0') = ( 0 ' ; 0 ' - ( r + 0 ' ) ) ; ( 0 ' ; 0 ' ( r + 0 ' ) ) = (0' ;0' 1'); (0' ;0' 1') + (0' ;0' 0'); (0' ;0' 1') + (0';0' - r ) ; ( 0 ' ; 0 ' 0') + (0';0 ! - 0 ' ) ; ( 0 ' ; 0 ' - 0 ' ) < l ' ; ( 0 ' ; 0 ' ) + ( 0 ' ; 0 ' ) ; r + 1';(0';0') + 0';0'
D 15.6. Points, pairs, and twins. The most interesting properties of points, pairs, and twins can be proved only for SA and RA, but some basic facts can already be established to hold in every NA.
16. CHARACTERIZATIONS OF NA AND RA
319
T h e o r e m 310. Let 21 £ NA. Then every point, pair, and twin is a subidentity element. Furthermore, (6.75)
Tu;2lUP£2lCPr2t,
(6.76)
P*2tnTu;2l = 0,
(6.77)
Pi2l C Sto21.
PROOF. If x € P i 21 then x;l;x < V, so x is a subidentity element since x < x;x;x < x;l;x < V. If x € Pr21 then a;;0';x;0';x < 1', so a; = x V + x 0' < 1' + (a;-0');(a;-0')";(a;-0');(a;-0')";(a;-0') < 1' +x;0';x;0';x
(6.55)
< 1' Thus points and pairs are subidentity elements. A twin is just a pair with no points below it, so every twin is also a subidentity element, and we have the trivial inclusion Tiv2l C Pr2l. Suppose x € Pt%. Then a ; ; 0 ' ; a ; < a ; ; l ; a ; < r and, since every point is a subidentity element, a;;0' ;x < 1' ;0' ;1' = 0', so a;;0' ;x = 0. This implies x;0';x;0';x < 0;0';x = 0 < 1', so x E Pr%. Thus every point is pair. If point were also a twin it would be both nonzero and disjoint from itself, so Pt2l n Tw% = 0. Finally, if x € P£2l then x = x since x < V, so x;l;x + x;l;x = x;l;x < V, which shows that x £ Sn21. 16. Characterizations of NA and RA First we present the Chin-Tarski characterization of " in terms of ; and 0', first proved for relation algebras, but also true for NA. T h e o r e m 311 (Chin-Tarski [49, 2.14]). / / 21 € NA and x € A, then x = PROOF. It suffices to show y < x < = > J / ; x < 0 ' , which holds because the following statements are equivalent: y <x y<x y;V
Th. 241 <x
y,x<0'
Re Th. 290
Next we obtain a characterization of NA that is sometimes used as a definition, and a similar characterization of RA due to Chin-Tarski [49]. Parts of the original proof of the Chin-Tarski Theorem have been isolated in the following two theorems. T h e o r e m 312. Let 21 be a Boolean algebra with operators of relational type, and assume (i) x = x;V,
320
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS (ii) x;y
for
all x,y,z
z = 0 iff x;z
y = 0,
6 A. Then the equation x = x is valid in 21.
PROOF. Note that
x
x - y= 0
&
x;V-y
= 0
(i)
<S>
x ; y V = 0
(ii)
x;V-y = 0
(ii)
x y = 0
(i)
x < y Taking y = x yields x < x, a n d t a k i n g y = x yields x < x, so R7 is valid in 2t. T h e o r e m 313. Assume type such that
% is a Boolean
algebra with operators
of
relational
(i) x = x;V, (ii) x;y z = 0 iff x;z y = 0, (iii) x;(y;z) = (x;y);z, for all x,y,z valid in 21.
E A.
Then the equations
V = V, x = V;x, and (x;y)"
= y;x are
PROOF. For the third equation (which is Rg), observe that for every z E A, 0 = (x;y)w
z
0 = (x;yY;V
z
(i)
O= ( x ; y ) ; z - V
(ii)
<*
O= x ; ( y ; z ) - V
(iii)
<S>
0= x ; V y ; z
(ii)
<5
0 = y;z-x
(i)
<=>
0= y ; x z
(ii)
It follows that R9 is valid in 21. By Th.312, R7 is also valid in 21. Therefore, by Th. 269 and Th. 270, the first two equations are also valid in 21. The following characterization of NA differs slightly from the Chin-Tarski characterization of RA; it does not include the associative law for relative multiplication, of course, but does include the (possibly redundant) converse dual of ReTheorem 314. 21 £ NA iff 21 is a Boolean algebra with operators of relational type such that (i) x = V;x, (ii) x = x;V,
16. CHARACTERIZATIONS OP NA AND RA
321
( i i i ) x ; y - z = 0 <=> x \ z y = 0 , ( i v ) x ; y z = 0 <=> z ; y x = 0 , / o r aH x,y,z
E A.
PROOF. Assume 21 € NA. Then R1-R3, R5-R10 hold. We obtain 331(21) € BA from R1-R3, x = V ;x and x = x;V from R 6 , R7, Rg via Th. 270, and the cycle law from R1-R3, R5, R7-R10 via Th. 294. For the converse, assume 21 is a Boolean algebra with operators of relational type satisfying (i)-(iv). Then R1-R3 are valid in 21 since Q3[(2l) £ BA, so we need only show R5-R10. Right relative multiplication has a conjugate by (iv) and is therefore completely additive, so R5 holds. R6 is (ii). For R7, use Th. 312. For Rs, R9, Rio we give derivations. First, we show conversion is self-conjugate. x
y = 0
=>
x;V-y
= 0
(ii)
=>
x;y
V = 0
(iii)
=>
V ;y
x = 0
(iv)
=>
y
x = 0
(i)
Since conversion is self-conjugate, it is completely additive, so Rs is valid in 21. Next we prove Rg. For every z £ A, y;x
z = 0
<=>
y; z
x = 0
(iii)
<=>
x; z
y = 0
(iv)
<=>
x; y z = 0
(iii)
<=>
(x;j/)"-2: = 0
so Rg follows by R 1 - R 3 .
is self-conjugate
Finally, for R i o , we n o t e t h a t x;y
x;x~yy y = 0, hence x;xjy < y.
~xyy = 0, hence
D
Can either one of the first two conditions be deleted from the previous theorem? From this characterization of N A we get the Chin-Tarski characterization of relation algebras. T h e o r e m 315 (Chin-Tarski [49, 2.2]). 21 £ RA iff 21 is a Boolean algebra with operators
of relational
(ii) x\y-
for
z = 0 & x;z-y
(iii)
x;y
(iv)
x;{y;z)
all x,y,z
type such
z = 0 <=> z;y =
that
= 0, x = 0,
(x;y);z.
£ A.
PROOF. From (i), (ii), and (iv) it follows by Th. 312 and Th. 313 that x = V ;x is valid in 21. Therefore 21 £ NA by Th. 314. Since ; is associative by (iv), we conclude that 21 £ RA.
322
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
A variation on this characterization is obtained by replacing the associative law with an equivalence similar to the others. Theorem 316 (Frias-Maddux [75, Lem. 2.2]). 21 6 RA iff 21 is a Boolean algebra with operators of relational type such that (i) x = x;V, (ii)
for
x ; y z = 0 -O- x ; z y = 0 ,
(iii) x ; y z = 0 <=> z ; y x = 0 , ( i v ) v \ x w ; y = 0 <S> i>;w x ; y = 0 . all x , y , z 6 A .
The next two theorems are additional characterizations of NA. First we observe that one of the equivalences in Th. 314 can be relaxed to an implication. type
T h e o r e m 317. 21 £ NA iff 21 is a Boolean satisfying (i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
algebra with operators
of
relational
x = V ;x, x = x;V, x;y z = 0 <S> x;z y = 0, x;y-z = 0 => 2;g/-a; = O.
P R O O F . It suffices t o prove t h a t z;y x = 0 implies x\y z = 0. By (ii), (iii), a n d T h . 312, y = y. A s s u m e z;y-x = 0. T h e n x;y-z = 0 by (iv), so x;y-z = 0. T h e n e x t characterization is easy t o o b t a i n w i t h t h e help of T h . 295. T h e o r e m 318 ( M a d d u x [139, 1(22)]). 21 6 NA iff 21 is a Boolean with operators of relational type satisfying (i) x = V ;x = x;V, (ii) 0 = 0;x = x;0, (iii)
x ; y z = x;(y
(iv)
x ; y z = (x
x;z) z;y);y
algebra
z, z,
(v) x = x. 17.
Duality for NA
The converse dual of an equation is obtained by replacing every subterm of the form x;yhyy;x. For example, Th. 261 is the dual of RB (left-distributivity of ; over + is dual to right-distributivity). If an equation is valid in a nonassociative relation algebra 21, then so is its dual equation. This is easy to show with the help of R7-R9, as illustrated by the proof of Th. 261. T h e o r e m 319. Assume 21 = {A, +,~, ;,", V) € NA. Define some operators by setting x o y = y/x, x y = y] x, and x~ = x for all x,y E A. three more algebras as follows.
21 : = (A,
, 0'),
a-:=
.
Define
18. COMPLETIONS
Then the algebras 21, 21, 21, and 21" are isomorphic. In fact, the operations ", ~, and ~ are involutions that serve as isomorphisms among these algebras as follows. 21^21
21 ^
21
21 <-^- 2 t
Tarski observed that many laws involving relative operations becomes a correct law for Boolean algebras when f, ;, ", 1', and 0' are replaced by +, , ~, 1, and 0, respectively, and wondered whether there is a characterization of the cases for which this happens. For example, x;x < 0' becomes x x < 0. It would be nice to get a postulate system that reflects this duality and is independent. For more on this connection see Brink [42] and Brink-Gabbay-Ohlbach [43].
18. Completions Suppose that 21 = {A, +,~, ;, ", 1') is a Boolean algebra with operators of relational type, that is, 581(21) = (^4,+,~) is a Boolean algebra, ; is a binary operator and is a unary operator on A. Recall that £ is a completion of 21 if £ is a Boolean algebra with operators similar to 21, the Boolean algebra 5B((<£) is a (Boolean) completion of 58 [(2t), and the operators of C are the "upward" extensions of the corresponding operators of 21, that is, if So and B replace A and C, respectively, in (5.65) and (5.67), then <£ = ^Q3l(<£), },", 1'}, or, in more detail, (6.78)
21 is a subalgebra of £,
(6.79)
C is complete and A is a dense subset of C,
(6.80)
if c , c ' G C t h e n c;c = ^ £ { o ; a ' :c>a£A,
(6.81)
if c G C then c = ^
£
c > a €A } ,
{ o : c > a <E A}.
If £ is a completion of 21, then the density of A in C implies that all joins are preserved and every element of £ is represented as the join of elements of 21 below it, that is, x exists t h e n
(6.82)
i f X C i and J^
(6.83)
for every ceC, c = ^
;
YT
X
= Z ^ X>
{o : c > a € A}.
Theorem 320. Let 21, £ 6 NA. Then € is a completion o/2l iff (i) 21 is a subalgebra of <£, (ii) 931 (C) is a completion of 581 (21), PROOF. If conditions (i) and (ii) hold, then (6.82) and (6.83) hold by the density of A in 21. Then (6.80) and (6.81) follow from (6.83) since C e NA and so ; is completely 2-additive (in fact, ; is completely additive in each variable) and is completely additive. Next is the uniqueness theorem for completions, followed by the existence theorem.
324
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
Theorem 321. Suppose 21, C, and £' are Boolean algebras with operators. (i) / / C and £' are completions of 21, then € is isomorphic to £' by an isomorphism which leaves 21 fixed. (ii) If € is a completion o/2l and 21 is finite, then € = 21. Theorem 322 (Monk [181]). Suppose 21 is a Boolean algebra with operators of relational type. Then there is an algebra € of relational type such that (i) £ is a completion of 21,
(ii) €e NA iff 21 G NA, (iii) ffeWA iffKeWA, (iv) ceSA iff a eSA, (v) £ e RA iff 21 G RA. PROOF. This theorem follows from Th. 226 and the fact that the equations in Th.318 and the equations (6.8), (6.9), and R4 involve only o;-additive operators.
By Th.322, NA, WA, SA, and RA are closed under completions. Monk [181] asked whether RRA is closed under completions. This long-standing problem of Monk [181] was finally solved by I. Hodkinson. Theorem 323 (Hodkinson [101]). There is an atomic RRA whose completion is not representable. Thus RRA is not closed under completions. For other proofs of this theorem, see Hirsch-Hodkinson [98, 99].
19. Perfect extensions Suppose 21 and ^3 are Boolean algebras with operators of relational type. Recall (from p. 273, p. 274, and p. 288) that
21 is a subalgebra of «P,
(6.85)
?p is complete and atomic,
(6.86)
if X C A and J ^ VJ
(6.87)
x
= 1,
then
Y = 1 for some finite subset Y C X,
if c, c are distinct atoms of ?P, then there is an element a € A such that c < a and c a = 0,
that is, Aty$
:={[[X:X
i fx , y € P t h e n x ; y =
^ ^
(
J J *
x>ceC, y>c'eC c
(6.89)
if x € P then x = J^
( I I ^ ")
x>c£C c
a ; a ) ,
19. PERFECT EXTENSIONS
338
The first four items assert that 051 (^J) is a perfect extension of 051(21.). It follows from Th. 227 that (6.88) and (6.89) can be replaced by (6.90)
if c, c' E Atty then e;c' =
J}
a;a,
e
(6.91)
if c E Atty then c = TT a.
In the next theorem we see that, for nonassociative relation algebras, however, two of these conditions can be omitted. Theorem 324 (Maddux [142, 4.1]). Suppose SI, ^J G NA. Then ^ is a perfect extension of Si iff
(i) ac
c = c\V = c; ^ ^ { e : 1' > e € A«p} = ^ ^ { e j e : 1' > e 6 so c = c;e for some c £ 7a!P, hence, by (6.88), c = c;e = TT { a ; a ' ; c < a 6 A, e < a' € A}, but {«;a' : c < a £ i , e < a' £ A} C {a : c < a E A}, for if c < a G A and e < a' € J4., then c < c;e <. a;a' £ A, so c = J J ^ a i a ' :c
e < a e A} > Y]9{a
:c
The opposite inequality holds trivially, so we have c = Y[^{a
:c
for all atoms c G j4i?p. This last equation is enough to show that (6.87) holds, and it implies (6.91) since is a completely multiplicative operator in ^J 6 NA; c = f J J {a : c < a E -AH" = J^[ {a : c < a E J4J.
Next are the uniqueness and existence theorems for perfect extensions. Theorem 325. Suppose 31, $p, o«d V' ore Boolean algebras with operators. (i) /f ?P and ?P' are perfect extensions of 21, &en ?P »s isomorphic to ?p' &y an isomorphism which leaves 21 fixed. (ii) If ^ is a perfect extension of St and 21 is finite, then ?p = 21. In connection with the following theorem, see the remarks in §6.36 regarding the notation U5i+".
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
Theorem 326 (Jonsson-Tarski [118, 119]). Suppose 21 is a Boolean algebra with operators of relational type. Then there is an algebra 2l+ of relational type such that (i) 2l+ is a perfect extension of 21, (ii) 21+ G NA p e NA, (iii) 2t+ E WA iff We SNA, (iv) 21+ GSA iffSleSA, (v) 21+ G RA iff 21 G RA. PROOF. This theorem follows from Th. 228 and the fact that the equations in Th. 318 and the equations (6.8), (6.9), and R4 involve only w-additive operators.
By Th.326, NA, WA, SA, and RA are closed under the formation of perfect extensions. Such classes are called canonical. Monk proved that RRA is canonical. This was first reported by McKenzie [165, p.66]. The first published proof is in Maddux [143] (see Th. 419 below). 20. Matrices of elements Let 21 6 NA and assume n is a nonzero ordinal such that if n is infinite then 21 is complete. This assumption avoids the situation in which n > w, 21 is incomplete, and statements of results are complicated with hypotheses on the existence of relevant meets and joins. A function that maps n2 into A is called an n-hy-n matrix of 21, or simply an n-matrix. Let Mn2t be the set of n-matrices of elements of 21, that is, Mn2l = n A = {a :
A}.
An n-by-n matrix of elements of 21 is just a function from n into A, but for such functions we use matrix notation and terminology. For example, if a is an n-by-n matrix of elements of 21 and 1 < n < u, then ooo
Ooi
002
OO.ti- 1
0.10
an
012
fll,n-
1
O20
021
022
O2,n-
1
1-1,0
In—1,1
ttn-1,2
ffln—l.n
Here we make a few remarks on the intuition underlying matrices of elements. For additional remarks, see §7.7. An element of a relation algebra is an abstract algebraic object that corresponds to a binary relation. In fact, if the algebra is proper then its elements really are binary relations. Consider a binary relation R C U2 on a set U E V (so R is an element of the proper relation algebra 9\e ({/)). The statement that two objects x,y G U are related by R can be expanded into a somewhat redundant conjunction of similar statements. Specifically, if we know (x,y) G R then we also know (x,x) G Do(R), (y,y) G Ra(R), and (y,x) G R'1.
20. MATRICES OP ELEMENTS
The four relations that appear in these statements may be assembled into the 2-by-2 matrix
We then regard the matrix a as a relation that holds between the sequence {x, y) and itself, in the sense that (x,y) E R, {x,x} E Do(R), (y,y) E Ra(R), and (y,x) € R~x. More generally, if a G MnUie(U), relation t h a t holds between a n n - a r y sequence (xo,
in c a s e (xi,Xj)
t h e n a represents a b i n a r y xn-\) EnU a n d itself j u s t
E aij for all i,j < n.
Prom matrices a and b in Mn2l we may form new ones, denoted by a, a-b, and a; 6. These matrices represent additional statements that may be deduced from the hypotheses that an n-ary sequence is related to itself by a and also by 6. We say that a is the converse oi a, a-b is the intersection of a and b, and a; b is the relative product of a and 6. These matrices are defined by the following equations, which hold for all i,j < n. (a)ij = (ajiY, (a-b)ij
= dij
bij,
k
The last equation illustrates the assumption that 21 is complete in case n is infinite. Assuming 21 is complete guarantees that the join always exists. To illustrate relative multiplication of matrices, consider a,b E M22I. Then , faoo a;b= |aio
aoil ; [fooo 601 onj
[010
ttio ;6oo i n ;6io
On
an;6n
aio;6oi
For 1-by-l matrices, intersection of matrices and relative multiplication of matrices are the same. Intersection of matrices is commutative and associative, but relative multiplication of matrices is neither commutative nor associative in general. Counterexamples can be found among 2-by-2 matrices of elements of *He (3). For example, if I = 3 1 = {(0, 0), (1,1) , (2, 2)},
[7 {(0,1)}] [
[ / {(0,2)}] [{(1,0), (2,0)} I J'
then
lib-a = b, i.e., bij < a^ for all i,j < n, then we say that a contains 6, and symbolize this by writing 6 < a or a > b. We write 6 < a or a > 6 in case b < a and b / a. The relation < is a partial ordering on Mn$l, in which the greatest lower bound of the two matrices a and b is a-b. An n-by-n matrix a is path-consistent if a < a;a, i.e., aij < aik\akj for all i,j, k < n. A matrix a is
32S
8, RELATION ALGEBRAS
symmetric if a = a. A matrix can be path-consistent without being symmetric. For example, if [ {(0,0), (2,2}} a = [{{1,0}, {3,2}, {1,2}}
{{0,1} ,{2,3), (0,3)}] {{1,1} ,{3,3}} J
then a = a;a but a ^ a. A matrix is closed if it is both path-consistent and symmetric, that is, a = a = a; a. A matrix a satisfies the diagonal condition iff a» < 1' for all i < n, and it satisfies the off-diagonal condition iff ay < 0' whenever i ^ j < n. The largest matrix satisfying the diagonal condition is the identity matrix T 1 1" i r l lk:= . . .1 1 1'. the largest matrix satisfying the off-diagonal condition is 0'
0! 1
0r 0'
0'
0!
1.
and the smallest matrix altogether is the n-by-n zero matrix '0
0
0"
0
0
0
0 0
0
0»:=
A matrix a G MnSl is atomic if every ay is an atom of SI. We say that a matrix a € Mn%l is a basic matrix or atom matrix iff it is closed, atomic, and satisfies the diagonal condition. Let Bn% be the set of n-by-n basic matrices of 21. Thus SB2l is the set of those n-by-n matrices of atoms of SI which satisfy the following conditions for all i, j , k
a»»
(6.93)
ay = etji,
(6.94)
Oik < a>ij\ajk.
The definition of Bn2l appears in Maddux [139, 10(9)] (where it is called Mn2l), [146, Def.2(i)], [148, Def.46], [150, Def.34(i)], and [151, p. 1217]. Basic matrices appear in algebraic topology; see Eilenberg-MacLane [69, §2], where basic matrices form the cells of simplicial complexes over an arbitrary group. A matrix a € MB% satisfies the triangle condition if 0
k
whenever i, j < n. It is easy to show that a matrix in Mn% is basic matrix iff it is atomic and satisfies the triangle condition.
20. MATRICES OF ELEMENTS
329
If a £ Mn2l and TT : m —> n is any function mapping a nonzero ordinal m into n, then an is the matrix in M m 2l defined by aTTjj = a^j^y) for all i, j < m. It is easy to check that air is also a basic matrix, so air € -Bm2l- In particular, a[i,j] and a[«/i] a r e basic matrices, where [i,j] and [i/j] are the functions mapping n to n such that [ljJi\j>—3>
L V J J W ~ J>
[*I J I C " ) = fc if fc / « , i ,
[*/i](fc) = k if k ^ i.
The next theorem contains a few elementary facts about matrices in an arbitrary NA. Theorem 327. Let 21 G NA and a,b e Mn2t. Then (i) a satisfies the diagonal condition iff a < l'n, (ii) if a < l' n then a;a
((a-6)")jj = ((a-b)jiY = (ajj
6ji)"
= (ajiY
(bjiY
def. def.
Th. 247
= aij
bij
def.
= (a
6) ij
def.
Proof of (vi): ((a ; bY)ij = ((a ; b)jiY =
(]__[ajk \bki)
def. def.
k
= Y[(ajk;bkiy
Th. 250
k
]__[ (okiY',(ijkY
R9
*!
= _Q 6ife; akj fc
def.
330
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
= (b; a)ij
def.
Proof of (vii): (a
a)ij = dij
aij
def.
= «ij-((«y)T a
= ( jiT = (dji
R-7
(ajiY
def.
CLji)"
Th. 247
= ((a-d)jiY
def.
= ((a-aY)ij
def.
D 21. Bases Let 21 £ NA and assume n is a nonzero ordinal such that if n is infinite then 21 is complete. Let k,l < n. We say that two basic matrices a, b E B n 2l agree u p to k if dij = bij whenever k ^ i,j < n, and we say that they agree u p t o k,l if Oy = bij whenever k,l ^ i,j < n. For any i,j < n let TT(2l) := {(a, 6) € (B n 2t) 2 : a and 6 agree up to i}, ££(2t) := {a E BnK : al3 < 1'}. Consider the following seven statements about N and 21. (6.95)
0 ^ N C B n 2l.
(6.96)
(atom cover) For every atom a; £ Ai2l there is some a € N such that aoi = x.
(6.97)
(extension) If a £ iV, j , j ,fe< n, j , j ^ k, x,y £ At%, and ay <x;y, then for some b £ N, bik = x, 6^- = ?/, and (o,fo)£ T^*(2l).
(6.98)
(cycle cover) If x,y,z £ Af>&. and a; < y;z, then for some a £ N, aoi = x, ao2 = y, and ai\ = z.
(6.99)
(amalgamation) If o,c £ N, i,j < n, i ^ j , and o agrees with c up to i , i , then for some b £ N, (a,b) £ T " ( a ) , and (fo,c) £ T"(2l).
(6.100)
(face) If o £ iV and j , j < n then a[i/j] £ N.
(6.101)
(permutation) If a 6 N and i,j
then a[i, j] £ N.
Note that in order for the condition (6.98) to apply to a given N C B n 2l, we need to assume n > 3, while (6.96) applies if n > 2. We say that iV is an - n-dimensional relational basis for 21 if n > 2, (6.95), (6.96), and (6.97), - n-dimensional cylindric basis for 21 if n > 3, (6.95), (6.98), (6.99), and (6.100), - n-dimensional semantical basis for 21 if n > 3, (6.95), (6.98), (6.99), (6.100), and (6.101).
22. ELEMENTARY ARITHMETIC IN WA
331
For example, if U € V then Bn9ie (U) is a relational basis for *Re (U) whenever n > 2, and Bn£Re (f) is a cylindric and semantical basis for d\t (U) whenever n > 3. The notions of relational, cylindric, and semantical basis were derived from concepts originally formulated for cylindric algebras by Henkin [90], who denned an algebraic interpretation to be a special kind of homomorphism from a free ndimensional cylindric algebra of formulas in Fm + (£) to an n-dimensional cylindric algebra. Cylindric algebras of dimension n are an algebraic abstraction of the theory of n-ary relations, just as relation algebras are an algebraic abstraction of the theory of binary relations. Bases bridge the gap between binary and n-ary. Cylindric bases were invented for constructing cylindric algebras, semantical bases for algebraic semantics. If 21 has no atoms, then i?n2l = 0. This is why the notion of n-dimensional cylindric basis was first denned only for atomic 21 € SA and n > 3 in Maddux [139, 10(11), pp. 140-141], where it was called simply "n-dimensional basis". The notion of semantical basis was also defined (but not named) in [139, p. 200]. The notion of relational basis was denned in [143, §2] for atomic 21 £ SA and 3 < n < u>, where it was also called simply "n-dimensional basis". The same definition of relational basis was adopted for n > 2 and arbitrary 21 € NA in [146, Def. 3] and in [150, Def. 34(iii)]. The definition of cylindric basis was extended in [146, Def. 4] to an arbitrary 21 € NA with n > 3. However, it is only under the assumption 21 £ WA that the notion of cylindric basis has all of its intended consequences. This can be seen from Th. 335 below and the discussion in Hirsch-Hodkinson [99, §12.6]. 22. Elementary arithmetic in WA We consider what can be proved from the axioms of N A by adding the weak associative law (6.10). One can make an algebra in NA with an element x that produces a strictly increasing sequence x-V
< ( x - l ' ) ; K (a;-r);l;l < ...
To test whether this was also true for WA, Richard L. Kramer applied Th. 488 below and discovered that the equation a;; 1; 1 = x ; l ; l ; l holds in every WA. This identity is included in the first part of the next theorem. Theorem 328 (Maddux [150, Th. 11]). / / 2 l <E WA and x,y <E A then (6.102)
x ; l ; l = a ; ; l ; l ; l = a; d ;l,
(6.103)
l;a;r = l;(l; a ;) = l ; ( l ; ( l ; a ; ) ) ,
(6.104)
a;d = ( z ; l ) d ,
(6.105)
x' = (l;x)',
(6.106)
x
(6.107)
x < l ; y => x < y .
=> xA
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS PROOF.
(6.102): x ; l ; 1 < x; 1;1;1
Th. 277
II
(6.72) Th. 265
< x d ;i
Th.276
VI
xd
(3.5)
1
= (I <x;l;l
Th. 265
(6.104): (x;l) d = l ' - a ; ; l ; l
(6.73)
d
= l'-x ;l
(6.102)
dd
(6.73)
A
(6.70)
= a; = x (6.106): Assume x < y;l. xd<(y,l)d = y6.
Then, by (6.104), Th. 265, a n d Th. 240, we have
T h e o r e m 329 (Maddux [147, Lem. 6]). Assume A. Ifu,v< V then
21 £ WA and u,v,x,y,z
(6.108)
(u;x);y = u;(x;y),
(6.109)
(x;y);u = x;{y;u),
(6.110)
(x;u);y = x;(u;y),
(6.111)
(x;u);(v;y) =x \ { u -v);y =x;((u -v);y),
(6.112)
u;{v;y)
=
(6.113)
(x;u);v
=x;(u v),
(6.114)
u;x-v;y
(6.115)
x;u-y;v = (x-y)-(u-v),
(6.116)
u-(x;y);z
{u-v);y,
= (u
v);(x-y),
= u-x;(y;z).
PROOF. (6.108):
(u;x);y
Th. 265
= u;l-x;y
Th. 276(i), Th. 270
= u;(x;y)
(6.62)
= u;l-x;y
(6.62)
<(x-u;l;y);y
(6.46)
< (x-u;l;l);y
Th. 265
<(x-u;l);y
Th. 276(i)
= (u;x);y
(6.62)
£
22. ELEMENTARY ARITHMETIC IN WA
(6.109): By converse duality from (6.108). (6.110): We need only prove (x;u);y < x;(u;y) inclusion by converse duality. (x;u); V < x;u;{y(x;uy;l) < x;u;(y-u;x;l) <
and obtain the opposite (6.44) Rg
x;u;{y-u;x;\)
(6. 57)
<x;V;(yu;l;l)
Th .265
=
Re , Th. 276(i) (6. 62)
x;(yu;l)
= x;(u;y) (6.111): (z;i
>)\{v\y) = =
x;(u;(v;y)) x;{{u;v);y)
=
x;((u-v);y)
(6.58)
=
(x;(u-v));y
(6.110)
(6.110) (6.108)
Obtain (6.112) and (6.113) from (6.111) with x = V or y = 1'. (6.114): u;x -v\y =: x
(6.59)
-u;(v;y)
(6.112)
x - ( u - v);y
< (u-v);(y-
(6.44)
(u-vj;x)
<,{u-v);{x-y) <. u:x v:y
Th.265, (6.57), Th. 270 Th. 265
(6.115) follows from (6.114) by converse duality. (6.116): u- (x;y);z
= u- (x;y
u;z);z
< u- {x\y
z);l
(6.49) u< V
< u- ((x
z;y);y);l
(6.46) Th. 265
(6.102)
A
= u- (x
z\y) \\ A
< u- (x
(6.66)
z\y)
= u-V
(x
= u- V
(x-
z; y); (x
z; y)"
z;y);(x-y;z)
The opposite inclusion follows by converse duality.
Th. 247, R 7 , Rg Th. 265
334
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
The next theorem shows what more can be deduced if the elements in question are also atoms. For example, the inclusion in the conclusion of (6.106) can be replaced by equality, according to part (iii). x,y,z
Theorem 330 (Maddux [142, 3.5, 5.12], [150, 12]). Assume 21 £ WA and 6 Af$l. eAt2L. xd,x' If x;y ^ 0 then x' = yd. If x < y\\ then xd = yd If x < \\y then x' = y'. If x < y;z then xd = yd, x' = z', and y' = zd. The following statements are equivalent: (a) v = x', (b) v < V and x < x;v, (c) v < V and x;v = x. (vii) The following statements are equivalent: (a) u = x6, (b) u < V and x < u;x, (c) u < V and u;x = x. (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi)
P R O O F , (i): A s s u m e x A -y 0. T h i s m e a n s t h a t x;x-V -y 0, w h i c h i m p l i e s (1' y);x x ^ 0 b y t h e cycle l a w . B u t t h e n x < (V y);x since x is a n a t o m . Hence x
= x ; x 1
<{V
-y);x-x-V
= (V-y);(x;x)-V
(6.108)
< 1' y
(6.66)
This establishes that xA y ^ 0 implies xd < y for every y, which means that xd is an atom. (ii): If x-y ^ 0 then (x;x');(yd;y) ^ 0 by (6.72), so x;(x' yd);y ^ 0 by d (6.111). This implies x' y ^ 0, but x' and yd are cycles, so x' = yd. (iii): Suppose x < y;l. Using (6.72), (6.108), and (6.114) we obtain 0 ^ x = xd;x
yd;y;l = x d ; x - yd;(y;l) = (xd yd);(x
y ; l ) ,s o 0 ^ i
d
- y d , hence x
d
=y
d
.
(v): Use (ii), (iii), and (iv). The following theorem is an abstract equational version of Th. 31. The first part fails in the very nonassociative relation algebra; see Maddux [142, 3.7(2)] or §6.27. The second part was first proved for relation algebras by Monk [175]. Theorem 331 (Maddux [143, Th. 13]). / / 2 l e WA and x,y e A then (6.117)
(x^yy-(x^y)
< x ; x + (V
(6.118)
x,y € Fn2l => x*\y £
y);y + y;(V
y),
22. ELEMENTARY ARITHMETIC IN WA
338
Let z = x f y. Then z;x
(6.119)
and we also have (6.120)
z-x
since x = x;V
Re
= x ; ( V -y)+x;(V < 1;(1'
-y)
+x;y
Th. 261 T h . 265
Therefore, (6.121)
z\{z-x)
Th.265
(6.119), (6.120)
= y-l;(V-y)
Th.276
= y;(V-y)
(6.62)
and, by converse duality, t 1 991
{% .
5- <" (V . « ^ - «
We therefore obtain z;z = (J (E + »));(« (a; + 5)) = (z x);(z + (z -W);(z
x) + (z x);(z x) + (z -W);(z
Ri-Rs, Th. 246 -x)
-x)
R 5 , T h . 261
< x ; x + z ; ( z - x ) + (z - x ) ; z + z ; ( z - x )
Th. 265
<x;x
(6.121), (6.122)
+ y ; ( V y) + (V -y);y
<x;x + y;y
Th.265
For every matrix a £ MBSl, let a2 := a; a. Theorem 332 (Ladkin-Maddux [127]). Let 21 e WA and a e M s a . J/ a = a < 1» i/ien (a 2 ) 2 is closed. PROOF.
Let
r"aoi;aii;ai2;a22;a2o b = a- an;ai2;a22;a2o;aoo La22;a2i;an;aio;aoo
aoo;ao2;a22;a2i;aii aio;aoo;ao2;a22;a2i a22;a2o;aoo;aoi;an
aoo;aoi;an;ai2;a an;aio;aoo;ao2;a a2o;aoo;aoi;an;a
Since a satisfies the diagonal condition it follows by Th. 329 that all ways of inserting parentheses into the terms denoting the entries in 6 produce the same
336
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
result. This is crucial for many computational steps that come later in this proof, but will not be mentioned again. Notice that b is symmetric, since, for example, 612 = (621)" = (021
a22;a2o;aoo;ooi ; o u ) "
= (021)" (022 ;o2o;ooo;ooi ; « n ) " = (021)" ( a n ) " ; (aoi)";(aoo)";(ffl2o)"; (0122)" =
o i 2 - a i i ; a i o ;aoo ;ao2 5022
=
o i 2 - a n ; a i o ;aoo ;ao2 5022
= 612.
Next we show 6 is path-consistent, i.e., b < b2. The computations are all similar, but fall into different types, depending on whether subscripts are distinct or repeated. Out of 27 computations we present four that illustrate the various types. 601 = 001 aoo; ao2; 822; fl2i; a n = aoi
(aoo;ao2
aoi ;(a22;a2i ; « n ) " ) ; (a22;a2i ; a n
< (aoo;ao2
«oi; («22;ffl2i ;aii)");(ffl22;«2i ; « n
= (ooo;oo2
a o i ; a n ;ai25022)5(022 5021 ; o n
= (002
aoo ; a o i ; a n ; a i 2 ;a22); (a22 ;a2i
= (002
aoo;aoi ; « n ;ai2;a22);(a2i
(aoo;0-02)";aoi)
(aoo; 002)"; aoi)
020;ao
a2o ;aoo ;aoi ;
a22;a2o;aoo;ao
= 6025621-
This first computation can be used to shorten the next one. 610 = 610 = (601)" < (6025621)" = (621)"; (602)" = 6125620 = 6125620600 = aoo
aoi ; a n ;ai2 5022 5020
< (aoi
aoo 5 ( a n 5012 5022 5020)") 5 ( a n ;ai2 5022 5020
= (aoi
aoo ;ao2 ;a22 ; o 2 i ; o i i ) ; ( f l i i ; o i 2 ;a22 ;a2o
= (aoi
aoo;ao2;a22;a2i ; a n ) ; ( a n ; a i 2 ;a22 ;a2o;aoo
(aoi)";aoo)
010 ;aoo) fflio)
= 601;6io-
Finally, 600 < aoo < 1' by the diagonal condition on a, so 600 = 600 -6oo = 600; 600 We may conclude that 6 satisfies the diagonal condition and is closed, since 6 is both symmetric and path-consistent. From 6 < a it follows that 62 < a2. But 6 is path-consistent, so 6 = 62 < a2. This in turn implies b2 < (a2)2, so, using the path-consistency of 6 again, we get 6 < (a 2 ) 2 . Next we show (a 2 ) 2 < a. Again, we only give a sample computation. The others are similar. We have ((a2)2)oi < aoi by Th. 327, and ((a 2 f)oi <(a 2 ) 0 2 ;(a 2 ) 2 i = (aoo;ao2
aoi ;ai2
ao2\a-22);(020;aoi
< (aoo ;ao2
ao2 5022); (021 ; a n )
«2i ; « n
022 ;
22. ELEMENTARY ARITHMETIC IN WA
0
1 2
3
4
5
337
6
FIGURE 1. Picture of relational matrix m = (ao2 ooo ;oo2 5022); (0,21 ; < aoo; 0,02', 0,22 ;o2i ; o n , 2 2
so ((a ) )oi < aoi aoo;ao2;a22;a2i ;on = 601 Thus we have b = (a 2 ) 2 . Since 6 is closed, so is (a 2 ) 2 , as desired. Th. 332 fails for 4-matrices, even if 21 £ RRA. For an example showing this, define a matrix TO02
moo —1
(mis
'
1
(w), 77122
77123
(m 2 3)~
by setting, for all i,j < 4, Hi = {(P, i)
A(p) = i, X(q) = j}
where f0 1 A«fc,/» = 2 13
if A; is even and I is even if k is odd and / is even if k is odd and / is odd if A; is even and I is odd
Let ao := 77i, and a^+i := (aj;)2 for k £ a;. In Figure 1, the set a;2 (= a; x a;) is arranged and each pair p 6 w2 is labelled with A(p). For all i, j < 4, m,j is the set of all pairs (p, g) £ (w2)2 such that A(p) = i, X(q) = j , and either p = q or else there is a horizontal, vertical, or diagonal line segment connecting p with q. Thus, for example, moo consists of all those pairs (p,p) such that X(p) = 0. Elements of w2 connected by a line segment will be called adjacent. Hence moi consists of those pairs {p, q) such that p and q are adjacent, X(p) = 0, and X(q) = 1. It is straightforward to verify that ao > a\ > 02 > 03 > . To get started, notice that all the adjacent pairs in the first column of Figure 1 belong to
338
8, RELATION ALGEBRAS
or mio. All the ones in wioi are excluded from either fno3|nisi or moalmai. But (m2)oi C (mo3|m3i) n (mo2|ro2i), so all such pairs are also excluded from (m2)oi. Similarly, adjacent pairs in the first column which belong to mio do not belong to (wi2)io- None of the adjacent pairs in the first column appear in any entry of m 2 . Pairs of the form (p,p) are in m 2 , except when p = {0,0) since {0,0) ^ moa|mao. All adjacent pairs eventually disappear. 23. Properties of bases We can now prove some properties of bases using results from the previous section. The next theorem contains various useful facts. Bn%
Theorem 333 (Maddux [146, Lem.6]). Suppose 3 < n < w, SI £ NA, N C (6.99) holds, and (6.100) holds. Let Ni := Tf (SI) n N2 for every i < n. (i) Mi'1 =Ni= Ni\Ni for all i < n. (ii) JVi|iV,- = N§\Ni for all i,j < n. (iii) Ifn
( v i ) Ifio,...,i/3-i,j,k
< n , » 0 , . . . , * / 3 - i , i , f e are distinct,
7 = [*0/j] o
o
[ip-i/j], and a-y Nk b, then there is some c € N such that c Nk a and cy = b. a ^ ^ (3c) y PROOF, (ii): It suffices to show that Nj\Ni C Ni\Nj for any i, j < n. This is obviously true if i = j , so assume i =£ j and a iV)|iVj c. Then a agrees with c up to *, j . By (6.99), there is some be N such that a Ni\Nj c. (iii): Assume
(6.123)
<% = b^ for all «,j < 2.
Define a function 7 : n —> n by J
7 = [2/0] o
fl \0
if & = 1 if Jfe = 0 , 2 , 3 , . . . , n - l ,
o [n - 1/0] = [n - l/0]|
|[2/0].
23. PROPERTIES OF BASES
339
T h e n , b y (6.123) a n d (6.100), 0 7 = bj, a N2 a[2/0]
N3 o [ 2 / 0 ] [ 3 / 0 ] JV4
6 N2 6 [ 2 / 0 ] Ni 6 [ 2 / 0 ] [ 3 / 0 ] Ni
Nn-2 Nn-2
o[2/0][3/0] 6[2/0][3/0]
2/0] iVn_! 0 7 , - 2/0] A ^ _ i 67,
so
aN2\---\Nn-1\(N2\---\Nn-1)-1b, but N2,...,
JVn_i are commuting equivalence relations by (i) and (ii), so N2\
\Nn-!\(N2\
l A ^ - i ) " 1 = N2\
\Nn-!
hence a N2\ \Nn-i b. (iv): From aij = bij we get aji = (ciij)" = (bij)" = bji by (6.93). We have aij < an;a,ij by (6.94), an < 1' by (6.92), and 21 e WA by hypothesis, so an = (a^)6 = V 0^5(0^)" by (3.5), (6.93), and Th. 330(vii). Similarly, bn = (bij) . From aij = bij we conclude that an = bn. A dual argument shows a
jj
= bjj
(v): Since a Ni a[i/j], by hypothesis, a[i/j] Nk b, it follows that a and 6 agree up to i, k. By (6.99) there is some c E N such that c Nk a and c Ni b. We must now show c[i/j] = b. Since c Ni b, we assume i ^ l,m < n and note that c[i/j]im = cim = bim, so what remains is to deal with arguments involving i. For this we need some equations involving only 6. We have 6 j m = 6;m since bjm
(6.94)
(6.92), Th. 265
= blm
Th. 270
(6.94)
(6.92), Th. 265
= bjm
Th. 270
By a similar calculation, involving R,6 instead of its dual Th. 270, we also get bij =bn. Therefore,
= bjm
cNib,
i ^ j ,m
340
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
Finally, c[i/j]u = Cjj = djj
c Nk a, k / j
= ba (vi): By induction from (v).
a[i/j] Nkb, k
Some interconnections among the notions of semantical, cylindric and relational bases are given next. We will show that for an atomic WA, every cylindric basis is a relational basis, and the converse holds if n is 3 or 4. The first of these implications fails for NA. See Hirsch-Hodkinson [99, Ex. 12.6(5)] for examples of algebras in NA ~ WA which have, for every n > 3, an n-dimensional cylindric basis but no n-dimensional relational basis. The simplest case of their construction is presented in §6.27. For further discussion of bases, see Hirsch-Hodkinson [99, Ch. 12]. Theorem 334. Assume 21 G NA, 2 < n, and N C Bn2l. (i) If N is an n-dimensional semantical basis, then N is an n-dimensional cylindric basis. (ii) / / n > 3, 21 G WA, and N is an n-dimensional cylindric basis for 21, then N is an n-dimensional relational basis for 21. (iii) / / n G {3,4}, 21 G WA, and N is an n-dimensional relational basis for 21, then N is an n-dimensional cylindric basis for 21. PROOF. Part (i) is a trivial consequence of the definitions. Part (ii) follows immediately from part (iii) and either part (i) or part (ii) of Th. 335 below. Part (iii) follows from Th. 335(iv)(v)(vi) below.
Theorem 335. Assume 21 G NA, 2 < n, and N C Bn2t. (i) Ifn > 3, 21 is atomic, and (6.98), then (6.96). (ii) Ifn > 3, 21 G WA, and (6.98), then (6.96). (iii) Ifn > 3, 21 G WA, (6.98), (6.99), and (6.100), then (6.97). (iv) / / (6.97) then (6.100). (v) Ifn>3, (6.96), and (6.97), then (6.98). (vi) Ifn€ {3,4}, 21 G WA, and (6.97), then (6.99). (vii) Ifn > 3, 21 is atomic, (6.96), and (6.97), then 21 G SA. (viii) Ifn > 4, 21 is atomic, (6.96), and (6.97), then 21 G RA. Let Nt := 17(2!) n N2 for every I < n. (i): Let x G AfVL. Since 21 is atomic, we have
PROOF.
0 ^ x = x;V = x;
2_, l'>u£AtSi
u=
T j x;u. l'>u£AtSi
Hence there is some u G AttH such that u < V and x x;u ^ 0. But x is an atom, so x < x;u. We may now apply (6.98) to get some a G N such that aoi = x, 0.02 = x, and 021 = u.
23. PROPERTIES OF BASES
(ii): Let x £ Am. Then x = x6;x by (6.72) and x6 G Am by Th.330(i). By (6.98), there is some a 6 N such that aoi = x, ao2 = x6, and a-ii = x. (iii): (Hirsch-Hodkinson [99, 12.36]) Our assumptions are 21 6 WA, (6.98), (6.99), (6.100), and n > 3. For now we also assume that either n > 4 or i = j . The case in which n = 3 and i ^ j will be handled later. Suppose a 6 N, i,j, k < n, i,j ^ k, x, y E Ai2l, and a^- < x;y. We wish to find some b E N such that a iVjt fe, bik = x, and 6fcj = y. We start by applying (6.98) to obtain some c € N such that coi = aij < x;y, co2 = x, and c 2 i = y. Next we need some general observations about composing substitutions with functions that are not onto. Suppose a : n —> n and Ra (a) C n (a is not onto). Choose k < n with k £ Ra(a). Then, for any distinct i,j E Ra(a), we have o"|[j'/fc]|[i/j]|[fc/i] = o"|[*,j] and Ra(a\[i,j]) = Ra(a). Every permutation of Ra(a) can be obtained by composing transpositions [i,j] with distinct i,j £ Ra(a). It follows that if -K : n —> n and vr permutes Ra(a) then there is some function T : n —¥ n, which can be obtained by composing substitutions on n, such that (T\T = (T\K. From this observation it is easy to prove that every function which maps n onto a proper subset of n can be obtained by composing substitutions. Choose I E n ~{i, j , k}, which is possible since i = j or n > 4. Then {«, j , k} C Ra ([l/k]) C n. Let TT : n — n be the permutation determined by these conditions:
TT(J)
< 7r(j) & i ^ j ,
7r(m) = in it in E n ~{i, j , fe}. Since the range of [l/k] is a proper subset of n, there is some r obtained by composing substitutions on n such that [Z/&]|r = [l/k]\w. Let
f0 One can now check that a(i) = 0, o{k) = 2, and a(j) = < [1
if i = j . Clearly a iii^j
can be obtained by composing substitutions on n. By (6.100), from c £ N we get co £ JV. Note that if i ^ j then (ca)ij = ca^)a(j) = coi = ai:(- < x;y, (ca)ik = cCT(i)
= c 2 i = y.
Suppose i = j . Then coi = By = OJJ < 1', so coi < coo;coi < coo;l' = coo, which implies coi = coo since coi and coo are atoms. Similarly, y = C21 < C2o;coi < C2o;l' = C20, so y = C2o- Hence (ca)ij = coo = coi < x;y, (ca)ik
= C02 =
x,
(ar)kj
= C20 = y-
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
i 0 0 1 1 2 2
j 1 2 0 2 0 1
fe
aij
2 1 2 0 1 0
aoi
<
a02
< x;y
aio
<
x;y
ai2
<
x;y
ci2o <
x;y
a
x\y
TABLE
2i
&01
bo2
&21
aoi
X
x < ao2',y
X
ao2
y y
aOi < y;x x < y;a2i
Ooi
y y
X
y < ao2 ;x y < x;a,2i
y y
«02
X
X
0,21
<x;y
<
x;y
«oi <
x;y
X
C121
1. Part of the proof of Th. 335 (iii)
We have (ca)ij = ciij, hence also (ca)ji = ciji. Since 21 £ WA, we also get (ca)a = an, and (ca)jj = ajj by Th.333(iv). Thus a and ca agree on all arguments \Nn-! c by Th. 333(iii). By Th. 333(ii) the relainvolving i and j , hence a N2\ tions JV(_) are commuting equivalence relations, so we may rearrange them to get \Nmr c, where {mi,m,2, mr} = n~{i,j,k}. Consequently a Nk\Nmi |iV m2 | \Nmr {ca). there is some basic matrix b £ N such that a Nk b and b Nmi |iVm2 | The latter statement implies 6^ = (cxr)n. = x and bkj = (co~)kj = y- This completes the proof of (iii) under the assumption that n > 4 or i = j . We now assume n = 3 and i ^ j . In this case we have {«, j , k} = 3, x, y £ At%, and dij < x;y. We wish to find 6 6 N with a Nk b, bn, = x, and bkj = y. Table 1 shows what to do according to the values of i and j . For example, line 4 in Table 1 deals with the case i = 1 and j = 2. These values are given in the i-column and j-column. The hypothesis ciij < x;y is repeated for this case in the fifth column: ai2 < x;y. The sixth column contains a statement equivalent to the one in the fifth column. In line 4, the hypothesis ai2 < x;y is equivalent by (6.150) to x < y;ci2i. We apply (6.98) to this inclusion and conclude that there is some b £ N such that &oi = x, 602 = y, and 621 = 021, as specified in the last three columns of Table 1. Recall that we want a Nk b, bn- = x, and bkj = y. In line 4 we have k = 0, so we want to know is that a No b, bio = x, and 602 = y- We already have 602 = y and we get 610 = x from 601 = x. From 621 = 021 we get bi2 = ai2, 622 = (I22, and fen = an by Th. 333(iv) since 21 e WA, hence a No b. This argument happens to also show that (6.98) implies (6.101) when n = 3. (iv): Let a £ N, i,j < n. If i = j then a[i/j] = a £ N, as desired. Assume i ^ j . Then ajj <
bji = ajj,
an
d &ij = ajj. But then we also have ba < bij ;bji = ajj ;ajj = ajj by
(6.58), so bu = ajj. We have shown a Ni b. (v): Suppose n > 3, x,y,z £ At%, and x < y;z. By (6.96) there is some a £ N such that aoi = x. By (6.97) with i = 0, j = 1, and k = 2, there is some fe £ N such that a N2 b, 602 = y, and 621 = z. The first of these last three statements gives us 601 = aoi = x. (vi): Assume a,c £ N, i,j < n, i ^ j , and a agrees with c up to i,j. We wish to show that there is some fe £ N such that a Ni fe Nj c. Since n is 3 or 4, we may choose k,l £ n ~{i, j} so that n = {i, j , k, I}, where k = I iff n = 3. We have aui = CM < Cki ;cu, so by (6.97) there is some d £ N such that a Ni d, dki = Cki,
23. PROPERTIES OF BASES
343
and dn = cu. Since 21 £ WA, b y Th.333(iv) we also have dik = Cik, du = cu, da = cu, dkk = Ckk, du = CJJ. Since a iV, d, a agrees with c u p t o i,j, a n d k, I are distinct from i,j, we also have dki = aki = cki, dik = aik = cik, dkk = akk = ckk, and du = an = cu. The last fifteen equations establish that d Nj c, so we may simply let b = d. (vii): ([150, Th. 35]) To show 21 € SA it is enough, by Th. 182 and Th. 276, to show that p; 1; 1 < p; 1 for every p G A, for which it suffices to prove that every atom below p; 1; 1 is also below p;l. Suppose (6.124)
v < p ; l ; l and v £ At%.
In every NA, left and right relative multiplication by a fixed element are completely additive functions (see Th. 296), so
Th. 182 ;x :p>w€
At%,x € A i 2 l } ; ^ A i 2 l
Th. 296
w;x >y€ At%,p > w £ At%x € Am}; ^ >z
w x
i iV)z
AM
^ At2l,y < w;x,w < p)
Th. 182 T h . 296
It follows t h a t there are w, x,y,z € At$l such t h a t (6.125)
v
y<w;x,
w
Since N is a relational basis and v £ At%i, by (6.96) there is some a £ N such that aOi = v.
(6.126)
Thus ooi < y,z- By the extension condition (6.97), there is some b E N such that (6.127)
602 = y,
621 =z,
aN2 b.
Similarly, 602 < w;x, so by (6.97) there is some c £ N such that (6.128)
cOi=w,
C12 = x,
b JVi c.
By (6.127), (6.128), (6.93), and (6.94), (6.129)
aoo = boo = coo < coi;cio = w;w.
Note that w is also an atom by Th. 251. By (6.129) and the extension condition (6.97) there is some d £ N such that (6.130)
do2 = w,
dio = w, and a N2 d.
Using (6.126), (6.130), Th. 262, and Th. 179(i) we get (6.131)
v = aoi = doi < do2',d2i
= w;d2i
Steps (6.124)—(6.131) show that v < p; 1 whenever v < p; 1; 1 and v £ At%i. Since 21 is atomic, this shows p; 1; 1 < p; 1.
344
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
(viii): ([143, T h . 5]) To prove 21 £ RA it is enough t o show t h a t p;q;r < p;(q;r) for all p,q,r E A , a n d for this it is enough t o show t h a t every a t o m below p;q;r is also below p;(q;r). Suppose v
(6.132)
and v G AM.
By Th. 182 and Th. 296 we have v
At%}; ^{x
;x :p;q>wG
: r > x E At%}
At% r>xG
Am],
so there are atoms w,x 6 Af2[ such that (6.133)
v<w;x,
x < r.
w
Since N is a relational basis and v € AtQl, by (6.96) there is some a £ N such that (6.134)
ooi = v.
From (6.133) and (6.134) we have aoi < w;x. By the extension condition (6.97), there is some b E N such that (6.135)
bo2 = w,
a N-2 b.
621 = x,
Using (6.133), Th. 182, and Th. 296 we get w
>z& Am},
J2 so there are a t o m s y,z E At% such t h a t W
(6.136)
V < P,
z
< Q-
Since 602 = w < y;z we conclude by (6.97) that there is some c £ N such that (6.137)
C03 = y,
C32
= z,
b N3 c.
Then v = aQ1
(6.134)
= 601
(6.135)
= Coi
(6.137)
< C03 S(C32 ; c 2 i )
(6.94), Th. 265
=
(6.137), (6. 135)
y\{z;x)
(6.136), (6. 133), Th. 265
24, »-DIMENSIONAL RELATION ALGEBRAS
348
24. n-dimensional relation algebras Following Maddux [146, Def. 3(ii)], [150, Def.34(iv)], and Hirsch-Hodkinson [99, Def. 12.30], we say for every n > 2 that 21 is a relation algebra of dimension n if 21 is a subalgebra of a complete atomic NA that has an n-dimensional relational basis. RA» is the class of relation algebras of dimension n. These classes fall into a chain. Theorem 336. Ifn<m
then RAro D RAK.
PROOF. Suppose n < m and let 21 E RAm. Then SI C 95 for some complete atomic 58 6 NA which has an m-dimensional relational basis M C Bm?B. Let N := {(a,ij : i,j
The definition of RA» differs from that of MA» in Maddux [143, p. 82] where, for n > 3, 21 g MA» iff 21 is a subalgebra of some complete atomic SA (not merely NA) which has an n-dimensional relational basis. Allowing any NA has the following effect: Theorem 337 (Hirsch-Hodkinson [99, Ex. 12.3(10)]). RA2 = NA. It is easy to check that B»2l satisfies the face condition (6.100) and the permutation condition (6.101) whenever SI E NA. In the next theorem we see that BnSi also satisfies the atom cover condition (6.96) whenever St 6 WA, even if 21 is not atomic. Theorem 338 (Maddux [150, 49]). 1/21 € WA and x g AM then X
If2
X
then there is some a E Bn2l such that aoi = x. \xd x~\ „ r . Using only the assumption that SI E NA, we
Let b =
PROOF.
\_x
x J
conclude that b is symmetric since
\x<* I X
X'\
\_X
X'
and b is path-consistent since, by (6.72) and (6.58), ,
,
\xA \_x
xd
x~\ x \
x;x x x
\xA \_x
x~\ x \
\x ,x x ; x \_x;x x , x
x x 1 _ IV x' x;x\ \_x
x ,x-x;x' x;x-x,x
a;l _ , x'\
From x G At2l we get x G At2l using only that SI E NA, but to conclude xd,x' E j4iSl from Th. 330(i) we also need to know SI E WA. Hence b E BaSl- For a given n > 2 let a = bw where w : n — 2, TT(O) = 0, and ir(i) = 1 whenever 1 < i < n. Then a € Bn3l and aoi ^ 6?roi = ft^-rowm ^ 601 ^ x. D
346
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
Theorem 339 (Maddux [139, Th. 10(18)(20)], [143, Th.4,5], [150, Th.35]). Suppose 21 € WA and 2t is atomic. (i) The following statements are equivalent: (a) 21GSA,
(b) B32I is a 3-dimensional semantical basis for 21, (c) the extension condition (6.97) holds for B32I. (ii) The following statements are equivalent: (a) 21 e RA,
(b) B42I is a 4-dimensional semantical basis for 21, (c) the extension condition (6.97) holds for Bt%. PROOF. For any n > 2, if N = Bn%. then clearly (6.95) holds, and it is easy to check that (6.100) and (6.101) also hold. Thus Bn2l is a relational basis for 21 iff the extension condition (6.97) holds, and Bn2t is a semantical basis for 21 iff the amalgamation condition (6.99) holds. By Th. 334, the notions of relational, cylindric, and semantical basis coincide when n = 3 or n = 4, so all we need to do for both parts is show that the semiassociative holds in 21 iff the extension condition holds for #321, and that the associative law holds iff the extension condition holds for B42I. (i): Assume 21 €. SA. We will verify the extension condition (6.97) in case i = 0 = j and k = 1. The cases in which i / j do not require 21 € SA. Suppose
5.138)
flOO
101
flO2
aid
011
ai2
0,20
021
€B 3 2t.
Assume x,y € Ai2t and aoo < £;3/- We wish to find some b € -B32I such that a and 6 agree up to 1, 601 = x, and 610 = y. First we have 0 / aoo = aoo
x\y
< x;(y
x;aoo)
rot
<x;(y-x;V)
000 < 1'
= x;(y-x)
R6
It follows by t h e n o r m a l i t y of ; t h a t 0 / y x, b u t y a n d x are a t o m s , so y = x. Hence also x' = y6. Notice t h a t aoo < 0025020 < a o 2 ; l by (6.94) since a G B32I, a n d aoo < x;y < x;l by a s s u m p t i o n . We therefore have 0 / aoo < x;l
ao2;l
^ (ao2 ( - E i l ) ) ! ) ? !
^ot
= (002 - a ; ; l ) ; l
21 G SA
< (s;(^;ao2));l
rot
24. rc-DIMENSIONAL RELATION ALGEBRAS
Hence there is an atom z < x;ao2- Let (6.139)
faoo
x
002
6 = 2 /
x'
z
\jl20
Z O,22_
Clearly a and 6 agree up to 1, 601 = x, and 610 = y. It is easy to check that 6 E B 3 2t. For the converse, assume B32I satisfies the extension condition (6.97). We need only show ( p ; l ) ; l < p ; l for every p E A. Suppose ( p ; l ) ; l > x E At%. We are assuming 21 E WA, so by (6.104) we get
y;z. p>y<EAt<2l
Hence t h e r e a r e a t o m s y,z € At$l such t h a t xA < y;z, y < p, a n d z < p. Let r d
x
x
x
X
X
X
£
x'
x'
Then a G B^A by Th. 338, so by the extension condition (6.97), it follows from ^ V\z that there is some 6 6 B3IH such that a and 6 agree up to 2, 602 = y, and 620 = z. Consequently
a;d
6 =
X
y'
X
x'
612
z
621
622
and x = boi < bo2',b2i = J/;&2i < p ; l , as desired. (ii): For one direction, we assume 21 E RA and verify the extension condition (6.97) for B42I in case i = 0, j = 1, and k = 2. Suppose 0,00
aoi
ao2
aio
an
ai2
ao3
ai3
020
fl2i
022
023
030
031
032
033
Assume 1 , 5 6 At% and aoi < x;y. We wish to find 6 £ i?42l such that a and 6 agree up to 2, 602 = a;, and 621 = y- We have a o i < x;y
ao3;a3i
< x;(y =
rot
x;(aO3;a3i))
21 E RA
x;(y-(x;aO3);a,3i)
< x;((x;a03
rot
y;ai3);a3i)
so there is an atom z < x;ao3 y,ai3.
Let
aoo aio
aoi ttii
x y
x
y
x'
z
030
031
z
033
6 =
003 ^13
348
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
Clearly a and b agree up to 2, bo2 = x, and 621 = y- What remains is to show that 6 6 B^%. This is easy but there are many cases to check. For some of them it helps to note that 622 = x' = yd £ AVOk. In other cases the defining conditions on z are involved. For example, 623 = z < x;ao3 = 620; 603 For the converse, we assume that Bn% satisfies the extension condition (6.97) and show that 21 is associative. Suppose p,q,r £ A and (p;q);r > x £ At%. We wish to show x
x<(p;q);r=
^2 (P;?);J/, r>y£At<&
so there is an atom y £ At$l such that y < r and
x<(p;q);y= so t h e r e i s a s o m e a t o m z £ At$l
z y
Yl
''
s u c h t h a t x < z;y a n d
z
Yl
u;v,
p>u£Atm, q>v£At<&
so there are atoms u, v £ Ai2l such that u
X
X
X
x' x' x'
x' x' x'
x' x' x'
Then a 6 B^% by Th. 338. Since aoi = x < z;y, we may apply the extension condition (6.97) to get some 6 £ B^% such that a and 6 agree up to 2, 602 = 2, and 621 = y- Since 602 = z < u;v, we may apply the extension condition again to obtain c £ B42I such that 6 and c agree up to 3, C03 = u, and C32 = v. Then we have x = aoi = 601 = coi < Co3;c3i = u;c3i < M; (0325021) = u;(v;b2i) u v
\i \y)
=
^Pj(QrJr); a s desired.
Now we may characterize SA as the class of 3-dimensional relation algebras, and RA as the class of 4-dimensional relation algebras. Theorem 340 (Maddux [143, Th.6]). (i) RA3 = SA; (ii) RA4 = RA. PROOF. Proof of (i): If 21 £ SA then 21 C 21+ £ SA by Th.326, 21+ is complete
and atomic, and 2l+ has a 3-dimensional semantical (hence relational) basis by Th. 339. Proof of (ii): If 21 £ RA then 21 C 21+ £ RA by Th. 326, 21+ is complete and atomic, and 2l+ has a 4-dimensional semantical (hence relational) basis by Th. 339. Theorem 341. (i) (J), (L), and (M) hold in every atomic RA that has a 5-dimensional relational basis. (ii) RA5 |=
24. n-DIMBNSIONAL RELATION ALGEBRAS
349
PROOF. Proof of (i): Assume 21 is an atomic RA and N is a 5-dimensional relational basis for 21. We show only that (M) holds. Let £01, £02, £03, £32, £21, £24, £41
G
^"
Following Lyndon's notational convention, we let Z30 = (£03)" and x\\ = (s4i)". Since 21 is atomic, it suffices, by Th. 182, to show for every atom poi £ At$L that if (6.140)
poi < £01 (^02
£03 52:32) 5(221 2:24 ;
then (6.141) poi < £03; ((£30; £01 '£32; £21); x 14 -£32 ;»24 -£30; (#01 ;£i4 -£02 52:24)) ;am-
From (6.140) it follows by Th. 182 and Th. 296 there are additional atoms P02,P03,P32,P21,P24,P41 £ At01.
(6.142)
such that p02 < xO2, P03 < xO3, P32 < a;32, P21 < £21, P24 < x24, pa < £41, and (6.143)
0 / poi < (P02 P03 ;P32); (P21 P24 ;p4i).
This implies poi < P02JP21- By Th. 335(v) the cycle cover condition (6.98) holds, so we may apply it to obtain some a £ N such that (6.144) ooi=poi, aO2=po2, 021=^21From (6.143) we know that 0 7^ P02 -po3',P32 and 0 7^ P21 -p24;p4i, but P02 and P21 are atoms, so (6.145)
O02 =P02 < P03JP32,
(6.146)
a 2 i =P2i < P245P41-
By applying the extension condition (6.97) to (6.145) we obtain some b € N such that (6.147) a and 6 agree up to 3, &03=P03, Since a and b agree up to 3, (6.146) gives us
632=^32-
(6.148) 621
C32;C24
C30;C04); C41
< co3;((c3o;coi
0325021);ci4
0325024
0305004)5041
< C03;((0305001
0325021)5014
0325024
C3o;(coi;ci4
= &03 5 ((6305001
&32;O2l);Cl4 ' &32 5C24
= P03 5 ((P30 5P01
P32 ;P2l) ;P14
< £03; ((s3o;a;oi
a;32;K2i);a;i4
P32 5P24
C025024))5041
63O;(aoi!Cl4
O02 5 C24)) 5 C41
P30 5 (poi 5P14
£32;s;24 ' a;3o;(a;oi ; £ i 4
P02 5P24)) 5P41 £02 ^ 2 4 ) ) ; £ 4 i
350
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
Proof of (ii): If 21 G RA5 then 21 is a subalgebra of such an atomic 93 G RA with a 5-dimensional relational basis. Then 03 |= (J), (L), (M), but (L) and (M) are equations and (J) is a universal sentence, so they hold in all subalgebras of 03, including 21. The next theorem gives a useful sufficient condition for the existence of a semantical basis. The condition (Dn) is called the n-diamond condition. Theorem 342 (Maddux [146, Th. 7]). Suppose 3 < n < ui, 21 € WA, 21 is atomic, and (Dn)
7 / 0 ^ x i , . . . ,xn-2,yi,..
,2/rc-2 < 0', then 0 ^
n-2 ]J k=i
xk;yk.
Then fln2l is an n-dimensional semantical basis for 21. It is easy to find many examples of finite relation algebras (such as 9k (U) with \U\ < co) which have semantical bases even though they do not satisfy (D n ). However, it is shown in Th. 471 that "almost all" finite integral relation algebras satisfy (Dn). On the other hand, (Dn) will fail for essentially all nonintegral relation algebras. Here is a generalization of Th. 342 which applies to all relation algebras, including the nonintegral ones. Theorem 343 (Maddux [146, Th. 8]). Suppose 3 < n < ui, 21 G WA, 21 is atomic, and (D'n)
7 / 0 ^ xi,.. n-2
then 0 ^ n
. , x n - 2 , 2/i,...,2/n-2
< 0 ' , and 0 ^
n-2 Yl fc=i
xk;l;xk;yk;l;yk,
x
k; Vk
fc=i
Then Bn2l is an n-dimensional semantical basis for 21. It can also be shown that almost all finite relation algebras satisfy (D'n). 25. Cycles of atoms If the cycle law (Th. 294) is restricted to atoms, it can be restated as follows. Theorem 344. (R1-R3, R 5 , R7-R10) Assume x,y,z (6.150)
e At%.
Then
x ; y > z < = > x ; z > y <£=> z \ y > x <£=> z ; x > y < = > y \ x > z < = > y ; z > x .
PROOF. If x;y > z, then z = x;y z, but z ^ 0 since z is an atom, so 0 ^ x;y-z. By the cycle law, we get five more inequalities: 0 ^ x;z-y, 0 ^= z;y-x, 0 ^ z;x y, 0 ^ y;x z, and 0 ^ y;z x. Since y and x are also atoms, the first two of these statements yield y < x;z and x < z;y. By Th. 251, x, y, and z are also atoms, so the last three statements give us y z;x, z < y ;x, and x < y;z. The six equivalent conditions listed in the cycle law or in Th. 344 are equivalent conditions on triples of atoms, each condition stating membership or nonmembership in a particular ternary relation that we now define. Let 21 be a
25. CYCLES OP ATOMS
351
Boolean algebra with operators of relational type. The cycle structure of 21 is the ternary relation Cy(2l) := {(x,y,z)
: x,y,z € At%Ax;y
> z}.
This relation is empty if 21 is atomless. To conveniently express the equivalent conditions in Th. 294 or Th. 344 we define, for any atoms x,y,z £ At$l, a set of triples of atoms, (6.151)
[x, y, z] := {{x, y, z), (x, z, y), (y, z, x), (y, x, z), (z, x, y), (z, y, x)}.
The set [x, y, z] of triples of atoms is called a cycle. Note that the definition of [x,y,z] depends only on At% and the function": At% —> Atf&., and the definition applies to any algebra of relational type that satisfies R1-R3, R7, and Rs- If, in addition, 21 also satisfies R5, R9, and Rio, then, by the cycle law, the cycle structure of 21 is the union of cycles; every cycle is either contained in or is disjoint from the cycle structure. These two possibilities are distinguished as follows. We say that [x, y, z] is a forbidden cycle of 21 if [x, y, z] fl Cy(%V) = 0, and a cycle of 21 if [x, y, z] C CyipVj. A cycle [x, y, z] is said to be an identity cycle if one (or, equivalently, all) of its triples contains an identity atom, and a diversity cycle if all of the elements in its triples are diversity atoms. Lyndon [133, p. 710] suggested that a triple of atoms (x, y, z) be called a cycle if x;y > z. Any such triple also satisfies the conditions y;z > x, z;x > y, y;x > z, %\z > y, and z;y > x. We have used the condition x;y > z instead of Lyndon's suggested condition x;y > z, because Cj/(2l) is the relation which occurs in the Jonsson-Tarski Representation Theorem [118, Th. 3.10]; see Th. 352 below. Note that a triple (x, y, z) is a cycle in Lyndon's sense iff (x, y, z) is a cycle in the sense followed here. As we see next, if 21 G NA is atomic, then the operations ; and " are completely determined by the cycle structure of 21. When dealing with a ternary relation T, for brevity we will frequently write Txyz instead of (x, y, z) 6 T. Theorem 345. Assume 21 £ NA and 21 is atomic. Let (6.152)
T := Cy(fH),
(6.153)
U := {x : 3y3z(Txyz V Tyxz V Tyzx)},
(6.154)
S := {(0,6) : a,6 £ U,VxVv((Taxy
(6.155)
I := {a:ae
U,VxVv((TaxyV
<S> Tbyx) A (Txay «
Txay)
=> x = y)}.
Then (6.156)
U = At%
(6.157)
V a (a e U => 3bSab),
(6.158)
V a (a eU => 3i(i el A Tiaa)),
and for all atoms a,b G At%, (6.159) (6.160)
Sab O a = b, oe/»a
Tybx))},
352
8, RELATION ALGEBRAS
If x,y € A then (6.161) (6.162) (6.163)
x;y = ^ { c ;x>a€U,y>b€ x = ^{b
U,Tabc},
: x > a 6 U, Sab},
l'=^J.
PROOF. Proof of (6.156): Clearly T C {At%f, so we know ?7 C At a . Suppose a G AtSL. Since SI is atomic we have 1' = 52i'>i1e.Ata'tt> n e n c e 0 / a = a;l' = a;
a £ At 21, Re Jj
« w
St is atomic Th.296(ii)
Consequently there must be some atom w £ At SI such that 1' > w and 0 / a;«. But then a;« < a;l ! = a, hence 0 ^ a;« = a;u a, so {a,u,a) € Cty(Sl). This implies that a eU, and completes the proof that U = At%.. We happen to have also shown that (6.164)
AM = {a : 3«(r > it e A i » , {0,11,(1) g C»(St))}.
Proof of (6.159): Note that So* holds iff, for all x,y e AM, we have (6.165)
a;x-y / 0
&;j/a; / 0,
a;;a j / / 0
y;&- x / 0,
If a = 6 then (6.165) holds by the cycle law. For the converse, we assume (6.165) and show a = b. We saw above that there is some n £ At9l such that « < 1' and 0 / a;n a. From the latter statement we get b;a u / 0 by (6.165), so n;a b / 0 by the cycle law. Since 6 is an atom and u < V, this gives us b < u\a < 1! ;a = a. However, a is also an atom by Th. 251, so we conclude that b = a, as desired. Proof of (6.160): Note that a g I iff for all x,y e At% (6.166)
(a;x- j / / 0 Vx;a- j / / 0) => x = y.
Next we prove that if a < 1' then (6.166) holds for all atoms i , y € At^L. Suppose a;x - i ( / 0 . Then 0 ^ a;x y < 1' \x y = x y, hence x = y since x and y are atoms. Similarly, if x;a y ^ 0 then x = y. Thus a £ I whenever a < 1'. For the converse, assume a £ I. As we showed above, there is some atom n € AtSl such that w < 1' and 0 / a;ti a. Since a G / , this gives us « = a by (6.166), but w < V, so a < 1', as desired. Proof of (6.158): This follows from (6.156), (6.160), and (6.164). Proof of (6.157): This follows from (6.156), (6.159), and the fact that the converse of an atom in an NA is again as atom. Proof of (6.161): We use the complete additivity of left and right relative multiplication, the assumption that atoms are dense, and the definitions of U and T:
x;y = (J2& ; l ^ e E / l ) ; ( Z ^ 6: » > & £ t/})
Th
-182
25. CYCLES OP ATOMS
353
{a;b :x>aeU,y>beU}
Th. 296 Th. 182
: a;b > c 6 U, x > a g U, y > 6 6 U} :m>aeU,y>b£U,
Tabc}
Proof of (6.162): Similarly, we have
* = (y2{a :x>ae
I/})"
= ^{a :x>aeU} = J2& : x -
Th. 182 Th. 249
a e U Sab
' }
(6.159),
and (6.163) follows from (6.160) by Th. 182. In view of Th. 345, it is clear that a multiplication table listing the products of all the pairs of atoms of a given finite relation algebra is nothing more than a (rather redundant) list of its cycles and therefore completely determines that algebra. Lyndon [133] observed that the identity atoms can be characterized among all atoms as those which satisfy ti;w = u. Thus, he noted, a finite relation algebra may be characterized by specifying the mapping " from atoms to atoms and giving a list of cycles. We will specify finite relation algebras in the following way. We list the identity atoms, the symmetric diversity atoms, the pairs of antisymmetric atoms, and the cycles. We usually use notation for the atoms that helps to specify the identity atoms and the action of ". For example, suppose t, e, a, r, and r are the five atoms in a certain finite relation algebra 21 with 32 elements, whose cycles are [i,i,i], [e,e,e], [i,a,a], [i,r,r], [r,e,r], [a,r,r], [a,a,a]. The notation for the atoms tells us the structure of w. We have i = i, e = e, a = a, (r)" = r, (r)" = r. The convention is that since a is listed as an atom, but "a" does not appear in the list of atoms, then a = a. Since r and r are both listed, they are distinct and are converses of each other. We need to know " in order to correctly interpret the notation used to specify the cycles. For example, we know from (6.151) that (6.167)
[a, a, a] ;= {{a, a, a), (a, a, a), (a, a, a), (a, a, a), (a, a, a), (a, a, a)},
but, since a = a, we actually have (6.168)
[a,a,a]:={(a,a,a)}.
To determine that 1' = « + e we must use the list of cycles, (6.155), and (6.160). There is an isomorphism p that embeds the relation algebra 21 thus specified into £He (4). In fact, St is isomorphic to the subalgebra of 9te (4) which is generated by the relation {(0,3), (1,3), (2,3)}. The isomorphic embedding p of 21 into ffte (4) takes these values on the atoms of St:
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
p{a) = {(0,1) , (1, 0}, (0, 2}, (2, 0 ) , (1,2), (2,1)}, p ( r ) = {<(), 3 ) , < 1 , 3 > , ( 2 , 3 > } , p(r) = { ( 3 , 0 ) , ( 3 , l ) , ( 3 , 2 ) } .
26. Complex algebras of ternary relations In §6.25 we obtained a ternary relation from an atomic NA. In this section we reverse the procedure and start with a ternary relation. Suppose that T £ V is a ternary relation. Let U be the field of T as a ternary relation, that is, (6.153) holds. We use T to construct an algebra of relational type whose universe is Sb (U). First, define a binary operation ; on the powerset of U, by letting, for any X,YCU, X;Y := {c : 3x3y(x € X,y £ Y,Txyc)}. Define the binary relation 5 C U2 by (6.154). Note that S must be a symmetric relation because of the form of its definition. More specifically, (a,b) € S &VxVy((Taxy
<=> Tbyx) A (Txay <=> Tybx)),
{b,a) G S <^VxVy{{Tbxy « Tayx) A (Txby «
Tyax)),
and the two formulas on the right are clearly equivalent. Next we use S to define X C U for every subset X C U by X := {b : 3x(Sxb,x£ X)} = S*(X). Finally, define the subset / C U by (6.155). The operations ; and " along with the distinguished subset / are enough to define, starting from the Boolean algebra of all subsets of U, an algebra of relational type called the complex algebra of T. Cm(T) := (Sb (f/),U,- ; , " , / > . The Boolean part of £m (T) is 581 ({/), the complete atomic Boolean algebra of all subsets of the field of T. The complex algebra Cm (T) is a relation algebra when certain elementary conditions are satisfied by T, as stated in the next theorem. Theorem 346 (Maddux [142, 2.2, 2.6]). Suppose T e V is a ternary relation. Define U, S, and I by (6.153), (6.154), and (6.155). Consider the following six statements. (6.169)
V o (a € U => 3bSab),
(6.170)
V o ( a € ( / ^ 3t(i el A Tiaa)),
(6.171)
VxVyVzVaVb(Txyz ATzab => 3c{Txcb A Tyac)),
(6.172)
VxVyVzVaVb(Txyz ATzab => 3cTxcb),
(6.173)
VxVyVzVaVb(Txyz ATzab A Ix => 3cTxcb),
(6.174)
VxVzVa\/b(TxzzATzabAlx
=> Txbb).
Then (i) <£m (T) is an algebra of relational type,
28, COMPLEX ALGEBRAS OP TERNARY RELATIONS
358
(ii) the Boolean part of £tn (T) is a complete atomic Boolean algebra, (iii) the operators ; and " are normal and completely u-additive (in fac^ 1-additive, and 2-additivel respectively), (iv) if (6.169) and (6.170) then S is an involution, i.e., S : U -* V and S(S(x)) = x for all xeU, (v) Cm(T) g NA iff (6.169) and (6.170), (vi) £m(T) G RA iff (6.169), (6.170), and (6.171), (vii) Cm(T) g SA iff (6.169), (6.170), and (6.172), (viii) Cm(T) g WA iff (6.169), (6.170), and either (6.173) or (6.174). PROOF, (iv) and (v): Assume (6.169) and (6.170). We show that S is an involution. For any a € U we may apply (6.169) to obtain b € U such that Sab. So far this shows Do (S) = U. To show S is functional, suppose there is some c £ U such that Sac. Apply (6.170) to a, obtaining i G I such that Tiaa. By (6.154), the latter condition implies Tabi since Sab, which in turn implies Tcib since Sac, but from i € / and (6.155) it follows that c = b. Therefore S is functional. We already saw that S is symmetric, so 5 is an involution. We may therefore use functional notation with S. From (6.154) we get (6.175)
(a;, y, z) g T
» (Sx, z,y)eT
{Stfl S i , Sz)eT
«
(y, Sz, Sx)eT
(Sx, a;, Sj/} g T «
»
(», % , a;) 6 T
for all x,y,z € [/. It follows directly from (6.175) and the definitions of ; and in Cm (T) that the third and fourth conditions of Th. 314 are satisfied in Cm (T). Note that I;X C X for all X C U by (6.155). The opposite inclusion follows directly from (6.170). Hence the first condition of Th. 314 holds, namely, the equation x = V ;x is valid in Cm(T). To show that the equation x = x;V is valid in €m(T), first note that I ; / C I for all X C U. For the opposite inclusion, let a e X. By (6.170), there is some * g I such that («, Sa, Sa) € T. Applying (6.175) twice, we obtain {a, i, a) g T, hence a € X;I. By Th. 314, Cm (T) 6 NA. The conditions required for £tn(T) G RA in the previous theorem can be expressed less formally. (6.170) says that every a g U has a left identity i g I, (6.169) says that every a G U has a converse b G E7, and (6.171) (the associativity of ;) says that, under the right interpretation, two lines intersecting at a point z determine a plane, as illustrated in Figure 2. Part of the diagram uses oriented labelled triangles, as was done for the cycle law, Th. 294, and the rest shows that the associativity condition (6.171) holds in Euclidean geometry when Txyz is interpreted, in case x, y, and z are distinct points, as "the directed line segment from x to y contains z". The identity element of the complex algebra of T is an atom just in case / is a singleton, i.e., I = {e} for some e 6 U. Whenever this is the case, (6.170) takes on the following simpler form, (6.176)
\ta(a £ U =4- Teaa).
By Th. 307, 1' is an atom in every integral NA. The converse does not hold for nonassociative relation algebras because McKinsey's algebra has zero-divisors and
RELATION ALGEBRAS
TxyzhTzab => 3c(TxcbATyac))
FIGURE 2. Associativity
yet 1' is an atom, but if the identity element of a semiassociative relation algebra is an atom, then the algebra is integral; see Th. 353. Every square relation algebra on a set is a complex algebra, for if U is an arbitrary set and T = {{(a, b), (b, c), {a, c)) : a,b,c € [/}, then the complex algebra Cm (T) is equal (and not just isomorphic) to the square relation algebra on U: me (CO = €m ({{(a,b),
(b,c), {a,e» :a,b,ce
U}).
At this point we have two ways to construct the complex algebra of a group (one is (6.4)), but they produce the same result. Let & = (G, o, ~1, e) be a group. The complex algebra £m(<&) was first defined above by using all three of o, ~1, and e. However, we get another complex algebra from © by using only the binary operation o. Since o is a binary operation, it is a set of ordered pairs, each of whose left side is an ordered pair in G2 and whose right side is an element of G, but every such ordered pair is an ordered triple, since (x, y, z) = ((x, y) ,z). Thus 0 is a ternary relation. Indeed, o = {{x, y, z) : x, y, z £ G, x o y = z}. Define S C G 2 a n d ICG according t o (6.154) a n d (6.155). T h e n S = " 1 a n d 1 = {e}, so £m(o) = £m(0).
28.
27.
MCKINSEY'S ALGEBRA IN WA ~ SA
357
The very nonassociative algebra in NA ~ WA
For an example of an algebra in NA that is not in WA (from Maddux [142, 3.6]), suppose i, e, a £ V are distinct, let T = {{i, i, i), (e, e, e ) , (i, a, a), (a, i, a), (a, a, i), (e, a, a), (a, e, a), (a, a, e)}. Then Cm (T) £ NA and if assume U, S, and I are defined according to (6.153), (6.154), and (6.155), then U = {i,e,a}, S = {(i,i) , (e,e), (a,a)}, and I = {i,e}. We have Cm (T) g WA since (6.173) fails, as follows. We have i £ I, {i,a,a) £ T, and (a, a, e) £ T, but there is no atom c £ {i, e, o} such that (i, c, e) £ T. The very nonassociative relation algebra may also be succinctly specified, according to our notational conventions, by saying that its atoms are i, e, o, and its cycles are [»,»,«], [e,e,e], [i, o,a], and [e, o,a]. To show that the notions of cylindric and relational basis differ for algebras in NA, Hirsch-Hodkinson [99, Ex. 12.6(5)] give a general construction of an algebra in NA~WA from any relation algebra. Applied to £Hc (3), their construction produces the algebra 21 £ NA whose atoms are q, q, qo, qi, r, f, ro, r\, s, s, so, s\, a n d w h o s e cycles are [90,9,9], [q,qi,q], [ro,r,r], [r,n,r], [so,s,s], [s,si,s],
[r,s,q\.
The identity element is 1' = qo + qi + ro + ri + so + si. Let Qo q
q qi
q~ qi
.9 9i 9i. Then a £ .B32I and 001 = q < r;s. The extension condition (6.97) fails. There is no matrix 6 £ .B32I such that a and 6 agree up to 2, 602 = r, and 621 = s, because the last three conditions entail b:= so if 6 £ B32I then r = 602 < 6005602 = qo',r, but qo;r = 0, a contradiction. The atom cover condition (6.96) and cycle cover condition (6.98) hold for B32I while the extension condition (6.97) fails. In fact, 21 has no n-dimensional relational basis for every n > 3, but 21 does have an n-dimensional cylindric basis for every n> 3.
28.
McKinsey's algebra in WA ~ SA
The algebra described in the section was created by J. C. C. McKinsey around 1940 to show that the associative law is independent of the other axioms for relation algebras, that is, that R4 is not derivable from the remaining axioms R1-R3, R5-R10. Tarski also used McKinsey's algebra to show that the sentence of first-order logic which expresses the associative law for relative multiplication is not 3-provable; see Tarski-Givant [240, p. 68]. McKinsey's algebra is described in the Appendix of the unpublished monograph by Tarski [227, pp. 264-265] (the initial draft of Tarski-Givant [240]). This same algebra happens to have been used in Maddux [144], [147, p. 546]. Let T := {(V,V, ! ' ) , ( ! ' , a, a), (a, V, a), (a, a, ! ' ) , ( ! ' , 6,6), (6,1', 6), (6, 6,1')}
RELATION ALGEBRAS
i' a b
V V a b
a a V 0
b b 0 1'
TABLE 2. Multiplication table for McKinsey's algebra
McKinsey's algebra is €m(T), the complex algebra of T. If U (the field of T), S, and / are defined according to (6.153), (6.154), (6.155), respectively, then U = {V,a,b},
S = {(V,V),(a,a},(b,b)},
and I = {V}. McKinsey's algebra may
also be described as t h e 8-element algebra 21 £ NA with a t o m s V,a,b a n d cycles [1', 1', 1'], [ l ' , a , o ] , a n d [ l ' , 6 , &]. T h e multiplication t a b l e for a t o m s in McKinsey's algebra is shown in Table 2. Notice t h a t t h e identity element 1' is an a t o m , b u t McKinsey's algebra is not integral since 0 = a;b (see T h . 307). McKinsey's algebra is not associative since a;(b;b) = a;V = a ^ 0 = 0 ; 1 ' = (a;b);b. McKinsey's algebra is not in SA since a ; l = V + a ^ a ; l ; l = 1. O n t h e other h a n d , McKinsey's algebra is in WA, for if x V = 0 t h e n (V x);l;l = 0 = (V x);l, while if 1' < x t h e n x ; l = l = x ; l ; l . McKinsey's algebra is 1-generated by a a n d also by b, w i t h o u t t h e identity, since 1' = a;a a n d b = V + a.
29.
An algebra in SA~RA
Let 21 be t h e algebra with a t o m s V,a,r,r [ l ' , r , r ] , [r, l ' , r ] , [a,r,r], [r,a,a], a n d [r,r, a].
a n d cycles [ l ' , l ' , l ' ] , [ l ' , a , o ] , T h e n t h e equation x\(x\x) =
( x ; x ) ; x f a i l s w h e n x = r s i n c e r ; ( r ; r ) = r \ V = r b u t ( r ; r ) ; r = (a + l ' ) ; r a;r + r = a + r. This observation is used to prove Th. 545.
30.
=
Lyndon's nonrepresentable algebras in RA ~ RRA
Lyndon constructed several nonrepresentable relation algebras, the smallest with 52 atoms. The one published in Lyndon [133], presented next, has 56 atoms: - an and a'u for i £ {1, 2, 3, 4, 5}, - aij, a'ij, aik, a'ik,
- [alh an, au] where i <E {1, 2}, {k, 1} C {3, 4, 5}, k^l. Then Cm (T) 6 RA, but Cm (T) is not representable because it fails to satisfy Lyndon's condition C2, which states that if 0 / £02;£21 ' ^03;£31 2:04;£41 then 0 7^ X2o;£o3 X2i;xi3 (x2o;^o4 X2i;xi4);(x4o;a;o3 X4i;xi3). Condition C2 is an immediate consequence of equation (L) (see p. 30).
32, Lyndon'S ALGEBRAS FROM PHOJEOTIVE GEOMETRIES
359
31. Jdnsson's algebras from projective geometries A set L 6 V is a projective geometry, its elements are called lines, and elements of (J L are called points, if no point is a line, every line has at least two points, and (i) for every two points a and b there is exactly one line in L, called ab, such that a, b € ab 6 L1 (ii) if a, 6, and c are distinct points, 32 ^ db, x G cb, y € ac, and x ^ y, then Ty fl ofc ^ 0. It follows from (i) that the intersection of distinct lines contains at most one point, and (ii) is illustrated in Figure 2. Let L be a projective geometry in which every line contains at least three points. Let U = (J L U {e} for some e ^ \J L. Let T be the ternary relation on U consisting of all triples of distinct collinear points of L, plus all the triples of the form (e,a,a), {a,e,a}, and {a,a,e} with o f f / . In other words, if S = U1 then T contains the identity S-cycles and the 3-cycles of collinear points of L. Note that Cm (T) is symmetric and V = {e} is an atom of €m (T). In the case of a single line with exactly three points we get a representable relation algebra, for if L = {1} and \l\ = 3 then £m(T) ^ £m(Z 2 x Z 2 ), but otherwise we only have Cm (T) € SA. €m (T) ^ RA whenever some line has four or more points, for in that situation we have a,b,c,d(z I € L1 {a, 6, c, d}\ = 4, and {a, b, c), (c, &, d) £ T, but there is no x G (J L such that {a, as, d), {b, b, x) £ T. J6nsson [112, Th. 4] proved a lemma that gets around this difficulty: If T is a ternary relation with field U such that I = {e}, S is the identity relation on U, that is, S = (x : x £ U), and (6.170) and (6.169) hold, then T C T' for some ternary relation T' that satisfies (6.170), (6.169), and (6.171), i.e., €m(T') 6 RA, and an additional technical property. Then, supposing L is a non-Desarguesian projective plane, that is, it has two triangles that are centrally perspective but not axially perspective, J6nsson uses the lemma to choose an extension T' D T with €m (T') € RA. The three triangles that are centrally perspective but not axially perspective produce, by the additional technical property, a violation of formula (J) (see p. 30), which is valid in every representable relation algebra. A triangle is, by definition, a triple of distinct non-collinear points. The ternary relation T contains all triangles. Suppose a,b,c and n,v,w are triangles that are axially perspective (which means that audbv = bvC\cw = auHcw) but are not centrally perspective, which means that the three points ab D uv, ac n uw, and 6c n vw are not collinear. A violation of (J) arises by taking a;oi = abf) uv, %ca = a, &21 = b, X24 = c, a;o3 = u, xis = v, and £43 = w. To see this, draw the pictures in the style of the illustrations of (6.171). Therefore £tn(T") is a nonrepresentable relation algebra. It is also integral and symmetric and infinite. 32. Lyndon's algebras from projective geometries Lyndon's construction of a ternary relation T from a projective geometry differs from Jonsson's by the inclusion of all triples of the form {a, a, a). If L is (the set of points in) a projective geometry, U = (J L U {e} where e ^ (J L, and T is the ternary relation on U consisting of all triples of distinct collinear points
360
8, RELATION ALGEBRAS
of L, plus all the triples of the form {e,a,a}, {a,e,a}, {a,a,e}, and (a, a, a) with a , that is, T = {(a, b, c) : 3 = |{o, 6, c}|, {a, b,c} C\e L} e a u
U ^ > > °^> ^ e> a J' ^ a ' e J' ^ a ' a ^
then Cm (T) is the Lyndon algebra of L. Conversion in Cm (T) is trivial, so €m (T) is a symmetric algebra. The reason for restricting the next theorem to geometries with at least four points on every line is that if L has a line with exactly three points, say a, b, and c, then T contains the cycles [a, a, a] and [a, 6, c], but there is no point x such that [a, 6, a;] and [a,c, x\ are cycles, so Cm(T) ^ RA. Projective geometries with at least four points on every line create a class of relation algebras whose characterization is given in the next theorem. Theorem 347 (Lyndon [135]). St is the Lyndon algebra of a projective geometry with at least four points in every line iff 21 G RA, SI is complete, atomic, symmetric, V is an atom of SI, and a;a = a + V for every atom a. PROOF. The construction of an algebra from a geometry was described above. Conversely, to construct a geometry from an algebra St, let the set of points consist of the atoms distinct from 1', and let the line containing a, b be ab = {x :
a;b + a + b>x
e At%}.
D
The next theorem is Lyndon's key observation. Theorem 348 (Lyndon [135]). The Lyndon algebra of a projective geometry L is representable iff L is embeddable in a projective geometry with one dimension more than L. The representation of each point is the set of pairs of distinct points which, with the given point, make a collinear trio. For some informative diagrams and more explanations of this material from a cylindric algebraic point of view, see Monk [183], By Th. 348, the Lyndon algebra of a projective line of order n (which contains n + l points on a single line) is not representable whenever there does not exist a projective plane of order n. Since there is no projective plane of order 6, it follows that a particular symmetric integral relation algebra with 8 atoms is not representable. Whether this Lyndon algebra satisfies equations (M) or (L) (see p. 30) is not known. Lyndon's 8-atom nonrepresentable relation algebra was the smallest known algebra in RA ~ RRA when it was published in 1961. McKenzie found a 4-atom nonrepresentable RA for his dissertation in 1966. 33. McKenzie's nonrepresentable algebra McKenzie [166] found a 4-atom nonrepresentable relation algebra that turns out to be algebra 14a7 (algebra number 14 among the 37 algebras listed in Chapter 8 that have atoms I1, a, r, and r). Its atoms are V,a,r,r. This algebra's four identity cycles are [1', 1', 1'], [1',a,a), [r, l',r], and [1',r,r]. Its four diversity cycles are [r, r, r], [a, r, r], [r, a, r], and [r, a, a]. Its three forbidden diversity cycles
33.
McKenzie'S NONREPRESENTABLE ALGEBRA
1437
1' a r r
V V a r r
a a V +r + f a+r a+f
r r a+ r r 1
f f a+ r 1 f
TABLE 3. Multiplication table for McKenzie's nonrepresentable algebra
are [r, r, a], [r,r,r], and [a, o,a]. McKenzie's algebra is certainly not the smallest nonrepresentable relation algebra if size is measured by the number of atoms. Nor does it have the smallest number of cycles. It has four cycles, but so do the nonrepresentable algebras 2437, 2537, and 2737. But it does have the smallest cycle structure, containing only 28 triples, while the cycle structures of 2437, 2537, and 2737 contain 29, 30, and 31 triples, respectively. The relative multiplication table for the atoms is determined by the list of cycles, and is shown in Table 3. Let x = V+r. Then a; is transitive since x;x = ( l ' + r ) ; (V+r) = V+r+r;r = V+r = x and reflexive since x\(V x) = x;x = x and (1' -x)\x = x. Thus x is partial ordering element of I437. Note that x is antisymmetric since x-x = (V + r)-(V +r) = V. The corresponding incomparability element (corresponding to the notion and 2") is x x = (a + r) (a + r) = a. Suppose a representation exists, and that it correlates the nonempty binary relations / , A, R, and R'1 with the atoms 1', a, r, and r, respectively. A pair of distinct incomparable points p and q have an upper bound u and a lower bound I. This is expressed in the algebra by the Since inclusion a < r;f r;r, and in the representation by A C _R|_R-1 (~l R-1\R.
(p, q) £ A, there is some u and I such that (p, u) E R, (u,q) E R 1, (p,l) E R 1, and (l,q) G R, so (q,u) G R and (l,p) G R as well. The lower bound / is strictly below the upper bound u since (I, u) E R;R C R, but, by the inclusion r < a;a, there must be some element i that is incomparable with both u and I, that is, {i, u) £ A and {i, I) £ A. If i were above q it would be above /, while if i were below q, it would be below u, but i is incomparable with both I and u. Therefore i is incomparable with q. Similarly, i is incomparable with p. Since p and q are themselves incomparable, this gives us three mutually incomparable elements, namely p, q, and i. It follows that the relation An J4|A is not empty. On the other hand, a;a-a = 0, so we have a contradiction. There cannot be any representation. This argument is encapsulated by a single equation with only a single variable, due to Givant, McNulty, and Tarski; see Tarski-Givant [240, p. 55]. This equation, which holds in all representable relation algebras but fails in McKenzie's algebra when the lone variable x is assigned to the partial ordering element 1' + r, is 1 = l ; ( x f x + ( x ; x + V + ( x - x ) ; ( x - x ) - x ) - x+ x ' \ x ) ; l .
To show this equation holds in RRA, it suffices to prove that it holds in every 5Ke (U) (with M ^ I , since all equations hold in the trivial algebra £Re (0)), where it is equivalent t o 0 ^ x \ x + (x; x + V + (x x); (x x) -x) -x + x^x. Assume, t o t h e contrary, t h a t 0 = x f x + (x; x + V + (x x); ix x) x) x + x~ \ x. T h e n
362
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
0 = x \ x = x f x = (x;x + V) x = (x x); (x x) (x x), so, letting a = x x, we get 1 = x;x = x;x, x;x + V < x, and 0 = a;a a. Note that x a s a partial ordering. Indeed, since x;x + V < x we know that x is transitive and reflexive on U. From 1 = x;x we have 0 ^ 1' D x;x, hence 0 ^ x x = a, so a pair of incomparable elements exist in U. From 1 = x;x we also have 1 = £;£, so every pair of elements has an upper and lower bound. Arguing as above, we deduce that there are at least 3 incomparable elements, contradicting the assumption that 0 = a;a a. For another proof of the nonrepresentability of 1437, note that (J) fails when £01 = (i, £02 = r, £21 = r, X03 = r, £31 = r, £24 = a, and £43 = a. This failure is
actually quite closely related to the arguments given so far. For yet another proof that McKenzie's algebra is not representable, it is enough to note that (M) fails when £02 = r, £21 = r, and £01 = £03 = £32 = £24 = £41 = a.
34. Allen's interval algebra An example of a representable relation algebra used in applications is the Interval Algebra, due to J. F. Allen [1, 2]. Let U be the set of "events", where an event is simply a pair of real numbers, the second larger than the first. The first number in an event is its "starting time", the second its "ending time". Seven binary relations on events are defined in the list below, where x,x',y,y' are real numbers (element of R), the relation < is the usual ordering of R, and (x,x'), {y,y') are events. "identity"
1' = {((£, x) , (y, y')) : x = y < x = y'}
"precedes"
p = {{{x, xlsj , (3/, j/')) : x < x' < y < y'}
"during"
d = {((x, x) , (y, y')) : y < x < x < y'}
"overlaps"
o = {((£, a;') , (3/, y')) x < y < x < y'}
"meets"
m = {((x, x) , (y, y')) : x < x = y < y'}
"starts"
s = { ( ( x , x') , (y, y')) :x =
y<x'
"finishes"
/ = {((x, x) , (y, y')) : y < x < x = y'}
The seven relations listed above are studied by van Benthem [246] and are used in some computer programs; see Allen-Koomen [5], Malik-Binford [160], and Simmons [217]. They generate a finite subalgebra of $Re (R), called the interval algebra. The interval algebra has 13 atoms, namely 1', p, p, d, d, o, o, ra, rh, s, s, / , and / . It turns out that p alone generates the interval algebra, as do each of the elements p, m, rh, o, and o; see Ladkin-Maddux [128, 127]. Starting with the rational numbers instead of the reals, or any dense linear ordering without endpoints, results in an algebra that is isomorphic to the interval algebra. But other infinite linear orderings produce relation algebras generated by 1', p, d, o, m, s, and / that are not finite, and the relations listed above are no longer atoms. This happens, for example, with the integers. If we start with a finite linear ordering, say < on a finite set U, then the subalgebra generated by 1', p, d, o, m, s, and / will be all of $Re ([/). Any relation algebra obtained in this way may be called an interval algebra (while Allen's interval algebra is obtained from the reals or
34. Allen'S INTERVAL ALGEBRA
V
P
P
d
d
o
6
1'
V
P
d
d
o
6
p
P
p
pdoms
P d
pdoms pdomf
P
V d
P 1
P 1 P
d
pdomf pdoms
P
P
P 1
pdomf
d
d
pdomf
Vddoossf f
d
dof
dos
o
o
P
pdoms pdoms
dos
pom
Vddoossf f
6
6
pdomf
P
dof
pdomf pdoms
Vddoossf f
pom
m
m
P
pdbms
dos
P
dos
rh
rh
pdomf
P
dof
P
P dof
s
s
pdomf
pom
P dof
8
8
f f
f f
P
P
P
d
pdomf
P
dof
d
dof
6
P
P
d
pdoms
dos
pom
P
pdoms
dos
d
o
dos
TABLE
4. Multiplication table for the interval algebra, first part
rationals). Allen's interval algebra has 75 cycles, written here without commas: [ l ' l T ] , [Vss], [Vmm], [Vpp], [l'oo], [Vff], [Vdd], [si's], [ml'm], [pVp], [ol'o], [/!'/]j [dl'rf], [sss], [smp], [spp], [som], [sop], [soo], [sfd], [sdd], [msm], [mmp], [mpp], [mop], [mfs], [mfo], [mfd], [mds], [mdo], [mdd], \psp], [pmp], [ppp], [pop], [p/s], [pfm], [pfp], [pfo], [pfd], [pds], [pdm], [pdp], [pdo], [pdd], [oso], [omp], [opp], [oom], [oop], [ooo], [ofs], [ofo], [ofd], [ods], [odo], [odd], [fsd], [fmm], [fpp], [fos], [foo], [fod], [ / / / ] , [fdd], [dsd], [dmp], [dpp], [dos], [dom], [dop], [doo], [dod], [dfd], [ddd].
The table of relative products of atoms of the interval algebra is given in two parts (see Tables 4 and 5). The + signs are omitted to save space. For example, pdoms = p + d + o + m + s. The table appeared first in Allen [2]. It not only shows relative products of atoms in the interval algebra, but also shows containments for the Allen-Hayes algebra [3, 4]. By the Allen-Hayes algebra we mean the direct product of "all" interval algebras, i.e., the direct product of an indexed system of algebras containing one algebra from each isomorphism type of interval algebra. The Allen-Hayes algebra contains the elements 1', p, p, d, d, o, 6, m, rh, s, s, f, and / . They form a partition, i.e., are pairwise disjoint and 1 =p+p + d + d + o + d + m + rh + s + s + f + f. Finally, the relative product of any two of them is contained in (and not necessarily equal to) the corresponding entry in the table.
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
8
f f
/ /
P
pdoms
P
pdomf
P
P dos
d
pdomf
P d
pdoms
dof
d
dos
d
m
fh
s
3
r
m
fh
s
p
P
pdoms
P
P
P pdomf
P
d
P
d
dof
0
P dof
dos
0
dof
dos
pom
P
dof
pom
6
dos
P Vss
17/
m
m
dos
dof
P fh
s
P Vss
fh
d
pom
6 m fh
s
P
P fh
s
dof
m
Vss
s
6
d
f /
m
P dos
d
pom
f
0
d
17/
17/ /
TABLE
m
5. Multiplication table for the interval algebra, second part
35. Cycle structures of complex algebras The operation of forming a complex algebra from a ternary relation produces an algebra from which the original ternary relation may be recovered as a cycle structure. Theorem 349. Every ternary relation is isomorphic to the cycle structure of its complex algebra, that is, i / T e V and T C V3 then T9iCy(€m(T)). PROOF.
Note that {x,y,z) € T
{{x}, {y}, {z}) € Cy{£xn(T)).
U
Although the cycle structure determines the operations ; and " in every atomic 21 £ NA, it does not determine which joins of atoms of 21 exist. However, if every join of atoms exists, i.e., if 21 is complete, then 21 is completely determined by its cycle structure. This observation was first made in a far more general setting. Instead of a single ternary relation, let us consider an arbitrary relational structure, consisting of a set U together with a set of fmitary relations on U, whose complex algebra is the complete atomic Boolean algebra 031 (U) of all subsets of U augmented with the normal and completely additive (universally additive) operators determined by the relations on U. An (n+ l)-ary relation R C , Xn C U, Un+1 determines an n-ary operator / on U, where for any inputs X\, (6.177)
n)
= {u:
,un,u)
lr--
,un
36. REPRESENTATION BY COMPLEX ALGEBRAS
365
Jonsson-Tarski [119, Th. 3.9] observed that the complex algebra of a relational structure is a normal complete atomic Boolean algebra with completely additive operators, and, conversely, every normal complete atomic Boolean algebra 21 with completely additive operators is isomorphic to the complex algebra of a relational structure which is obtained from 21 in a manner that generalizes the way the cycle structure was obtained in case 21 £ NA. For the following theorem one need only note additionally that the operators in an NA are normal and completely additive. Theorem 350 (Jonsson-Tarski [119, 3.9], Maddux [142, 3.13]). 7/21 £ NA and 21 is complete and atomic, then 21 = Cm (C?/(2l)). The next theorem gathers some observations one can make in the somewhat more general setting of an atomic 21 £ NA that may not be complete. Theorem 351 (Maddux [142, 3.13]). Assume 21 £ NA and 21 is atomic. (i) 2l^|CCm(Cy(2l)). (ii) If Cm (C?/(2l)) £ RRA then 21 £ RRA. (iii) Cm (6*2/(21)) € NA. (iv) IfK is RA, SA, or WA, then Cm (6*2/(21)) £ K <s> 21 £ K. PROOF. For part (i), let / be the map that carries each element x of 21 to the set of atoms of 21 that lie below x. Then / is an embedding of 21 into £m(C?/(2l)). Part (ii) follows from part (i) and ISRRA = RRA. It follows from Th. 345 that (6.169) and (6.170) hold when T = C?/(2l), so by Th. 346 we conclude that Cm (C«/(2l)) £ NA. The converse of part (ii) may fail. Indeed, it is possible that 21 £ RRA and yet Cm (Cj/(2l)) f. RRA. Exceptions occur when 21 is both atomic and generated by its atoms, in which case it contains as few joins as possible. The complex algebra of the cycle structure of 21 contains all joins, that is, there is an element for every subset of At$l. The presence of these additional elements can cause nonrepresentability, as in Th. 323. Let us explore the reasons in more detail. Suppose 21 is an atomic RRA. Suppose a embeds 21 in 6 b {E). Define a : Sb (Am) -> 56 {E) by a (X) = U^ex a ( x )- Then a is a homomorphism of Cm (Cy(2l)) into 6 b (E) iff, for all X,Y C At% (6.178) (6.179) (6.180)
a(X\JY)=a(X)\Ja(Y), a(X) =a(X), a(X;Y)=a(X)\a(Y),
(6.181) The first and fourth equations always hold, while the second and third equations
hold iff a (AM) = \JaeAm a (a) = E. 36. Representation by complex algebras Let 21 £ NA. In view of the existence and uniqueness of perfect extensions, we could simply add a superscript "+" to "21" and denote a perfect extension of
366
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
21 by 2l + , as was done in Th. 326. In contrast, recall that in case 03 € BA, we let 03+ be the Boolean algebra of all sets of ultrafilters of 03, an algebra which is naturally isomorphic to every perfect extension of 03. Here we extend this construction to NA. We obtain an algebra isomorphic to every perfect extension of 21 by constructing the complex algebra of the ternary relation T on the set £//2l of ultrafilters of 21 denned by T := {(F,G,H) : F,G,He
Uf%{f;g
3
= (*7/2l) n {{F, G, H) :F;*GC
: f € F,g € G} C H} H}.
Define a function £ : A —> 56 (t//2t) by e(x) :={F :x€
F £ 17/21}
for every x E A. We say that T is the ultrafilter structure of 21, and £ is the ultrafllter embedding. Let <£m2l:=£m(T). Then Ghn2l is the canonical embedding algebra of 21. This name was applied by Henkin-Monk-Tarski [93, 2.7.4] to the corresponding construction for cylindric algebras, which, by the way, was based on maximal proper ideals instead of ultrafilters. The version presented here appears in McKenzie [165, Th. 2.11]. The Jonsson-Tarski Representation Theorem [119, Th. 3.10] says that if 21 is a Boolean algebra with normal, completely additive operators, then 21 is isomorphic to an algebra that has the complex algebra of a relational structure as one of its perfect extensions. The proof proceeds by noting that 21 has a perfect extension 2l + , which, because it is complete, atomic, and has normal completely additive operators, is isomorphic to the complex algebra of a relational structure obtained by denning the appropriate relations on the atoms of 2l + . The next theorem is the NA version of the Jonsson-Tarski Representation Theorem, combined with a few additional observations. It is a consequence of Th. 326, Th. 350, and Th. 351. Theorem 352 (Jonsson-Tarski [119, 3.10]). Let 21 € NA. Then (i) <£m2le NA, (ii) if 21 is finite then 21 = £tn 21, (iii) ifK is RA, SA, or WA, then 21 e K <s> <£m2l e K, (iv) the ultrafilter embedding is an isomorphism from 21 onto a subalgebra 21' o/(£m2t, 21^21' C <£m2t, such that Ghn2l is a perfect extension o/2t'. 37. Elementary arithmetic in SA Jonsson-Tarski [119, 4.18(ii)] observed that every integral relation algebra is simple. Jonsson-Tarski [119, 4.17] also proved that a relation algebra is integral iff its identity element is an atom. In one direction this holds for NA. The other direction fails for WA but holds for SA. Theorem 353 (Maddux [147, Th.4]). Let 21 £ SA. Then 21 is integral iff V is an atom of 21.
37. ELEMENTARY ARITHMETIC IN SA
367
PROOF. One direction follows from the observation that if 21 is an integral NA then 1' is an atom, by Th. 307. For the converse, assume 21 £ SA and 1' £ At 21. By Th. 307, an NA is integral iff it has at least two elements and x\\ = \ whenever x 0. So we need only assume x 0 and show x ; l = 1. Now it follows from 1' £ At% and the definition of atom that 1' ^ 0, and this implies that 21 has at least two elements. By 1' £ At%, we also have either 1' x ; l = 0 or 1' x;l = V. However, if 1' x; 1 = 0, then 0 = x V ; 1 = x by the cycle law, contradicting our assumption that x ^ 0. Therefore 1' < x;l. But then, by Th. 276, 1 = 1';1 < a ; ; l ; l = x ; l < 1, so 1 = x; 1, as was to be shown. The assumption that 21 £ SA is essential, because McKinsey's algebra is a nonintegral 21 £ WA in which 1' is an atom. In McKinsey's algebra, the atoms are 1', a, b, and the cycles are [1', 1', 1'], [1', a, a], and [1',b,b]. Then 1' is an atom, but a;b = 0, so 21 is not integral. Next we show that many special cases of the associative law holds in every SA. The development culminates in Th. 365 below, which says that associativity may be freely applied to any relative product in which one of the factors is 1. T h e o r e m 354 (Maddux [150, Th. 13]). Assume 21 £ SA. For all x,y,z we have (6.182)
(x-y;z);l
=
(6.183)
l;(x-y;z)
= l;(z-y;x),
(6.184)
x;yl;z = x;(yl;z),
(6.185)
x;y-z;l
(6.186)
(x-l;y);z = x;(z-y;l),
(6.187)
(x;y);l=x;(y;l),
(6.188)
(l;x);y = l;(x;y),
=
(6.189)
(yx;z);l,
(x-z;l);y,
(x;y);(z;l)=x;(y;(z;l)),
(6.190)
((l;x);y);z = (l;x);(y;z),
(6.191)
x;(y;l);z = x;((y;l);z),
(6.192)
(x;(l;y));z = x;((l;y);z).
PROOF. Proof of (6.182): (x-y;z);l<((yx;z);z);l
Th. 265, (6.46)
<((yx;z);l);l
Th. 265
= (yx;z);l
Th. 276(ii)
<((x-y;z);z);l
Th. 265, (6.47)
<((x-y;z);l);l
Th. 265
= (x-y;z);l
Th. 276(ii)
Proof of (6.183): (6.183) follows from (6.182) by converse duality.
£ A,
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
Proof of (6.184): 1 ;z
x;y
= x ;(y < X
! ; ( !
= x ;(y < X
;*))
(6.44)
;*))
Th. 265
x;(l
1 y\
Th. 276(ii) Th. 265
\y- i ; ( i ; l;z
Th. 276(ii)
= X ;«/
Proof of (6.185): (6.185) follows from (6.184) by converse duality. Proof of (6.186): (x -l;y);z
< (x l;y);(z
(x I;$)";!)
(6.44)
<x;{z-{y\l)\l)
Th. 265, Th. 239, Th. 243, R 7 , Rg
= x;(z-y;l)
Th. 276(ii)
<(x-l;(z-y;iy);(z-y;l)
(6.46)
< (x l\{\;y))\z
Th.265, Th. 239, Th. 243, R 9
= (x-l;y);z
Th. 276(ii)
Proof of (6.187): (x;y);l
= (1
x;y)\\
= (x-l;y);l
(6.182)
= x;(l-y;l)
(6.186)
(6.188) follows from (6.187) by converse duality. Proof of (6.189):
( T'lll
' (7 ' 1 ) — \(T'1I\''7\''\
I fl 1 S V ]
= (x;yl;z);l
(6.182)
= (i;(scl;z));l
(6.184)
= x;((yl;z);l)
(6.187)
= x;((l-y;z);l)
(6.182)
= x\{y\{z\\))
(6.187)
Proof of (6.191): (T- (ir 11V 7— ff T -nViV7
ffi 1 87")
= (x;y);l-l;z
(6.184)
= x\{y\l)-\;z
(6.187)
= x;(y;l-l;z)
(6.184)
37. ELEMENTARY ARITHMETIC IN SA
= a:;((y;l);a)
369
(6.184)
It is only in SA that ideal elements have Peirce's remarkable property (see p. W). Theorem 355. 7/SI e SA and xe A then (i) x;l G Dm% i j T G DmSl, (ii) I ; i 6 flnE, Ija; g TJnSt, (iii) l;a;;l 6 7e2t, I j ^ T e IeSi, (iv) DmSl is closed under x;(-), (v) 72n2t is closed under {-)",x, (vi) l;(a;tO),l;a;tO€7eStJ (vii) 0fa:;l,(0ta:);le/ea, (viii) 7e2t is closed under x;(-) and {-)\x, (ix) meets and joins of subsets o/TJmSl, Rn$l, and Ie% are again in Dm%, Rn%, and 7eSl, respectively. PROOF. Proof of (i): We obtain x;l G DmSl from the fact that the equation (x; 1); 1 = x; 1 is valid in SA (see Th. 276), hence i | T e Dm% by Th. 305. Proof of (ii): We get l;x € -Rn21 from the validity of l;(l;a;) = l;x in SA, so TJi e iJna by Th. 305. Proof of (iii): From (i) we have l;a;;l £ DmSL. By (6.187) or (6.188), 1;«;1 = l ; ( z ; l ) , hence l;a;;l € i?nSt by (ii). We therefore have l;a;;l € DmSln RnSl = Ie% and l;a;;l £ leSL Th.305. Proof of (iv): If y £ UmSl then x;y = E ; ( J / ; 1 ) = (x;y);l by (6.187), so x;y £ DmSl by (i). Proof of (v): If y £ Rn% then. y;x = {l;y);x = l;(y;x) by (6.188), so j/;a; e & I by (ii). Proof of (vi): We have a;fO = a;;l € TJmSt by (i), hence l;(a;fO) 6 -DrraSt by (iv). We also have l;(a;tO) G Rn% by (ii), so l;(a;tO) G JeSl. We have TJi £ Rn$l by (ii), so \\x\\ £ flnSl by (v). Also, \\x\\ G UmSl by (i), hence l;a:;l G Je2l. Finally, 1;x \0 = T ] E ; 1 G / e a by Th. 305. Proof of (vii): By (vi) and Th. 305. Proof of (viii): By (iv), (v), and Ie% = DmSl n RnSi. D The equation 0'; 0'; 0'; 0' = 0'; 0' was first proved for relation algebras by Julia RobinsonJ in 1945; see Chin-Tarski [49, p. 359]. As we prove next, it happens to hold in every SA but fails in some WA. The related equation 0' ;0'; (01 ;0') = 0' ;0' holds in every NA; see Th. 309. Theorem 356 (Chin-Tarski [49, 3.10], Maddux [143, 14(3)]). (i) 7 / a e S A ften((0!;0!);0!);0'=0';0\ (ii) There is a 3t 6 WA in which ((0!; 0 ! );0');0' # 0';0'. PROOF. Notice first that a;;0';0' < a;;l;l = x ; l = x ; ( l ' + 0 ' ) =x;l'+x;0' = a;+a;;0'. Let a; = 0'-0';0'. Then a; < 0';0' and a; < 0', soa;;0';0' < a;+a;;0' < 0';0'.
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
1'
V V
a a
a b
a b
r +o
;
b b 0 1'
0
T A B L E 6 . A W Ai n w h i c h ( ( 0 ' ; 0 ' ) ; 0 ' ) ; 0 ' # 0 ' ; 0 '
Finally,
< (0' l;0');0'
For such a WA in which ((0'; 0'); 0'); 0' # 0'; 0', use an 8-element algebra with three symmetric atoms 1', a,6 whose cycles are [l',a, a], [V,b, b], and [a, a,a]. The table of relative products of atoms is shown in Table 6. Then 0' = a + 6, 0'; 0' = 1' + a, and (0';0');0 J = V +a + b= ((0';0');0');0\
38. Associativity in groupoids Let {A, ;} be a fixed groupoid. Let P be the function that maps finite sequences of elements of A to subsets of A,
\J An -+Sb(A),
P: such that, for all x\,..., P(xi,...
xn £ A,
,xn) = {y;z : y € P(xi,.. =
. ,xm-i),z
\^j 2<m
= P(xi);*P(x2,...
€ P{xm,.
P(xi,...,Xm-l);*P(xm,...,Xn)
,xn-i)\J
...
U P(X1, . . . ,Xm-l);*P(Xm,. U P(xi, . . .
,Xn-l);*P(xn).
The simplest cases of the definition of P are
= {xi};*{x2} =
. . ,Xn) U . . .
,xn),2
< m < n}
38. ASSOCIATIVITY IN GROUPOIDS
= {xi};*{x2;x3}
371
U {xi ;a;2};*{x3}
= {xi;(x 2 ;x 3 ), (xi;x 2 );x 3 }, P(xi,x 2 ,x 3 ,a;4) = {xi;((x 2 ;x 3 );x 4 ), xi;(x 2 ;(x 3 ;x 4 )), (xi;x 2 );(x 3 ;x 4 ), (xi;(x 2 ;x 3 ));x 4 , ((xi;x 2 );x 3 );x 4 }. If the groupoid (^4, ;} is absolutely freely generated by x £ A, then the cardinalities , are the Catalan numbers: C\ = 1, C2 = 2, C3 = 5, of P(x,x), P(x,x,x), CA = 14, C5 = 42, , respectively, where
for all k > 1. The function P has the following property, which can be used as an alternative definition. (6.193)
P ( x i , . . . , x
n
)
=
( J P ( % i , l<m
= P(xi;x2, U P ( n ,
U
x3,
,%m-i, x
; x
m
+ i , x
m
+2,
, x
n
)
,x n )
x 2 ; x 3 , xA,
U P(xi,
m
,xn)
,xn-2,
xn-i;xn).
The sets that occur in the definition of P are disjoint, while the sets in the alternative definition (6.193) are not disjoint. The latter fact is used in a later proof. We say that an element a £ A is 3-associative if \P(x,y, z)\ = 1 whenever a 6 {x,y,z} C A . S i n c e P(x,y,z) = {(x;y);z,x;(y;z)}, a ne l e m e n t a 6 A is 3-associative iff the two elements in P(x, y, z) coincide whenever a is either x, y, or z. This can be stated in three equations. Theorem 357. An element
a £ A is 3-associative
(6.194)
(a;x);y = a;(x;y),
(6.195)
(x;a);y = x;(a;y),
(6.196)
(x;y);a = x;(y;a).
iff, for all x,y £ A ,
We say that an element a £ A is 4-associative if \P(xi,X2,X3,XA)\ = 1 whenever a £ {X\,X2,X3,XA} C A. For any finite n > 4, the element a is said to be n-associative if |P(xi, , x n )| = 1 whenever a £ {xi, , xn} C A. The next theorem is an immediate consequence of these definitions. T h e o r e m 3 5 8 . F o r all x , y £ A , x ; y i s n - a s s o c i a t i v e if x o r y i s n + 1 a s s o c i a t i v e . I n p a r t i c u l a r , if x £ A i s ^ - a s s o c i a t i v e t h e n x ; y a n d x ; y a r e 3 associative. The next theorem shows that 3-associativity and n-associativity are independent for every n > 4. Theorem 359. Let n > 4. Then (i) 3-associativity does not imply n-associativity,
372
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
a b c
a a b c
b c b c c b c
TABLE 7. Groupoid with a 3-associative but not 4-associative element
; a aa a(aa) (aa)a
oo
(aa)a oo
a aa
aa
a(aa)
a(aa)
00
00
00
(aa)a
oo
oo
oo
oo
oo oo oo
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
oo
oo
oo
oo
TABLE 8. Groupoid with a 4-associative but not 3-associative element
(ii) (n + 1)-associativity does not imply
n-associativity.
PROOF. The binary operation on {a,b,c} given in Table 7 yields a groupoid in which a is 3-associative but not 4-associative, since (a;6); (6;6) = b;c = b but a;((6;6);6) = o;(c;6) = a;c = c. Note that the entry occupied by can be replaced by either a, b, or c, because the product c;c is not used in these last two equations. In fact, any nonassociative groupoid with an identity element can be used for this proof, since the identity element (o in this case) is 3-associative but not 4-associative. For the second part, consider the groupoid with 5-element universe {o, aa, a(aa), (aa)a, oo} and operation ; defined in Table 8. The element a is 4-associative but not 3associative, so the result holds for n = 4. It is routine to extend this example to a sequence of groupoids that show (n + l)-associativity does not imply nassociativity. If a G A is 4-associative, then for all w,x,y =
G A,
(6.197)
((a;w);x);y
(6.198)
(x;(a;w));y = x;((a;w);y),
(6.199)
(x;(w;a));y = x;((w;a);y),
(6.200)
(x;y);(w;a)
=
(a;w);(x;y),
x;(y;(w;a)),
so an element that is both 3-associative and 4-associative satisfies (6.194)-(6.196) and (6.197)-(6.200). The converse is also true: if a satisfies (6.194)-(6.196) and (6.197)-(6.200) then a is both 3- and 4-associative, as shown by the following theorem.
39. INDEPENDENCE OF SEVEN WEAK ASSOCIATIVE LAWS
373
T h e o r e m 360. Assume a is a 3-associative element of the groupoid (A, ; ) . Then the following statements are equivalent: (i) a is ^-associative. (ii) for all w 6 A, a;w and w;a are 3-associative. (iii) (6.197)-(6.200) hold. PROOF. If a is 4-associative, then, by Th. 358, a;w and w;a are 3-associative for all w £ A. Next suppose that for all w, a;w and w;a are 3-associative. Derive (6.197) by applying (6.194) to a;w, derive (6.198) and (6.199) by applying (6.195) to a;w and w;a, respectively, and derive (6.200) by applying (6.196) tot»;a. Thus a satisfies (6.197)-(6.200). Finally, we assume a satisfies (6.197)-(6.200) and prove C A. We derive \P(w,x,y,z)\ = 1 by a is 4-associative. Suppose a E {w,x,y,z} showing that the five elements of P(w, x, y, z) coincide in each of the four cases w = a, x = a, y = a, and z = a. a;{x;(y;z)) = (a;x);(y;z) = ((a;x);y);z
(6.194) (6.197)
= {a;{x;y));z
(6.194)
= a;{{x;y);z)
(6.194)
((w;a);y);z = (w;(a;y));z
(6.195)
= w;((a;y);z)
(6.198)
= w;{a;{y;z))
(6.194)
= (w;a);{y;z)
(6.195)
w;(x;(a;z)) = w;((x;a);z)
(6.195)
= (w;(x;a));z
(6.199)
= ((w;x);a);z
(6.196)
= {w\x)\{a\z)
(6.195)
{{w;x);y);a = (w;x);(y;a)
(6.196)
= w;{x;(y;a))
(6.200)
= w;((x;y);a)
(6.196)
= (w;(x;y));a
(6.196).
39. Independence of seven weak associative laws In this section, let us say that an equation among (6.194)-(6.196), (6.197)(6.200) is independent if it fails in a groupoid in which the remaining six equations are valid. Every one of them is independent, as will be shown. Note that (6.197) and (6.200) are converse duals of each other, as are (6.194) and (6.196). Consequently, a left-right switch on any groupoid showing the independence of (6.194), (6.197), or (6.198), also shows the independence of (6.196), (6.200), or (6.199), respectively. Therefore, to obtain the independence of all seven equations,
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
a b c TABLE
a a a a
b b b b
c b a a
; a b c
a a a a
b b b b
c a b a
9. The only 3-element groupoids for the independence of (6.197)
a b c 0
a 0 0 0 0
6 c 6 0 0
c 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0
; a b c 0
a 0 0 0 0
6 c 0 0 0
c 0 c 0 0
0 0 0 0 0
TABLE 10. Groupoids for the independence of (6.194) and (6.195)
it suffices to show independence only for (6.194), (6.195), (6.197), and (6.198). The groupoid in the proof of Th. 359 does not show the independence of any one equation, since all three of (6.194)-(6.196) fail, while (6.197)-(6.200) are valid. Thus a is about as non-3-associative as it can get. No 2-element groupoid shows independence for any one of (6.194)-(6.196), (6.197)-(6.200), because, in every 2-element groupoid, either - (6.194)-(6.200) all hold, - (6.194)-(6.200) all fail, - (6.194), (6.196), (6.197) hold, the others fail, - (6.194), (6.196), (6.200) hold, the others fail. The only equations for which independence can be shown with 3-element groupoids are (6.197) and (6.200). There are (up to isomorphism) only two 3-element groupoids that show independence for (6.197). They are shown in Table 9. There are many 4-element groupoids that show the independence of (6.194) and (6.195). For example, to prove the independence of (6.194) and the independence of (6.195) we may use, respectively, these two groupoids: No 4-element groupoid shows the independence of (6.198) (or (6.199)), but the independence of (6.198) can be easily arranged in a larger groupoid using elements that are named after subterms of (6.198). Let G be the following 15-element set: G = {a, x, w, y, aw, xa, xaw, wy, xaw, awy, (xaw)y, awy, x(awy), x(awy), 0}. Define a binary operation ; on G so that a;w = aw, x;a = xa, x;aw = xaw, w;y = wy, xa;w = xaw,
aw;y = awy, xaw;y = ( a;wy = awy, x;awy = x(awy), xa;wy = x(awy),
18. EXTENDING BOOLEAN OPERATORS
276
l>aeS0
In this example, we chose a specific non-monotonie function, but the first few parts of following theorem show that any non-monotonic function would do. If 0 < m € w, we say that an element a of a Boolean algebra 58o is of height ra if it satisfies the following condition for every subset I C B j : if J^°' X exists and a < Yf X € Bo then there is a subset M C I o f cardinality m = \M\ such that a < J^° M. An element has height m iff it cannot be partitioned into more than m nonempty parts. Atoms are the elements of height 1, joins of pairs of atoms have height 2, and an element has height m iff it is the join of a set of m atoms. Height measured relative to some subset So C Bo is called So-height. An element x has So-height m if x is below the join of a, m-subset of every set of elements whose join contains x. We say that So is meet-compact if, whenever X is a subset of So whose meet JJ X is below an element b € So, X has a finite subset F whose meet is below 6, more formally, V&¥jf ((6 G So A X C So A J J ° X < &) = 3i?(F C X A F is finite A J}° F < 6)). We say that So is join-compact if, whenever X is a subset of So whose join ^2° X is above an element b g So, then X has a finite subset F whose join is above b, that is, G So A X C So A ^2°
x
>b C X A F is finite A ^ ° F > 6)).
Theorem 221. Assume !8o,58i g BA, 0 j4 So C B o , S i M complete, a : So —> S i , anrf CT a
o" W = I I
( ). * (*) = X ) °" (°) >
/or all a; G Bo- 2%en (i) CT and & are monotonic. (ii) For every x £ So, (E) <
(iii) (iv) (v) (vi)
If (T is monotonic and a; € So ffeenCT(a;) = a (x) = a {x). a is monotonic iff
276
5. BOOLEAN ALGEBRAS
(x) 7/0 < m G u; and every element of So is of height m then a is completely m-additive. PROOF. Proof of (i): Let x,y E Bo and assume x < y. By the transitivity of <, we have {a : y < a 6 So} C {a : s < a 6 So}. Applying a*, which preserves inclusions, yields <J*{a y < a G So} C a* {a : x < a G So}Applying Y[ changes C into >, so
d{x)= n 1 ff(o)< n x
1
y
Similarly, from x < y we get {a (a) : x > a G So} C {a (a) : y > a G So} so
( ) = Yl a (a) - Yl a(a) = ° (y)
& x
x>a£So
i/>aGSo
Proof of (ii): From i 6 So we get a (x) 6 {a (a) : x < a 6 So} and a (x) £ {a (a) : x > a E So}. It follows that a(x) = Y\
cr{a)
a (a) = a (x) .
x>aES0
x
Proof of (iii): Suppose a is monotonic and a: £ So. Then a (x) is a lower bound of {a (a) : x < a G So}, for if x < a G So then a (x) < a (a). Similarly, a (x) is an upper bound of {a (a) : x > a G So}. This gives us
a(x)= Y^ v(a)
£
Proof of (iv): This part follows immediately from parts (i) and (ii). Proof of (v): Additivity is the case m = 1, but we give proofs for both that differ only slightly. Note that, since So is closed under +, (5.62)
{a + b : x < a e S o , y < b e S o }
= { c : x+y < c e
So}.
To prove this for C, given a,b E So, let c = a + b; for D, given c e So, let a = b = c. Consequently, a (x + y) =
II
a (c)
definition of a
x+y
Yl TT
x
(
b)
a (a) + a (6)
V
(5.62) a is additive
18. EXTENDING BOOLEAN OPERATORS
= a (x) + a (y)
definition of a
Proof of (vi): a is m-additive because S(X! -\
\~ Xm+1)
n xi
1 a
^
..., xm + i
because So is closed under +
Y]
+am)-\
(
\-a(a2-\
\-am+i)
n
cr(a'm+i)
because a is m-additive
because So is closed under +
=
Yl x\-\
" («i) H
1"
\-xm
x2-t
h^ m + l
by Th. 189 =<7 ( x i +
Proof Y?d*{X) a(^°X), directions,
+ Xm) +
+a (X2 +
+ Xm + l)
of (vii): Suppose I C B 0 and Yl° X exists. We wish to show that = d{Y? X). For every x £ X we have x < £ ° X , hence a (x) < so ~Y^1 XIEX ® E) — ' ' ' ( l ^ 0 ^ ) - For a calculation that handles both let y = J^ X. Then y>a£So
y>a£So
- E1
a I V^ ( V^
u) I
5*o is dense in Q3o
j/>oes 0
(y ((
/ ,
i/>aGSo xEX a-x>u£So
^ ( u )))
" i s completely additive
5. BOOLEAN ALGEBRAS
°"(w))
( \J
see
note (a) below
Note (a): If x £ X then y > x, so the condition i > u 6 5o is equivalent to the existence of some a such that y > a £ So and a x > M £ SoProof of (viii): The key calculation, suitably altered:
since So is dense in 23 o 2J
a(ui +
\-um)))
since a is completely m-additive
=
E
(
E
ff{ui-\
h«m))
= E 1 ( E 1 "(«)) Ei,...,i m £X a;iH
h^m>wG5o
since So is closed under + =
^2
O-(Xl ~\
him)-
Proof of (ix): This part follows from Th. 199, but we also repeat the proof of that theorem in current notation. Since So = At^&o, we have
°(x)=
E
a a
()
for every x £ Bo. Assume X C Bo and Yl° X exists. Then
E 1 -(«)
19. COMPOSING EXTENDED BOOLEAN OPERATORS
y xeX
y
a (a)
see note (b) below
x>a£At
xdX
Note (b): Use the law E ^ U * ) = E 1 ( E 1 **) Proof of (x): This part generalizes the previous one, and its proof is essentially the same. Assume 0 < m £ w, every element of So is of height m, X C _B0, and E ° X exists. Then
a
(°)
a (a) v 7
the height of elements of So is m see note (b) above v7
D The hypothesis that So is dense cannot be omitted from part (viii). Suppose ©o is the 4-element Boolean algebra with universe Bo = {0,a,6,1}, 23i = 23o, So = {1}, and a is the identity on So- Then a is additive but a is not additive (and not completely additive) since
° (°) = y,
a (x) = V 0 = o = a- (6),
a (a) + a (6) = 0 ^ 1 = a (1) = a (a + b) . Part (iv) is no longer provable if complete additivity is replaced by additivity. It is possible that So is dense and a is additive, but a is not additive. Suppose ©i = ©o = 931 (w) = the Boolean algebra of all subsets of u, and So is the set of finite and cofinite subsets of a;. Suppose a maps the finite sets to 0 and the cofinite sets to OJ. Then a is additive but not completely additive. Partition w into two infinite sets x and y. Then the only elements of So included in x are finite sets, which are all mapped to 0 by a and join only to 0, hence a (x) = 0 = a (y), but the join of x and y is w, which contains all elements of So, so a (x + y) = a (UJ) = u. 19. Composing extended Boolean operators We now consider a sequence of maps among different algebras. The dependence of a and a on the underlying algebras and sets will have to be deduced from context. For example, the symbol ^ is used in the next theorem in three different ways.
5. BOOLEAN ALGEBRAS
Theorem 222. Assume Q30,Q3i,*B2 £ BA, So C Bo, Si C Bi, <8i and Q32 are complete, a : So —> Si, and r : Si —> B2:
_ B2
^ B2
Then (i) f(a (x)) < (alr^x) and f (a (x)) > (O-\T)~(X), for every x £ Bo(ii) Assume (a) So is closed under , (b) Si is meet-compact, (c) cr and T are monotonic. Then, for every x 6 Bo, (O"|T)~(:E) = f (a(x)). (iii) Assume (a) So is closed under + , (b) Si is join-compact, (c) a and T are monotonic. Then, for every x 6 Bo, (
:x
since this inclusion implies
r (?(«))=
If
r
S(x)
W ^ IT T(ff(a)) = H r » ) . x
Assume x < a 6 So. Then a (x) < a (a) < a (a) by Th. 221(i)(ii), and a (a) e Si, so a (a) £ {6 : o (x) < b € Si}, hence T (cr (o)) £ {T (6) : a (x) < b £ Si}. Similarly, for the other inclusion it suffices to show that (5.63)
{r (cr (o)) : x > a £ So} C {r (6) : a (x) > b £ Si}.
To see this, consider T(a(a)), where x > a 6 So- Then
f(a(x))=
Y?
r
(6)^E
2
r{a{a)) = {a\r)-{x).
19. COMPOSING EXTENDED BOOLEAN OPERATORS
281
Proof of (ii): It suffices to show that, for every x € A, every member of {r(b) :a{x) < b £ Si} is greater than or equal to a member of {T (
: x < a € So},
since this implies
r(a(x))=
^
T b
( ^ I T r(a(a)) = (a\rr(x).
S(x)
z
Accordingly, consider an arbitrary element of the first set, say T (fo), where a{x)= Y^
cr{a)
x
Note that {a (a) : x < a E So} is a subset of Si. By compactness of Si, there is a finite subset of {a (a) : x < a £ So} whose meet is included in b. So there is a finite subset F of {a : x < a € So} such that n 1 <**(F)
a(c) = a (H° F) KH1 a*(F)
(a (a;)) = r
since f is completely m-additive ^2
r(
h«r(am))
;>ai,...,a m G5o
since f and r agree on Si, Si is closed under +
since a and r are monotonic, Si is closed under + D
The next theorem is simply a binary version of the previous one, and has essentially the same proof.
282
5. BOOLEAN ALGEBRAS
Theorem 223. Assume 23o, 93i, 232, 233 £ BA, So C Bo, Si C Bi, S2 C B2, a : So -> Si, T : So -> S2, /3 : Si x S2 -> B3, Let 7 = H P " 1 n T I Q " 1 ) ^ .
(i) Then P(a (x),?(x)) <j(x) and f3(a (x) ,f (x)) >j(x) for all x € Bo. (ii) Assume (a) So is closed under , (b) Si and S2 are meet-compact, (c) P, a, and T are monotonic. Then, for every x € Bo, /3( (x), f(x)) = *){x). (iii) Assume (a) So is closed under + , (b) Si and Si are join-compact, (c) P, a, and T are monotonic. Then, for every x £ Bo, P(p (x) , f (a;)) = j(x). (iv) Monk [181, Th. 1.8], Givant-Venema [79, Lem. 16] Assume (a) Si and S2 are closed under +, (b) Si is dense in Q3i and S2 is dense in 232, (c) P is completely m-additive, (d) a and T are monotonic. Then, for every x £ Bo, P{cr {x) , f (x)) = j(x). PROOF. Proof of (i): It suffices to prove that
{P(a(a),r(a))
: x < a € So} C {/3(6) : {5(x),?(x))
< b £ Si x S2}
since this inclusion implies
p(B(x),?(x))=
^
/W)^ II 3 P(*(a),T(a))=j(x).
(9(x),?(x))
x
Assume x < a € So- Then a (x) < a (a) < a (a) and f(x) < f(o) < r (o) by Th. 221, so ( O - ( O ) , T ( O ) } € {b: {a(x),?{x))
< b € Si x S 2 } ,
hence P(a (a), r (a)) € {P(b) : < 6 £ Si x S 2 }. Proof of (ii): It suffices to show that, for every x £ Bo, every member of {P(b) : {a (x) ,T (x)} < b £ Si x S2} is greater than or equal to a member of {P(cr (a) , T (a)) : x < a € So} since this implies
P(a(x),f(x)) =
f]3 (9(x),T(x))
M)^ IT3 /3(«r(a),r(a))=7(x). x
Consider an arbitrary element of the first set, say /3(6i, 62), where
{a(x),?{x)) = / n ' ff(°)> I I 1 r(a)\ < (61,62) £ Si xS 2 . Note that {cr (a) : x < a G So} and {T (a) : x < a € So} are subsets of Si. By compactness of Si, there is a finite subset of {a (a) : x < a £ So} whose meet is included in 61, so there is a finite subset Fi of {a : x < a £ So} such that
20. EXTENDING OPERATORS WITHIN A BA
n 1 cr*(Fi) < 61. Let a = H° Fi. Then x < a since Fi C {o : x < a G So}, and, since So is closed under , we also have ci 6 So- Since a is monotonic, it follows that a (ci) = a (Y[ Fi) < Y[ °"*(-Fi) < &i- Similarly, there is some C2 G So such that T (c2) < b2, so (a (a), T (C2)> < {bi,b2), hence /3(
x>aES0
^(( C T ( a i) i r ( a i ) ) H
E
\- {cr{am) ,T(am)))
x>ai ,...,am £5o
since J3 is completely m-additive
since fi and /5 agree on S\ x 52, 5i x 52 is closed under + x>a£S0
since fi, a, and r are monotonic, Si x S2 is closed under + = 7(x). D 20. Extending operators writhin a BA Let 23O G BA. Assume that Q3o is complete. Assume 0 ^ So C Bo. Let (5.64)
C := {[[X : X C So} = H* Sb (So)
be the set of closed elements. All elements of So are closed (for if x € So then x = \[{x} and {x} C So). Let (5.65)
O:
be the set of open elements. All elements of So are open. Since they are also closed, they are clopen. Note that meets (in ©0 x Q3o) of subsets of So x So are elements of C x C, for if X C So x So, then Do (X), Ra (X) C So, hence n ° x ° X = ( n Do (X), n Ra (X)) e C x C, where n° X ° denotes meet in 23O x 23O. Therefore C xC = {[[0X0 X : X C So x So},
284
5. BOOLEAN ALGEBRAS
and, for similar reasons, OxO
= { ^ 0 X 0 X : X C So x So}.
Suppose that we have a binary operator on So, namely ft : So x So —> So, and a unary one, namely a : So —> So, and thus an algebra of Boolean type, namely {So, ft,0"). Extend a and /3 to open and closed elements (only, and not to all of Bo) as follows. For all closed x, y € C, let
(5.66)
a[x):=
\[ a (a),
ft{x,y)
:=
x
\[
0(o),
{z,y)
and, for all o p e n x,y 6 O, let (5.67)
a (x) := y^ a (a),
ft(x,y)
:=
^^
/?(a)-
Another way to say this is that
Y[
a(a) :x € C ) ,
x
ft:=(
f]
ft(a,b):{x,y)€CxC),
\{x,y)<{a,b)eSoxSo
x>aeS0
E
ft(a,b):{x,y)eOxo\.
So is closed under a, so the cr-image of a subset of So is a subset of So, hence the meet of the cr-image of a subset of So is closed. This shows that C is closed under a. Similarly, C is closed under ft, and O is closed under both a and ft. Therefore d-.C^C,
/3:CxC^C,
a-.O^-O,
ft.OxO^fO.
In this situation there are three algebras of Boolean type, namely (So,ft,(r), (C,ft,a} and (O,ft,a'). Thus ft and a generate a clone on So, ft and a generate a clone on C, and ft and a generate a clone on O. The next theorem is stated for Boolean algebras with a single binary and a single unary operation (with a distinguished element of So thrown in), but it holds for any number of operations of any (finite) rank. The first two parts follow from the earlier theorem that the operators and their extensions agree on SoTheorem 224. Assume Q30 G BA, «B0 is complete, 0 ^ So C Bo, ft : So x So —> So, ft is monotonic, a : So —> So, a is monotonic, and i E So- Define O, C, a, ft, a, and ft as m (5.64), (5.65), (5.66), and (5.67). (i) {So,ft,
21. PRESERVATION THEOREMS FOR COMPLETE EXTENSIONS
285
(ii) (So,/?,
vf = Pi n An+1
vf = P2 n An+1
(«(«i)) a = (Pi n An+1)\a
= Pi n cn+1
vi = P 2 n cn+1
(u(v!)f = (Pi n cn+1)\d
vf
so, by Th. 222 and Th. 223,
= = = =
((((Pi n A n+1 )|a)|p- 1 n (p2 n ^ n+1 )|Q (((Pi n A n + I )i5)|p- 1 n (P2 n An+1)iQ-1)|/3 (((Pi n cn+1)\a)\p-1 n (P2 n c n+1 )|Q- 1 )|/3 (b(u(v1),v2)f
Suppose an equation (to,*i) is valid in 21, where to,ti £ Fn, i.e., a t a = tf- Then (io,ii) is valid in C, since D
21. Preservation theorems for complete extensions Regarding the next two theorems see Monk [181, 1.9, 1.10], Givant-Venema [79, Cor. 31], Henkin-Monk-Tarski [93, Rem. 2.7.22]. Theorem 225. Assume 21, 25 € BA, 25 is a completion of 21, 0 : A2 -> A, a : A —> A, and I £ J 4 . Define O, a, and $ as in (5.65) and (5.67) with So = A. Then O = B and
286
5. BOOLEAN ALGEBRAS
(i) if (3 and a are monotonic, then (A,/3,a,t.) is a subalgebra of (B,(3,(T,L), (ii) if /3 and a are completely LJ- additive, then any equation which is valid in (A, (3, a, L) is also valid in (B, j3, a, t). Suppose that (^4, + ,~) is a Boolean algebra and 21 = {A, +,~,/3, a, ) is an We call such an algebra algebra of some type, where (3 : A2 —> A, a : A —> A, a Boolean algebra with operators (3, a, Note that we put no requirements on the operators. In particular, they need not be additive. Much of the literature differs in this respect from the convention adopted here. The algebra 231(21) := (A, +,~) is called the Boolean part or Boolean reduct of 21. Some terminology that applies to Boolean algebras will be extended to Boolean algebras with operators with the understanding that the terms apply to the Boolean part. Examples include atom, atomic, complete, and dense subset. Examples of notions for which we do not follow this custom are completion and perfect extension. The latter concepts apply to Boolean algebra with operators, but in those cases their meanings are supplemented with conditions that must be satisfied by the operators. Suppose that 23 = {B,+,~,j,T, ) is a Boolean algebra with operators and that 93 is similar to 21. We say that 23 is a completion of 21 if the Boolean algebra 231(23) is a (Boolean) completion of 931(21) and the operators of 23 are the upward extensions (taking So = A C B) of the corresponding operators of 21: 7 = /?,
T
= a,
Theorem 226 (Monk [181, 1.9], Givant-Venema [79, 31(i)]). 7/21 <= BA is a Boolean algebra with completely u-additive operators then 21 has a completion 21. Every equation that is valid in 21 and involves completely u-additive operators is valid in 21. For examples of non-preservation, see Givant-Venema [79, §4]. Theorem 227. Assume 21, 23 £ BA, 23 is a perfect extension of 21, /3 : A2 — A, a : A —> A, and i, £ A. Define C, a, and (3 as in (5.64) and (5.66) with So = A. Then At*B C C, and (i) if j3 and a are monotonic, then (A,/3,cr,i) is a subalgebra of (C,J3,a,LJ, (ii) if ft and a are monotonic, then any equation which is valid in {A,/3, a, i) is also valid in (C,t3,a,bj. Define O, j3 and a as in (5.65) and (5.67) with So = C, replacing j3 and a with (3 and a. Then B = O and (iii) (C,J3,(r,i) is a subalgebra of (B,j3,ct,i), (iv) (Jonsson-Tarski [118, Lem. 2.4], Henkin [91, Lem. 2.14], Jonsson [116, Lem. 2.2]) if 0 < m £ u, a is m-additive, Hm is the set of elements of height m, and x £ C, then
(v) if P and a are co-additive, then fi and a are completely co-additive,
21, PRESERVATION THEOREMS FOR COMPLETE EXTENSIONS
287
(vi) if (3 and a are completely u -additive, then any equation which is valid in (A, /3, a, i) is also valid in (B, J3,CT,I) . P R O O F . TWO key properties of 58 as a perfect extension of St are that (vii) if X C A and £ B X = 1, then Yf Y = 1 for some finite subset Y CX, (viii) if 0 ^ b, b' G At%$ then there is some a £ i such that b < a and b' a = 0.
It follows from (viii) implies that the atoms of 58 are closed, that is, At*8 C C = {JJX : X C A}, and (vii), the compactness of 1, implies both the joincompactness and meet-compactness of A. Indeed, if Yf6 X > a € A far some X C A and a G A, then ^ B (JfU{S}) > a + a = 1, so by (vii) we have jf* Y = 1 for some finite subset Y C XU{5}, hence 53 (^ ""{<*}) ^ & a n ( i ^ ~{5} is a finite subset of X. If the operators j3,a are monotonic, then by Th. 224(i), {A,fl, a, t) is a subalgebra of (C,f3,a,i), and, by Th. 224(iii), every equation that valid in (A, /3, a, i) is also valid in {C, /3, a, i). Every element of OS is the join of atoms of 58, all of which are in C, so B = O. By Th. 221(i), /3 and ff are monotonic, so (C,0,ff,i) is a subalgebra of (B,P,&,i) by Th.224(ii). Assume 0 < m 6 w, a is ro-additive, Hm is the set of elements of height m, and x G C. We show next that
Prom just the monotonicity of a we get one inclusion, namely
Since ?8 is atomic it suffices to show that every atom of © below cr (x) is also below the join on right hand side. So assume p € At%$ and p < <x (a;). Let 0" = {a ; a: < a 6 A} and F = {a : o e A, p < f f (a)}. Note that U CV C.A and E7 is a filter, although V need not be closed under . Choose a filter W C A that is maximal with respect to the property that U CW CV, and let w = ]J W. We will show that x > w g i? ra and p < a (w). Since a; is closed, x = ]J U, so from U C W, we get z = Y[U ">JJW = w. For every a e A such that tw = f[W < a there is, by the meet-compactness of A, a finite subset E C W such that [ J E < o , so that if e = Y\E then e < a, and e € W since W is closed under , hence also a (e) < a (a) by the monotonicity of a. Therefore,
What remains is to show that w has height m. Suppose w contains m + 1 distinct atoms of 35. Then it can be shown, using (iv), that there is a set Z of m + 1 pairwise disjoint elements of A with J^ Z = 1 and w z ^ 0 for every z € Z, For every z € Z, we have I £ A, and ~z $ W, for if z € W, then 7 > n W = w, so0 = 2 - 2 > 2 : - w . By the maximality of W, there is some yt G W such that 0 = p a {ys 1). Let y = Ylsez
yB £ W, so that 0 = p a (y). For every z G Z
5. BOOLEAN ALGEBRAS
we have 0 = p a (y ^2{Z ~{z})) since y "^{Z ~{«}) < yz ~z- But then, by the m-additivity of a, we have zez so there is some z €. Z such that p < a (y ^2{Z ~{z})), a contradiction. Thus w G Hm- It follows from (iv) that, for every b G B, b x w
v( )= Yl °( )= Y b>x£C
b>x>w£Hm
${w)= Y °( )' b>weHm
and so a is completely m-additive by Th. 221(x). If j3 and a are w-additive, then J3 and a completely w-additive and agree with /3 and a on C, so, by Th. 224(v), any equation valid in (A, /3, a, i) is also valid in {B, J3, IT, t). D Suppose that (^4,+,~) is a Boolean algebra and 21 = {A, +,~, (3, a, is an algebra of some type, where j3 : A2 —¥ A, a : A —> A, , and 25 = {B, +,~,7,r, ) is another Boolean algebra with operators that is similar to 21. We say that 03 is a perfect extension of 21 if the Boolean algebra 031(03) is a (Boolean) perfect extension of 231(21) (see p. 273 and p. 274) and the operators of 23 are obtained from those of 21 in the manner described in Th. 227, that is, 7 = /3, T = a, etc. Citations for the following theorem are Jonsson-Tarski [118, 2.15, 2.18], Henkin [91, 3.8], Jonsson [116, 3.11] Theorem 228. // 21 is a Boolean algebra with ui-additive operators then 21 has a perfect extension. Every equation that is valid in 21 and involves Lv-additive operators is valid in every perfect extension o/2t. Jonsson [116, Ex.3] mentions that a (x) =x => K = 0 is not preserved in the passage from an algebra to a complete extension of that algebra. A similar example x=0 Vx=l Vx=V. This is true in the from Kramer-Maddux [124] is x;x < x finite-cofinite subuniverse of the complex algebra of a countable Abelian group, but fails in every complete extension. See also Jonsson [116, Ex. 2].
CHAPTER 6
Relation algebras 0.1. Equational axioms Ri Rio. We say that 21 is a relation algebra if 21 is an algebra of relational type, i.e., there are sets + , " , ; , " , ! ' € V such that 21 = {A,+,-,;,",V),
+:A*-->
1' e A ,
; : A
2
A,
: A -> A,
--> A,
" : A —> A,
and for all x, y,z £ A, Ri
R2
R3 R4 Rs Re RT Rg
R9 Rio
x + y = y + x, x + (y + z) = (x + y) + z, x + y + x + y = x, x;(y;z) = {x;y);z, (x + y);z = x;z + y ; z , x;V
=x, X =
X,
(x + yY = x + y, \^',y)
— y\^i
X-gyy + y = y
+- commutativity +-associativity Huntington's axiom ;-associativity ;-distributivity identity law "-involution "-distributivity "-involutive distributivity Tarski/De Morgan axiom
Let RA be the the class of relation algebras. Identities R1-R3, due to Edward V. Huntington [104, 105], assert that the Boolean reduct of 21 is a Boolean algebra, so that 21 is a Boolean algebra with operators. If R1-R3 are valid in 21, then the law of double negation, x = x, is valid in 21. The definition of relative addition and the law of double negation have these three consequences:
Axiom R5 asserts that the operation ; distributes over + from the right, while distributes over + according to Rg. Axioms R4, R6, R7, R9 assert that the relative part of 21 is a monoid with a special unary operation (with no particular name, so far as I know). Axioms R4 and R6 say that {A, ;, 1') is a semigroup in which 1' is a right identity element. With the help of R7 and R9, it can be shown that 1' is also a left identity, so (^4, ;, 1') is actually a monoid. Axiom R6 could be extended to assert that 1' is an identity element. The resulting axiom set would be more symmetrical but also more redundant.
290
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
Axiom Rio is equivalent to x;x;y < y, since < is defined so that x < y <S> x + y = y. Rio is also equivalent to x;xjy y = 0, but proving this requires the help of R1-R3. Rio is the link between the Boolean and relative parts of 21. As we shall see, it follows from R1-R3, R7, Rg, that J is an additive operator on the Boolean part (A,+,~), that " is self-dual (x = x), that " is self-conjugate (x y = 0 iff x y = 0), and that """ is, in fact, an isomorphism of the Boolean part onto itself that preserves all joins and meets. 0.2. Duality. Because relation algebras have Boolean algebras as reducts, the principle of duality for Boolean algebras also applies to relation algebras. If (A, +,~) is a Boolean algebra then (A, -,~) is also a Boolean algebra, called the Boolean dual of (^4, + , ~ ) . Every Boolean algebra is isomorphic to its Boolean dual via the map that takes an element to its complement, ~~ : A —> A. All this is due to R1-R3. Adding R7, Rs, Rg, produces another form of duality, called converse duality, from which it follows that an equation involving ; is satisfied iff the corresponding converse dual equation is satisfied. The converse dual equation is obtained from the given equation by replacing terms of the form x\y by y;x. For example, if R5 holds in 21, we conclude that 21 also satisfies x;(y + z) = x;y + x;z (the converse dual of R5), and if R6 holds in 21, then 21 also satisfies V ;x = x (the converse dual of Re). There are in total four duality principles. The last one is Boolean converse duality, which combines Boolean duality with converse duality; see Th. 319. 0.3. Proper relation algebras satisfy axioms R-i— R,io- For the next theorem, recall some definitions from §3.11. The Boolean algebra of subsets of U is m(U):={Sb(U),Uu,-u), the square relation algebra on U is 9te (U) := (Sb (U2) , U C 7 2 , - c / 2 , \V2, - ^ , U1), and the equivalence relation algebra on E is 6b (E) := (Sb (E), UE,-E,
\E,
~1E, Id n E) .
An algebra 21 of relational type is a proper relation algebra if 21 is a subalgebra of an equivalence relation algebra, and 21 is a representable relation algebra if it is isomorphic to a proper relation algebra. RRA is the class of representable relation algebras. The next theorem shows that these names are appropriate. Theorem 229. Every square relation algebra, every equivalence relation algebra, every proper relation algebra, and every representable relation algebra is a relation algebra, that is, (6.1)
Vf/(t/G V => me(U) G RA),
(6.2)
ME{E\E~l =EE V => 6b (E) 6 RA),
(6.3)
RRA C RA.
1. BOOLEAN RELATION ALGEBRAS
291
1. Boolean relation algebras The next theorem shows how every Boolean algebra can be extended to a relation algebra. Theorem 230. Suppose 03 = (B,+,~) e BA is a Boolean algebra with unit element 1. Define a binary operation ; on B and a unary operation " on B by letting x;y = x + y = x y and x = x for all x,y G B, i.e., ; = and " = B1. Then {B, +,~, ;, ", 1) is a Boolean relation algebra whose Boolean part is 03. PROOF. It is easy to check that the equations Ri-Rio and 1 = 1' are all valid i n ( B , + , - ;B\1).
We refer to the Boolean relation algebra (B, + , ~ , , B1, l) obtained from 03 € BA as the Boolean relation algebra of 03. Th. 230 provides a useful testing ground. For example, no equation can be derived from Ri-Rio unless the equation obtained from it by deleting " and replacing ; with and 1' with 1 is valid in all Boolean algebras. An algebra of relational type is Boolean if 1' = 1 (see also p. 294). Boolean relation algebras satisfy the following three identities: x;y = x y, x = x, and 1' = 1. Note that these identities together assert that the underlying relation algebra to which they refer is obtained from its Boolean part by the construction of the previous theorem. Theorem 231. The Boolean relation algebra obtained from 03t(f7) is isomorphic to &b (U1). PROOF.
The Boolean relation algebra obtained from 03[([7) is 21 := (56 (U), \Ju,~u,nu, (56 (U))\U) ,
and &b (U1) = {Sb (U1) ,Uvi,-ui,\ui,
~lv\Ul).
What remains is the (relatively simple) verification that the function (-)1 := (X 1 : X C U) , which sends X to X1 whenever X € 56 (U), is an isomorphism from 21 onto 6b (U1). D Theorem 232. Every Boolean relation algebra is representable. PROOF. Let 21 = (A, ) G RA be Boolean, so 1' = 1. By Th. 218, we know that 03t(2l) is isomorphic to a subalgebra of 23I([/) for some set U G V. The Boolean relation algebra of 03I(f7) is representable by Th. 231, and (as can be easily checked) it has 21 as a subalgebra, so 21 is also representable. For a more direct proof, one which enfolds the ultrafilter construction of a perfect extension, check that the map V
= ({(F, F):xeFe 1
embeds 21 into 6b (([//03) ).
E//21} : x e A)
282
8, RELATION ALGEBRAS
2. Group relation algebras An algebra 0 = (G, o, ~1, e) of group type is called a group if, for all x, y, z 6 G, (x o y) a z = x o (y a z)
o is associative
e o j = a; = 3;oe
e i s a n identity element for o
x~
OI=JOJ~
= e.
For every group (S there is a corresponding relation algebra whose universe is the set of all subsets of G. A subset of a group is called a complex (see Hall [87, p. 10]), so for every algebra © of group type, we let the complex algebra of (5 be the algebra (6.4)
Cm(e5):={S6(G),U,-,;,V}
where (Sh (G), U, ~} = 2$I (G) is the Boolean algebra of all subsets (or complexes) ofG, and, f o r a l l X , y CG, (6.5)
X;Y:={xoy.xeX,yeY},
(6.6)
X := {a;"1 : x € X},
(6.7)
1' := {e}.
We say that 21 is a group relation algebra if 21 is isomorphic to a subalgebra of a complex algebra of some group ©, that is, if Let GRA be the class of group relation algebras: GRA := IS{£m (&) : G is a group}. Parts of the following theorem originate with McKinsey, Jonsson, and Tarski; see J6nsson-Tkrski [119, 5.10-5.12]. Theorem 233. Let (8 = (G, o, ~1,es} be an algebra of group type. (i) The following statements are equivalent, (a) 0 is a group, (b) Cm (0) e RA, (c) £m(0)£*|C!Ke(G). (ii) Every group relation algebra is representable, GRA C RRA. PROOF. For part (i)(c), assume <& is a group, and let Check that tx is an injective homomorphism that embeds €m (&) into £Fte (G). Note that if x G G then a ({x}) is the permutation {{g, g o x) : g £ G} used in the proof of the Cayley representation theorem for groups, which states that every group is isomorphic to a group of permutations. The Cayley representation has a property not required by the notion of representation commonly used in group theory, but which is required by the relation algebraic setting, namely, that the permutations associated with {a;} and {y} must be disjoint (as sets) whenever i / j / , simply
3, NA, WA, AND SA
293
because {x} n {y} = 0 and this fact must be reflected in any representation. Indeed, if (g, h) € {a;} n {y} t h e n h = go% = goy,
hence x = g~* o h = y,
D
Groups can also be defined as a kind of groupoid, but the axioms are accordingly more complicated. Indeed, one can say that © is a group if (a) 0 = (G,o), (b) o is an associative binary operation on G, and (c) 3eVa;(e a x — x — x o e /\3y(y o x — x o y = e)) for every i £ G , Under this definition, the complex algebra of <3 still has the form and the binary operation ; is defined as above, but the definitions of X and 1' require considerable rewriting, since ~x denotes an operation whose very existence is a nontrivial consequence of (b) and (c). 3. NA, WA, and SA We say that SI is a nonassociative relation algebra if SI is an algebra of relational type in which R1-R3 and R5-R10 hold. Let NA be the class of nonassociative relation algebras. The subclasses WA and SA of NA are obtained by adding special cases of associativity. We say that St is a weakly associative relation algebra if 21 € NA and, for all x 6 A, and that SI is a semiassociative relation algebra if 2t € NA and, for all x 6 A, Let WA be the class of weakly associative relation algebras and let SA be the class of semiassociative relation algebras. Equation (6.8) is the weak associative law, which appeared earlier as equation (0.2). Equation (6.9) is the semiassociative law. It appeared earlier in (0.1) and was formalized in (1.76). The same name was also applied to (the formalization of) one its consequences, namely (BIV'). By Th. 275 below the equation 1;1 = 1 holds in every NA, so we could use simpler equations that are not special cases of associativity to define WA and SA, such as (6.10) (6.11)
((a:-r);l);l = (a:-r);l, (a;;l);l = a;;l.
Furthermore, the equation (a;;l);l > a;;l is valid in NA, so (6.9) could even be replaced by (a;;l);l < x;l. The converse duals of these equations can also be used; see Th. 276. Theorem 234 (Maddux [139, 7(1), 8(1)]). (i) NA, WA, SA, and RA are finitely based equational classes.
(ii) IfK is NA, WA, SA, or RA, then K = \K = SK = HK = PK. (iii) RA C SA C WA C NA.
284
8, RELATION ALGEBRAS
For part (iii), note that (6.8) is a special case of (6.9) and (6.9) is a special case of R4. All the inclusions in part (iii) are proper. McKinsey's algebra (p. 357) is in WA but not in SA. For other algebras in WA~ SA, see Th. 368 and Th. 447. For an algebra in NA that is not in WA see §27. For algebras in SA that are not in RA see Th. 448. We will define some special properties of algebras that, although most meaningful for nonassociative relation algebras, apply whenever SI = {A,+,~,;, w ,l'} is an arbitrary algebra of relational type. We say that the algebra 21 is trivial if |A| = 1, Boolean if V = 1, commutative if x;y = y;x for all x,y € A, and symmetric if x = x for every x G A. An element x G A is a zero-divisor if x ^ 0 there exists some y € A such that y ^ 0 and x;y = 0. The algebra St is integral if it is nontrivial and has no zero-divisors. None of these properties follows from the axioms R1-R10, as shown in the following theorem. Theorem 235. (i) 9te (0) and 9te (1) ore Boolean, symmetric, commutative, and have no zero-divisors. (ii) JRe (0) is trivial and not integral. (iii) 9te (1) is nontrivial and integral. (iv) If U E V is a set with two or more elements, then 9te (U) is nontrivial, not Boolean, not symmetric, not commutative, and not integral, and 9te (17) has zero-divisors. The next theorem summarizes what can be said with equations in !Ee (17) about the cardinality of the underlying set U. Theorem 236. Let U e V be a set.
(i) \U\ = 0 iffme(U) \= 0 = 1 iffme(U) |= 0 = 1'. (ii) jj/j < 1 iff^t{U) |= 0 = 0' iff^t{U) \= V = 1. (iii) |J7| < 2 iff «e(Z7) |= 1' = 0';0\ (iv) \U\ < 3 iffme(U) \= 0 = 0' 0 ! ;0\
4. Special kinds of elements Here we define many different kinds elements in an algebra of relational type. Some of the definitions are simply algebraic translations of standard set-theoretical definitions. For an extensive study of various kinds of elements in relation algebras see Chin-Tarski [49]. Let us consider a fixed but arbitrary algebra of relational type 21 = (A, +,~,",, ", 1!), and an arbitrary element x 6 A. 4.1. Domain, range, ideal, square, rectangular. (6.12)
Dm% := {x : x; 1 = x G A},
(6.13)
RnVL:={x:l;x =
(6.14)
x€A},
l e a := {a; : x;l = l;x = x€A}
= DmSin RnSi.
- x is a domain element or right-ideal element if a; € Dm 21, - x is a range element or left-ideal element if x € i?«2l, - x is an ideal element if % £ leSl,
4. SPECIAL KINDS OP ELEMENTS
298
- x is a square if x = x; 1;ai, - x is a rectangle if a; = x;l]x. The domain and range elements of 3te (U) are the relations of the form X x U and U x X, respectively, where X C U, Domain and range elements in 9te (U) are thus entirely determined by their domains and ranges, and provide two (out of many) algebraic ways to refer to sets via relations. The only ideal elements of 9te(?7) are 0 and f7a. For every equivalence relation E, the ideal elements of &b (E) are the unions of direct squares of equivalence classes of E; l£le&b(E) o I = E\I\E O / =
(6.15)
\J
(x/E)2.
The squares of 9U (U) are relations of the form X x X with X C U, and the rectangles of JRe (U) are relations of the form X x Y with X, Y C U. See Jonsson [114] and Givant [76] for extensive studies of squares and rectangles. 4.2. Reflexive, symmetric, transitive, equivalence. Rf%:={x:x;(V
x) = (V x)\x = x € A},
%Sl := {a; : x < x £ A}, Tr%:= {x : x;x < x € A}, -
m is x is x is a; is x is x is
reflexive if x £ ii/Sl, symmetric if a; € SrSt, antisymmetric if x x < 1', symmetric-reflexive if x £ SrSl, transitive if a; € TVSt, an equivalence element if x £
R is a reflexive, symmetric, transitive, or equivalence element of fUe (U) iff R C V2 and H is a reflexive, symmetric, transitive, or equivalence relation, respectively. In case SI is a relation algebra, we could use an alternative definition of Tarski-Givant [225, p. 110], that x is reflexive iff 1' (x;l + l;x) < x. 4.3. Functional, permutational, difunctional. Fn3l:={x:x-(x}V) Pm% :={x:x-
= x £ A}, 1
(^f ') = x (V }x) = x e A},
- x is functional if a; 6 -FnSt, - x is permutational or bifunctional if a; € Pm%, - x is difunctional if x = x;x;x. R is a functional element of !He (U) iff R : X —¥ U for some X C.U. For nonassociative relation algebras, an alternative definition of functional element is that x £ i*Vi2l iff x;x < 1', and x is permutational if both a; and x are functional. Regarding difunctional elements, see the remarks after Th. 299.
296
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
4.4. Atoms, subidentity. Atoms are defined for an algebra of relational type in the same way as for their Boolean reducts; see (5.27). (6.16) (6.17) (6.18)
Am : = { i : 8 / i e 4 , Vj,(y £ A => x
x-y = 0)},
: V >x £ AM},
Ato,%:={x:O'>x
- x is a subidentity element if x < V, - a; is an atom if a; € At%L, - a; is an identity atom if x < 1' and x £ - x is a diversity atom if a; < 0' and x £ At 21. When the Boolean part of 21 is a Boolean algebra, the domain xA and range a;r of an element (see (3.5)) are examples of subidentity elements, and if 21 is also Boolean, then all its elements are subidentity elements. 4.5. Singletons, points, pairs, twins. Sn%l : = {x : 0 / a ; £ A, a;;l;a; + a;;l;s; < 1'}, Pt2l := {x : 0 / x £ A, x;l;x < 1'}, Pr2l:= { i : 0 / s £ A , i ; 0 ' ; i ; ( l ' ; i ; < r } , TwVL := {x : x £ Pr% x y = 0 for every y £ Pt2l}. - x is a s i n g l e t o n i f O ^ a ; ; l ; a ; + a : ; l ; a ; < 1', - x is a point if 0 7^ a;; 1; x < 1', - x is a pair if 0 / a;; 0'; a;; 0'; x < V, - x is a twin if a; is a pair and x y = 0 for every point y. Some relations contain exactly one ordered pair. Such a relation is a set-theoretical singleton, having the form {(a,b)} for some a, 6 £ V. A relation is a singleton in IHe (U) iff it is a set-theoretical singleton and included in U2. A relation R in D\c (U) is a point iff R = {{a, a)} for some a £ U. A relation R in D\c(U) is a pair iff R = {(a, a), (6,6}} for some a,b £U (possibly with a = b). SHe (U) has no twins, but if we suppose that 21 is a subalgebra of SHe (U) and that R is a relation in 21, then R is a twin of 21 iff R = {{a, a), {b, b)} for distinct a, 6 £ U, and neither {(a, a)} nor {(6,6}} are elements of 21. Thus a and b are "twins" in the sense that they cannot be distinguished by 21. Let E £ V be a nonempty equivalence relation. Recall from (3.102) that PE = {p:PCE = E\p\E, p\E\p C Id}. In case E = U2, we have PE = Pt%. If E has at least two equivalence classes, then PE C Pt2l. 5. Axioms R7, Rs In this and the next several sections we deduce consequences of various combinations of axioms drawn from R1-R3, R5-R10 (the axioms for NA). In each theorem our tacit assumptions are that we are dealing with a fixed but arbitrary algebra 21 of relational type and x, y, and z are arbitrary elements of 21. For each theorem we assume that 21 satisfies one or more of the axioms R1-R10 and list those assumptions in parentheses at the beginning of the theorem. Each section
5. AXIOMS R 7 , R g
297
is devoted to some combination of axioms from R5-R10. First we consider what can be deduced from the chosen axiom or combination alone, and then what can be proved by also assuming R1-R3. In this section we show that an additive involutive function from a Boolean algebra to itself is nionotonic, self-conjugate, normal, dual-normal, self-dual, subtractive, completely and universally additive and multiplicative, and is a complete isomorphism of the Boolean algebra onto itself. We do this by proving consequences of R7, which states that " is involutive, and R8, which states that " is additive. Consequences of R7 alone are that conversion is one-to-one and onto, and the domain and range functions behave properly with respect to conversion. Theorem 237. (R7) x = y iff x = y. PROOF. If x = y then x = y. For the opposite direction, assume x = y. Then x = y, but x = x and y = y by R7, so x = y.
For the next theorem recall definition (3.5). Theorem 238. (R7) xd = xr and x' = xd. PROOF. xd = 1'
x;x = 1'
x;x = x' and x' = V
x;x = V
x;x = xd.
In the next theorem we show (again) that an additive operator is nionotonic. Theorem 239. (R8) (i) If x < y then x < y. (ii) If x € Sy% then x € Sy%. PROOF.
For part (i), x < y <S> x =>
<=> X
«
definition of <
y 5 + 2/)" = y + y =y
Rs
definition of <
(a
X
For part (ii), x 6 SySl <=>
X < X
definition of <
X+ X = X (~.
1 ™
" =
X+ X = X
<=> X
< X
x
R8
definition of <
x e Si1% D Theorem 240 (Chin-Tarski [49, 1.8]). (R7, R8) x < y iff x < y.
38
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
PROOF.
x
=> x
Th. 239
=> I < §
Th. 239
>x
R,7
D Theorem 241. (R7, Rg) x < y iff x
Substitute x for x in Th. 240 and use R7.
The next two theorems show that " is normal and that the Boolean dual of is also normal. Theorem 242 (Chin-Tarski [49, 1.6]). (R1-R3, R7, R8) 0 = 0 G Sy%. PROOF.
0 = 0+ 0
R1-R3
= 6+ 6
R7
= (0 + 0)"
R8
= 6 = 0
R1-R3 R7 D
Theorem 243 (Chin-Tarski [49, 1.7]). (R1-R3, R7, R8) 1 = 1 G Sy2L. PROOF.
1 = 1+ 1 = 1+ 1 = (1 + 1)" = 1
R1-R3 R7 Rs Ri—R3 D
Next is the Boolean dual of the assertion that " is self-conjugate. Theorem 244. (R1-R3, R7, Rg) x + y = 1 iffx + y = l. PROOF.
If x + y = 1, then x + y = x + ij = (x + y)" =1 = 1
R7 R8 x+y=1 Th. 243
5. AXIOMS R 7 , R 8
299
From (5.17), Th. 179, and Th. 244, we get the following corollary. Theorem 245. (R1-R3, R7, Rs) The following statements are equivalent: x
y>x
x+y=y
x+ y=x
x+ y=1
x >y
V< x
x y=y
x-y = x
x y =0
x < 2/
y>x
x+y=y
x+y =x
x+y =1
The previous theorem could include several more statements since, as we see next, complementation and conversion commute. Theorem 246 (Chin-Tarski [49, 1.10]). (R1-R3, R7, Rs) I = t . PROOF.
First note that, for any y, x~
Th. 241 Th. 245
We need only two instances of these equivalences. When y is either x or x, we deduce that x < x and x < x, respectively, hence x = x. It follows from Th. 246 that " is self-dual. The multiplicativity of " is next. Theorem 247 (Chin-Tarski [49, 1.9]). (R1-R3, R7, Rs) (x yY = x y. PROOF.
(3-4)
(x -yY = (x + yY = (x + yY
Th. 246
= §"+1
Rs
= x+y
Th. 246
= x-y
(3.4)
The next theorem shows that conversion is self-conjugate. Theorem 248. (R1-R3, R7, Rs) x y = 0 <£> x y = 0. PROOF.
x y = 0 <^> (x yY = 0
I y=0 > x
y = 0
R7
Th. 242, Th. 247 R7
D By Th. 208(ii), self-conjugate functions on Boolean algebras are completely additive, so " is completely additive when R1-R3, R7, Rs hold. A slightly different proof of this follows.
300
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
T h e o r e m 249 (Chin-Tarski [49, 1.11]). (R1-R3, R7, Rg) The operator " is completely additive. PROOF. Assume X C A and J ^ X exists. We will show that ($^X)" is the least upper bound of {x : x E X } . Since x <^X for every x E X, Th. 239 implies x < ($^X)" for every x G X. Thus (52 X)" is an upper bound. Now let y be any upper bound, i.e., x < y for every x G X. Then Th. 241 implies x < y for every x € X, so y is an upper bound of X, i.e., J ^ X < y. But then (%2X)" < y by Th. 241, so ($^X)" is the feast upper bound. T h e o r e m 250 (Chin-Tarski [49, 1.12]). (R1-R3, R7, Rs) The operator " is completely multiplicative. On the basis of theorems proved so far we can say that is a complete Boolean isomorphism, and that this can be deduced solely from axioms R1-R3, R7, Rg. One consequence of this observation is that " maps atoms to atoms, an observation first made for relation algebras by Jonsson-Tarski [119, 4.3(xii)]. T h e o r e m 251 (Maddux [142, 3.4]). (R1-R3, R7, Rg) If x G AM then x G
AM. PROOF. Let x G AM. Then My(y £ A => y < xV x y = ti) and x ^ 0. Prom the latter we x ^ 0 by Th. 242, while from the former we obtain Vy(y E A => y < x V x y = 0) by Th. 241 and Th. 248. Hence x E AM. D Summarized next axe those properties of symmetric elements that are derivable from R1-R3, R7, and Rg. T h e o r e m 252. (R1-R3, R 7 , Rs) (6.19)
x G Sy%
x = x,
(6.20)
0,lESy%
(6.21)
x + xeSy%
(6.22)
Sy% = Ra({x + x : x £
(6.23)
x E Sy% => x E Sy%
A)),
(6.24)
x € Sy'A- ^ x €
(6.25)
x,y G Sy% ^ x + y G Sy%,
Sy%
(6.26)
x, y E 5j/St => x y E Sty21.
The last four items can be strengthened to the following equations:
(6.27) (6.28)
Sty2l+* Sy%=Sy% Sy**Sy*=Sy%
(6.29)
(Sy*r
(6.30)
5y2l = Sty 21.
= Sy%
6. AXIOM R 5
301
6. Axiom R,5 Axiom R5 says that for every z the function (-); z is additive. It follows that (-); z is also monotonic. The details can be given this way: T h e o r e m 2 5 3 . ( R s ) If x < y then x;z < y;z. PROOF.
x
definition of < R5 definition of <
T h e o r e m 2 5 4 . ( R 5 ) If x,y £ Dm% then x + y € Dm'A. P R O O F . If x = x;l a n d y = y;l t h e n x + y = x;l + y;l = (x + y);l b y R 5 ,
so x + y e Bm%. T h e B o o l e a n d u a l of R 5 a s s e r t s t h a t f is d i s t r i b u t i v e over
from t h e r i g h t .
T h e o r e m 2 5 5 ( C h i n - T a r s k i [ 4 9 , 1.16]). ( R 1 - R 3 , R s ) {x-y)\z
=
{x\z)-
(l/t*)PROOF.
(x
y)]z =x y ; z
definition of f
= (x + y);z
R1-R3
= x;~z-\-y;~z
R5
= 'x;^-y;'z
R1-R3
= (x f z) (y f z)
definition of f
D The next theorem requires, besides the Boolean axioms R1-R3, only R5 for its proof. It therefore leads to a considerable generalization of the modular law for normal subgroups; see Chin-Tarski [49, p. 356,383]. Its corollary, Th. 297 below, requires more axioms for its proof, specifically R7-RioTheorem 256 (Chin-Tarski [49, 2.18]). (R1-R3, R5) If x\z < x andx;z < x then x y;z = (x y);z. PROOF.
(x-y);z < x;z-y;z
Th. 253
<x-y;z
x;z < x, R1-R3
< x- (x-y + x);z
R1-R3, Th. 253
= x (x y ) \ z + x x ; z
R5, R1-R3
= x (x -y);z
~x\z <~x, R 1 - R 3
8, RELATION ALGEBRAS <(x-y);z
Ri^Rs
7. Axioms R7, Kg, R 9 Theorem 257. (R8, Ri0
(i) Ifx e !7Va then x 6 TrVL. (ii) IfxeEgSL then xG Eq%. PROOF.
For part (i), x G Tr% & x; as <x definition of <
=J. x; a; + X = X
=> (x;s
+ xY = x w
= > ( s n ;a;) + x — x
Rs
X + X =X
R9
definition of <
=* as; X < X
Part (ii) follows from the first by Th. 239. Theorem 258. (R7, R8, Rg)
(i) Ifx,y G Sy%. then (x;y G Sy%. O i ; y = y;x). (ii) Every symmetric NA is commutative. PROOF, (i): Suppose x,y e SySi. By (6.19), 1 = x and j / = y. If x;y 6 SySI then, by (6.19) and R9, x;y = (x;y)" = y;a1 = y;x. Conversely, if x\y = y;x, then (*;»)" = »;* = Vix = xWi s o X\V 6 5ySt(ii): If 21 G NA and SI is symmetric, then %2l = A, hence SI is commutative by part (i).
If R7 and Rg hold, then is a complete Boolean automorphism, so the Boolean dual of Rg holds whenever R9 holds. Next is an elementary statement and computational proof of this fact. Theorem 259 (Chin-Tarski [49, 1.18]). (R1-R3, R7-R9) {x^y)" = y^st. PROOF.
(x f yY = (?\y~Y
definition of f
= (x;yY
Th. 246
= y;x
Rg
= f ;i = yfx
Th. 246 definition of f D
Use the previous theorem to show
8. AXIOMS R 5 , R 7 , R 8 , Rg
T h e o r e m 260. (R1-R3, R 7 - R 9 ) I f x , y £
SyVl
303
t h e n ( x ] y £ S y $ i <£> x ] y =
vU)8. Axioms R5, R7, Rg, Rg While axiom R5 says t h a t for every z t h e function (-);z is additive, its converse dual says t h a t z; (-) is additive. The proof of the converse dual of R5 is a specific example of the general method of proving converse duals using of R7-R9. T h e o r e m 261 (Chin-Tarski [49, 1.21]). (R 8 , R7-R9) z;(x + y) = z;x + z;y. PROOF.
z;(x + y) = ((z;(x + y)yy
R7
= {{x + yy-,zy
R9
= ((x + y);Sy
R8
= (x;z + y;zy
R5
= ((z;xy+(z;yyy = ((z;x + z;yyy
Rg R8
= z; x + z; y
R7
Using this we get the monotonicity of z; (-) and the distributivity of f over from the left. Theorem 262 (Chin-Tarski [49, 1.22]). (R8, R7-R9) If
x
< V t h e n z ; x< z ; y .
Theorem 263 (Chin-Tarski [49, 1.16]). (R1-R3, Rs, R7-R9) z\{x-y)
=
(z-\x)-(z-\y).
PROOF.
z\(x
y) = z ; x y
definition of f
= z;(x + y)
R1-R3
= z;x + z;y = ~z;x-~z;y = (z f a;) (z f y)
Th. 261 R1-R3 definition of f
Theorem 264. (RB, R7-R9) (i) / / x,y G i?n21 then x + y £ i?n21.
(ii) PROOF,
Ifx,y ( i ) :I fx = l ; x a n d y = l ; y t h e n x + y = l ; x + l ; y = l ; ( x + y ) b y
Th. 261, so x + y e Rn%.
D
The next two theorems express the monotonicity of ; and f in both variables.
304
8, RELATION ALGEBRAS
Theorem 265. (Ri, Rs, R7-R9) If v < w and x < y, then v;x < w;y. PROOF. Use Th. 253, Th. 262, and the transitivity of <, which follows from Ri alone; see Th. 178. Theorem 266. (Ri-Rs, Rg, R7-R9) If v <w and x < y then v\x < wfy. PROOF. If v < w and x < y then w < v and f < x by Th. 179, so w;y < v;x
by Th. 265, so « ; T < w;f, i.e., v\x <w\y.
D
Prom Th. 265 we get some closure properties of Sy%, Tr% and Theorem 267. (Ri, R s , R T ^ R S )
(i) Ifx e SySl then x;x G SyfU. (ii) //a; e TrSi then x;x € (iii) //a; e BgSt ifeen a;;a; g PROOF, (i): Assume a; < a;. Then a;;a; is symmetric because (x;xY = x;x < x;x by R 9 and Th. 265. (ii): Assume x is transitive. Then x;x is also transitive because from 5c;x < x we get (a;;a;);(a;;a;) < x;x by Th.265. Theorem 268. (Ri^Rs, RB, R T ^ R S )
(i) Ifx,y
(ii) IfXC
e I¥Sl tfeen E y £ TrSL.
Tr%. and ]JX exists then "[{X €
( i i i ) If x,y £ S g S l t f e e n x-y
£ SgSl.
(iv) J / X C Bga and ]JX exists then ]JX £ PROOF, (i): If x;x
< E and j/;y < y then (E j/);(a;
y) < i;a: < x and
(a; y); (a; y) < y ;y < y by Th. 265, so (a; y); (x y) < x y by R1-R3.
D
The meet of two transitive elements is transitive, but the join of two transitive elements may not be transitive. In fact, TV"2l is not in general closed under ~, + , ;, or f- For example, in 9te(3), if x = {(0,0), (1,1)} and y = {{0,0), (0,1), (1, 2), (2,2) , (2,0)} then none of x, x + y, x;y, or x f y is transitive. It is easy to find examples where x,y € Eq% but x + y ^ Eq%. 9. Axioms Re, R7, R.9 Theorem 269 (Ghin-Tarski [49, 1.5]). (Re, RT, Rs)
r = r e Sy% n PROOF.
Note that 1' 6 Tr% by R6. f=f;l'
Re
= f;f'
R7
= f = 1'
Re RT
10. AXIOMS Ra, a 7 , Hg, R 9
308
D The distinguished element 1' is a right identity for ; in any model of Re- The converse dual of Re (that V is a left identity for ;) can be easily derived from Ra itself with the help of RT and Rg. The same is true of many equations. On the other hand, some equations are equivalent to their converse duals. This is true of R4 (the associative law for ;) and Rg. Theorem 270 (Chin-Tarski [49, 1.4]). (Re, R 7 , R9) x = V ;x. PROOF.
V;x = V;x
Th. 269, Rr
= {st;l'T
RQ
= st
Re
= x
Rr
D Theorem 271 (Chin-Tarski [49, 1.17]). (R1-R3, Re, RT, R S )
xfO' = i = 0'fa;P R O O F . Use R i ^ F i s , T h . 2 7 0 , a n d R B t o get asfO' = x;V O'jx= l r - I = i = a;.
= I
= x and D
10. Axioms Re, Rr, Rs, R9 While Re, R7, R9 are enough to show 1' = 1 ! , we need also Rg to do this for Theorem 272. ( Ri^Rs, Rf 5^R9) 0' = 0' e %si. PROOF.
0!
=¥ =f =¥ = 0'
definition of 0! Th. 246 Th. 269 definition of 0'
A further interesting property of the symmetric elements is that they form a subalgebra in any commutative algebra. The proof of this requires Re and Rg as well as Rr and Rg. We need Ra in the proof because any subalgebra of SI must contain V, and Rg is needed to treat closure under relative multiplication. Theorem 273. (R1-R3, Rg-Rg) /f2l is commutative then 5|/2l is the universe of a subalgebra of SI.
306
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
PROOF. Assume 21 is commutative and x, y £ Sy$l. Then x = x and y = y, so Sy% is closed under + because (x + y)" = x + y = x + j / b y R g , under ~~ because x = x by Th. 246, under " because x = x = x by R7, and under ; because (x;y)" = y;x = y;x = x;y by Hg and commutativity. Finally, 1' E Syll because 1' = 1' by Th. 269. 11. A x i o m s R B , R.6, R7, R-9 Next we show 1;(-) is expanding when R5-R7, Rg hold. For (-);1 we also need Rg; see Th. 277 below. T h e o r e m 274. (R1-R3, R B - R T , R9) x < l;x. PROOF. We have 1' < 1 by R1-R3. Then x = V ;x < l;x by Th. 270 and Th. 253. T h e o r e m 275 (Chin-Tarski [49, 2.6]). (R1-R3, R5-R7, R9) 1;1 = 1 6 Tr%. PROOF. Put x = 1 in Th. 274 and note that 1;1 < 1 by R1-R3. Th. 275 has a corollary mentioned earlier, that if 1 = 1; 1 then (6.8) and (6.9) are equivalent to (6.10) and (6.11), respectively. T h e o r e m 276. Let 21 be an algebra of relational type. (i) 21 £ WA iff'21 £ NA and one of the following equations is valid in 21:
(ii) 2t £ SA iff 21 £ NA and one of the following the equations is valid in 21:
12. A x i o m s R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 By adding Rs we can get the converse dual of Th. 274. T h e o r e m 277 (Chin-Tarski [49, 2.5]). (R1-R3, R5-R9) x < x ; l . PROOF,
X = x;V
< x ; l , by R 6 , 1' < 1, and Th. 262.
T h e o r e m 278. (R1-R3, R B - R 9 ) x < ( l ; x ) ; l , x < l ; ( x ; l ) , ( O f x ) t O < x, and Ot(xfO) < x. PROOF.
By Th. 274 and Th. 277.
13, AXIOM H l o WITH OTHERS
307
Prom these theorems we now know that the functions 1; (-), (-); 1, 1; (-); 1, and 1;((-);1) are expanding whenever R1-R3, R5-R9 hold in an algebra of relational type. This is true, in particular, in every NA, although Rio is not needed to prove it. Prom Rg and Th. 261 we know that these operators are also additive (and therefore monotonic). They will be normal if Rio also holds (see (6.31) below) and idempotent whenever the semiassociative law (6.9) also holds; see Th. 276. Thus, in particular, these functions are topological closure operators in every SA. 13. Axiom Rio with others Next consider the as yet unused Rio in combination with other axioms. Theorem 279 (Chin-Tarski [49, 2.12]). (Ri^Ets, Rio) x;(xjO) = x;aiiT = 0. PROOF. Use Rio with y = l.
D
Theorem 280. (R1-R3, Rio) x;(W-\y) < y. PROOF. x;(x^y)
= x;x~fij <:fi = y.
The converse dual of Rio is obtained with the help of R7-R9. Theorem 281 (Chin-Tarski [49, 1.23]). (Ri^R3, RT^RIO) y~\x\£ < y. PROOF.
f]x;x
= y;x;z
R7 x
R9, (246)
Rio,Th. 239
= y
Th. 246, RT
n These last two theorems correspond to (2.148). See (2.149)^(2.153) for more variations that could be proved here from R1-R3, R7-R10. T h e o r e m 282 (Chin-Tarski [49, 2.12]). (Re, Rio)
x;x<0'.
PROOF.
x;x = x;x;V
Ra
Rio
= 0'
D Theorem 283. (Ri^Rs, RB, RIO) f \x < 0'. PROOF. Substitute x for x in Th. 282 and use R1-R3, namely, x = x. Theorem 284. (R6, R7, Rio) x{i < 0!.
D
308
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
PROOF.
Substitute x for x in Th. 282 and use R7.
Theorem 285. (R1-R3, Re-Rs, Rio) x;W < 0' andx;x < 0'. PROOF. We have x = x by Th. 246, so the first equation follows from Th. 284, and the second follows from the first since x = x.
The preceding theorems and the following corollary are abstract algebraic versions of the identity laws (2.192)-(2.195) and the diversity laws (2.196)-(2.199); see also Peirce's Th. 21. V
Theorem 286. (R1-R3, Re-Rs, Rio) 1' < tfa;, 1' < xjx, <x\x.
V < a;ft, and
Next we see that ; is normal in both variables, and its Boolean dual f is dual-normal in both arguments. Theorem 287 (Chin-Tarski [49, 2.4]). (R1-R3, R5, R7-R10) (6.31) (6.32)
x;0 = 0,
(6.33)
oe
x-\l
Tr%nEq% 0;x = 0, ljx = 1
(6.34) (6.35) PROOF.
= 1,
(6.31): x;0 < i ; i TT
Th. 265
= i ; i TT < T
Th. 243 Rio
= 0
R1-R3
(6.34): 0;x == 0;x
Th. 242, R7
=0
Rg
=0
Th.6.31 Th. 242
=0
The last theorem of this section uses all the axioms for NA. T h e o r e m 288. (R1-R3, R5-R10) x = 0 iff x;l = 0 iff \\x = 0. PROOF.
By Th. 274, Th. 277, Th. 6.31,
and Th. 6.34.
14, THEOREM K AND THE CYCLE LAW
309
14. Theorem K and the cycle law De Morgan's Theorem K, the cycle law, and the many variations on these results are characteristic and crucial in the theory of NA. They do not require the identity axiom Re. De Morgan stated his Theorem K as a Rule for Changing Places De Morgan [65]. We gave it earlier in (2.147) as a formula in the calculus of relations. Here we quote De Morgan and use current notation in brackets to explain De Morgan's meaning. In what follows, De Morgan uses "))" to mean the same as " < " or " C " . If a compound relation [ x;y ] be contained in [ < ] another relation [ z ], by the nature of the relations and not by casualty of the predicate [ x; y < z ], the same may be said [ that some compound relation is contained in another ] when either component [ x or y ] ia converted [ into x or y, respectively ], and the contrary of the other component [yorx, respectively ] and of the compound [ z ] change places [ yielding x\~z <1~z or "z;y < x, respectively ]. That is if, be Z whatever it may, every L of M of Z be an N of Z, say
LM))N, then L-1n))m, and sM" 1 ))!. If LM))N, then n))lM'
and nM~1))lM'M-1. But an I of every M of an M~ x of Z must be an I of Z: hence nM~^))l. Again, if LM))N, then n))L/ro, whence L~1n))L~1 Lira. But an L-1 of an L of none but ms of Z must be an m of Z; whence L~1n))m. . . . I shall call this result theorem K, in remembrance of the office of that letter in Baroko and Bokardo; it is the theorem on which the formation of what I called opponent syllogisms is founded. De Morgan [66, p. 224] T h e o r e m 289 (De Morgan's Theorem K). (R1-R3, R 5 , Rr-Rio) If x;y < z then %;~z
De Morgan knew that all three formulas are equivalent (see De Morgan [66, pp. 186-187]), so we restate them that way, as was done earlier in (2.147). Theorem 290 (De Morgan's equivalences). (R1-R3, Rg, R7-R10) x;y < z
> x\z < y O ~z;y < x.
P R O O F . We have just proved x;y < z x\z
310
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
Further substitutions of converses and complements into De Morgan's equivalences, together with transformations of them by Boolean algebraic methods, yield an enormous variety of additional equivalences. Here are three versions of De Morgan's equivalences included by Tarski [225, Th. 11-13] in his course on relation algebras in the early 1970's. The second version occurs already in the 1943 manuscript (see (2.166) and Tarski [227, 8.10]). Theorem 291 (Tarski's equivalences). (R1-R3, R5, R7-R10) (6.36)
x ; y <~z < ^ > x ; z < y
(6.37)
x ; y < z <^> z ; x < y ^
(6.38)
x;y
z = 0 «=> z ; x
<^> z ; y < x
<=$ z ; x < y <=$ y ; z < x < ^ > y ; x < z ,
y;z < x,
y = 0 «=> y ; z
x =0
De Morgan's equivalences do not appear in any of the papers that Peirce published during his lifetime. However, Peirce was well aware of De Morgan's equivalences, for his unpublished papers reveal the following version, taken from Peirce [200, Vol.4, "1879-1884", p. 341]. Theorem 292 (Peirce's equivalences). (R1-R3, R5, R 7 -Ri 0 ) "Hence the rule is that having a formula of the form x;y < z, the three letters may be cyclically advanced one place in the order of writing, those which are carried We from one side of the copula to the other being both negatived and converted. have, then, the following twelve propositions, all equivalent. x\y
y;z~<x~
f;x
~z<x]y
x
y
y;x
~z;y <x
x\~z
~z
x < z]y
y^z^z
There are in all 64 such sets of 12 equivalent
propositions".
Schroder [215, p.242f] presented four of Peirce's 64 sets of equivalent statements. He used the one given above plus the following three others. Theorem 293 (Schroder's equivalences). (R1-R3, R5, R7-R10) (i) The following y;z
statements
are
equivalent:
<x
z;x
x;y <~z
z
y<
z;ij <x
x;z
y;x <~z
z <sfy
y<
(ii) The following
statements
are
y
~z<x\y
y;x~
x^z^y
y<x]z
~z
x;y < z
(iii) The following
x
statements
y < z]~x x
y<~ ~\z
are
~z<x]y ~z
^]y
X <
f; ~z<\y z; X
<\y
Tj<x y;
~Z < X
equivalent: y;x < z
x
X <
equivalent:
^
x
tz ~zt X X
x;y
x; ~z<\y ~z\X
<\y
v<% y; z<x
Schroder went on to point out that each of these sets of 12 can be expanded to a set of 60 equivalent formulas. Each formula in a group of 12 is equivalent to 4 others. For example, the formula x;y < z, the first one in Peirce's list, is also e q u i v a l e n t t o 1 < x ^ y + z , x ; y -~z < 0 , x ; y z = x ; y , a n d x ; y + z = z .
14. THEOREM K AND THE CYCLE LAW
Next is a version of De Morgan's equivalences, called the cycle law, illustrated by an oriented triangle in its six positions. Starting with the formula and its triangle in standard position,
x;y-z
=0
we add to it the other five equivalent formulas along with the corresponding images of the triangle. The six equivalent statements in the cycle law match up with the six positions of the triangle. Theorem 294 (cycle law, Chin-Tarski [49, 2.1]). (R1-R3, Rs, R7-R10) The following
statements
z;x-y
are equivalent:
=0
y;x-z = 0
y;z-x =
Th. 291, Th. 292, Th. 293, and Th. 294 may be proved directly from Th. 290 using R7 and some elementary consequences of R1-R3, such as the law of double negation. We will derive some of their consequences by an alternative route. First we apply Th. 209 to obtain the following result about the functions *;(-), «;(-), {-);%, and (-);T that arise in algebras of relational type. T h e o r e m 295. Let SI be a Boolean algebra with operators of relational type. (i) For every x € A, the following statements are equivalent: (a) The functions x;(-) and %;(-) are conjugates of each other. (b) x;y z = 0 iff x\z y = 0 for ally,z € A. (c) x;(y-x;z)<x;y-z and x;{z-x\y) < x\z -y for all y,z G A. (d) x;0 = 0 and for all y,z € A, x;y z < x;(y x;z), and x;z y < x;(z-x;y). (ii) Furthermore, the following statements are equivalent for every x £ A. (a) The functions (-);x and (-);x are conjugates of each other. (b) y;x z = 0 4*- z;x y = 0 for all y,z € A. (c) (y z;x);x < y;x z and (z -yjx);x < z;x -y for all y,z € A, (d) 0;x = 0 and for all y,z £ A, y;x z < (y z;x);x, and z;x y < (z-y;x);x.
312
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
Since all parts of Th. 295 hold whenever R1-R3, R5, R7-R10 hold, we obtain the following corollary, in which parts (6.44)-(6.48) are called, collectively, "rotation"; see (2.168)-(2.172). Theorem 296 (rotation, Chin-Tarski [49, 2.3, 2.7]). (R1-R3, Rs, R7-R10) (i)
The functions
x;(-)
and x;(-)
are conjugates
of each
other,
(ii) The functions x;(-) and x;(-) are completely additive, (iii) the functions (-);x and (-);x are conjugates of each other, (iv) the functions (-);x and (-);x are completely additive, and the following
identities
(6.39)
x;(y
x;z) <x ; y
(6.40)
x;{z-~xjy)
(6.41)
x;0 = 0 = 0;x,
(6.42)
(y z ; x ) ; x < y ; x - z ,
(6.43)
(z-y\x);x
hold:
<
~z,
x;z-y,
(6.44)
x\y z
(6.45)
x;z-y < x;(z x;y),
(6.46)
y;x z <{y
z;x);x,
(6.47)
z;x-y<
y;x);x,
(6.48)
x ; y z < ( x - z;y);(y
-x;z),
(6.49)
x ; y - z =x;(y-x;z)
z = {x z ; y ) ; y
<x;(y-x;z),
(z
z = (x z ; y ) ; { y
x;z)
z.
PROOF. From R1-R3, R5, R7-R10 we conclude, by Th. 294 (the cycle law), that conditions (i)(b) and (ii)(b) of Th. 295 hold, so all of the conditions listed in Th. 295 hold. This yields proofs for most of the parts of the theorem. For complete additivity, apply Th. 208. The next theorem was suggested by Jonsson in 1949: see Chin-Tarski [49, p. 356], where it is treated as a corollary of Th. 256. T h e o r e m 297 (Chin-Tarski [49, 2.19]). (R1-R3, R5, R7-R10) If x;z < x and
x;z < x then
x
y;z = (x
y);z.
PROOF.
< x; z-y-z
Th. (i)
<x-
x;z
<(y
y\z x\z)\z
<x
(6.46)
<(y
Th. (i)
— (T
R1-R3
15. SPECIAL ELEMENTS IN NA
313
15. Special elements in NA This section is concerned with some of those basic properties of various special kinds and elements that can be proved to hold in all NA's; the proofs require no form of the associative law for relative multiplication. The last two parts of the next theorem occur in Tarski's course notes as results about relation algebras, but they hold for NA. Theorem 298 (Tarski-Givant [225, p. 60]). Let 21 € NA. Then (6.50) (6..51)
X
(6..52)
X
< y < ^ 1' <x]y = 0 <=> x;y < 0' = 0 <=> x ; y < 0'
X
PROOF.
x;y < 0' < => <=> <=> < <
V <^\y V =0
R1-R3 R1-R3 Th. 294
= 0
y
y x =0 X
R6
R1-R3
Here are some general formulas involving repeated products, first proved by Chin-Tarski [49] for relation algebras. Theorem 299 (Chin-Tarski [49, 2.9]). Let a <E NA. Then x < (x;x);x and x < x;(x;x). PROOF.
x = x; 1' x
R6
<x;(V-x;x)
(6.44)
<x;(x;x)
Th. 265
x = V;x-x <(V
-x;x);x
<(x;x);x
Th. 270 (6.46)
Th. 265.
D Because of Th. 299, in any NA an element x that satisfies the opposite inclusions x > (x;x);x and x > x;(x;x) will also satisfy the equations x = (x;x);x and x = x;(x;x). Such an element is called difunctional (see Riguet [208, 209, 210]). The elements x;x and x;x are always symmetric, by R7, R9, and the reflexivity of < . In any RA, if a: = (x;x);x then these elements are also transitive,
because x = ((x;x);x)" = x;(x;x)" = x;(x;x), hence (6.53)
(x;x);(x;x) = x;{x;{x;x)) = x;x,
314
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
(6.54)
(x;x);(x;x)
= (x;(x;x));x
= x;x.
T h u s x;x a n d x;x are equivalence elements. It seems likely t h a t (6.53) a n d (6.54), which use associativity, fail in some SA. T h e o r e m 300 (Chin-Tarski [49, 2.10]). L e i S l e N A . Then x-y-z and x y z < x;(y;z). PROOF. (x;y);z.
B yT h . 2 9 9 a n d T h . 2 6 5 , x
y z < ((x y z);(x
y
<
(x;y);z
z)") ; ( x - y - z ) <
There are 14 versions for each part of the next theorem, depending on how parentheses are added. They all have proofs similar to the proofs of Th. 299 and Th. 300. Theorem 301. Let 2( 6 NA. Then (6.55)
x <
(6.56)
v w x y z <
x;x;x;x;x,
v;w;x;y;z.
15.1. Subidentity elements. Parts of the following theorem appear in Maddux [147, Lem. 5] and many other papers. Theorem 302. Let 21 £ NA and assume u.v
Then
u = «,
v = u;v,
V,
(6.59)
u \x
(6.60)
X ;u
(6.61)
u x = u u;x ;u = u
(6.62)
u ;(u;x) = u;]
(6.63)
X
(6.64)
u \x\v = u; (x ;v),
(6.65)
u ;l;v = u;ff;
(6.66)
V, ;x
(6.67)
X
(6.68)
y = y =
u
x
1 ;u
;v,;v, = 1 ; M -
y = u;x
u;y,
x -y; v, = x;u
y;u,
x
v=
u;
u;(x
;u),
: = u;x, x =- xyu, - u
V,
V < u,
;u-V
V, =
;! y =
x
d U
=
r U .
P R O O F . (6.57): We have
u <<. u;u;u
Th. 299 hyp., Th. 265
u.;«;«
=u <1
Th. 270, R 6 Th. 299 RT
hyp ., Th. 240, Th. 265
15. SPECIAL ELEMENTS IN NA
= u
315
Th. 269, Th. 270, R 6
so ii = ii. ( 6 . 5 8 ) : F o r o n e d i r e c t i o n , u v < (u a n d , f o r t h e o t h e r , u;v < V ;v u;V = u (6.59): G e t (6.69)
v); (u v.
u;x = x
«)";(«
v) < u; (V
l')";w =
u;v
M;1
as follows. u;x
hyp., Th. 265 Th. 270
(6.44)
hyp., Th. 240, Th. 265
= u;x
Th. 269, Th. 270
Applying (6.69) several times gives us u;x
y = x
(u;x)
u;l
y = x
(w;y)= (x
u ; y ,
u ; l ) ( u ; l y) = x
u;l
y .
(6.60) is the converse dual of (6.59). (6.61): By Th. 274, Th. 277, and (6.69) we have u
x = u
and, similarly, u x = u
u ; l x
l ; u= u
u ; x l ; u= u
u ; x ; u
u;(x;u).
(6.62): Part of this is (6.69), which we can use to deduce the rest, as follows. u;x
= u;x
1
= u;x
M;1
(6.69)
(6.69)
= u;(u;x)-l = u](u;x) (6.63) is the converse dual of (6.62). (6.64): u ; x ; v = u ; x l;v
converse dual of (6.69)
= u;l-x-\;v
(6.69)
= w;l x;v
converse dual of (6.69)
= u\{x\v) ( 6 . 6 5 ) : U s i n g ( 6 . 5 8 ) i n t h e l a s t s t e p , w e g e t u\\\v u;V);v
= ( w ; 0 ' + u);v
= u;0'
( 6 . 6 6 ) : B y ( 6 . 5 9 ) , u;x
;v + u;v V = u;x
= u;0' u;V
( 6 . 6 8 ) : B y ( 3 . 5 ) , ( 6 . 5 7 ) , ( 6 . 5 8 ) , a n d u<
= M ; ( 0 ' + V);v
;v + u
< u;V
=
u.
V, u6 = V-u;u
u. T h e o r e m 3 0 3 . Let 21 G N A . ( i ) 2 1 i s B o o l e a n iff x ; y = x
= (M;0'+
v.
Then y f o r allx , y£ A ,
= V-u;u
= V-u-u
= D
316
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
(ii) if 21 is Boolean then 21 is a symmetric commutative relation algebra. P R O O F , (i): If 21 is Boolean, then 1' = 1, so x;y = x y by (6.58). For the converse, just note that 1 = 1; 1' by R6 and 1 1' = 1' by R1-R3, we get 1 = 1' as a special case of the assumption that x;y = x y for all x,y £ A. (ii): Assume 21 is Boolean. Then ; and are the same operation by part (i). Therefore, 21 is commutative and associative. 21 is symmetric by (6.57). 15.2. D o m a i n and range operators. The domain and range of an element in an NA are defined in (3.5). Theorem 304. Let 21 G NA and x G A.
Then
(6.70)
x66 = x6,
(6.71)
x" = x',
(6.72)
x = x6;x = x;x',
(6.73)
x d= V - x ; l = V - l ; x ,
(6.74)
x '= V - l ; x = V
x;l.
PROOF. (6.70) and (6.71) follow from (6.68) and x6 + x' < V. For (6.72), x = V ; x x < (V x ; x ) ; x = x d ; x < V ; x = x , a n d x = x ; V x < x ; ( V x ; x ) = x ; x ' < x ; V = x. For (6.73), use (6.49) to get V - x ; l = V - x ; ( l - x ; V ) = V - x ; x =
x6.
15.3. Domain, range, and ideal elements. Theorem 305. Let 21 € NA. Then (i) If x € Dm% then x e £>m2l. (ii) IfxeRnVL then x G RnVL. (iii) If x G 7e2l then x G 7e2l. PROOF, (i): If x = x; 1 then 0 = x -x = x;l -x = x;l -x, so 0 = aJ; 1 a; by Th. 294, hence x; 1 < x. We have x < x; 1 by Th. 277. Since 7e2t, 7?n2t, and Dm 21 are closed under ~ and +, they are universes of Boolean algebras that are subalgebras of the Boolean part of 21. In fact, the Boolean algebra of all subsets of U is isomorphic to the Boolean algebra of domain elements of Dlt(U), and it is also isomorphic to the Boolean algebra of range elements of 9te(f7). On the other hand, SHe([/) has exactly two ideal elements whenever \U\ > 1. Recall that x € 7e21 iff x is an ideal element of2tiffa; = l;a; = a;;l. A crucial fact about an ideal element x is that the function x (-) is a homomorphism; see Th. 372. Part of this observation is made in the next theorem. Theorem 306 (Chin-Tarski [49, 3.27,4.1]). Let 21 G NA. (i) 7e2lC SyVl. ( i i ) x e 7 e 2 l iff x y ; z = (x y ) ; ( x
z ) f o r all y , z £ A .
15. SPECIAL ELEMENTS IN NA
317
P R O O F , ( i ) : I f x = x ; l = l ; x t h e n x < x ; x ; x < l ; x ; l = x , so x = x . T h u s every ideal element is symmetric. (ii): Assume x € Je2l. For any y, z €. A we have x
y ; z= x y ; ( z y ; x )
(6.49)
<x-y;(z-l;x)
Th. 265
= x y;(z x) = x
(y
x; (z
x €. 7e2l x)");
(z
x)
(6.49)
<(yx;l);(z-x)
Th. 265
= (y x); (z x)
x £ 7e2t
T h . 265
= £-y;«
a; £ / e 21
For t h e converse, a s s u m e x y;z = (x y); (x z) for all y,z £ A . W e a p p l y t h i s w i t h y = x a n d z = 1, a s follows. x;l
x < (x x ; l ) ; 1 = ((a;- s);(a; 1));1
hyp.
= (0;(x-l));l = 0. This gives us x;l < x. But x < x;l, so x = x;l.
Similarly, x = l;x.
D
15.4. Integral algebras. Jonsson-Tarski [119, 4.17] proved conditions in the next theorem are equivalent for relation algebras, are also equivalent to the condition that every nonzero functional atom. The parts of this result that hold for NA are gathered in the For parts that hold in SA see Th. 353 below.
that the three and that they element is an next theorem.
Theorem 307 (Maddux [144, Th. 2]). Let 21 G NA. (i) 21 is integral iff Q ^ I and x / 0 implies x; 1 = 1 for all x e A. (ii) //2t is integral, then V is an atom of Si. P R O O F , (i): Suppose 21 is integral. By definition, this implies 21 is nontrivial, so 0 / 1. We have x;x;l = 0 by Rio, so i = 0 or a;;l = 0 since 21 is integral. But if x / 0 then x / 0, so we must have x;l = 1. (Similarly, we get l;x = 1 whenever x / 0.) For t h e converse, assume 21 is nontrivial and x;l = 1 whenever x / 0. To show t h a t 21 has no zero-divisors, we assume x / 0 / y and show t h a t x;y / 0, We get x # 0 from a; / 0, so x; 1 = 1 by assumption. Hence 0 / J / = 1-J/ = £ ; 1 - J / , so 0 / x; y by t h e cycle law. (ii): To prove t h e contrapositive of (ii), we suppose 1' is not an atom and show t h a t 21 is not integral. If 1' = 0 then l = l ; l ' = l ; 0 = 0, hence 21 is trivial and therefore not integral. We may therefore assume 1' / 0. Then, since 1' is not an atom, there are x,y €. A such t h a t 0 = x -y, 0 ^ x, 0 ^ y, and x + y = V. B u t x;y = x y by (6.58), so x;y = 0. Thus 21 has zero-divisors a n d is therefore not integral.
318
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
McKinsey's algebra (p. 357) is a nontrivial WA with zero-divisors in which 1' is an atom, so the converse of the second part can fail. 15.5. Equivalence elements. The Chin-Tarski characterization of equivalence elements in RA, which generalizes Th. 24, can be further generalized to NA. Theorem 308 (Chin-Tarski [49, 3.2,3.3]). Let 21 E NA. Then the following statements are equivalent: (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) (vii)
xGEqVL, x;x < x < x, x;x = x = x, x;x = x, x;x = x, x ; x < x and x ; x < x , x ; x < x and x ; x < x .
PROOF. For the equivalence of the last two statements, x ; x < x a n dx ; x< x <S>
x ; x x = 0 a n dx ; x x = 0
<S>
x ; x x = 0 a n d x ;x x = 0
<S>
x ; x< x a n dx ; x< x
Others parts can be proved by imitating t h e proof of Th. 24. The following theorem implies t h a t equation 0';0';(0';0') = 0';0' holds in every NA. However, t h e related equation 0';0';0';0' = 0';0' fails in some NA. In fact, it fails in some WA but holds in every SA; see Th. 356. T h e o r e m 309 (Maddux [143, 14(1)]). / / 2 t 6 NA then 0';0' e EqVL. P R O O F . Since (0';0')" = 0';0' = O';O\ we need only show (0';0');(0';0') < 0';0'. (0';0');(0';0') = ( 0 ' ; 0 ' - ( r + 0 ' ) ) ; ( 0 ' ; 0 ' ( r + 0 ' ) ) = (0' ;0' 1'); (0' ;0' 1') + (0' ;0' 0'); (0' ;0' 1') + (0';0' - r ) ; ( 0 ' ; 0 ' 0') + (0';0 ! - 0 ' ) ; ( 0 ' ; 0 ' - 0 ' ) < l ' ; ( 0 ' ; 0 ' ) + ( 0 ' ; 0 ' ) ; r + 1';(0';0') + 0';0'
D 15.6. Points, pairs, and twins. The most interesting properties of points, pairs, and twins can be proved only for SA and RA, but some basic facts can already be established to hold in every NA.
16. CHARACTERIZATIONS OF NA AND RA
319
T h e o r e m 310. Let 21 £ NA. Then every point, pair, and twin is a subidentity element. Furthermore, (6.75)
Tu;2lUP£2lCPr2t,
(6.76)
P*2tnTu;2l = 0,
(6.77)
Pi2l C Sto21.
PROOF. If x € P i 21 then x;l;x < V, so x is a subidentity element since x < x;x;x < x;l;x < V. If x € Pr21 then a;;0';x;0';x < 1', so a; = x V + x 0' < 1' + (a;-0');(a;-0')";(a;-0');(a;-0')";(a;-0') < 1' +x;0';x;0';x
(6.55)
< 1' Thus points and pairs are subidentity elements. A twin is just a pair with no points below it, so every twin is also a subidentity element, and we have the trivial inclusion Tiv2l C Pr2l. Suppose x € Pt%. Then a ; ; 0 ' ; a ; < a ; ; l ; a ; < r and, since every point is a subidentity element, a;;0' ;x < 1' ;0' ;1' = 0', so a;;0' ;x = 0. This implies x;0';x;0';x < 0;0';x = 0 < 1', so x E Pr%. Thus every point is pair. If point were also a twin it would be both nonzero and disjoint from itself, so Pt2l n Tw% = 0. Finally, if x € P£2l then x = x since x < V, so x;l;x + x;l;x = x;l;x < V, which shows that x £ Sn21. 16. Characterizations of NA and RA First we present the Chin-Tarski characterization of " in terms of ; and 0', first proved for relation algebras, but also true for NA. T h e o r e m 311 (Chin-Tarski [49, 2.14]). / / 21 € NA and x € A, then x = PROOF. It suffices to show y < x < = > J / ; x < 0 ' , which holds because the following statements are equivalent: y <x y<x y;V
Th. 241 <x
y,x<0'
Re Th. 290
Next we obtain a characterization of NA that is sometimes used as a definition, and a similar characterization of RA due to Chin-Tarski [49]. Parts of the original proof of the Chin-Tarski Theorem have been isolated in the following two theorems. T h e o r e m 312. Let 21 be a Boolean algebra with operators of relational type, and assume (i) x = x;V,
320
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS (ii) x;y
for
all x,y,z
z = 0 iff x;z
y = 0,
6 A. Then the equation x = x is valid in 21.
PROOF. Note that
x
x - y= 0
&
x;V-y
= 0
(i)
<S>
x ; y V = 0
(ii)
x;V-y = 0
(ii)
x y = 0
(i)
x < y Taking y = x yields x < x, a n d t a k i n g y = x yields x < x, so R7 is valid in 2t. T h e o r e m 313. Assume type such that
% is a Boolean
algebra with operators
of
relational
(i) x = x;V, (ii) x;y z = 0 iff x;z y = 0, (iii) x;(y;z) = (x;y);z, for all x,y,z valid in 21.
E A.
Then the equations
V = V, x = V;x, and (x;y)"
= y;x are
PROOF. For the third equation (which is Rg), observe that for every z E A, 0 = (x;y)w
z
0 = (x;yY;V
z
(i)
O= ( x ; y ) ; z - V
(ii)
<*
O= x ; ( y ; z ) - V
(iii)
<S>
0= x ; V y ; z
(ii)
<5
0 = y;z-x
(i)
<=>
0= y ; x z
(ii)
It follows that R9 is valid in 21. By Th.312, R7 is also valid in 21. Therefore, by Th. 269 and Th. 270, the first two equations are also valid in 21. The following characterization of NA differs slightly from the Chin-Tarski characterization of RA; it does not include the associative law for relative multiplication, of course, but does include the (possibly redundant) converse dual of ReTheorem 314. 21 £ NA iff 21 is a Boolean algebra with operators of relational type such that (i) x = V;x, (ii) x = x;V,
16. CHARACTERIZATIONS OP NA AND RA
321
( i i i ) x ; y - z = 0 <=> x \ z y = 0 , ( i v ) x ; y z = 0 <=> z ; y x = 0 , / o r aH x,y,z
E A.
PROOF. Assume 21 € NA. Then R1-R3, R5-R10 hold. We obtain 331(21) € BA from R1-R3, x = V ;x and x = x;V from R 6 , R7, Rg via Th. 270, and the cycle law from R1-R3, R5, R7-R10 via Th. 294. For the converse, assume 21 is a Boolean algebra with operators of relational type satisfying (i)-(iv). Then R1-R3 are valid in 21 since Q3[(2l) £ BA, so we need only show R5-R10. Right relative multiplication has a conjugate by (iv) and is therefore completely additive, so R5 holds. R6 is (ii). For R7, use Th. 312. For Rs, R9, Rio we give derivations. First, we show conversion is self-conjugate. x
y = 0
=>
x;V-y
= 0
(ii)
=>
x;y
V = 0
(iii)
=>
V ;y
x = 0
(iv)
=>
y
x = 0
(i)
Since conversion is self-conjugate, it is completely additive, so Rs is valid in 21. Next we prove Rg. For every z £ A, y;x
z = 0
<=>
y; z
x = 0
(iii)
<=>
x; z
y = 0
(iv)
<=>
x; y z = 0
(iii)
<=>
(x;j/)"-2: = 0
so Rg follows by R 1 - R 3 .
is self-conjugate
Finally, for R i o , we n o t e t h a t x;y
x;x~yy y = 0, hence x;xjy < y.
~xyy = 0, hence
D
Can either one of the first two conditions be deleted from the previous theorem? From this characterization of N A we get the Chin-Tarski characterization of relation algebras. T h e o r e m 315 (Chin-Tarski [49, 2.2]). 21 £ RA iff 21 is a Boolean algebra with operators
of relational
(ii) x\y-
for
z = 0 & x;z-y
(iii)
x;y
(iv)
x;{y;z)
all x,y,z
type such
z = 0 <=> z;y =
that
= 0, x = 0,
(x;y);z.
£ A.
PROOF. From (i), (ii), and (iv) it follows by Th. 312 and Th. 313 that x = V ;x is valid in 21. Therefore 21 £ NA by Th. 314. Since ; is associative by (iv), we conclude that 21 £ RA.
322
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
A variation on this characterization is obtained by replacing the associative law with an equivalence similar to the others. Theorem 316 (Frias-Maddux [75, Lem. 2.2]). 21 6 RA iff 21 is a Boolean algebra with operators of relational type such that (i) x = x;V, (ii)
for
x ; y z = 0 -O- x ; z y = 0 ,
(iii) x ; y z = 0 <=> z ; y x = 0 , ( i v ) v \ x w ; y = 0 <S> i>;w x ; y = 0 . all x , y , z 6 A .
The next two theorems are additional characterizations of NA. First we observe that one of the equivalences in Th. 314 can be relaxed to an implication. type
T h e o r e m 317. 21 £ NA iff 21 is a Boolean satisfying (i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
algebra with operators
of
relational
x = V ;x, x = x;V, x;y z = 0 <S> x;z y = 0, x;y-z = 0 => 2;g/-a; = O.
P R O O F . It suffices t o prove t h a t z;y x = 0 implies x\y z = 0. By (ii), (iii), a n d T h . 312, y = y. A s s u m e z;y-x = 0. T h e n x;y-z = 0 by (iv), so x;y-z = 0. T h e n e x t characterization is easy t o o b t a i n w i t h t h e help of T h . 295. T h e o r e m 318 ( M a d d u x [139, 1(22)]). 21 6 NA iff 21 is a Boolean with operators of relational type satisfying (i) x = V ;x = x;V, (ii) 0 = 0;x = x;0, (iii)
x ; y z = x;(y
(iv)
x ; y z = (x
x;z) z;y);y
algebra
z, z,
(v) x = x. 17.
Duality for NA
The converse dual of an equation is obtained by replacing every subterm of the form x;yhyy;x. For example, Th. 261 is the dual of RB (left-distributivity of ; over + is dual to right-distributivity). If an equation is valid in a nonassociative relation algebra 21, then so is its dual equation. This is easy to show with the help of R7-R9, as illustrated by the proof of Th. 261. T h e o r e m 319. Assume 21 = {A, +,~, ;,", V) € NA. Define some operators by setting x o y = y/x, x y = y] x, and x~ = x for all x,y E A. three more algebras as follows.
21 : = (A,
, 0'),
a-:=
.
Define
18. COMPLETIONS
Then the algebras 21, 21, 21, and 21" are isomorphic. In fact, the operations ", ~, and ~ are involutions that serve as isomorphisms among these algebras as follows. 21^21
21 ^
21
21 <-^- 2 t
Tarski observed that many laws involving relative operations becomes a correct law for Boolean algebras when f, ;, ", 1', and 0' are replaced by +, , ~, 1, and 0, respectively, and wondered whether there is a characterization of the cases for which this happens. For example, x;x < 0' becomes x x < 0. It would be nice to get a postulate system that reflects this duality and is independent. For more on this connection see Brink [42] and Brink-Gabbay-Ohlbach [43].
18. Completions Suppose that 21 = {A, +,~, ;, ", 1') is a Boolean algebra with operators of relational type, that is, 581(21) = (^4,+,~) is a Boolean algebra, ; is a binary operator and is a unary operator on A. Recall that £ is a completion of 21 if £ is a Boolean algebra with operators similar to 21, the Boolean algebra 5B((<£) is a (Boolean) completion of 58 [(2t), and the operators of C are the "upward" extensions of the corresponding operators of 21, that is, if So and B replace A and C, respectively, in (5.65) and (5.67), then <£ = ^Q3l(<£), },", 1'}, or, in more detail, (6.78)
21 is a subalgebra of £,
(6.79)
C is complete and A is a dense subset of C,
(6.80)
if c , c ' G C t h e n c;c = ^ £ { o ; a ' :c>a£A,
(6.81)
if c G C then c = ^
£
c > a €A } ,
{ o : c > a <E A}.
If £ is a completion of 21, then the density of A in C implies that all joins are preserved and every element of £ is represented as the join of elements of 21 below it, that is, x exists t h e n
(6.82)
i f X C i and J^
(6.83)
for every ceC, c = ^
;
YT
X
= Z ^ X>
{o : c > a € A}.
Theorem 320. Let 21, £ 6 NA. Then € is a completion o/2l iff (i) 21 is a subalgebra of <£, (ii) 931 (C) is a completion of 581 (21), PROOF. If conditions (i) and (ii) hold, then (6.82) and (6.83) hold by the density of A in 21. Then (6.80) and (6.81) follow from (6.83) since C e NA and so ; is completely 2-additive (in fact, ; is completely additive in each variable) and is completely additive. Next is the uniqueness theorem for completions, followed by the existence theorem.
324
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
Theorem 321. Suppose 21, C, and £' are Boolean algebras with operators. (i) / / C and £' are completions of 21, then € is isomorphic to £' by an isomorphism which leaves 21 fixed. (ii) If € is a completion o/2l and 21 is finite, then € = 21. Theorem 322 (Monk [181]). Suppose 21 is a Boolean algebra with operators of relational type. Then there is an algebra € of relational type such that (i) £ is a completion of 21,
(ii) €e NA iff 21 G NA, (iii) ffeWA iffKeWA, (iv) ceSA iff a eSA, (v) £ e RA iff 21 G RA. PROOF. This theorem follows from Th. 226 and the fact that the equations in Th.318 and the equations (6.8), (6.9), and R4 involve only o;-additive operators.
By Th.322, NA, WA, SA, and RA are closed under completions. Monk [181] asked whether RRA is closed under completions. This long-standing problem of Monk [181] was finally solved by I. Hodkinson. Theorem 323 (Hodkinson [101]). There is an atomic RRA whose completion is not representable. Thus RRA is not closed under completions. For other proofs of this theorem, see Hirsch-Hodkinson [98, 99].
19. Perfect extensions Suppose 21 and ^3 are Boolean algebras with operators of relational type. Recall (from p. 273, p. 274, and p. 288) that
21 is a subalgebra of «P,
(6.85)
?p is complete and atomic,
(6.86)
if X C A and J ^ VJ
(6.87)
x
= 1,
then
Y = 1 for some finite subset Y C X,
if c, c are distinct atoms of ?P, then there is an element a € A such that c < a and c a = 0,
that is, Aty$
:={[[X:X
i fx , y € P t h e n x ; y =
^ ^
(
J J *
x>ceC, y>c'eC c
(6.89)
if x € P then x = J^
( I I ^ ")
x>c£C c
a ; a ) ,
19. PERFECT EXTENSIONS
338
The first four items assert that 051 (^J) is a perfect extension of 051(21.). It follows from Th. 227 that (6.88) and (6.89) can be replaced by (6.90)
if c, c' E Atty then e;c' =
J}
a;a,
e
(6.91)
if c E Atty then c = TT a.
In the next theorem we see that, for nonassociative relation algebras, however, two of these conditions can be omitted. Theorem 324 (Maddux [142, 4.1]). Suppose SI, ^J G NA. Then ^ is a perfect extension of Si iff
(i) ac
c = c\V = c; ^ ^ { e : 1' > e € A«p} = ^ ^ { e j e : 1' > e 6 so c = c;e for some c £ 7a!P, hence, by (6.88), c = c;e = TT { a ; a ' ; c < a 6 A, e < a' € A}, but {«;a' : c < a £ i , e < a' £ A} C {a : c < a E A}, for if c < a G A and e < a' € J4., then c < c;e <. a;a' £ A, so c = J J ^ a i a ' :c
e < a e A} > Y]9{a
:c
The opposite inequality holds trivially, so we have c = Y[^{a
:c
for all atoms c G j4i?p. This last equation is enough to show that (6.87) holds, and it implies (6.91) since is a completely multiplicative operator in ^J 6 NA; c = f J J {a : c < a E -AH" = J^[ {a : c < a E J4J.
Next are the uniqueness and existence theorems for perfect extensions. Theorem 325. Suppose 31, $p, o«d V' ore Boolean algebras with operators. (i) /f ?P and ?P' are perfect extensions of 21, &en ?P »s isomorphic to ?p' &y an isomorphism which leaves 21 fixed. (ii) If ^ is a perfect extension of St and 21 is finite, then ?p = 21. In connection with the following theorem, see the remarks in §6.36 regarding the notation U5i+".
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
Theorem 326 (Jonsson-Tarski [118, 119]). Suppose 21 is a Boolean algebra with operators of relational type. Then there is an algebra 2l+ of relational type such that (i) 2l+ is a perfect extension of 21, (ii) 21+ G NA p e NA, (iii) 2t+ E WA iff We SNA, (iv) 21+ GSA iffSleSA, (v) 21+ G RA iff 21 G RA. PROOF. This theorem follows from Th. 228 and the fact that the equations in Th. 318 and the equations (6.8), (6.9), and R4 involve only w-additive operators.
By Th.326, NA, WA, SA, and RA are closed under the formation of perfect extensions. Such classes are called canonical. Monk proved that RRA is canonical. This was first reported by McKenzie [165, p.66]. The first published proof is in Maddux [143] (see Th. 419 below). 20. Matrices of elements Let 21 6 NA and assume n is a nonzero ordinal such that if n is infinite then 21 is complete. This assumption avoids the situation in which n > w, 21 is incomplete, and statements of results are complicated with hypotheses on the existence of relevant meets and joins. A function that maps n2 into A is called an n-hy-n matrix of 21, or simply an n-matrix. Let Mn2t be the set of n-matrices of elements of 21, that is, Mn2l = n A = {a :
A}.
An n-by-n matrix of elements of 21 is just a function from n into A, but for such functions we use matrix notation and terminology. For example, if a is an n-by-n matrix of elements of 21 and 1 < n < u, then ooo
Ooi
002
OO.ti- 1
0.10
an
012
fll,n-
1
O20
021
022
O2,n-
1
1-1,0
In—1,1
ttn-1,2
ffln—l.n
Here we make a few remarks on the intuition underlying matrices of elements. For additional remarks, see §7.7. An element of a relation algebra is an abstract algebraic object that corresponds to a binary relation. In fact, if the algebra is proper then its elements really are binary relations. Consider a binary relation R C U2 on a set U E V (so R is an element of the proper relation algebra 9\e ({/)). The statement that two objects x,y G U are related by R can be expanded into a somewhat redundant conjunction of similar statements. Specifically, if we know (x,y) G R then we also know (x,x) G Do(R), (y,y) G Ra(R), and (y,x) G R'1.
20. MATRICES OP ELEMENTS
The four relations that appear in these statements may be assembled into the 2-by-2 matrix
We then regard the matrix a as a relation that holds between the sequence {x, y) and itself, in the sense that (x,y) E R, {x,x} E Do(R), (y,y) E Ra(R), and (y,x) € R~x. More generally, if a G MnUie(U), relation t h a t holds between a n n - a r y sequence (xo,
in c a s e (xi,Xj)
t h e n a represents a b i n a r y xn-\) EnU a n d itself j u s t
E aij for all i,j < n.
Prom matrices a and b in Mn2l we may form new ones, denoted by a, a-b, and a; 6. These matrices represent additional statements that may be deduced from the hypotheses that an n-ary sequence is related to itself by a and also by 6. We say that a is the converse oi a, a-b is the intersection of a and b, and a; b is the relative product of a and 6. These matrices are defined by the following equations, which hold for all i,j < n. (a)ij = (ajiY, (a-b)ij
= dij
bij,
k
The last equation illustrates the assumption that 21 is complete in case n is infinite. Assuming 21 is complete guarantees that the join always exists. To illustrate relative multiplication of matrices, consider a,b E M22I. Then , faoo a;b= |aio
aoil ; [fooo 601 onj
[010
ttio ;6oo i n ;6io
On
an;6n
aio;6oi
For 1-by-l matrices, intersection of matrices and relative multiplication of matrices are the same. Intersection of matrices is commutative and associative, but relative multiplication of matrices is neither commutative nor associative in general. Counterexamples can be found among 2-by-2 matrices of elements of *He (3). For example, if I = 3 1 = {(0, 0), (1,1) , (2, 2)},
[7 {(0,1)}] [
[ / {(0,2)}] [{(1,0), (2,0)} I J'
then
lib-a = b, i.e., bij < a^ for all i,j < n, then we say that a contains 6, and symbolize this by writing 6 < a or a > b. We write 6 < a or a > 6 in case b < a and b / a. The relation < is a partial ordering on Mn$l, in which the greatest lower bound of the two matrices a and b is a-b. An n-by-n matrix a is path-consistent if a < a;a, i.e., aij < aik\akj for all i,j, k < n. A matrix a is
32S
8, RELATION ALGEBRAS
symmetric if a = a. A matrix can be path-consistent without being symmetric. For example, if [ {(0,0), (2,2}} a = [{{1,0}, {3,2}, {1,2}}
{{0,1} ,{2,3), (0,3)}] {{1,1} ,{3,3}} J
then a = a;a but a ^ a. A matrix is closed if it is both path-consistent and symmetric, that is, a = a = a; a. A matrix a satisfies the diagonal condition iff a» < 1' for all i < n, and it satisfies the off-diagonal condition iff ay < 0' whenever i ^ j < n. The largest matrix satisfying the diagonal condition is the identity matrix T 1 1" i r l lk:= . . .1 1 1'. the largest matrix satisfying the off-diagonal condition is 0'
0! 1
0r 0'
0'
0!
1.
and the smallest matrix altogether is the n-by-n zero matrix '0
0
0"
0
0
0
0 0
0
0»:=
A matrix a G MnSl is atomic if every ay is an atom of SI. We say that a matrix a € Mn%l is a basic matrix or atom matrix iff it is closed, atomic, and satisfies the diagonal condition. Let Bn% be the set of n-by-n basic matrices of 21. Thus SB2l is the set of those n-by-n matrices of atoms of SI which satisfy the following conditions for all i, j , k
a»»
(6.93)
ay = etji,
(6.94)
Oik < a>ij\ajk.
The definition of Bn2l appears in Maddux [139, 10(9)] (where it is called Mn2l), [146, Def.2(i)], [148, Def.46], [150, Def.34(i)], and [151, p. 1217]. Basic matrices appear in algebraic topology; see Eilenberg-MacLane [69, §2], where basic matrices form the cells of simplicial complexes over an arbitrary group. A matrix a € MB% satisfies the triangle condition if 0
k
whenever i, j < n. It is easy to show that a matrix in Mn% is basic matrix iff it is atomic and satisfies the triangle condition.
20. MATRICES OF ELEMENTS
329
If a £ Mn2l and TT : m —> n is any function mapping a nonzero ordinal m into n, then an is the matrix in M m 2l defined by aTTjj = a^j^y) for all i, j < m. It is easy to check that air is also a basic matrix, so air € -Bm2l- In particular, a[i,j] and a[«/i] a r e basic matrices, where [i,j] and [i/j] are the functions mapping n to n such that [ljJi\j>—3>
L V J J W ~ J>
[*I J I C " ) = fc if fc / « , i ,
[*/i](fc) = k if k ^ i.
The next theorem contains a few elementary facts about matrices in an arbitrary NA. Theorem 327. Let 21 G NA and a,b e Mn2t. Then (i) a satisfies the diagonal condition iff a < l'n, (ii) if a < l' n then a;a
((a-6)")jj = ((a-b)jiY = (ajj
6ji)"
= (ajiY
(bjiY
def. def.
Th. 247
= aij
bij
def.
= (a
6) ij
def.
Proof of (vi): ((a ; bY)ij = ((a ; b)jiY =
(]__[ajk \bki)
def. def.
k
= Y[(ajk;bkiy
Th. 250
k
]__[ (okiY',(ijkY
R9
*!
= _Q 6ife; akj fc
def.
330
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
= (b; a)ij
def.
Proof of (vii): (a
a)ij = dij
aij
def.
= «ij-((«y)T a
= ( jiT = (dji
R-7
(ajiY
def.
CLji)"
Th. 247
= ((a-d)jiY
def.
= ((a-aY)ij
def.
D 21. Bases Let 21 £ NA and assume n is a nonzero ordinal such that if n is infinite then 21 is complete. Let k,l < n. We say that two basic matrices a, b E B n 2l agree u p to k if dij = bij whenever k ^ i,j < n, and we say that they agree u p t o k,l if Oy = bij whenever k,l ^ i,j < n. For any i,j < n let TT(2l) := {(a, 6) € (B n 2t) 2 : a and 6 agree up to i}, ££(2t) := {a E BnK : al3 < 1'}. Consider the following seven statements about N and 21. (6.95)
0 ^ N C B n 2l.
(6.96)
(atom cover) For every atom a; £ Ai2l there is some a € N such that aoi = x.
(6.97)
(extension) If a £ iV, j , j ,fe< n, j , j ^ k, x,y £ At%, and ay <x;y, then for some b £ N, bik = x, 6^- = ?/, and (o,fo)£ T^*(2l).
(6.98)
(cycle cover) If x,y,z £ Af>&. and a; < y;z, then for some a £ N, aoi = x, ao2 = y, and ai\ = z.
(6.99)
(amalgamation) If o,c £ N, i,j < n, i ^ j , and o agrees with c up to i , i , then for some b £ N, (a,b) £ T " ( a ) , and (fo,c) £ T"(2l).
(6.100)
(face) If o £ iV and j , j < n then a[i/j] £ N.
(6.101)
(permutation) If a 6 N and i,j
then a[i, j] £ N.
Note that in order for the condition (6.98) to apply to a given N C B n 2l, we need to assume n > 3, while (6.96) applies if n > 2. We say that iV is an - n-dimensional relational basis for 21 if n > 2, (6.95), (6.96), and (6.97), - n-dimensional cylindric basis for 21 if n > 3, (6.95), (6.98), (6.99), and (6.100), - n-dimensional semantical basis for 21 if n > 3, (6.95), (6.98), (6.99), (6.100), and (6.101).
22. ELEMENTARY ARITHMETIC IN WA
331
For example, if U € V then Bn9ie (U) is a relational basis for *Re (U) whenever n > 2, and Bn£Re (f) is a cylindric and semantical basis for d\t (U) whenever n > 3. The notions of relational, cylindric, and semantical basis were derived from concepts originally formulated for cylindric algebras by Henkin [90], who denned an algebraic interpretation to be a special kind of homomorphism from a free ndimensional cylindric algebra of formulas in Fm + (£) to an n-dimensional cylindric algebra. Cylindric algebras of dimension n are an algebraic abstraction of the theory of n-ary relations, just as relation algebras are an algebraic abstraction of the theory of binary relations. Bases bridge the gap between binary and n-ary. Cylindric bases were invented for constructing cylindric algebras, semantical bases for algebraic semantics. If 21 has no atoms, then i?n2l = 0. This is why the notion of n-dimensional cylindric basis was first denned only for atomic 21 € SA and n > 3 in Maddux [139, 10(11), pp. 140-141], where it was called simply "n-dimensional basis". The notion of semantical basis was also defined (but not named) in [139, p. 200]. The notion of relational basis was denned in [143, §2] for atomic 21 £ SA and 3 < n < u>, where it was also called simply "n-dimensional basis". The same definition of relational basis was adopted for n > 2 and arbitrary 21 € NA in [146, Def. 3] and in [150, Def. 34(iii)]. The definition of cylindric basis was extended in [146, Def. 4] to an arbitrary 21 € NA with n > 3. However, it is only under the assumption 21 £ WA that the notion of cylindric basis has all of its intended consequences. This can be seen from Th. 335 below and the discussion in Hirsch-Hodkinson [99, §12.6]. 22. Elementary arithmetic in WA We consider what can be proved from the axioms of N A by adding the weak associative law (6.10). One can make an algebra in NA with an element x that produces a strictly increasing sequence x-V
< ( x - l ' ) ; K (a;-r);l;l < ...
To test whether this was also true for WA, Richard L. Kramer applied Th. 488 below and discovered that the equation a;; 1; 1 = x ; l ; l ; l holds in every WA. This identity is included in the first part of the next theorem. Theorem 328 (Maddux [150, Th. 11]). / / 2 l <E WA and x,y <E A then (6.102)
x ; l ; l = a ; ; l ; l ; l = a; d ;l,
(6.103)
l;a;r = l;(l; a ;) = l ; ( l ; ( l ; a ; ) ) ,
(6.104)
a;d = ( z ; l ) d ,
(6.105)
x' = (l;x)',
(6.106)
x
(6.107)
x < l ; y => x < y .
=> xA
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS PROOF.
(6.102): x ; l ; 1 < x; 1;1;1
Th. 277
II
(6.72) Th. 265
< x d ;i
Th.276
VI
xd
(3.5)
1
= (I <x;l;l
Th. 265
(6.104): (x;l) d = l ' - a ; ; l ; l
(6.73)
d
= l'-x ;l
(6.102)
dd
(6.73)
A
(6.70)
= a; = x (6.106): Assume x < y;l. xd<(y,l)d = y6.
Then, by (6.104), Th. 265, a n d Th. 240, we have
T h e o r e m 329 (Maddux [147, Lem. 6]). Assume A. Ifu,v< V then
21 £ WA and u,v,x,y,z
(6.108)
(u;x);y = u;(x;y),
(6.109)
(x;y);u = x;{y;u),
(6.110)
(x;u);y = x;(u;y),
(6.111)
(x;u);(v;y) =x \ { u -v);y =x;((u -v);y),
(6.112)
u;{v;y)
=
(6.113)
(x;u);v
=x;(u v),
(6.114)
u;x-v;y
(6.115)
x;u-y;v = (x-y)-(u-v),
(6.116)
u-(x;y);z
{u-v);y,
= (u
v);(x-y),
= u-x;(y;z).
PROOF. (6.108):
(u;x);y
Th. 265
= u;l-x;y
Th. 276(i), Th. 270
= u;(x;y)
(6.62)
= u;l-x;y
(6.62)
<(x-u;l;y);y
(6.46)
< (x-u;l;l);y
Th. 265
<(x-u;l);y
Th. 276(i)
= (u;x);y
(6.62)
£
22. ELEMENTARY ARITHMETIC IN WA
(6.109): By converse duality from (6.108). (6.110): We need only prove (x;u);y < x;(u;y) inclusion by converse duality. (x;u); V < x;u;{y(x;uy;l) < x;u;(y-u;x;l) <
and obtain the opposite (6.44) Rg
x;u;{y-u;x;\)
(6. 57)
<x;V;(yu;l;l)
Th .265
=
Re , Th. 276(i) (6. 62)
x;(yu;l)
= x;(u;y) (6.111): (z;i
>)\{v\y) = =
x;(u;(v;y)) x;{{u;v);y)
=
x;((u-v);y)
(6.58)
=
(x;(u-v));y
(6.110)
(6.110) (6.108)
Obtain (6.112) and (6.113) from (6.111) with x = V or y = 1'. (6.114): u;x -v\y =: x
(6.59)
-u;(v;y)
(6.112)
x - ( u - v);y
< (u-v);(y-
(6.44)
(u-vj;x)
<,{u-v);{x-y) <. u:x v:y
Th.265, (6.57), Th. 270 Th. 265
(6.115) follows from (6.114) by converse duality. (6.116): u- (x;y);z
= u- (x;y
u;z);z
< u- {x\y
z);l
(6.49) u< V
< u- ((x
z;y);y);l
(6.46) Th. 265
(6.102)
A
= u- (x
z\y) \\ A
< u- (x
(6.66)
z\y)
= u-V
(x
= u- V
(x-
z; y); (x
z; y)"
z;y);(x-y;z)
The opposite inclusion follows by converse duality.
Th. 247, R 7 , Rg Th. 265
334
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
The next theorem shows what more can be deduced if the elements in question are also atoms. For example, the inclusion in the conclusion of (6.106) can be replaced by equality, according to part (iii). x,y,z
Theorem 330 (Maddux [142, 3.5, 5.12], [150, 12]). Assume 21 £ WA and 6 Af$l. eAt2L. xd,x' If x;y ^ 0 then x' = yd. If x < y\\ then xd = yd If x < \\y then x' = y'. If x < y;z then xd = yd, x' = z', and y' = zd. The following statements are equivalent: (a) v = x', (b) v < V and x < x;v, (c) v < V and x;v = x. (vii) The following statements are equivalent: (a) u = x6, (b) u < V and x < u;x, (c) u < V and u;x = x. (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi)
P R O O F , (i): A s s u m e x A -y 0. T h i s m e a n s t h a t x;x-V -y 0, w h i c h i m p l i e s (1' y);x x ^ 0 b y t h e cycle l a w . B u t t h e n x < (V y);x since x is a n a t o m . Hence x
= x ; x 1
<{V
-y);x-x-V
= (V-y);(x;x)-V
(6.108)
< 1' y
(6.66)
This establishes that xA y ^ 0 implies xd < y for every y, which means that xd is an atom. (ii): If x-y ^ 0 then (x;x');(yd;y) ^ 0 by (6.72), so x;(x' yd);y ^ 0 by d (6.111). This implies x' y ^ 0, but x' and yd are cycles, so x' = yd. (iii): Suppose x < y;l. Using (6.72), (6.108), and (6.114) we obtain 0 ^ x = xd;x
yd;y;l = x d ; x - yd;(y;l) = (xd yd);(x
y ; l ) ,s o 0 ^ i
d
- y d , hence x
d
=y
d
.
(v): Use (ii), (iii), and (iv). The following theorem is an abstract equational version of Th. 31. The first part fails in the very nonassociative relation algebra; see Maddux [142, 3.7(2)] or §6.27. The second part was first proved for relation algebras by Monk [175]. Theorem 331 (Maddux [143, Th. 13]). / / 2 l e WA and x,y e A then (6.117)
(x^yy-(x^y)
< x ; x + (V
(6.118)
x,y € Fn2l => x*\y £
y);y + y;(V
y),
22. ELEMENTARY ARITHMETIC IN WA
338
Let z = x f y. Then z;x
(6.119)
and we also have (6.120)
z-x
since x = x;V
Re
= x ; ( V -y)+x;(V < 1;(1'
-y)
+x;y
Th. 261 T h . 265
Therefore, (6.121)
z\{z-x)
Th.265
(6.119), (6.120)
= y-l;(V-y)
Th.276
= y;(V-y)
(6.62)
and, by converse duality, t 1 991
{% .
5- <" (V . « ^ - «
We therefore obtain z;z = (J (E + »));(« (a; + 5)) = (z x);(z + (z -W);(z
x) + (z x);(z x) + (z -W);(z
Ri-Rs, Th. 246 -x)
-x)
R 5 , T h . 261
< x ; x + z ; ( z - x ) + (z - x ) ; z + z ; ( z - x )
Th. 265
<x;x
(6.121), (6.122)
+ y ; ( V y) + (V -y);y
<x;x + y;y
Th.265
For every matrix a £ MBSl, let a2 := a; a. Theorem 332 (Ladkin-Maddux [127]). Let 21 e WA and a e M s a . J/ a = a < 1» i/ien (a 2 ) 2 is closed. PROOF.
Let
r"aoi;aii;ai2;a22;a2o b = a- an;ai2;a22;a2o;aoo La22;a2i;an;aio;aoo
aoo;ao2;a22;a2i;aii aio;aoo;ao2;a22;a2i a22;a2o;aoo;aoi;an
aoo;aoi;an;ai2;a an;aio;aoo;ao2;a a2o;aoo;aoi;an;a
Since a satisfies the diagonal condition it follows by Th. 329 that all ways of inserting parentheses into the terms denoting the entries in 6 produce the same
336
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
result. This is crucial for many computational steps that come later in this proof, but will not be mentioned again. Notice that b is symmetric, since, for example, 612 = (621)" = (021
a22;a2o;aoo;ooi ; o u ) "
= (021)" (022 ;o2o;ooo;ooi ; « n ) " = (021)" ( a n ) " ; (aoi)";(aoo)";(ffl2o)"; (0122)" =
o i 2 - a i i ; a i o ;aoo ;ao2 5022
=
o i 2 - a n ; a i o ;aoo ;ao2 5022
= 612.
Next we show 6 is path-consistent, i.e., b < b2. The computations are all similar, but fall into different types, depending on whether subscripts are distinct or repeated. Out of 27 computations we present four that illustrate the various types. 601 = 001 aoo; ao2; 822; fl2i; a n = aoi
(aoo;ao2
aoi ;(a22;a2i ; « n ) " ) ; (a22;a2i ; a n
< (aoo;ao2
«oi; («22;ffl2i ;aii)");(ffl22;«2i ; « n
= (ooo;oo2
a o i ; a n ;ai25022)5(022 5021 ; o n
= (002
aoo ; a o i ; a n ; a i 2 ;a22); (a22 ;a2i
= (002
aoo;aoi ; « n ;ai2;a22);(a2i
(aoo;0-02)";aoi)
(aoo; 002)"; aoi)
020;ao
a2o ;aoo ;aoi ;
a22;a2o;aoo;ao
= 6025621-
This first computation can be used to shorten the next one. 610 = 610 = (601)" < (6025621)" = (621)"; (602)" = 6125620 = 6125620600 = aoo
aoi ; a n ;ai2 5022 5020
< (aoi
aoo 5 ( a n 5012 5022 5020)") 5 ( a n ;ai2 5022 5020
= (aoi
aoo ;ao2 ;a22 ; o 2 i ; o i i ) ; ( f l i i ; o i 2 ;a22 ;a2o
= (aoi
aoo;ao2;a22;a2i ; a n ) ; ( a n ; a i 2 ;a22 ;a2o;aoo
(aoi)";aoo)
010 ;aoo) fflio)
= 601;6io-
Finally, 600 < aoo < 1' by the diagonal condition on a, so 600 = 600 -6oo = 600; 600 We may conclude that 6 satisfies the diagonal condition and is closed, since 6 is both symmetric and path-consistent. From 6 < a it follows that 62 < a2. But 6 is path-consistent, so 6 = 62 < a2. This in turn implies b2 < (a2)2, so, using the path-consistency of 6 again, we get 6 < (a 2 ) 2 . Next we show (a 2 ) 2 < a. Again, we only give a sample computation. The others are similar. We have ((a2)2)oi < aoi by Th. 327, and ((a 2 f)oi <(a 2 ) 0 2 ;(a 2 ) 2 i = (aoo;ao2
aoi ;ai2
ao2\a-22);(020;aoi
< (aoo ;ao2
ao2 5022); (021 ; a n )
«2i ; « n
022 ;
22. ELEMENTARY ARITHMETIC IN WA
0
1 2
3
4
5
337
6
FIGURE 1. Picture of relational matrix m = (ao2 ooo ;oo2 5022); (0,21 ; < aoo; 0,02', 0,22 ;o2i ; o n , 2 2
so ((a ) )oi < aoi aoo;ao2;a22;a2i ;on = 601 Thus we have b = (a 2 ) 2 . Since 6 is closed, so is (a 2 ) 2 , as desired. Th. 332 fails for 4-matrices, even if 21 £ RRA. For an example showing this, define a matrix TO02
moo —1
(mis
'
1
(w), 77122
77123
(m 2 3)~
by setting, for all i,j < 4, Hi = {(P, i)
A(p) = i, X(q) = j}
where f0 1 A«fc,/» = 2 13
if A; is even and I is even if k is odd and / is even if k is odd and / is odd if A; is even and I is odd
Let ao := 77i, and a^+i := (aj;)2 for k £ a;. In Figure 1, the set a;2 (= a; x a;) is arranged and each pair p 6 w2 is labelled with A(p). For all i, j < 4, m,j is the set of all pairs (p, g) £ (w2)2 such that A(p) = i, X(q) = j , and either p = q or else there is a horizontal, vertical, or diagonal line segment connecting p with q. Thus, for example, moo consists of all those pairs (p,p) such that X(p) = 0. Elements of w2 connected by a line segment will be called adjacent. Hence moi consists of those pairs {p, q) such that p and q are adjacent, X(p) = 0, and X(q) = 1. It is straightforward to verify that ao > a\ > 02 > 03 > . To get started, notice that all the adjacent pairs in the first column of Figure 1 belong to
338
8, RELATION ALGEBRAS
or mio. All the ones in wioi are excluded from either fno3|nisi or moalmai. But (m2)oi C (mo3|m3i) n (mo2|ro2i), so all such pairs are also excluded from (m2)oi. Similarly, adjacent pairs in the first column which belong to mio do not belong to (wi2)io- None of the adjacent pairs in the first column appear in any entry of m 2 . Pairs of the form (p,p) are in m 2 , except when p = {0,0) since {0,0) ^ moa|mao. All adjacent pairs eventually disappear. 23. Properties of bases We can now prove some properties of bases using results from the previous section. The next theorem contains various useful facts. Bn%
Theorem 333 (Maddux [146, Lem.6]). Suppose 3 < n < w, SI £ NA, N C (6.99) holds, and (6.100) holds. Let Ni := Tf (SI) n N2 for every i < n. (i) Mi'1 =Ni= Ni\Ni for all i < n. (ii) JVi|iV,- = N§\Ni for all i,j < n. (iii) Ifn
( v i ) Ifio,...,i/3-i,j,k
< n , » 0 , . . . , * / 3 - i , i , f e are distinct,
7 = [*0/j] o
o
[ip-i/j], and a-y Nk b, then there is some c € N such that c Nk a and cy = b. a ^ ^ (3c) y PROOF, (ii): It suffices to show that Nj\Ni C Ni\Nj for any i, j < n. This is obviously true if i = j , so assume i =£ j and a iV)|iVj c. Then a agrees with c up to *, j . By (6.99), there is some be N such that a Ni\Nj c. (iii): Assume
(6.123)
<% = b^ for all «,j < 2.
Define a function 7 : n —> n by J
7 = [2/0] o
fl \0
if & = 1 if Jfe = 0 , 2 , 3 , . . . , n - l ,
o [n - 1/0] = [n - l/0]|
|[2/0].
23. PROPERTIES OF BASES
339
T h e n , b y (6.123) a n d (6.100), 0 7 = bj, a N2 a[2/0]
N3 o [ 2 / 0 ] [ 3 / 0 ] JV4
6 N2 6 [ 2 / 0 ] Ni 6 [ 2 / 0 ] [ 3 / 0 ] Ni
Nn-2 Nn-2
o[2/0][3/0] 6[2/0][3/0]
2/0] iVn_! 0 7 , - 2/0] A ^ _ i 67,
so
aN2\---\Nn-1\(N2\---\Nn-1)-1b, but N2,...,
JVn_i are commuting equivalence relations by (i) and (ii), so N2\
\Nn-!\(N2\
l A ^ - i ) " 1 = N2\
\Nn-!
hence a N2\ \Nn-i b. (iv): From aij = bij we get aji = (ciij)" = (bij)" = bji by (6.93). We have aij < an;a,ij by (6.94), an < 1' by (6.92), and 21 e WA by hypothesis, so an = (a^)6 = V 0^5(0^)" by (3.5), (6.93), and Th. 330(vii). Similarly, bn = (bij) . From aij = bij we conclude that an = bn. A dual argument shows a
jj
= bjj
(v): Since a Ni a[i/j], by hypothesis, a[i/j] Nk b, it follows that a and 6 agree up to i, k. By (6.99) there is some c E N such that c Nk a and c Ni b. We must now show c[i/j] = b. Since c Ni b, we assume i ^ l,m < n and note that c[i/j]im = cim = bim, so what remains is to deal with arguments involving i. For this we need some equations involving only 6. We have 6 j m = 6;m since bjm
(6.94)
(6.92), Th. 265
= blm
Th. 270
(6.94)
(6.92), Th. 265
= bjm
Th. 270
By a similar calculation, involving R,6 instead of its dual Th. 270, we also get bij =bn. Therefore,
= bjm
cNib,
i ^ j ,m
340
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
Finally, c[i/j]u = Cjj = djj
c Nk a, k / j
= ba (vi): By induction from (v).
a[i/j] Nkb, k
Some interconnections among the notions of semantical, cylindric and relational bases are given next. We will show that for an atomic WA, every cylindric basis is a relational basis, and the converse holds if n is 3 or 4. The first of these implications fails for NA. See Hirsch-Hodkinson [99, Ex. 12.6(5)] for examples of algebras in NA ~ WA which have, for every n > 3, an n-dimensional cylindric basis but no n-dimensional relational basis. The simplest case of their construction is presented in §6.27. For further discussion of bases, see Hirsch-Hodkinson [99, Ch. 12]. Theorem 334. Assume 21 G NA, 2 < n, and N C Bn2l. (i) If N is an n-dimensional semantical basis, then N is an n-dimensional cylindric basis. (ii) / / n > 3, 21 G WA, and N is an n-dimensional cylindric basis for 21, then N is an n-dimensional relational basis for 21. (iii) / / n G {3,4}, 21 G WA, and N is an n-dimensional relational basis for 21, then N is an n-dimensional cylindric basis for 21. PROOF. Part (i) is a trivial consequence of the definitions. Part (ii) follows immediately from part (iii) and either part (i) or part (ii) of Th. 335 below. Part (iii) follows from Th. 335(iv)(v)(vi) below.
Theorem 335. Assume 21 G NA, 2 < n, and N C Bn2t. (i) Ifn > 3, 21 is atomic, and (6.98), then (6.96). (ii) Ifn > 3, 21 G WA, and (6.98), then (6.96). (iii) Ifn > 3, 21 G WA, (6.98), (6.99), and (6.100), then (6.97). (iv) / / (6.97) then (6.100). (v) Ifn>3, (6.96), and (6.97), then (6.98). (vi) Ifn€ {3,4}, 21 G WA, and (6.97), then (6.99). (vii) Ifn > 3, 21 is atomic, (6.96), and (6.97), then 21 G SA. (viii) Ifn > 4, 21 is atomic, (6.96), and (6.97), then 21 G RA. Let Nt := 17(2!) n N2 for every I < n. (i): Let x G AfVL. Since 21 is atomic, we have
PROOF.
0 ^ x = x;V = x;
2_, l'>u£AtSi
u=
T j x;u. l'>u£AtSi
Hence there is some u G AttH such that u < V and x x;u ^ 0. But x is an atom, so x < x;u. We may now apply (6.98) to get some a G N such that aoi = x, 0.02 = x, and 021 = u.
23. PROPERTIES OF BASES
(ii): Let x £ Am. Then x = x6;x by (6.72) and x6 G Am by Th.330(i). By (6.98), there is some a 6 N such that aoi = x, ao2 = x6, and a-ii = x. (iii): (Hirsch-Hodkinson [99, 12.36]) Our assumptions are 21 6 WA, (6.98), (6.99), (6.100), and n > 3. For now we also assume that either n > 4 or i = j . The case in which n = 3 and i ^ j will be handled later. Suppose a 6 N, i,j, k < n, i,j ^ k, x, y E Ai2l, and a^- < x;y. We wish to find some b E N such that a iVjt fe, bik = x, and 6fcj = y. We start by applying (6.98) to obtain some c € N such that coi = aij < x;y, co2 = x, and c 2 i = y. Next we need some general observations about composing substitutions with functions that are not onto. Suppose a : n —> n and Ra (a) C n (a is not onto). Choose k < n with k £ Ra(a). Then, for any distinct i,j E Ra(a), we have o"|[j'/fc]|[i/j]|[fc/i] = o"|[*,j] and Ra(a\[i,j]) = Ra(a). Every permutation of Ra(a) can be obtained by composing transpositions [i,j] with distinct i,j £ Ra(a). It follows that if -K : n —> n and vr permutes Ra(a) then there is some function T : n —¥ n, which can be obtained by composing substitutions on n, such that (T\T = (T\K. From this observation it is easy to prove that every function which maps n onto a proper subset of n can be obtained by composing substitutions. Choose I E n ~{i, j , k}, which is possible since i = j or n > 4. Then {«, j , k} C Ra ([l/k]) C n. Let TT : n — n be the permutation determined by these conditions:
TT(J)
< 7r(j) & i ^ j ,
7r(m) = in it in E n ~{i, j , fe}. Since the range of [l/k] is a proper subset of n, there is some r obtained by composing substitutions on n such that [Z/&]|r = [l/k]\w. Let
f0 One can now check that a(i) = 0, o{k) = 2, and a(j) = < [1
if i = j . Clearly a iii^j
can be obtained by composing substitutions on n. By (6.100), from c £ N we get co £ JV. Note that if i ^ j then (ca)ij = ca^)a(j) = coi = ai:(- < x;y, (ca)ik = cCT(i)
= c 2 i = y.
Suppose i = j . Then coi = By = OJJ < 1', so coi < coo;coi < coo;l' = coo, which implies coi = coo since coi and coo are atoms. Similarly, y = C21 < C2o;coi < C2o;l' = C20, so y = C2o- Hence (ca)ij = coo = coi < x;y, (ca)ik
= C02 =
x,
(ar)kj
= C20 = y-
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
i 0 0 1 1 2 2
j 1 2 0 2 0 1
fe
aij
2 1 2 0 1 0
aoi
<
a02
< x;y
aio
<
x;y
ai2
<
x;y
ci2o <
x;y
a
x\y
TABLE
2i
&01
bo2
&21
aoi
X
x < ao2',y
X
ao2
y y
aOi < y;x x < y;a2i
Ooi
y y
X
y < ao2 ;x y < x;a,2i
y y
«02
X
X
0,21
<x;y
<
x;y
«oi <
x;y
X
C121
1. Part of the proof of Th. 335 (iii)
We have (ca)ij = ciij, hence also (ca)ji = ciji. Since 21 £ WA, we also get (ca)a = an, and (ca)jj = ajj by Th.333(iv). Thus a and ca agree on all arguments \Nn-! c by Th. 333(iii). By Th. 333(ii) the relainvolving i and j , hence a N2\ tions JV(_) are commuting equivalence relations, so we may rearrange them to get \Nmr c, where {mi,m,2, mr} = n~{i,j,k}. Consequently a Nk\Nmi |iV m2 | \Nmr {ca). there is some basic matrix b £ N such that a Nk b and b Nmi |iVm2 | The latter statement implies 6^ = (cxr)n. = x and bkj = (co~)kj = y- This completes the proof of (iii) under the assumption that n > 4 or i = j . We now assume n = 3 and i ^ j . In this case we have {«, j , k} = 3, x, y £ At%, and dij < x;y. We wish to find 6 6 N with a Nk b, bn, = x, and bkj = y. Table 1 shows what to do according to the values of i and j . For example, line 4 in Table 1 deals with the case i = 1 and j = 2. These values are given in the i-column and j-column. The hypothesis ciij < x;y is repeated for this case in the fifth column: ai2 < x;y. The sixth column contains a statement equivalent to the one in the fifth column. In line 4, the hypothesis ai2 < x;y is equivalent by (6.150) to x < y;ci2i. We apply (6.98) to this inclusion and conclude that there is some b £ N such that &oi = x, 602 = y, and 621 = 021, as specified in the last three columns of Table 1. Recall that we want a Nk b, bn- = x, and bkj = y. In line 4 we have k = 0, so we want to know is that a No b, bio = x, and 602 = y- We already have 602 = y and we get 610 = x from 601 = x. From 621 = 021 we get bi2 = ai2, 622 = (I22, and fen = an by Th. 333(iv) since 21 e WA, hence a No b. This argument happens to also show that (6.98) implies (6.101) when n = 3. (iv): Let a £ N, i,j < n. If i = j then a[i/j] = a £ N, as desired. Assume i ^ j . Then ajj <
bji = ajj,
an
d &ij = ajj. But then we also have ba < bij ;bji = ajj ;ajj = ajj by
(6.58), so bu = ajj. We have shown a Ni b. (v): Suppose n > 3, x,y,z £ At%, and x < y;z. By (6.96) there is some a £ N such that aoi = x. By (6.97) with i = 0, j = 1, and k = 2, there is some fe £ N such that a N2 b, 602 = y, and 621 = z. The first of these last three statements gives us 601 = aoi = x. (vi): Assume a,c £ N, i,j < n, i ^ j , and a agrees with c up to i,j. We wish to show that there is some fe £ N such that a Ni fe Nj c. Since n is 3 or 4, we may choose k,l £ n ~{i, j} so that n = {i, j , k, I}, where k = I iff n = 3. We have aui = CM < Cki ;cu, so by (6.97) there is some d £ N such that a Ni d, dki = Cki,
23. PROPERTIES OF BASES
343
and dn = cu. Since 21 £ WA, b y Th.333(iv) we also have dik = Cik, du = cu, da = cu, dkk = Ckk, du = CJJ. Since a iV, d, a agrees with c u p t o i,j, a n d k, I are distinct from i,j, we also have dki = aki = cki, dik = aik = cik, dkk = akk = ckk, and du = an = cu. The last fifteen equations establish that d Nj c, so we may simply let b = d. (vii): ([150, Th. 35]) To show 21 € SA it is enough, by Th. 182 and Th. 276, to show that p; 1; 1 < p; 1 for every p G A, for which it suffices to prove that every atom below p; 1; 1 is also below p;l. Suppose (6.124)
v < p ; l ; l and v £ At%.
In every NA, left and right relative multiplication by a fixed element are completely additive functions (see Th. 296), so
Th. 182 ;x :p>w€
At%,x € A i 2 l } ; ^ A i 2 l
Th. 296
w;x >y€ At%,p > w £ At%x € Am}; ^ >z
w x
i iV)z
AM
^ At2l,y < w;x,w < p)
Th. 182 T h . 296
It follows t h a t there are w, x,y,z € At$l such t h a t (6.125)
v
y<w;x,
w
Since N is a relational basis and v £ At%i, by (6.96) there is some a £ N such that aOi = v.
(6.126)
Thus ooi < y,z- By the extension condition (6.97), there is some b E N such that (6.127)
602 = y,
621 =z,
aN2 b.
Similarly, 602 < w;x, so by (6.97) there is some c £ N such that (6.128)
cOi=w,
C12 = x,
b JVi c.
By (6.127), (6.128), (6.93), and (6.94), (6.129)
aoo = boo = coo < coi;cio = w;w.
Note that w is also an atom by Th. 251. By (6.129) and the extension condition (6.97) there is some d £ N such that (6.130)
do2 = w,
dio = w, and a N2 d.
Using (6.126), (6.130), Th. 262, and Th. 179(i) we get (6.131)
v = aoi = doi < do2',d2i
= w;d2i
Steps (6.124)—(6.131) show that v < p; 1 whenever v < p; 1; 1 and v £ At%i. Since 21 is atomic, this shows p; 1; 1 < p; 1.
344
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
(viii): ([143, T h . 5]) To prove 21 £ RA it is enough t o show t h a t p;q;r < p;(q;r) for all p,q,r E A , a n d for this it is enough t o show t h a t every a t o m below p;q;r is also below p;(q;r). Suppose v
(6.132)
and v G AM.
By Th. 182 and Th. 296 we have v
At%}; ^{x
;x :p;q>wG
: r > x E At%}
At% r>xG
Am],
so there are atoms w,x 6 Af2[ such that (6.133)
v<w;x,
x < r.
w
Since N is a relational basis and v € AtQl, by (6.96) there is some a £ N such that (6.134)
ooi = v.
From (6.133) and (6.134) we have aoi < w;x. By the extension condition (6.97), there is some b E N such that (6.135)
bo2 = w,
a N-2 b.
621 = x,
Using (6.133), Th. 182, and Th. 296 we get w
>z& Am},
J2 so there are a t o m s y,z E At% such t h a t W
(6.136)
V < P,
z
< Q-
Since 602 = w < y;z we conclude by (6.97) that there is some c £ N such that (6.137)
C03 = y,
C32
= z,
b N3 c.
Then v = aQ1
(6.134)
= 601
(6.135)
= Coi
(6.137)
< C03 S(C32 ; c 2 i )
(6.94), Th. 265
=
(6.137), (6. 135)
y\{z;x)
(6.136), (6. 133), Th. 265
24, »-DIMENSIONAL RELATION ALGEBRAS
348
24. n-dimensional relation algebras Following Maddux [146, Def. 3(ii)], [150, Def.34(iv)], and Hirsch-Hodkinson [99, Def. 12.30], we say for every n > 2 that 21 is a relation algebra of dimension n if 21 is a subalgebra of a complete atomic NA that has an n-dimensional relational basis. RA» is the class of relation algebras of dimension n. These classes fall into a chain. Theorem 336. Ifn<m
then RAro D RAK.
PROOF. Suppose n < m and let 21 E RAm. Then SI C 95 for some complete atomic 58 6 NA which has an m-dimensional relational basis M C Bm?B. Let N := {(a,ij : i,j
The definition of RA» differs from that of MA» in Maddux [143, p. 82] where, for n > 3, 21 g MA» iff 21 is a subalgebra of some complete atomic SA (not merely NA) which has an n-dimensional relational basis. Allowing any NA has the following effect: Theorem 337 (Hirsch-Hodkinson [99, Ex. 12.3(10)]). RA2 = NA. It is easy to check that B»2l satisfies the face condition (6.100) and the permutation condition (6.101) whenever SI E NA. In the next theorem we see that BnSi also satisfies the atom cover condition (6.96) whenever St 6 WA, even if 21 is not atomic. Theorem 338 (Maddux [150, 49]). 1/21 € WA and x g AM then X
If2
X
then there is some a E Bn2l such that aoi = x. \xd x~\ „ r . Using only the assumption that SI E NA, we
Let b =
PROOF.
\_x
x J
conclude that b is symmetric since
\x<* I X
X'\
\_X
X'
and b is path-consistent since, by (6.72) and (6.58), ,
,
\xA \_x
xd
x~\ x \
x;x x x
\xA \_x
x~\ x \
\x ,x x ; x \_x;x x , x
x x 1 _ IV x' x;x\ \_x
x ,x-x;x' x;x-x,x
a;l _ , x'\
From x G At2l we get x G At2l using only that SI E NA, but to conclude xd,x' E j4iSl from Th. 330(i) we also need to know SI E WA. Hence b E BaSl- For a given n > 2 let a = bw where w : n — 2, TT(O) = 0, and ir(i) = 1 whenever 1 < i < n. Then a € Bn3l and aoi ^ 6?roi = ft^-rowm ^ 601 ^ x. D
346
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
Theorem 339 (Maddux [139, Th. 10(18)(20)], [143, Th.4,5], [150, Th.35]). Suppose 21 € WA and 2t is atomic. (i) The following statements are equivalent: (a) 21GSA,
(b) B32I is a 3-dimensional semantical basis for 21, (c) the extension condition (6.97) holds for B32I. (ii) The following statements are equivalent: (a) 21 e RA,
(b) B42I is a 4-dimensional semantical basis for 21, (c) the extension condition (6.97) holds for Bt%. PROOF. For any n > 2, if N = Bn%. then clearly (6.95) holds, and it is easy to check that (6.100) and (6.101) also hold. Thus Bn2l is a relational basis for 21 iff the extension condition (6.97) holds, and Bn2t is a semantical basis for 21 iff the amalgamation condition (6.99) holds. By Th. 334, the notions of relational, cylindric, and semantical basis coincide when n = 3 or n = 4, so all we need to do for both parts is show that the semiassociative holds in 21 iff the extension condition holds for #321, and that the associative law holds iff the extension condition holds for B42I. (i): Assume 21 €. SA. We will verify the extension condition (6.97) in case i = 0 = j and k = 1. The cases in which i / j do not require 21 € SA. Suppose
5.138)
flOO
101
flO2
aid
011
ai2
0,20
021
€B 3 2t.
Assume x,y € Ai2t and aoo < £;3/- We wish to find some b € -B32I such that a and 6 agree up to 1, 601 = x, and 610 = y. First we have 0 / aoo = aoo
x\y
< x;(y
x;aoo)
rot
<x;(y-x;V)
000 < 1'
= x;(y-x)
R6
It follows by t h e n o r m a l i t y of ; t h a t 0 / y x, b u t y a n d x are a t o m s , so y = x. Hence also x' = y6. Notice t h a t aoo < 0025020 < a o 2 ; l by (6.94) since a G B32I, a n d aoo < x;y < x;l by a s s u m p t i o n . We therefore have 0 / aoo < x;l
ao2;l
^ (ao2 ( - E i l ) ) ! ) ? !
^ot
= (002 - a ; ; l ) ; l
21 G SA
< (s;(^;ao2));l
rot
24. rc-DIMENSIONAL RELATION ALGEBRAS
Hence there is an atom z < x;ao2- Let (6.139)
faoo
x
002
6 = 2 /
x'
z
\jl20
Z O,22_
Clearly a and 6 agree up to 1, 601 = x, and 610 = y. It is easy to check that 6 E B 3 2t. For the converse, assume B32I satisfies the extension condition (6.97). We need only show ( p ; l ) ; l < p ; l for every p E A. Suppose ( p ; l ) ; l > x E At%. We are assuming 21 E WA, so by (6.104) we get
y;z. p>y<EAt<2l
Hence t h e r e a r e a t o m s y,z € At$l such t h a t xA < y;z, y < p, a n d z < p. Let r d
x
x
x
X
X
X
£
x'
x'
Then a G B^A by Th. 338, so by the extension condition (6.97), it follows from ^ V\z that there is some 6 6 B3IH such that a and 6 agree up to 2, 602 = y, and 620 = z. Consequently
a;d
6 =
X
y'
X
x'
612
z
621
622
and x = boi < bo2',b2i = J/;&2i < p ; l , as desired. (ii): For one direction, we assume 21 E RA and verify the extension condition (6.97) for B42I in case i = 0, j = 1, and k = 2. Suppose 0,00
aoi
ao2
aio
an
ai2
ao3
ai3
020
fl2i
022
023
030
031
032
033
Assume 1 , 5 6 At% and aoi < x;y. We wish to find 6 £ i?42l such that a and 6 agree up to 2, 602 = a;, and 621 = y- We have a o i < x;y
ao3;a3i
< x;(y =
rot
x;(aO3;a3i))
21 E RA
x;(y-(x;aO3);a,3i)
< x;((x;a03
rot
y;ai3);a3i)
so there is an atom z < x;ao3 y,ai3.
Let
aoo aio
aoi ttii
x y
x
y
x'
z
030
031
z
033
6 =
003 ^13
348
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
Clearly a and b agree up to 2, bo2 = x, and 621 = y- What remains is to show that 6 6 B^%. This is easy but there are many cases to check. For some of them it helps to note that 622 = x' = yd £ AVOk. In other cases the defining conditions on z are involved. For example, 623 = z < x;ao3 = 620; 603 For the converse, we assume that Bn% satisfies the extension condition (6.97) and show that 21 is associative. Suppose p,q,r £ A and (p;q);r > x £ At%. We wish to show x
x<(p;q);r=
^2 (P;?);J/, r>y£At<&
so there is an atom y £ At$l such that y < r and
x<(p;q);y= so t h e r e i s a s o m e a t o m z £ At$l
z y
Yl
''
s u c h t h a t x < z;y a n d
z
Yl
u;v,
p>u£Atm, q>v£At<&
so there are atoms u, v £ Ai2l such that u
X
X
X
x' x' x'
x' x' x'
x' x' x'
Then a 6 B^% by Th. 338. Since aoi = x < z;y, we may apply the extension condition (6.97) to get some 6 £ B^% such that a and 6 agree up to 2, 602 = 2, and 621 = y- Since 602 = z < u;v, we may apply the extension condition again to obtain c £ B42I such that 6 and c agree up to 3, C03 = u, and C32 = v. Then we have x = aoi = 601 = coi < Co3;c3i = u;c3i < M; (0325021) = u;(v;b2i) u v
\i \y)
=
^Pj(QrJr); a s desired.
Now we may characterize SA as the class of 3-dimensional relation algebras, and RA as the class of 4-dimensional relation algebras. Theorem 340 (Maddux [143, Th.6]). (i) RA3 = SA; (ii) RA4 = RA. PROOF. Proof of (i): If 21 £ SA then 21 C 21+ £ SA by Th.326, 21+ is complete
and atomic, and 2l+ has a 3-dimensional semantical (hence relational) basis by Th. 339. Proof of (ii): If 21 £ RA then 21 C 21+ £ RA by Th. 326, 21+ is complete and atomic, and 2l+ has a 4-dimensional semantical (hence relational) basis by Th. 339. Theorem 341. (i) (J), (L), and (M) hold in every atomic RA that has a 5-dimensional relational basis. (ii) RA5 |=
24. n-DIMBNSIONAL RELATION ALGEBRAS
349
PROOF. Proof of (i): Assume 21 is an atomic RA and N is a 5-dimensional relational basis for 21. We show only that (M) holds. Let £01, £02, £03, £32, £21, £24, £41
G
^"
Following Lyndon's notational convention, we let Z30 = (£03)" and x\\ = (s4i)". Since 21 is atomic, it suffices, by Th. 182, to show for every atom poi £ At$L that if (6.140)
poi < £01 (^02
£03 52:32) 5(221 2:24 ;
then (6.141) poi < £03; ((£30; £01 '£32; £21); x 14 -£32 ;»24 -£30; (#01 ;£i4 -£02 52:24)) ;am-
From (6.140) it follows by Th. 182 and Th. 296 there are additional atoms P02,P03,P32,P21,P24,P41 £ At01.
(6.142)
such that p02 < xO2, P03 < xO3, P32 < a;32, P21 < £21, P24 < x24, pa < £41, and (6.143)
0 / poi < (P02 P03 ;P32); (P21 P24 ;p4i).
This implies poi < P02JP21- By Th. 335(v) the cycle cover condition (6.98) holds, so we may apply it to obtain some a £ N such that (6.144) ooi=poi, aO2=po2, 021=^21From (6.143) we know that 0 7^ P02 -po3',P32 and 0 7^ P21 -p24;p4i, but P02 and P21 are atoms, so (6.145)
O02 =P02 < P03JP32,
(6.146)
a 2 i =P2i < P245P41-
By applying the extension condition (6.97) to (6.145) we obtain some b € N such that (6.147) a and 6 agree up to 3, &03=P03, Since a and b agree up to 3, (6.146) gives us
632=^32-
(6.148) 621
C32;C24
C30;C04); C41
< co3;((c3o;coi
0325021);ci4
0325024
0305004)5041
< C03;((0305001
0325021)5014
0325024
C3o;(coi;ci4
= &03 5 ((6305001
&32;O2l);Cl4 ' &32 5C24
= P03 5 ((P30 5P01
P32 ;P2l) ;P14
< £03; ((s3o;a;oi
a;32;K2i);a;i4
P32 5P24
C025024))5041
63O;(aoi!Cl4
O02 5 C24)) 5 C41
P30 5 (poi 5P14
£32;s;24 ' a;3o;(a;oi ; £ i 4
P02 5P24)) 5P41 £02 ^ 2 4 ) ) ; £ 4 i
350
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
Proof of (ii): If 21 G RA5 then 21 is a subalgebra of such an atomic 93 G RA with a 5-dimensional relational basis. Then 03 |= (J), (L), (M), but (L) and (M) are equations and (J) is a universal sentence, so they hold in all subalgebras of 03, including 21. The next theorem gives a useful sufficient condition for the existence of a semantical basis. The condition (Dn) is called the n-diamond condition. Theorem 342 (Maddux [146, Th. 7]). Suppose 3 < n < ui, 21 € WA, 21 is atomic, and (Dn)
7 / 0 ^ x i , . . . ,xn-2,yi,..
,2/rc-2 < 0', then 0 ^
n-2 ]J k=i
xk;yk.
Then fln2l is an n-dimensional semantical basis for 21. It is easy to find many examples of finite relation algebras (such as 9k (U) with \U\ < co) which have semantical bases even though they do not satisfy (D n ). However, it is shown in Th. 471 that "almost all" finite integral relation algebras satisfy (Dn). On the other hand, (Dn) will fail for essentially all nonintegral relation algebras. Here is a generalization of Th. 342 which applies to all relation algebras, including the nonintegral ones. Theorem 343 (Maddux [146, Th. 8]). Suppose 3 < n < ui, 21 G WA, 21 is atomic, and (D'n)
7 / 0 ^ xi,.. n-2
then 0 ^ n
. , x n - 2 , 2/i,...,2/n-2
< 0 ' , and 0 ^
n-2 Yl fc=i
xk;l;xk;yk;l;yk,
x
k; Vk
fc=i
Then Bn2l is an n-dimensional semantical basis for 21. It can also be shown that almost all finite relation algebras satisfy (D'n). 25. Cycles of atoms If the cycle law (Th. 294) is restricted to atoms, it can be restated as follows. Theorem 344. (R1-R3, R 5 , R7-R10) Assume x,y,z (6.150)
e At%.
Then
x ; y > z < = > x ; z > y <£=> z \ y > x <£=> z ; x > y < = > y \ x > z < = > y ; z > x .
PROOF. If x;y > z, then z = x;y z, but z ^ 0 since z is an atom, so 0 ^ x;y-z. By the cycle law, we get five more inequalities: 0 ^ x;z-y, 0 ^= z;y-x, 0 ^ z;x y, 0 ^ y;x z, and 0 ^ y;z x. Since y and x are also atoms, the first two of these statements yield y < x;z and x < z;y. By Th. 251, x, y, and z are also atoms, so the last three statements give us y z;x, z < y ;x, and x < y;z. The six equivalent conditions listed in the cycle law or in Th. 344 are equivalent conditions on triples of atoms, each condition stating membership or nonmembership in a particular ternary relation that we now define. Let 21 be a
25. CYCLES OP ATOMS
351
Boolean algebra with operators of relational type. The cycle structure of 21 is the ternary relation Cy(2l) := {(x,y,z)
: x,y,z € At%Ax;y
> z}.
This relation is empty if 21 is atomless. To conveniently express the equivalent conditions in Th. 294 or Th. 344 we define, for any atoms x,y,z £ At$l, a set of triples of atoms, (6.151)
[x, y, z] := {{x, y, z), (x, z, y), (y, z, x), (y, x, z), (z, x, y), (z, y, x)}.
The set [x, y, z] of triples of atoms is called a cycle. Note that the definition of [x,y,z] depends only on At% and the function": At% —> Atf&., and the definition applies to any algebra of relational type that satisfies R1-R3, R7, and Rs- If, in addition, 21 also satisfies R5, R9, and Rio, then, by the cycle law, the cycle structure of 21 is the union of cycles; every cycle is either contained in or is disjoint from the cycle structure. These two possibilities are distinguished as follows. We say that [x, y, z] is a forbidden cycle of 21 if [x, y, z] fl Cy(%V) = 0, and a cycle of 21 if [x, y, z] C CyipVj. A cycle [x, y, z] is said to be an identity cycle if one (or, equivalently, all) of its triples contains an identity atom, and a diversity cycle if all of the elements in its triples are diversity atoms. Lyndon [133, p. 710] suggested that a triple of atoms (x, y, z) be called a cycle if x;y > z. Any such triple also satisfies the conditions y;z > x, z;x > y, y;x > z, %\z > y, and z;y > x. We have used the condition x;y > z instead of Lyndon's suggested condition x;y > z, because Cj/(2l) is the relation which occurs in the Jonsson-Tarski Representation Theorem [118, Th. 3.10]; see Th. 352 below. Note that a triple (x, y, z) is a cycle in Lyndon's sense iff (x, y, z) is a cycle in the sense followed here. As we see next, if 21 G NA is atomic, then the operations ; and " are completely determined by the cycle structure of 21. When dealing with a ternary relation T, for brevity we will frequently write Txyz instead of (x, y, z) 6 T. Theorem 345. Assume 21 £ NA and 21 is atomic. Let (6.152)
T := Cy(fH),
(6.153)
U := {x : 3y3z(Txyz V Tyxz V Tyzx)},
(6.154)
S := {(0,6) : a,6 £ U,VxVv((Taxy
(6.155)
I := {a:ae
U,VxVv((TaxyV
<S> Tbyx) A (Txay «
Txay)
=> x = y)}.
Then (6.156)
U = At%
(6.157)
V a (a e U => 3bSab),
(6.158)
V a (a eU => 3i(i el A Tiaa)),
and for all atoms a,b G At%, (6.159) (6.160)
Sab O a = b, oe/»a
Tybx))},
352
8, RELATION ALGEBRAS
If x,y € A then (6.161) (6.162) (6.163)
x;y = ^ { c ;x>a€U,y>b€ x = ^{b
U,Tabc},
: x > a 6 U, Sab},
l'=^J.
PROOF. Proof of (6.156): Clearly T C {At%f, so we know ?7 C At a . Suppose a G AtSL. Since SI is atomic we have 1' = 52i'>i1e.Ata'tt> n e n c e 0 / a = a;l' = a;
a £ At 21, Re Jj
« w
St is atomic Th.296(ii)
Consequently there must be some atom w £ At SI such that 1' > w and 0 / a;«. But then a;« < a;l ! = a, hence 0 ^ a;« = a;u a, so {a,u,a) € Cty(Sl). This implies that a eU, and completes the proof that U = At%.. We happen to have also shown that (6.164)
AM = {a : 3«(r > it e A i » , {0,11,(1) g C»(St))}.
Proof of (6.159): Note that So* holds iff, for all x,y e AM, we have (6.165)
a;x-y / 0
&;j/a; / 0,
a;;a j / / 0
y;&- x / 0,
If a = 6 then (6.165) holds by the cycle law. For the converse, we assume (6.165) and show a = b. We saw above that there is some n £ At9l such that « < 1' and 0 / a;n a. From the latter statement we get b;a u / 0 by (6.165), so n;a b / 0 by the cycle law. Since 6 is an atom and u < V, this gives us b < u\a < 1! ;a = a. However, a is also an atom by Th. 251, so we conclude that b = a, as desired. Proof of (6.160): Note that a g I iff for all x,y e At% (6.166)
(a;x- j / / 0 Vx;a- j / / 0) => x = y.
Next we prove that if a < 1' then (6.166) holds for all atoms i , y € At^L. Suppose a;x - i ( / 0 . Then 0 ^ a;x y < 1' \x y = x y, hence x = y since x and y are atoms. Similarly, if x;a y ^ 0 then x = y. Thus a £ I whenever a < 1'. For the converse, assume a £ I. As we showed above, there is some atom n € AtSl such that w < 1' and 0 / a;ti a. Since a G / , this gives us « = a by (6.166), but w < V, so a < 1', as desired. Proof of (6.158): This follows from (6.156), (6.160), and (6.164). Proof of (6.157): This follows from (6.156), (6.159), and the fact that the converse of an atom in an NA is again as atom. Proof of (6.161): We use the complete additivity of left and right relative multiplication, the assumption that atoms are dense, and the definitions of U and T:
x;y = (J2& ; l ^ e E / l ) ; ( Z ^ 6: » > & £ t/})
Th
-182
25. CYCLES OP ATOMS
353
{a;b :x>aeU,y>beU}
Th. 296 Th. 182
: a;b > c 6 U, x > a g U, y > 6 6 U} :m>aeU,y>b£U,
Tabc}
Proof of (6.162): Similarly, we have
* = (y2{a :x>ae
I/})"
= ^{a :x>aeU} = J2& : x -
Th. 182 Th. 249
a e U Sab
' }
(6.159),
and (6.163) follows from (6.160) by Th. 182. In view of Th. 345, it is clear that a multiplication table listing the products of all the pairs of atoms of a given finite relation algebra is nothing more than a (rather redundant) list of its cycles and therefore completely determines that algebra. Lyndon [133] observed that the identity atoms can be characterized among all atoms as those which satisfy ti;w = u. Thus, he noted, a finite relation algebra may be characterized by specifying the mapping " from atoms to atoms and giving a list of cycles. We will specify finite relation algebras in the following way. We list the identity atoms, the symmetric diversity atoms, the pairs of antisymmetric atoms, and the cycles. We usually use notation for the atoms that helps to specify the identity atoms and the action of ". For example, suppose t, e, a, r, and r are the five atoms in a certain finite relation algebra 21 with 32 elements, whose cycles are [i,i,i], [e,e,e], [i,a,a], [i,r,r], [r,e,r], [a,r,r], [a,a,a]. The notation for the atoms tells us the structure of w. We have i = i, e = e, a = a, (r)" = r, (r)" = r. The convention is that since a is listed as an atom, but "a" does not appear in the list of atoms, then a = a. Since r and r are both listed, they are distinct and are converses of each other. We need to know " in order to correctly interpret the notation used to specify the cycles. For example, we know from (6.151) that (6.167)
[a, a, a] ;= {{a, a, a), (a, a, a), (a, a, a), (a, a, a), (a, a, a), (a, a, a)},
but, since a = a, we actually have (6.168)
[a,a,a]:={(a,a,a)}.
To determine that 1' = « + e we must use the list of cycles, (6.155), and (6.160). There is an isomorphism p that embeds the relation algebra 21 thus specified into £He (4). In fact, St is isomorphic to the subalgebra of 9te (4) which is generated by the relation {(0,3), (1,3), (2,3)}. The isomorphic embedding p of 21 into ffte (4) takes these values on the atoms of St:
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
p{a) = {(0,1) , (1, 0}, (0, 2}, (2, 0 ) , (1,2), (2,1)}, p ( r ) = {<(), 3 ) , < 1 , 3 > , ( 2 , 3 > } , p(r) = { ( 3 , 0 ) , ( 3 , l ) , ( 3 , 2 ) } .
26. Complex algebras of ternary relations In §6.25 we obtained a ternary relation from an atomic NA. In this section we reverse the procedure and start with a ternary relation. Suppose that T £ V is a ternary relation. Let U be the field of T as a ternary relation, that is, (6.153) holds. We use T to construct an algebra of relational type whose universe is Sb (U). First, define a binary operation ; on the powerset of U, by letting, for any X,YCU, X;Y := {c : 3x3y(x € X,y £ Y,Txyc)}. Define the binary relation 5 C U2 by (6.154). Note that S must be a symmetric relation because of the form of its definition. More specifically, (a,b) € S &VxVy((Taxy
<=> Tbyx) A (Txay <=> Tybx)),
{b,a) G S <^VxVy{{Tbxy « Tayx) A (Txby «
Tyax)),
and the two formulas on the right are clearly equivalent. Next we use S to define X C U for every subset X C U by X := {b : 3x(Sxb,x£ X)} = S*(X). Finally, define the subset / C U by (6.155). The operations ; and " along with the distinguished subset / are enough to define, starting from the Boolean algebra of all subsets of U, an algebra of relational type called the complex algebra of T. Cm(T) := (Sb (f/),U,- ; , " , / > . The Boolean part of £m (T) is 581 ({/), the complete atomic Boolean algebra of all subsets of the field of T. The complex algebra Cm (T) is a relation algebra when certain elementary conditions are satisfied by T, as stated in the next theorem. Theorem 346 (Maddux [142, 2.2, 2.6]). Suppose T e V is a ternary relation. Define U, S, and I by (6.153), (6.154), and (6.155). Consider the following six statements. (6.169)
V o (a € U => 3bSab),
(6.170)
V o ( a € ( / ^ 3t(i el A Tiaa)),
(6.171)
VxVyVzVaVb(Txyz ATzab => 3c{Txcb A Tyac)),
(6.172)
VxVyVzVaVb(Txyz ATzab => 3cTxcb),
(6.173)
VxVyVzVaVb(Txyz ATzab A Ix => 3cTxcb),
(6.174)
VxVzVa\/b(TxzzATzabAlx
=> Txbb).
Then (i) <£m (T) is an algebra of relational type,
28, COMPLEX ALGEBRAS OP TERNARY RELATIONS
358
(ii) the Boolean part of £tn (T) is a complete atomic Boolean algebra, (iii) the operators ; and " are normal and completely u-additive (in fac^ 1-additive, and 2-additivel respectively), (iv) if (6.169) and (6.170) then S is an involution, i.e., S : U -* V and S(S(x)) = x for all xeU, (v) Cm(T) g NA iff (6.169) and (6.170), (vi) £m(T) G RA iff (6.169), (6.170), and (6.171), (vii) Cm(T) g SA iff (6.169), (6.170), and (6.172), (viii) Cm(T) g WA iff (6.169), (6.170), and either (6.173) or (6.174). PROOF, (iv) and (v): Assume (6.169) and (6.170). We show that S is an involution. For any a € U we may apply (6.169) to obtain b € U such that Sab. So far this shows Do (S) = U. To show S is functional, suppose there is some c £ U such that Sac. Apply (6.170) to a, obtaining i G I such that Tiaa. By (6.154), the latter condition implies Tabi since Sab, which in turn implies Tcib since Sac, but from i € / and (6.155) it follows that c = b. Therefore S is functional. We already saw that S is symmetric, so 5 is an involution. We may therefore use functional notation with S. From (6.154) we get (6.175)
(a;, y, z) g T
» (Sx, z,y)eT
{Stfl S i , Sz)eT
«
(y, Sz, Sx)eT
(Sx, a;, Sj/} g T «
»
(», % , a;) 6 T
for all x,y,z € [/. It follows directly from (6.175) and the definitions of ; and in Cm (T) that the third and fourth conditions of Th. 314 are satisfied in Cm (T). Note that I;X C X for all X C U by (6.155). The opposite inclusion follows directly from (6.170). Hence the first condition of Th. 314 holds, namely, the equation x = V ;x is valid in Cm(T). To show that the equation x = x;V is valid in €m(T), first note that I ; / C I for all X C U. For the opposite inclusion, let a e X. By (6.170), there is some * g I such that («, Sa, Sa) € T. Applying (6.175) twice, we obtain {a, i, a) g T, hence a € X;I. By Th. 314, Cm (T) 6 NA. The conditions required for £tn(T) G RA in the previous theorem can be expressed less formally. (6.170) says that every a g U has a left identity i g I, (6.169) says that every a G U has a converse b G E7, and (6.171) (the associativity of ;) says that, under the right interpretation, two lines intersecting at a point z determine a plane, as illustrated in Figure 2. Part of the diagram uses oriented labelled triangles, as was done for the cycle law, Th. 294, and the rest shows that the associativity condition (6.171) holds in Euclidean geometry when Txyz is interpreted, in case x, y, and z are distinct points, as "the directed line segment from x to y contains z". The identity element of the complex algebra of T is an atom just in case / is a singleton, i.e., I = {e} for some e 6 U. Whenever this is the case, (6.170) takes on the following simpler form, (6.176)
\ta(a £ U =4- Teaa).
By Th. 307, 1' is an atom in every integral NA. The converse does not hold for nonassociative relation algebras because McKinsey's algebra has zero-divisors and
RELATION ALGEBRAS
TxyzhTzab => 3c(TxcbATyac))
FIGURE 2. Associativity
yet 1' is an atom, but if the identity element of a semiassociative relation algebra is an atom, then the algebra is integral; see Th. 353. Every square relation algebra on a set is a complex algebra, for if U is an arbitrary set and T = {{(a, b), (b, c), {a, c)) : a,b,c € [/}, then the complex algebra Cm (T) is equal (and not just isomorphic) to the square relation algebra on U: me (CO = €m ({{(a,b),
(b,c), {a,e» :a,b,ce
U}).
At this point we have two ways to construct the complex algebra of a group (one is (6.4)), but they produce the same result. Let & = (G, o, ~1, e) be a group. The complex algebra £m(<&) was first defined above by using all three of o, ~1, and e. However, we get another complex algebra from © by using only the binary operation o. Since o is a binary operation, it is a set of ordered pairs, each of whose left side is an ordered pair in G2 and whose right side is an element of G, but every such ordered pair is an ordered triple, since (x, y, z) = ((x, y) ,z). Thus 0 is a ternary relation. Indeed, o = {{x, y, z) : x, y, z £ G, x o y = z}. Define S C G 2 a n d ICG according t o (6.154) a n d (6.155). T h e n S = " 1 a n d 1 = {e}, so £m(o) = £m(0).
28.
27.
MCKINSEY'S ALGEBRA IN WA ~ SA
357
The very nonassociative algebra in NA ~ WA
For an example of an algebra in NA that is not in WA (from Maddux [142, 3.6]), suppose i, e, a £ V are distinct, let T = {{i, i, i), (e, e, e ) , (i, a, a), (a, i, a), (a, a, i), (e, a, a), (a, e, a), (a, a, e)}. Then Cm (T) £ NA and if assume U, S, and I are defined according to (6.153), (6.154), and (6.155), then U = {i,e,a}, S = {(i,i) , (e,e), (a,a)}, and I = {i,e}. We have Cm (T) g WA since (6.173) fails, as follows. We have i £ I, {i,a,a) £ T, and (a, a, e) £ T, but there is no atom c £ {i, e, o} such that (i, c, e) £ T. The very nonassociative relation algebra may also be succinctly specified, according to our notational conventions, by saying that its atoms are i, e, o, and its cycles are [»,»,«], [e,e,e], [i, o,a], and [e, o,a]. To show that the notions of cylindric and relational basis differ for algebras in NA, Hirsch-Hodkinson [99, Ex. 12.6(5)] give a general construction of an algebra in NA~WA from any relation algebra. Applied to £Hc (3), their construction produces the algebra 21 £ NA whose atoms are q, q, qo, qi, r, f, ro, r\, s, s, so, s\, a n d w h o s e cycles are [90,9,9], [q,qi,q], [ro,r,r], [r,n,r], [so,s,s], [s,si,s],
[r,s,q\.
The identity element is 1' = qo + qi + ro + ri + so + si. Let Qo q
q qi
q~ qi
.9 9i 9i. Then a £ .B32I and 001 = q < r;s. The extension condition (6.97) fails. There is no matrix 6 £ .B32I such that a and 6 agree up to 2, 602 = r, and 621 = s, because the last three conditions entail b:= so if 6 £ B32I then r = 602 < 6005602 = qo',r, but qo;r = 0, a contradiction. The atom cover condition (6.96) and cycle cover condition (6.98) hold for B32I while the extension condition (6.97) fails. In fact, 21 has no n-dimensional relational basis for every n > 3, but 21 does have an n-dimensional cylindric basis for every n> 3.
28.
McKinsey's algebra in WA ~ SA
The algebra described in the section was created by J. C. C. McKinsey around 1940 to show that the associative law is independent of the other axioms for relation algebras, that is, that R4 is not derivable from the remaining axioms R1-R3, R5-R10. Tarski also used McKinsey's algebra to show that the sentence of first-order logic which expresses the associative law for relative multiplication is not 3-provable; see Tarski-Givant [240, p. 68]. McKinsey's algebra is described in the Appendix of the unpublished monograph by Tarski [227, pp. 264-265] (the initial draft of Tarski-Givant [240]). This same algebra happens to have been used in Maddux [144], [147, p. 546]. Let T := {(V,V, ! ' ) , ( ! ' , a, a), (a, V, a), (a, a, ! ' ) , ( ! ' , 6,6), (6,1', 6), (6, 6,1')}
RELATION ALGEBRAS
i' a b
V V a b
a a V 0
b b 0 1'
TABLE 2. Multiplication table for McKinsey's algebra
McKinsey's algebra is €m(T), the complex algebra of T. If U (the field of T), S, and / are defined according to (6.153), (6.154), (6.155), respectively, then U = {V,a,b},
S = {(V,V),(a,a},(b,b)},
and I = {V}. McKinsey's algebra may
also be described as t h e 8-element algebra 21 £ NA with a t o m s V,a,b a n d cycles [1', 1', 1'], [ l ' , a , o ] , a n d [ l ' , 6 , &]. T h e multiplication t a b l e for a t o m s in McKinsey's algebra is shown in Table 2. Notice t h a t t h e identity element 1' is an a t o m , b u t McKinsey's algebra is not integral since 0 = a;b (see T h . 307). McKinsey's algebra is not associative since a;(b;b) = a;V = a ^ 0 = 0 ; 1 ' = (a;b);b. McKinsey's algebra is not in SA since a ; l = V + a ^ a ; l ; l = 1. O n t h e other h a n d , McKinsey's algebra is in WA, for if x V = 0 t h e n (V x);l;l = 0 = (V x);l, while if 1' < x t h e n x ; l = l = x ; l ; l . McKinsey's algebra is 1-generated by a a n d also by b, w i t h o u t t h e identity, since 1' = a;a a n d b = V + a.
29.
An algebra in SA~RA
Let 21 be t h e algebra with a t o m s V,a,r,r [ l ' , r , r ] , [r, l ' , r ] , [a,r,r], [r,a,a], a n d [r,r, a].
a n d cycles [ l ' , l ' , l ' ] , [ l ' , a , o ] , T h e n t h e equation x\(x\x) =
( x ; x ) ; x f a i l s w h e n x = r s i n c e r ; ( r ; r ) = r \ V = r b u t ( r ; r ) ; r = (a + l ' ) ; r a;r + r = a + r. This observation is used to prove Th. 545.
30.
=
Lyndon's nonrepresentable algebras in RA ~ RRA
Lyndon constructed several nonrepresentable relation algebras, the smallest with 52 atoms. The one published in Lyndon [133], presented next, has 56 atoms: - an and a'u for i £ {1, 2, 3, 4, 5}, - aij, a'ij, aik, a'ik,
- [alh an, au] where i <E {1, 2}, {k, 1} C {3, 4, 5}, k^l. Then Cm (T) 6 RA, but Cm (T) is not representable because it fails to satisfy Lyndon's condition C2, which states that if 0 / £02;£21 ' ^03;£31 2:04;£41 then 0 7^ X2o;£o3 X2i;xi3 (x2o;^o4 X2i;xi4);(x4o;a;o3 X4i;xi3). Condition C2 is an immediate consequence of equation (L) (see p. 30).
32, Lyndon'S ALGEBRAS FROM PHOJEOTIVE GEOMETRIES
359
31. Jdnsson's algebras from projective geometries A set L 6 V is a projective geometry, its elements are called lines, and elements of (J L are called points, if no point is a line, every line has at least two points, and (i) for every two points a and b there is exactly one line in L, called ab, such that a, b € ab 6 L1 (ii) if a, 6, and c are distinct points, 32 ^ db, x G cb, y € ac, and x ^ y, then Ty fl ofc ^ 0. It follows from (i) that the intersection of distinct lines contains at most one point, and (ii) is illustrated in Figure 2. Let L be a projective geometry in which every line contains at least three points. Let U = (J L U {e} for some e ^ \J L. Let T be the ternary relation on U consisting of all triples of distinct collinear points of L, plus all the triples of the form (e,a,a), {a,e,a}, and {a,a,e} with o f f / . In other words, if S = U1 then T contains the identity S-cycles and the 3-cycles of collinear points of L. Note that Cm (T) is symmetric and V = {e} is an atom of €m (T). In the case of a single line with exactly three points we get a representable relation algebra, for if L = {1} and \l\ = 3 then £m(T) ^ £m(Z 2 x Z 2 ), but otherwise we only have Cm (T) € SA. €m (T) ^ RA whenever some line has four or more points, for in that situation we have a,b,c,d(z I € L1 {a, 6, c, d}\ = 4, and {a, b, c), (c, &, d) £ T, but there is no x G (J L such that {a, as, d), {b, b, x) £ T. J6nsson [112, Th. 4] proved a lemma that gets around this difficulty: If T is a ternary relation with field U such that I = {e}, S is the identity relation on U, that is, S = (x : x £ U), and (6.170) and (6.169) hold, then T C T' for some ternary relation T' that satisfies (6.170), (6.169), and (6.171), i.e., €m(T') 6 RA, and an additional technical property. Then, supposing L is a non-Desarguesian projective plane, that is, it has two triangles that are centrally perspective but not axially perspective, J6nsson uses the lemma to choose an extension T' D T with €m (T') € RA. The three triangles that are centrally perspective but not axially perspective produce, by the additional technical property, a violation of formula (J) (see p. 30), which is valid in every representable relation algebra. A triangle is, by definition, a triple of distinct non-collinear points. The ternary relation T contains all triangles. Suppose a,b,c and n,v,w are triangles that are axially perspective (which means that audbv = bvC\cw = auHcw) but are not centrally perspective, which means that the three points ab D uv, ac n uw, and 6c n vw are not collinear. A violation of (J) arises by taking a;oi = abf) uv, %ca = a, &21 = b, X24 = c, a;o3 = u, xis = v, and £43 = w. To see this, draw the pictures in the style of the illustrations of (6.171). Therefore £tn(T") is a nonrepresentable relation algebra. It is also integral and symmetric and infinite. 32. Lyndon's algebras from projective geometries Lyndon's construction of a ternary relation T from a projective geometry differs from Jonsson's by the inclusion of all triples of the form {a, a, a). If L is (the set of points in) a projective geometry, U = (J L U {e} where e ^ (J L, and T is the ternary relation on U consisting of all triples of distinct collinear points
360
8, RELATION ALGEBRAS
of L, plus all the triples of the form {e,a,a}, {a,e,a}, {a,a,e}, and (a, a, a) with a , that is, T = {(a, b, c) : 3 = |{o, 6, c}|, {a, b,c} C\e L} e a u
U ^ > > °^> ^ e> a J' ^ a ' e J' ^ a ' a ^
then Cm (T) is the Lyndon algebra of L. Conversion in Cm (T) is trivial, so €m (T) is a symmetric algebra. The reason for restricting the next theorem to geometries with at least four points on every line is that if L has a line with exactly three points, say a, b, and c, then T contains the cycles [a, a, a] and [a, 6, c], but there is no point x such that [a, 6, a;] and [a,c, x\ are cycles, so Cm(T) ^ RA. Projective geometries with at least four points on every line create a class of relation algebras whose characterization is given in the next theorem. Theorem 347 (Lyndon [135]). St is the Lyndon algebra of a projective geometry with at least four points in every line iff 21 G RA, SI is complete, atomic, symmetric, V is an atom of SI, and a;a = a + V for every atom a. PROOF. The construction of an algebra from a geometry was described above. Conversely, to construct a geometry from an algebra St, let the set of points consist of the atoms distinct from 1', and let the line containing a, b be ab = {x :
a;b + a + b>x
e At%}.
D
The next theorem is Lyndon's key observation. Theorem 348 (Lyndon [135]). The Lyndon algebra of a projective geometry L is representable iff L is embeddable in a projective geometry with one dimension more than L. The representation of each point is the set of pairs of distinct points which, with the given point, make a collinear trio. For some informative diagrams and more explanations of this material from a cylindric algebraic point of view, see Monk [183], By Th. 348, the Lyndon algebra of a projective line of order n (which contains n + l points on a single line) is not representable whenever there does not exist a projective plane of order n. Since there is no projective plane of order 6, it follows that a particular symmetric integral relation algebra with 8 atoms is not representable. Whether this Lyndon algebra satisfies equations (M) or (L) (see p. 30) is not known. Lyndon's 8-atom nonrepresentable relation algebra was the smallest known algebra in RA ~ RRA when it was published in 1961. McKenzie found a 4-atom nonrepresentable RA for his dissertation in 1966. 33. McKenzie's nonrepresentable algebra McKenzie [166] found a 4-atom nonrepresentable relation algebra that turns out to be algebra 14a7 (algebra number 14 among the 37 algebras listed in Chapter 8 that have atoms I1, a, r, and r). Its atoms are V,a,r,r. This algebra's four identity cycles are [1', 1', 1'], [1',a,a), [r, l',r], and [1',r,r]. Its four diversity cycles are [r, r, r], [a, r, r], [r, a, r], and [r, a, a]. Its three forbidden diversity cycles
33.
McKenzie'S NONREPRESENTABLE ALGEBRA
1437
1' a r r
V V a r r
a a V +r + f a+r a+f
r r a+ r r 1
f f a+ r 1 f
TABLE 3. Multiplication table for McKenzie's nonrepresentable algebra
are [r, r, a], [r,r,r], and [a, o,a]. McKenzie's algebra is certainly not the smallest nonrepresentable relation algebra if size is measured by the number of atoms. Nor does it have the smallest number of cycles. It has four cycles, but so do the nonrepresentable algebras 2437, 2537, and 2737. But it does have the smallest cycle structure, containing only 28 triples, while the cycle structures of 2437, 2537, and 2737 contain 29, 30, and 31 triples, respectively. The relative multiplication table for the atoms is determined by the list of cycles, and is shown in Table 3. Let x = V+r. Then a; is transitive since x;x = ( l ' + r ) ; (V+r) = V+r+r;r = V+r = x and reflexive since x\(V x) = x;x = x and (1' -x)\x = x. Thus x is partial ordering element of I437. Note that x is antisymmetric since x-x = (V + r)-(V +r) = V. The corresponding incomparability element (corresponding to the notion and 2") is x x = (a + r) (a + r) = a. Suppose a representation exists, and that it correlates the nonempty binary relations / , A, R, and R'1 with the atoms 1', a, r, and r, respectively. A pair of distinct incomparable points p and q have an upper bound u and a lower bound I. This is expressed in the algebra by the Since inclusion a < r;f r;r, and in the representation by A C _R|_R-1 (~l R-1\R.
(p, q) £ A, there is some u and I such that (p, u) E R, (u,q) E R 1, (p,l) E R 1, and (l,q) G R, so (q,u) G R and (l,p) G R as well. The lower bound / is strictly below the upper bound u since (I, u) E R;R C R, but, by the inclusion r < a;a, there must be some element i that is incomparable with both u and I, that is, {i, u) £ A and {i, I) £ A. If i were above q it would be above /, while if i were below q, it would be below u, but i is incomparable with both I and u. Therefore i is incomparable with q. Similarly, i is incomparable with p. Since p and q are themselves incomparable, this gives us three mutually incomparable elements, namely p, q, and i. It follows that the relation An J4|A is not empty. On the other hand, a;a-a = 0, so we have a contradiction. There cannot be any representation. This argument is encapsulated by a single equation with only a single variable, due to Givant, McNulty, and Tarski; see Tarski-Givant [240, p. 55]. This equation, which holds in all representable relation algebras but fails in McKenzie's algebra when the lone variable x is assigned to the partial ordering element 1' + r, is 1 = l ; ( x f x + ( x ; x + V + ( x - x ) ; ( x - x ) - x ) - x+ x ' \ x ) ; l .
To show this equation holds in RRA, it suffices to prove that it holds in every 5Ke (U) (with M ^ I , since all equations hold in the trivial algebra £Re (0)), where it is equivalent t o 0 ^ x \ x + (x; x + V + (x x); (x x) -x) -x + x^x. Assume, t o t h e contrary, t h a t 0 = x f x + (x; x + V + (x x); ix x) x) x + x~ \ x. T h e n
362
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
0 = x \ x = x f x = (x;x + V) x = (x x); (x x) (x x), so, letting a = x x, we get 1 = x;x = x;x, x;x + V < x, and 0 = a;a a. Note that x a s a partial ordering. Indeed, since x;x + V < x we know that x is transitive and reflexive on U. From 1 = x;x we have 0 ^ 1' D x;x, hence 0 ^ x x = a, so a pair of incomparable elements exist in U. From 1 = x;x we also have 1 = £;£, so every pair of elements has an upper and lower bound. Arguing as above, we deduce that there are at least 3 incomparable elements, contradicting the assumption that 0 = a;a a. For another proof of the nonrepresentability of 1437, note that (J) fails when £01 = (i, £02 = r, £21 = r, X03 = r, £31 = r, £24 = a, and £43 = a. This failure is
actually quite closely related to the arguments given so far. For yet another proof that McKenzie's algebra is not representable, it is enough to note that (M) fails when £02 = r, £21 = r, and £01 = £03 = £32 = £24 = £41 = a.
34. Allen's interval algebra An example of a representable relation algebra used in applications is the Interval Algebra, due to J. F. Allen [1, 2]. Let U be the set of "events", where an event is simply a pair of real numbers, the second larger than the first. The first number in an event is its "starting time", the second its "ending time". Seven binary relations on events are defined in the list below, where x,x',y,y' are real numbers (element of R), the relation < is the usual ordering of R, and (x,x'), {y,y') are events. "identity"
1' = {((£, x) , (y, y')) : x = y < x = y'}
"precedes"
p = {{{x, xlsj , (3/, j/')) : x < x' < y < y'}
"during"
d = {((x, x) , (y, y')) : y < x < x < y'}
"overlaps"
o = {((£, a;') , (3/, y')) x < y < x < y'}
"meets"
m = {((x, x) , (y, y')) : x < x = y < y'}
"starts"
s = { ( ( x , x') , (y, y')) :x =
y<x'
"finishes"
/ = {((x, x) , (y, y')) : y < x < x = y'}
The seven relations listed above are studied by van Benthem [246] and are used in some computer programs; see Allen-Koomen [5], Malik-Binford [160], and Simmons [217]. They generate a finite subalgebra of $Re (R), called the interval algebra. The interval algebra has 13 atoms, namely 1', p, p, d, d, o, o, ra, rh, s, s, / , and / . It turns out that p alone generates the interval algebra, as do each of the elements p, m, rh, o, and o; see Ladkin-Maddux [128, 127]. Starting with the rational numbers instead of the reals, or any dense linear ordering without endpoints, results in an algebra that is isomorphic to the interval algebra. But other infinite linear orderings produce relation algebras generated by 1', p, d, o, m, s, and / that are not finite, and the relations listed above are no longer atoms. This happens, for example, with the integers. If we start with a finite linear ordering, say < on a finite set U, then the subalgebra generated by 1', p, d, o, m, s, and / will be all of $Re ([/). Any relation algebra obtained in this way may be called an interval algebra (while Allen's interval algebra is obtained from the reals or
34. Allen'S INTERVAL ALGEBRA
V
P
P
d
d
o
6
1'
V
P
d
d
o
6
p
P
p
pdoms
P d
pdoms pdomf
P
V d
P 1
P 1 P
d
pdomf pdoms
P
P
P 1
pdomf
d
d
pdomf
Vddoossf f
d
dof
dos
o
o
P
pdoms pdoms
dos
pom
Vddoossf f
6
6
pdomf
P
dof
pdomf pdoms
Vddoossf f
pom
m
m
P
pdbms
dos
P
dos
rh
rh
pdomf
P
dof
P
P dof
s
s
pdomf
pom
P dof
8
8
f f
f f
P
P
P
d
pdomf
P
dof
d
dof
6
P
P
d
pdoms
dos
pom
P
pdoms
dos
d
o
dos
TABLE
4. Multiplication table for the interval algebra, first part
rationals). Allen's interval algebra has 75 cycles, written here without commas: [ l ' l T ] , [Vss], [Vmm], [Vpp], [l'oo], [Vff], [Vdd], [si's], [ml'm], [pVp], [ol'o], [/!'/]j [dl'rf], [sss], [smp], [spp], [som], [sop], [soo], [sfd], [sdd], [msm], [mmp], [mpp], [mop], [mfs], [mfo], [mfd], [mds], [mdo], [mdd], \psp], [pmp], [ppp], [pop], [p/s], [pfm], [pfp], [pfo], [pfd], [pds], [pdm], [pdp], [pdo], [pdd], [oso], [omp], [opp], [oom], [oop], [ooo], [ofs], [ofo], [ofd], [ods], [odo], [odd], [fsd], [fmm], [fpp], [fos], [foo], [fod], [ / / / ] , [fdd], [dsd], [dmp], [dpp], [dos], [dom], [dop], [doo], [dod], [dfd], [ddd].
The table of relative products of atoms of the interval algebra is given in two parts (see Tables 4 and 5). The + signs are omitted to save space. For example, pdoms = p + d + o + m + s. The table appeared first in Allen [2]. It not only shows relative products of atoms in the interval algebra, but also shows containments for the Allen-Hayes algebra [3, 4]. By the Allen-Hayes algebra we mean the direct product of "all" interval algebras, i.e., the direct product of an indexed system of algebras containing one algebra from each isomorphism type of interval algebra. The Allen-Hayes algebra contains the elements 1', p, p, d, d, o, 6, m, rh, s, s, f, and / . They form a partition, i.e., are pairwise disjoint and 1 =p+p + d + d + o + d + m + rh + s + s + f + f. Finally, the relative product of any two of them is contained in (and not necessarily equal to) the corresponding entry in the table.
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
8
f f
/ /
P
pdoms
P
pdomf
P
P dos
d
pdomf
P d
pdoms
dof
d
dos
d
m
fh
s
3
r
m
fh
s
p
P
pdoms
P
P
P pdomf
P
d
P
d
dof
0
P dof
dos
0
dof
dos
pom
P
dof
pom
6
dos
P Vss
17/
m
m
dos
dof
P fh
s
P Vss
fh
d
pom
6 m fh
s
P
P fh
s
dof
m
Vss
s
6
d
f /
m
P dos
d
pom
f
0
d
17/
17/ /
TABLE
m
5. Multiplication table for the interval algebra, second part
35. Cycle structures of complex algebras The operation of forming a complex algebra from a ternary relation produces an algebra from which the original ternary relation may be recovered as a cycle structure. Theorem 349. Every ternary relation is isomorphic to the cycle structure of its complex algebra, that is, i / T e V and T C V3 then T9iCy(€m(T)). PROOF.
Note that {x,y,z) € T
{{x}, {y}, {z}) € Cy{£xn(T)).
U
Although the cycle structure determines the operations ; and " in every atomic 21 £ NA, it does not determine which joins of atoms of 21 exist. However, if every join of atoms exists, i.e., if 21 is complete, then 21 is completely determined by its cycle structure. This observation was first made in a far more general setting. Instead of a single ternary relation, let us consider an arbitrary relational structure, consisting of a set U together with a set of fmitary relations on U, whose complex algebra is the complete atomic Boolean algebra 031 (U) of all subsets of U augmented with the normal and completely additive (universally additive) operators determined by the relations on U. An (n+ l)-ary relation R C , Xn C U, Un+1 determines an n-ary operator / on U, where for any inputs X\, (6.177)
n)
= {u:
,un,u)
lr--
,un
36. REPRESENTATION BY COMPLEX ALGEBRAS
365
Jonsson-Tarski [119, Th. 3.9] observed that the complex algebra of a relational structure is a normal complete atomic Boolean algebra with completely additive operators, and, conversely, every normal complete atomic Boolean algebra 21 with completely additive operators is isomorphic to the complex algebra of a relational structure which is obtained from 21 in a manner that generalizes the way the cycle structure was obtained in case 21 £ NA. For the following theorem one need only note additionally that the operators in an NA are normal and completely additive. Theorem 350 (Jonsson-Tarski [119, 3.9], Maddux [142, 3.13]). 7/21 £ NA and 21 is complete and atomic, then 21 = Cm (C?/(2l)). The next theorem gathers some observations one can make in the somewhat more general setting of an atomic 21 £ NA that may not be complete. Theorem 351 (Maddux [142, 3.13]). Assume 21 £ NA and 21 is atomic. (i) 2l^|CCm(Cy(2l)). (ii) If Cm (C?/(2l)) £ RRA then 21 £ RRA. (iii) Cm (6*2/(21)) € NA. (iv) IfK is RA, SA, or WA, then Cm (6*2/(21)) £ K <s> 21 £ K. PROOF. For part (i), let / be the map that carries each element x of 21 to the set of atoms of 21 that lie below x. Then / is an embedding of 21 into £m(C?/(2l)). Part (ii) follows from part (i) and ISRRA = RRA. It follows from Th. 345 that (6.169) and (6.170) hold when T = C?/(2l), so by Th. 346 we conclude that Cm (C«/(2l)) £ NA. The converse of part (ii) may fail. Indeed, it is possible that 21 £ RRA and yet Cm (Cj/(2l)) f. RRA. Exceptions occur when 21 is both atomic and generated by its atoms, in which case it contains as few joins as possible. The complex algebra of the cycle structure of 21 contains all joins, that is, there is an element for every subset of At$l. The presence of these additional elements can cause nonrepresentability, as in Th. 323. Let us explore the reasons in more detail. Suppose 21 is an atomic RRA. Suppose a embeds 21 in 6 b {E). Define a : Sb (Am) -> 56 {E) by a (X) = U^ex a ( x )- Then a is a homomorphism of Cm (Cy(2l)) into 6 b (E) iff, for all X,Y C At% (6.178) (6.179) (6.180)
a(X\JY)=a(X)\Ja(Y), a(X) =a(X), a(X;Y)=a(X)\a(Y),
(6.181) The first and fourth equations always hold, while the second and third equations
hold iff a (AM) = \JaeAm a (a) = E. 36. Representation by complex algebras Let 21 £ NA. In view of the existence and uniqueness of perfect extensions, we could simply add a superscript "+" to "21" and denote a perfect extension of
366
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
21 by 2l + , as was done in Th. 326. In contrast, recall that in case 03 € BA, we let 03+ be the Boolean algebra of all sets of ultrafilters of 03, an algebra which is naturally isomorphic to every perfect extension of 03. Here we extend this construction to NA. We obtain an algebra isomorphic to every perfect extension of 21 by constructing the complex algebra of the ternary relation T on the set £//2l of ultrafilters of 21 denned by T := {(F,G,H) : F,G,He
Uf%{f;g
3
= (*7/2l) n {{F, G, H) :F;*GC
: f € F,g € G} C H} H}.
Define a function £ : A —> 56 (t//2t) by e(x) :={F :x€
F £ 17/21}
for every x E A. We say that T is the ultrafilter structure of 21, and £ is the ultrafllter embedding. Let <£m2l:=£m(T). Then Ghn2l is the canonical embedding algebra of 21. This name was applied by Henkin-Monk-Tarski [93, 2.7.4] to the corresponding construction for cylindric algebras, which, by the way, was based on maximal proper ideals instead of ultrafilters. The version presented here appears in McKenzie [165, Th. 2.11]. The Jonsson-Tarski Representation Theorem [119, Th. 3.10] says that if 21 is a Boolean algebra with normal, completely additive operators, then 21 is isomorphic to an algebra that has the complex algebra of a relational structure as one of its perfect extensions. The proof proceeds by noting that 21 has a perfect extension 2l + , which, because it is complete, atomic, and has normal completely additive operators, is isomorphic to the complex algebra of a relational structure obtained by denning the appropriate relations on the atoms of 2l + . The next theorem is the NA version of the Jonsson-Tarski Representation Theorem, combined with a few additional observations. It is a consequence of Th. 326, Th. 350, and Th. 351. Theorem 352 (Jonsson-Tarski [119, 3.10]). Let 21 € NA. Then (i) <£m2le NA, (ii) if 21 is finite then 21 = £tn 21, (iii) ifK is RA, SA, or WA, then 21 e K <s> <£m2l e K, (iv) the ultrafilter embedding is an isomorphism from 21 onto a subalgebra 21' o/(£m2t, 21^21' C <£m2t, such that Ghn2l is a perfect extension o/2t'. 37. Elementary arithmetic in SA Jonsson-Tarski [119, 4.18(ii)] observed that every integral relation algebra is simple. Jonsson-Tarski [119, 4.17] also proved that a relation algebra is integral iff its identity element is an atom. In one direction this holds for NA. The other direction fails for WA but holds for SA. Theorem 353 (Maddux [147, Th.4]). Let 21 £ SA. Then 21 is integral iff V is an atom of 21.
37. ELEMENTARY ARITHMETIC IN SA
367
PROOF. One direction follows from the observation that if 21 is an integral NA then 1' is an atom, by Th. 307. For the converse, assume 21 £ SA and 1' £ At 21. By Th. 307, an NA is integral iff it has at least two elements and x\\ = \ whenever x 0. So we need only assume x 0 and show x ; l = 1. Now it follows from 1' £ At% and the definition of atom that 1' ^ 0, and this implies that 21 has at least two elements. By 1' £ At%, we also have either 1' x ; l = 0 or 1' x;l = V. However, if 1' x; 1 = 0, then 0 = x V ; 1 = x by the cycle law, contradicting our assumption that x ^ 0. Therefore 1' < x;l. But then, by Th. 276, 1 = 1';1 < a ; ; l ; l = x ; l < 1, so 1 = x; 1, as was to be shown. The assumption that 21 £ SA is essential, because McKinsey's algebra is a nonintegral 21 £ WA in which 1' is an atom. In McKinsey's algebra, the atoms are 1', a, b, and the cycles are [1', 1', 1'], [1', a, a], and [1',b,b]. Then 1' is an atom, but a;b = 0, so 21 is not integral. Next we show that many special cases of the associative law holds in every SA. The development culminates in Th. 365 below, which says that associativity may be freely applied to any relative product in which one of the factors is 1. T h e o r e m 354 (Maddux [150, Th. 13]). Assume 21 £ SA. For all x,y,z we have (6.182)
(x-y;z);l
=
(6.183)
l;(x-y;z)
= l;(z-y;x),
(6.184)
x;yl;z = x;(yl;z),
(6.185)
x;y-z;l
(6.186)
(x-l;y);z = x;(z-y;l),
(6.187)
(x;y);l=x;(y;l),
(6.188)
(l;x);y = l;(x;y),
=
(6.189)
(yx;z);l,
(x-z;l);y,
(x;y);(z;l)=x;(y;(z;l)),
(6.190)
((l;x);y);z = (l;x);(y;z),
(6.191)
x;(y;l);z = x;((y;l);z),
(6.192)
(x;(l;y));z = x;((l;y);z).
PROOF. Proof of (6.182): (x-y;z);l<((yx;z);z);l
Th. 265, (6.46)
<((yx;z);l);l
Th. 265
= (yx;z);l
Th. 276(ii)
<((x-y;z);z);l
Th. 265, (6.47)
<((x-y;z);l);l
Th. 265
= (x-y;z);l
Th. 276(ii)
Proof of (6.183): (6.183) follows from (6.182) by converse duality.
£ A,
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
Proof of (6.184): 1 ;z
x;y
= x ;(y < X
! ; ( !
= x ;(y < X
;*))
(6.44)
;*))
Th. 265
x;(l
1 y\
Th. 276(ii) Th. 265
\y- i ; ( i ; l;z
Th. 276(ii)
= X ;«/
Proof of (6.185): (6.185) follows from (6.184) by converse duality. Proof of (6.186): (x -l;y);z
< (x l;y);(z
(x I;$)";!)
(6.44)
<x;{z-{y\l)\l)
Th. 265, Th. 239, Th. 243, R 7 , Rg
= x;(z-y;l)
Th. 276(ii)
<(x-l;(z-y;iy);(z-y;l)
(6.46)
< (x l\{\;y))\z
Th.265, Th. 239, Th. 243, R 9
= (x-l;y);z
Th. 276(ii)
Proof of (6.187): (x;y);l
= (1
x;y)\\
= (x-l;y);l
(6.182)
= x;(l-y;l)
(6.186)
(6.188) follows from (6.187) by converse duality. Proof of (6.189):
( T'lll
' (7 ' 1 ) — \(T'1I\''7\''\
I fl 1 S V ]
= (x;yl;z);l
(6.182)
= (i;(scl;z));l
(6.184)
= x;((yl;z);l)
(6.187)
= x;((l-y;z);l)
(6.182)
= x\{y\{z\\))
(6.187)
Proof of (6.191): (T- (ir 11V 7— ff T -nViV7
ffi 1 87")
= (x;y);l-l;z
(6.184)
= x\{y\l)-\;z
(6.187)
= x;(y;l-l;z)
(6.184)
37. ELEMENTARY ARITHMETIC IN SA
= a:;((y;l);a)
369
(6.184)
It is only in SA that ideal elements have Peirce's remarkable property (see p. W). Theorem 355. 7/SI e SA and xe A then (i) x;l G Dm% i j T G DmSl, (ii) I ; i 6 flnE, Ija; g TJnSt, (iii) l;a;;l 6 7e2t, I j ^ T e IeSi, (iv) DmSl is closed under x;(-), (v) 72n2t is closed under {-)",x, (vi) l;(a;tO),l;a;tO€7eStJ (vii) 0fa:;l,(0ta:);le/ea, (viii) 7e2t is closed under x;(-) and {-)\x, (ix) meets and joins of subsets o/TJmSl, Rn$l, and Ie% are again in Dm%, Rn%, and 7eSl, respectively. PROOF. Proof of (i): We obtain x;l G DmSl from the fact that the equation (x; 1); 1 = x; 1 is valid in SA (see Th. 276), hence i | T e Dm% by Th. 305. Proof of (ii): We get l;x € -Rn21 from the validity of l;(l;a;) = l;x in SA, so TJi e iJna by Th. 305. Proof of (iii): From (i) we have l;a;;l £ DmSL. By (6.187) or (6.188), 1;«;1 = l ; ( z ; l ) , hence l;a;;l € i?nSt by (ii). We therefore have l;a;;l € DmSln RnSl = Ie% and l;a;;l £ leSL Th.305. Proof of (iv): If y £ UmSl then x;y = E ; ( J / ; 1 ) = (x;y);l by (6.187), so x;y £ DmSl by (i). Proof of (v): If y £ Rn% then. y;x = {l;y);x = l;(y;x) by (6.188), so j/;a; e & I by (ii). Proof of (vi): We have a;fO = a;;l € TJmSt by (i), hence l;(a;fO) 6 -DrraSt by (iv). We also have l;(a;tO) G Rn% by (ii), so l;(a;tO) G JeSl. We have TJi £ Rn$l by (ii), so \\x\\ £ flnSl by (v). Also, \\x\\ G UmSl by (i), hence l;a:;l G Je2l. Finally, 1;x \0 = T ] E ; 1 G / e a by Th. 305. Proof of (vii): By (vi) and Th. 305. Proof of (viii): By (iv), (v), and Ie% = DmSl n RnSi. D The equation 0'; 0'; 0'; 0' = 0'; 0' was first proved for relation algebras by Julia RobinsonJ in 1945; see Chin-Tarski [49, p. 359]. As we prove next, it happens to hold in every SA but fails in some WA. The related equation 0' ;0'; (01 ;0') = 0' ;0' holds in every NA; see Th. 309. Theorem 356 (Chin-Tarski [49, 3.10], Maddux [143, 14(3)]). (i) 7 / a e S A ften((0!;0!);0!);0'=0';0\ (ii) There is a 3t 6 WA in which ((0!; 0 ! );0');0' # 0';0'. PROOF. Notice first that a;;0';0' < a;;l;l = x ; l = x ; ( l ' + 0 ' ) =x;l'+x;0' = a;+a;;0'. Let a; = 0'-0';0'. Then a; < 0';0' and a; < 0', soa;;0';0' < a;+a;;0' < 0';0'.
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
1'
V V
a a
a b
a b
r +o
;
b b 0 1'
0
T A B L E 6 . A W Ai n w h i c h ( ( 0 ' ; 0 ' ) ; 0 ' ) ; 0 ' # 0 ' ; 0 '
Finally,
< (0' l;0');0'
For such a WA in which ((0'; 0'); 0'); 0' # 0'; 0', use an 8-element algebra with three symmetric atoms 1', a,6 whose cycles are [l',a, a], [V,b, b], and [a, a,a]. The table of relative products of atoms is shown in Table 6. Then 0' = a + 6, 0'; 0' = 1' + a, and (0';0');0 J = V +a + b= ((0';0');0');0\
38. Associativity in groupoids Let {A, ;} be a fixed groupoid. Let P be the function that maps finite sequences of elements of A to subsets of A,
\J An -+Sb(A),
P: such that, for all x\,..., P(xi,...
xn £ A,
,xn) = {y;z : y € P(xi,.. =
. ,xm-i),z
\^j 2<m
= P(xi);*P(x2,...
€ P{xm,.
P(xi,...,Xm-l);*P(xm,...,Xn)
,xn-i)\J
...
U P(X1, . . . ,Xm-l);*P(Xm,. U P(xi, . . .
,Xn-l);*P(xn).
The simplest cases of the definition of P are
= {xi};*{x2} =
. . ,Xn) U . . .
,xn),2
< m < n}
38. ASSOCIATIVITY IN GROUPOIDS
= {xi};*{x2;x3}
371
U {xi ;a;2};*{x3}
= {xi;(x 2 ;x 3 ), (xi;x 2 );x 3 }, P(xi,x 2 ,x 3 ,a;4) = {xi;((x 2 ;x 3 );x 4 ), xi;(x 2 ;(x 3 ;x 4 )), (xi;x 2 );(x 3 ;x 4 ), (xi;(x 2 ;x 3 ));x 4 , ((xi;x 2 );x 3 );x 4 }. If the groupoid (^4, ;} is absolutely freely generated by x £ A, then the cardinalities , are the Catalan numbers: C\ = 1, C2 = 2, C3 = 5, of P(x,x), P(x,x,x), CA = 14, C5 = 42, , respectively, where
for all k > 1. The function P has the following property, which can be used as an alternative definition. (6.193)
P ( x i , . . . , x
n
)
=
( J P ( % i , l<m
= P(xi;x2, U P ( n ,
U
x3,
,%m-i, x
; x
m
+ i , x
m
+2,
, x
n
)
,x n )
x 2 ; x 3 , xA,
U P(xi,
m
,xn)
,xn-2,
xn-i;xn).
The sets that occur in the definition of P are disjoint, while the sets in the alternative definition (6.193) are not disjoint. The latter fact is used in a later proof. We say that an element a £ A is 3-associative if \P(x,y, z)\ = 1 whenever a 6 {x,y,z} C A . S i n c e P(x,y,z) = {(x;y);z,x;(y;z)}, a ne l e m e n t a 6 A is 3-associative iff the two elements in P(x, y, z) coincide whenever a is either x, y, or z. This can be stated in three equations. Theorem 357. An element
a £ A is 3-associative
(6.194)
(a;x);y = a;(x;y),
(6.195)
(x;a);y = x;(a;y),
(6.196)
(x;y);a = x;(y;a).
iff, for all x,y £ A ,
We say that an element a £ A is 4-associative if \P(xi,X2,X3,XA)\ = 1 whenever a £ {X\,X2,X3,XA} C A. For any finite n > 4, the element a is said to be n-associative if |P(xi, , x n )| = 1 whenever a £ {xi, , xn} C A. The next theorem is an immediate consequence of these definitions. T h e o r e m 3 5 8 . F o r all x , y £ A , x ; y i s n - a s s o c i a t i v e if x o r y i s n + 1 a s s o c i a t i v e . I n p a r t i c u l a r , if x £ A i s ^ - a s s o c i a t i v e t h e n x ; y a n d x ; y a r e 3 associative. The next theorem shows that 3-associativity and n-associativity are independent for every n > 4. Theorem 359. Let n > 4. Then (i) 3-associativity does not imply n-associativity,
372
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
a b c
a a b c
b c b c c b c
TABLE 7. Groupoid with a 3-associative but not 4-associative element
; a aa a(aa) (aa)a
oo
(aa)a oo
a aa
aa
a(aa)
a(aa)
00
00
00
(aa)a
oo
oo
oo
oo
oo oo oo
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
oo
oo
oo
oo
TABLE 8. Groupoid with a 4-associative but not 3-associative element
(ii) (n + 1)-associativity does not imply
n-associativity.
PROOF. The binary operation on {a,b,c} given in Table 7 yields a groupoid in which a is 3-associative but not 4-associative, since (a;6); (6;6) = b;c = b but a;((6;6);6) = o;(c;6) = a;c = c. Note that the entry occupied by can be replaced by either a, b, or c, because the product c;c is not used in these last two equations. In fact, any nonassociative groupoid with an identity element can be used for this proof, since the identity element (o in this case) is 3-associative but not 4-associative. For the second part, consider the groupoid with 5-element universe {o, aa, a(aa), (aa)a, oo} and operation ; defined in Table 8. The element a is 4-associative but not 3associative, so the result holds for n = 4. It is routine to extend this example to a sequence of groupoids that show (n + l)-associativity does not imply nassociativity. If a G A is 4-associative, then for all w,x,y =
G A,
(6.197)
((a;w);x);y
(6.198)
(x;(a;w));y = x;((a;w);y),
(6.199)
(x;(w;a));y = x;((w;a);y),
(6.200)
(x;y);(w;a)
=
(a;w);(x;y),
x;(y;(w;a)),
so an element that is both 3-associative and 4-associative satisfies (6.194)-(6.196) and (6.197)-(6.200). The converse is also true: if a satisfies (6.194)-(6.196) and (6.197)-(6.200) then a is both 3- and 4-associative, as shown by the following theorem.
39. INDEPENDENCE OF SEVEN WEAK ASSOCIATIVE LAWS
373
T h e o r e m 360. Assume a is a 3-associative element of the groupoid (A, ; ) . Then the following statements are equivalent: (i) a is ^-associative. (ii) for all w 6 A, a;w and w;a are 3-associative. (iii) (6.197)-(6.200) hold. PROOF. If a is 4-associative, then, by Th. 358, a;w and w;a are 3-associative for all w £ A. Next suppose that for all w, a;w and w;a are 3-associative. Derive (6.197) by applying (6.194) to a;w, derive (6.198) and (6.199) by applying (6.195) to a;w and w;a, respectively, and derive (6.200) by applying (6.196) tot»;a. Thus a satisfies (6.197)-(6.200). Finally, we assume a satisfies (6.197)-(6.200) and prove C A. We derive \P(w,x,y,z)\ = 1 by a is 4-associative. Suppose a E {w,x,y,z} showing that the five elements of P(w, x, y, z) coincide in each of the four cases w = a, x = a, y = a, and z = a. a;{x;(y;z)) = (a;x);(y;z) = ((a;x);y);z
(6.194) (6.197)
= {a;{x;y));z
(6.194)
= a;{{x;y);z)
(6.194)
((w;a);y);z = (w;(a;y));z
(6.195)
= w;((a;y);z)
(6.198)
= w;{a;{y;z))
(6.194)
= (w;a);{y;z)
(6.195)
w;(x;(a;z)) = w;((x;a);z)
(6.195)
= (w;(x;a));z
(6.199)
= ((w;x);a);z
(6.196)
= {w\x)\{a\z)
(6.195)
{{w;x);y);a = (w;x);(y;a)
(6.196)
= w;{x;(y;a))
(6.200)
= w;((x;y);a)
(6.196)
= (w;(x;y));a
(6.196).
39. Independence of seven weak associative laws In this section, let us say that an equation among (6.194)-(6.196), (6.197)(6.200) is independent if it fails in a groupoid in which the remaining six equations are valid. Every one of them is independent, as will be shown. Note that (6.197) and (6.200) are converse duals of each other, as are (6.194) and (6.196). Consequently, a left-right switch on any groupoid showing the independence of (6.194), (6.197), or (6.198), also shows the independence of (6.196), (6.200), or (6.199), respectively. Therefore, to obtain the independence of all seven equations,
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
a b c TABLE
a a a a
b b b b
c b a a
; a b c
a a a a
b b b b
c a b a
9. The only 3-element groupoids for the independence of (6.197)
a b c 0
a 0 0 0 0
6 c 6 0 0
c 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0
; a b c 0
a 0 0 0 0
6 c 0 0 0
c 0 c 0 0
0 0 0 0 0
TABLE 10. Groupoids for the independence of (6.194) and (6.195)
it suffices to show independence only for (6.194), (6.195), (6.197), and (6.198). The groupoid in the proof of Th. 359 does not show the independence of any one equation, since all three of (6.194)-(6.196) fail, while (6.197)-(6.200) are valid. Thus a is about as non-3-associative as it can get. No 2-element groupoid shows independence for any one of (6.194)-(6.196), (6.197)-(6.200), because, in every 2-element groupoid, either - (6.194)-(6.200) all hold, - (6.194)-(6.200) all fail, - (6.194), (6.196), (6.197) hold, the others fail, - (6.194), (6.196), (6.200) hold, the others fail. The only equations for which independence can be shown with 3-element groupoids are (6.197) and (6.200). There are (up to isomorphism) only two 3-element groupoids that show independence for (6.197). They are shown in Table 9. There are many 4-element groupoids that show the independence of (6.194) and (6.195). For example, to prove the independence of (6.194) and the independence of (6.195) we may use, respectively, these two groupoids: No 4-element groupoid shows the independence of (6.198) (or (6.199)), but the independence of (6.198) can be easily arranged in a larger groupoid using elements that are named after subterms of (6.198). Let G be the following 15-element set: G = {a, x, w, y, aw, xa, xaw, wy, xaw, awy, (xaw)y, awy, x(awy), x(awy), 0}. Define a binary operation ; on G so that a;w = aw, x;a = xa, x;aw = xaw, w;y = wy, xa;w = xaw,
aw;y = awy, xaw;y = ( a;wy = awy, x;awy = x(awy), xa;wy = x(awy),
71. RRA IS NOT FINITELY BASED
<— l o o s e -¥
1' dk Ck
0 0
Cl
0 0 0 0
r
r
CA C3 Cl
ffli
ai
0---0 $---ai
$
$
$
ai---$ $
<- poly ->
<- tight -> a^+i aj
aj+i
av
Oi+l Oj 0---0
ak ' ^ j + i ' ' ' dk ' ap Ck ' aj-^i_ ''' Ck ' ap
loose, poly, tight tight
0---0 0---0 0---0 0---0 0---0
CA ' a j + i ''' CA ' ap
tight tight tight tight
C3 aj + l
C3
Op
C2 ' flj + 1
C2
Op
Cl
Cl
Op
Oj + 1
0---0 +
TABLE 47. Partition P
tight pieces of P, in fact. All the monochromatic pieces of P are tight pieces of P+. All the loose pieces and all the polychromatic pieces must occur among dk Oj+i, , dk ap, although some of these may be tight pieces of P+. Thus we have the following conclusions. If loose(P) = 0, then P is a set of atoms. If loose(P) > 1, then poly(P + ) < poly(P) - loose(P) < poly(P). So either P is a set of atoms, or poly(P+) < poly(P). Repeat the process of passing from P to P + whenever P has loose pieces. With each repetition the number of polychromatic pieces drop. It can drop at most \P\ times, if each repetition produces a new partition with exact one loose piece. The process therefore stops after finitely many steps, producing a finite partition P°° that has no loose pieces and is a set of atoms of a finite subalgebra containing the initial partition P . The cardinality of P°° is bounded by a function of the cardinality of P . Writing P = { ! ' } U { a i , . . . ,a{} U {ai+u
.. .,aj} U {aj+i,...
,ap}
and
P
^ {!'} U {ai> > ai\ U {oj+i,..., aj} U {dfc U \C\,. .., Ck} {aj+i,..., tip},
Op}
helps illustrate why |P| = 1 + loose(P) + tight(P) + poly(P), so, since k
476
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
= P\+ loose(P) poly(P). The latter cardinality is maximized when tight (P) = 0 and both loose (P) and poly(P) are about half of |P|, in which case | P + | is (except for small numbers) bounded by |P| 2 . Maximizing the number of passages from P to P + requires an opposite trend: loose (P) should be repeatedly equal to 1. In any case, |P°°| is bounded by a polynomial function of |P|. Cubic is clearly enough. The number of atoms in a subalgebra of £ generated by g elements is therefore no more than 23fir, since the number of atoms that arise via Boolean operations only is 29, and the cube of that is enough to exceed the number of atoms generated by relative multiplication as well as the Boolean operations. Suppose the number of colors n exceeds 23g. Then every g-generated subalgebra of C must contain a polychromatic atom. Polychromatic atoms are easily seen by some computation to be flexible atoms. The previous theorem, combined with the observation that all but finitely many of the finite symmetric integral relation algebras obtained from S^+j by splitting are not representable, gives the following results. Theorem 466 (Jonsson [115]). RRA does not have an equational taining only finitely many variables. Theorem 467 (Monk [176]). RRA has no finite 72. The number of finite integral relation algebras In this section we derive an asymptotic formula for the number of isomorphism types of finite integral relation algebras. As a first step we count the number of ternary relations on a given finite set U with fixed involution S and identity element / = {e} whose complex algebras are nonassociative relation algebras. Every finite integral relation algebra with n atoms is isomorphic to the complex algebra of such a ternary relation. Theorem 468. Assume n = \U\ G ui, e G U, I = {e}, S : U -^ U, 5(e) = e, S{S(x)) = x for all x e U, and s = \{x : x e U, S(x) = x}\. Then the number of ternary relations T such that (6.153), (6.154), (6.155), and £m(T) G NA is 2Q{n's) where Q(n, s) = -(n- l)((ra - I) 2 + 3s - 1). 6 PROOF. Cm (T) e NA iff T is the union of all cycles of the form [a;, e, a;], where x G U, together with some diversity cycles, i.e. T =
( U lx'e'xY) xeu
u
fci)S/ij^i]
U
U
[xt,yt,zt]
for some t Go;, x\,... ,xt, yi,..., yt, z i , . . . , zt G £ / ~ { e } . So the number of such ternary relations is 2 raised to the power |{[a;,j/,«] : x,y,z £ C/~{e}}|. Let x,y,z G C ~ { e } . Then | [ K , J / , « ] | = 6 unless there are u, v 6 [ 7 ~ { e } such t h a t either
[x, y, z] = [u, u, u] = {(u, u, u}} and Su = u, or
72. THE NUMBER OP FINITE INTEGRAL RELATION ALGEBRAS
477
[a;, y, z] = [it, u, Su] = {{u, u, Su), {Su, Su, u)} and Su ^ u, or [a;, y, z] = [u, v, v] = {{u, v, v), (v, Sv, u), {Sv, u, Sv}}, Su = u, and u ^ v. Now use these facts to count the number of triples in ([/~{e}) s in two ways. On the one hand, there are (n — I) 3 . Every triple appears in a unique diversity cycle. Every diversity cycle has cardinality 1, 2, 3, or 6. The number of diversity cycles containing just one triple is s — 1, thus accounting for * — 1 triples. There are \{n — a) distinct diversity cycles containing two triples, accounting for n — a additional triples. The number of diversity cycles containing exactly three triples is (* — \){n — 2). Let N be the number of diversity cycles of cardinality 6. Then (n - I) 3 = (a - 1) + (n - a) + 3(« - l)(n - 2) + 6JV, so the total number of diversity cycles contained in (C^~{e})3 is therefore (« - 1) + | ( n - « ) + ( « - l)(n - 2) + N = Q(n, s). D Under the assumptions of Th. 468, let K{n, s) be the set of ternary relations T such that (6.153), (6.154), (6.155), and Cm(T) g NA. For any property
478
8, RELATION ALGEBRAS
Suppose ax = Sx. For all u,v £ U ~{e,x,Sx}, [ax,au,av\ = [Sx,au,av\ = [x,av,au], so [crx,tru,crv] = [x,u,v] iff (ru = v and av = u. There are fewer than n — 3 pairs (u, v) such that an = v, av = u, and M, V are in [/ ~{e, x, Sx}, Consequently the number of diversity cycles that are moved by er is at least (n — 3)(ra — 3) — (n — 3). But this is more than | ( n — 2)(n — 3) since n > 6. This completes the proof in case Sx ^ a:. Assume Sx = T. Then, for all u, v £ [/~{e,as,era:}, [x,u,v] = [ T , « , « ] , and [x,u,v] is moved by a since ax is not in {x,u,v,Su,Sv}. For all u,v,y,z 6 17 ~{e, x, ax}, [x,u,v] = [x,y,z] iff {u, v} = {y, z}. Hence at least {n — 3) + | (n — 3)(n — 4) = | ( « — 2)(n — 3) diversity cycles are moved by a.
D
Suppose G(n, s) and H(n, s) are real-valued functions of n, s £ u>. We say that G(n, s) approaches H{n, s) and write G(n, s) ~ H(n, s) if for every real number r > 0 there is some N € w such that if JV < n g w, 1 < * < n, and n — s is even, then
Let
whenever * < n € w and n — s is even. Then P{n, s) is the number of automorphisms of (U, S, {e}}. Theorem 470. Under the assumptions of Th. 468, (i) Pr[€m(T) is not rigid] < i ( fi";g_3) */« ^ (ii) Pr[€m(T) is rigid] ~ 1.
n
-
PROOF. Suppose er is a nontrivial automorphism of (U, S, {e}}. How many ternary relations T £ K(n, s) are there such that a is also an isomorphism of T? By Th. 469, there are at least (|)(n — 2)(n — 3) diversity cycles moved by er, so the number of orbits of diversity cycles under a can be no more than Q(n, s) — {\){n — 2){n — 3). Now if a as an isomorphism of T, then for every diversity cycle [x,y,z], either T contains [E,J/,Z] and all the cycles in the orbit of [x,y, z) under a, or else T is disjoint from all those cycles. Hence the number of such relations is at most
There are only P(n, s) isomorphisms of (U, S, {e}), so there are no more than Pin fl)2e(™''')"3(™"2)(™"3) relations in K(n, s) that have a nontrivial isomorphism. Thus (i) holds, and (ii) follows from (i). For every integer t > 1, define a property D(t) of relations in K(n, a): D(t)
(yxi,...,xt,yi,...,yt
e U~{e})(3z e U~{e})(Txiyiz,
...,Txtytz).
72. THE NUMBER OP FINITE INTEGRAL RELATION ALGEBRAS
479
It is easy to see that D(t +1) implies D(t) for all t, D(l) implies (6.172), and D(2) implies (6.171), so Cm(T) 6 RA whenever T satisfies D(2). For what follows it is convenient to let D(0) be any property that holds for all relations in K(n, s). Theorem 471 (Maddux [144, Th. 11]). Let t be any nonnegative integer. (i) Pr[D(t) is false] < (n - 1)2*(1 - 2"*)"- 2 *- 1 . (ii) P r [ D ( t ) ] ~ l . PROOF. Note that (i) and (ii) hold in case t = 0, since Pr[ D(0) holds] = 1 and JY[D(0) is false] = 0 . Let xi,...,xt,yi,...,yt e. t/~{e}. Then, for all z G U~{e}, we have Pr[Txiyiz, ..., Txtytz] > 2~*, so
Pr[^(Txiyiz,
. . . , Txtytz) ] < 1 - 2"*.
Furthermore, if w,z G t / ~ { e , x i , . . . , % t , y i , . . . , y t } and w ^ z, then
Pr[Txiyiw, ..., Txtytw, Txiyiz, . . . , Txtytz] = (Pr[Txiyiw, ..., Txtytw])(Pr[Txiyiz, ..., Tmtytz]). It follows that Pr[(Vz G [/~{e,a;i,...,a; t ,2/i,... ,yt})-*{Txiyiz, . . . , Ta;4t/tz)] <(l-2-*)"-2*-1. There are only (w — I)2* ways to choose xi,..., holds, and (ii) follows from (i).
xt, yi, .., j/t from U ~{e}, so (i)
Let D{t, n, s) be the number of isomorphism types of relations in K{n, s) that satisfy D(t). Theorem 472. Let t be any nonnegative integer. Then
PROOF. If T is any relation in K (n, s), then the number of relations in K(n, s) that are isomorphic to T is either equal to P(n, s), just in case T is rigid, or else less than P(n,s). Hence 2
D(t) ] < P(n, s)D(t, n, s) < \{T : D(t) holds and T is rigid}| + P(n, s)\{T : D(t) holds and T is not rigid}|,
so, byTh.470(i), Fr[(D(t)]<
D(t,n,s)P(n,s)
,*?}"''*.
480
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
n
s Q(n,s) P(n,s)
1 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 6
1 2 1 3 2 4 1 3 5 2 4 6
0 1 2 4 7 10 12 16 20 25 30 35
i»C»,s)
1 1.00 2.00 1 2 2.00 2 8.00 2 64.00 6 170.66 8 512.00 4 16384.00 24 43690.66 4194304.00 8 89478485.33 12 120 286331153.07
F(n,s) 1 2 3 7 37 65 83 1316 3013 47865 988464 3849920
F(n,B)P(n,s) 2«(«.<0
1.000000 1.000000 1.500000 0.875000 0.578125 0.380859 0.162109 0.080322 0.068539 0.011412 0.011047 0.013446
TABLE 48. Expected and actual numbers of finite relation algebras
The desired result follows by Th. 471. Let F(n, s) be the number of isomorphism types of relations in K(n, a) whose complex algebras are relation algebras. Then F(n, s) is the number of isomorphism types of integral relation algebras with n atoms and * symmetric atoms. Theorem 473 (Maddux [144]). An asymptotic formula for the number of finite integral relation algebras with n atoms and s symmetric atoms: F(
" ' S ) ~ P(n,s)
=
(a-l)i(I(n-,))!2i<»->
PROOF. It can easily be verified that D(l) implies (6.172) and D(2) implies (6.171), so £m(T) e RA whenever D(2) holds. Then 25(2, n, s) < F(n, s) < 25(0, n, a), so the desired result follows by Th. 472. Some numerical data is shown in Table 48. According to Th. 473, the number in the rightmost column of the table below should be approaching 1 as n gets large. It is interesting to note that until n = a = 6 the values are actually getting smaller as n and a increase. 73. Many nonrepresentable relation algebras representable In this section will be shown that the number of isomorphism types of nonrepresentable symmetric integral relation algebras is increasing at a rate that is greater than 2 raised to the power of a cubic polynomial in the number of atoms.
73. MANY NONREPRESENTABLE RELATION ALGEBRAS
481
Let U be a finite set such that 4 < \U\ = n € w, let V,a,b,c be distinct elements of U, let " be the identity on U, and let (6.278)
L(n) = {Cm (T) : T C U3, Fd (T) = [/, Cm (T) e NA, [a, a, &], [a, 6,6], [a, a, c], [a, c, c], [6,6, c], [6, c, c] C T, (Va; G U ~{1', a, 6, e})([a, c, a;] C T => [a, b, x] n T = 0 = [6, c, a;] n T)}.
L(4) contains just 4 algebras, but two of them are isomorphic. In fact, LD(4) = I{2165,2265,2365} All the algebras in L(ri) are nonrepresentable relation algebras. Theorem 474 (Maddux [144]). (i) Equation (M) fails in every algebra in L(n). f'i\
] T /mnW
K^ — A^f\G(n,Jt)— 37&-I-4
(u) \L(n)\ = 5 2 v t > (iii) The number of isomorphism types of nonrepresentable relation algebras that fail to satisfy equation (M), and hence are not in RRA is at least
(iv) 7/0 < r < gj then, for sufficiently large n, the number of such isomorphism types is at least 2™ . PROOF, (i): For every €m (T) € L(n), equation (M) fails in €m (T) when the variables xoi = a, XQZ = a, a;c« = c, 132 = c, xz\ = b, XIA = 6, and 141 = c. (ii): The number of diversity cycles is Q(n, n). Not every combination of these diversity cycles can occur in a ternary relation T for which Cm(T) is in L{ri). In any such T, 6 diversity cycles must be included, 2 diversity cycles must be excluded, and 3(n — 4) other diversity cycles fall into n — 4 groups of 3 cycles each, namely {[a,6,a;], [a,c,a;], [6,c,a;]}, for every x € [/~{l ! ,a,6,c}, such that either [a, c,x] C T while [a,6,i]flT = 8 = [b, c, x] D T, or else [a, c,x]DT = 9 and any combination of the other two is included. Thus for each such group there are 5 choices for forming T. The number of remaining diversity cycles is Q(n, n) — 3w + 4. Each of them can either be included or excluded, independently. Therefore the number of possible choices for T is 5»-*2(2^K'™^3™+4. (iii): For every property ip of algebras in L(n), let Pr[ip] be the fraction of algebras in L(n) that have property tp. Let v, w, x1 y € U ~{1'}. If {«, w, x, y} C {a,6,c}, then it is easy to check that Pr[(Bz 6 {a,6,c})(Tvwz, Txyz)] = 1, so Pr[(¥z e U~{V})^(Tvwz, Txyz)] = 0. Suppose {«, w, x, y} is not included in {a, 6, c}. Then one of the pairs {«, w}, {x,y} must be different from each of the pairs {a, b}, {a,c}, {b, c}. Assume that pair is {x,y}. Let z £ [/~{r,a,6,c}. Then Pr[Txyz] = , and Pr[Tvwz] is either \, §, or \, since Pr[Tacz] = § and Pr[Tabz] = Pr[Tbcz] = f. The smallest is f, so Pr[Twto.z, Ta;^] > ^ and P r [ - i ( r u w , Txyz)] < ^ . Consequently
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
(6.279) Pr[ {Mz € U ~{1' })->{Tvwz, Txyz) ] < Pr[(Vz e U~{V,a,b,c})^(Tvwz, Txyz)] < (J From the two preceding paragraphs, plus the fact that there are (n — I) 4 ways to choose v,w,x,y from £/~{l'}, it follows that
Pr[D(2) is false] < Pr[3v,w,x,y € [/~{e}V^ £ U~{e}, ->{Tvwz, Txyz)] i
(n-4)
.10, Consequently \{€m(T) :£m(T) e L{n), (l-(n-l)4(9/10)n-4)5"-42'' Part (iii) is now a consequence of this inequality and the following facts. Every algebra in L{n) fails to satisfy (M), is a relation algebra if it satisfies D(2), and is isomorphic to at most (n — 4)! algebras in L(n). Part (iii) implies (iv). In is possible to prove Th. 474 using the algebras 5465 and 5865 in place of the algebras 2165, 2265, and 2365. McKenzie's nonrepresentable RA with 4 atoms satisfies (L) but not (M). The RA's in L(4) also satisfy (L) but not (M). The algebras 546S and 5865 satisfy (M) but not (L), so (M) and (L) are independent. In fact, out of 102 integral RA's with 4 atoms, 5465 and 5865 are the only ones that satisfy (M) but not (L).
74. Algebras with few subalgebras With trivial exceptions, every integral relation algebra has at two distinct subalgebras, itself and the subalgebra generated by 0. In 1983 Jonsson speculated that there should be infinitely many integral relations with exactly two subalgebras, but an initial investigation by Comer and myself revealed very few. So far, only 21 have been found. Among those with four or fewer atoms, there are the following 19 algebras: li, 1 2 , I2, 1 3 , 23, 3 3 , 1 7 , 27, 3 7 , 4 7 , 5 7 , 67, 77, 1337, 3365, 3965, 4065, 4165, and 4265. Among the millions of integral relation algebras algebras with five or six atoms, there is only one more, namely algebra 380i3i6The multiplication table for the atoms of 380i3i6 is shown in Table 49. Also, an infinite one found by B. Jonsson. These 21 algebras are the only ones known. Are there any others? See Jipsen-Lukacs [110] for more on this subject.
75. Non-embeddable relation algebras Results in this section come from Frias-Maddux [75]. Let U be an arbitrary set. If U is empty then 9le (U) is a trivial one-element algebra, so 9le (0) is not simple and has no atoms. On the other hand, if U is not empty, then *Re (U)
75. NON-EMBEDDABLE RELATION ALGEBRAS
;
1' a b r f
V V a b r f
a a l'arf r arf abrr
b b r Vrf abrr brf
r r abrr brf abrr Vabrf
f f arf abrr V abrf abrr
TABLE 49. Multiplication table for algebra 380i3i6
is simple and atomic. The atoms of 9le (U) are the binary relations of the form {(a, 6}}, where a,b EU. Every atom of 9k (U) satisfies the condition (6.280)
0^x;l;x
+
x;l;x
If x is an element of a simple relation algebra 21 satisfies (6.280), then x must be an atom of 21 (see Th. 499). Suppose x is an element of a simple relation algebra 21. We say that a; is a persistent atom of 21 if x is an atom of 21 and x is also an atom of every simple relation algebra that contains 21 as a subalgebra. In a simple relation algebra 21, every element x that satisfies (6.280) is a persistent atom of 21, for if 55 is a simple relation algebra that contains 21 as a subalgebra, then x is an element of 55 that still satisfies (6.280), so x is also an atom of 55. For example, all the atoms of *He (£/) are persistent. J6nsson[113, Lemma 7.4] observed that 9le ([/) therefore cannot be properly embedded in any simple relation algebra whenever 9le (U) is finite. Here is a simple criterion by which the persistence of one atom can be deduced from the persistence of another. Theorem 475. Assume 21 £ RA, 21 is simple, and x £ At$l is a persistent atom o/2t. 7/21 has elements y,z such that 0 ^ z < x;y and z;z y;y < V then z is also a persistent atom of 21. Let x be an element of a relation algebra 21. We say that a; is a coherent element in 21 if e;x = x;e whenever V > e E A. All subidentity elements are coherent. The only coherent elements in 9le (U) are the subidentity elements. In an integral relation algebra, where 1' is an atom, every element is coherent by various parts of Th. 476. The converse holds when the algebra is simple by Th. 477. Theorem 476. Suppose x and y are elements o/2l € RA. (i) If x is coherent and y < x then y is coherent. (ii) If x is coherent then x is coherent. (iii) If x and y are both coherent then x + y and x; y are coherent. (iv) If x < V and x is an atom, then x; 1; x is coherent. Theorem 477. 7/21 E RA then the following statements are equivalent: (i) 1 is coherent in 21. (ii) Every element in 21 is coherent. (iii) For every x £ A, (1' x); 1 = 1; (1' x). ( i v ) F o r every y € A , y ; l = l ; y .
6. RELATION ALGEBRAS
V V a b c c'
a a a 0' 0' 0'
c '
b b 0' 1' + a 0' 0' 6
c c 0' c 0'a b + a -H / A ( C ' , C ) O-l
1' a b c c'
O-l
©A
c' c' 0' -c' 0'-6 fo + a + / A (c,c') a
T A B L E 5 0 . P r o d u c t s of a t o m s in
(v) F o r aZZz,y € . 4 , ( 1 ' x);y = y;(V
x).
(vi) 21 is a subdirect product of integral relation algebras. Hence a relation algebra is integral iff it is simple and 1 is coherent. T h e o r e m 478. If 21 £ RA, v,w,x,y,z £ A , w = w;w-0', v;v-v = 0, w < x\y, w;x w;y < w;z, x;z < 0 ' , and y;z < 0 ' , then v is a coherent element of 21. 7/21 is integral, then w is an atom of 21.
The next theorem shows there are finite integral relation algebras in which the identity element 1' is a persistent atom that does not satisfy (6.280). Its proof uses Th. 478. Theorem 479. (i) 1' and b are persistent atoms of 4365, 4765, 5465, and 5865(ii) 1', r, and r are persistent atoms 0/3437. (iii) 5465 and 5865 have arbitrarily large proper integral extensions. (iv) 3437, 4365, and 4765 have no proper simple extensions. Data in §6.64 shows that 3437, 4365, 4765, 5465, and 5865 are not in RA5, hence not representable. The next theorem provides many more examples of non-embeddable algebras. Let C be a set disjoint from { l ' , o , 6 } . Let C' 3 ' be the set of 3-element subsets of C. Choose any A C C' 3 '. Let S £ be the relation algebra whose atoms are {V ,a,b} U C and whose forbidden diversity cycles are [a,a,a],
[b, b, c] and [c, c, o] for all c € C, [c,c',c"] for all {c,c',c"} £ C[3] ~ A. Table 50 gives the products of atoms whenever c and c' are any two distinct elements of C. Two of the entries in that table use a function that is denned for all c,c £ C by U(c,c') = {c,c'}U{c":{c,cl,c"}eA}. If C has only one element, then C' 3 ' = 0 and the table for S)£ reduces to the table for 4765, so Z>1 = 4765. T h e o r e m 480. If C is finite and A C C' 3 ', then S £ is a finite symmetric integral algebra in RA ~ RA5 with no proper simple extensions.
75. NON-BMBEDDABLE RELATION ALGEBRAS PROOF. If (a;o2,a;2i,a;o3,a;3i,a;o4,a;4i) = (b,b,b,c,b,a),
485
t h e n (L) fails in 1)%,
soSg£RA5. If U is finite, then the relation algebra 9k (U) is generated by a single relation; see Tarski-Givant [240, Theorem 8.4(xiv)]. Indeed, any linear ordering of U generates 9te (U). It follows that every simple RRA that has a square representation on a finite set can be embedded in a one-generated simple RRA. A significant extension of this observation is that every simple finitely-generated (and possibly infinite) RRA can be embedded in a one-generated simple RRA; see Tarski-Givant [240, Theorem 8.4(xv)]. Such results cannot extended to nonrepresentable relation algebras, because the construction of 2)£ happens to include algebras that require arbitrarily large numbers of generators. We see next that if, given k, we choose n so that k + 3 < Iog2(n + 3), let \C\ = n, and let A be either 0 or the set of all 3element subsets of C, then £>£ cannot be generated by fewer than —3 + log 2 (n+3) elements. Of course, T)% cannot be properly embedded in any simple relation algebra. It can also be shown that £>£ cannot be embedded in any fc-generated relation algebra, simple or not. Theorem 481. Assume that C is finite, \C\ = n, and 2) is either S^[3] or -00
(i) If {V, a, 6} C G C D and G is closed under the Boolean operations then G is a subuniverse ofT). (ii) 5) cannot be generated by fewer than Iog2(3 + n) — 3 elements. (iii) If m < Iog2(3 + n) — 3 then D cannot be embedded in any m-generated relation algebra. Let TT(W) be the formula 0 ^ w;l;w + w;l;w < V. It was known to Jonsson and Tarski that TT(IU) defines atoms in simple relation algebras. It was natural to wonder whether there are other such formulas, and there are. Let
O');(w;w
0') = w;w + VA
3x,y,z[(w;w
0' < x;y)
A (w;x
w;y
< w;z)
A (x;z
+ y;z
< 0')].
The proof of Th. 479 shows that
A 3 a ; [ ( 0 / w < v;x)
A (w;w
x;x
< 1')]].
With trivial exceptions, atoms that satisfy TT can occur only in nonintegral simple relation algebras, while atoms that satisfy tp or ip can occur only in integral relation algebras. Atoms that satisfy TT,